stttYr\b gfi{

AG'ENDA

THE I'NITED P RO(ERAII'IIVIE

NATIONI5 (oF ACTT(ON

FROm

Rr(O

ACENDA 2lz
Progromme Actionfor of i nobleDevelopment Susto

RIO DECTARAflON
on Environment Development ond

Stotement of

FOREST PRINCIPTES

Thefinoltextof ogreements negotioted Governments by ot the UnitedNotions Conference on Environment Development ond (UNCED), 4 3-1 June1992, Riode Joneiro, Brozil

in to lt Moteriol contoined thisbookisnotsubiect copyright. moybe reproduced strictly for purposes, provided is non<ommerciol ocknowledgementgivento the UnitedNotions. Address enquiries to: Deportment Public Proiect Monogerfor Sustoinoble Development, Informotion, of R o o m .| 0 3 2 , U n i te d o t i ons, ew Y ork, Y l 00l Z, U S A Fox l 2l 2) 963-l l 86 N N N 9

ISBN:92-l-100509-4 P es U n i t e d o t i o n s u b l i c o t i o n s - S o lN o . E . 9 3 . 1 .I1 N Informotion Published the United NotionsDeportment Public of by

Toble Contents of

PARAGRAGHS

PAGE I

Foreword. I n t r o d u c t i o.n . . . . . . . . . . . Acronyms

RIO D:CIARATIOI{ OI{ E]IYINOililENT AIID DIVE1OPMENT

ACE]IDA 2I: PROGNAftlllE OF ACTloil ;OR SUSIAINAB]E DEYETOPffIENT...... r. Preomble

l3

r.6

15

17
2.

lnternotionol cooperotion qccelerote to sustoinoble development in developing countries ond reloteddomestic policies Combotingpoverty.... Chonging consumption potterns..... Demogrophic dynomics ond sustoinobility ... Protecting ond promotinghumonheolth Promoting sustoinoble humonsettlement development... Integroting environment development decision-moking ond in ........

2 . 1 -2 . 4 3 3.r-3.r2
4.1- 4.27 5 . 1- 5 . 6 6 6.1- 6.46 7.1- 7.80 8 .r - 8 . 5 4

l9 27 3l 35 42 52 65

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Secllon 2; Conrervcllon ond ilcnngemenl s. to tt i2. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Protection the otmosphere...... of

of Resources for Developmenl

...
Y.t- v.J5

75 77 84 88

Integroted opproochto the plonningond monogement or lond resources. Comboting debrestotion ... Monoging frogile ecosystems: Comboting desertificotion drought... ond Monogingfrogileecosystems: Sustoi noble mountoi development. n Promoting sustoinoble ogriculture ond ruroldevelopment Conservotion biologicoldiversity of Environmentolly soundmonogement biotechnology.. of Protection the oceons, kindsof seos,includinqenclosed of oll ond semi-enclosed seos,ond coostoloreosond thJ protection, rotionoluseond development their living resources of

r0.t-r0.'t8 il.t-1r.40 12.112.63 r3.1-r3.24

14.1- 4.104 1 t5.t-15.11 16.1- 6.46 1

98 r09
114 131 136

1 7 . 11 7 . 1 3 7 -

147

PARAGRAPHS
i8

PAGE

Protection the quolityond supplyof fresh*oterresources: of Applicotiorr integrotecJ of oporooches the cjevelopmenr, to mCInogernent useof woter resources ond E nv iro n me n toslo u n d o n o q e m e n tf toxi cchemi col s l y m o inc lu d i n g re v e n ti oo f i l l e g o [i n te rn oti onol ci n p n troffi toxicond dongerous products Environm entoly sound- nogement hozordouswostes, I mo of inc lu d i n g re v e n ti oo f i l l e g o i n te rn o ti onol p n l troffi ci n hozordous wostes E nv ir o n m e n i oslo u n d o n o q e m e n tf soi i dw ostes l y m o
ono sewoge-retotedtssues
l ' r r . v

r 8 .t - 1 8 . 9 0

166

t9

1 9 . 11 9 . 7 6 -

24.

20.1-20.46 2 1 . 12 1 . 4 9 2 2 . 12 2 . 9 206
tt3

11

ll

Sofe ond environmentollysound rnonogementof rodiooctivewostes

Section 3: Strengthening 23
)A

the Role of Molor

Groups 23.1_ 23.4 24.1-24.12 25.1-25.17 26.1 26.9 2 7 . 12 7 . 1 3 28.1-28.7 2 9 . 12 9 1 4 30.r-30.30 3t.r-31.12 32.1-32.14

217 219

Preomble

Globol octionfor womentowordssustoinobie ond equito b l e e u e l o p m e n t..... d Child re n n d y o u thi n s u s to i n o b d e vel opment o le Reco.gnizing s'trengthening roleof indigenous ond the people ondtheir ommunities... c ^ S t r en g th e n i n ge ro l eo f th orgoni ,n o n ,-g o v e rnmentol zoti ons: !-orfners susto tor rnobledevelopment Loc ol u th o ri ti e sn i ti o ti v eis s u p p o rt A gendo2j .... o i' n of sirengthening roieof workers the ond theirtrodeunions S t r en g th e n i n ge ro l eo f b u s i n e so n d i ndustry th s S c i e n t i f oc d t e c h n o l o g i cc o m m u n i t y . . . . . . . in ol S t r en g th e n i n ge ro l eo f fo rme rs ..... . th

220 224 227 230 233 235 237 240 243

25 26

l/

2B 29. 30 31.

Sectlon 4: Meons of lmplemenlalion 33 34 35 36.

J/

247
3 3 .r 3 3 . 2 1

F inon c i ore s o u rc e sn d me c h o n i s m s l o Tronsfer environmentolly of soundtechnology, cooperotion o n dc o p o c i r y - b u i l d i n g . . . . . . . Science sustoinoble for development. P r om o ti ne d u c c ti o np u b l i co w o re n e ss troi ni ng...... g , ond Not ion o l e c h o n i s ms d i n te rn o ti o nol m on cooperoti on for c o p o c i f - b u i l d i nig d e v e l o p i nc o u n t r i e.s. . n g . I nt er n o i i o n o l s ti tu ti o no rro n g e m e n ts. in ol int er n o ti o n o l g o li n s tru m e no n d m e c honi sms le ts . ! n f o r r n o t i oo r d e c i s i o n - m o k i n g . . . , . . fn

249 257 257 264 270 274

t6 l

34.1-34.29
JJ. I- JJ.ZJ

36.1 36.27 3 7 . 1 -7 . 1 3 3 38.- 38.45 t 3 9t - 3 9 . 0 . t 40.r 40.30

38 39 4a

284

SIATEMENT OF FOREST PRINCIPTES

389

Foreword

Humanity today is in the midst of a profound civilizational change.There are signs of it everywhere,and for the thousandsof dedicatedpeople who were involved in that extraordinary event at Rio a year ago-indeed, for all the people of the globe-they are exhilarating,uplifting signs. While it is still too early to provide a precisely calibratedmeasureof the ultimate of success the Earth Summit, I believe it has ignited a wildfire of interestand support at every level of society in every corner of the planet. Since last June,there has been a profusion of conferences, seminars,symposiaand other organizedcolloquies of major sectoralgroups. Industrialists,economists,financiers,engineers,scientiststhose who, in truth, hold the levers of economicpower and change-have joined the in constituencyof earnestenvironmentalists a commitment to the fulfilment of the by hopesand aspirationsengendered Rio. In short, the movement to turn the world from its self-consumptivecourseto one has of renewal and sustenance unmistakablyspreadfrom the grassroots to the brass of Rio and its Agenda 2l actronprogramme are now, it seems roots. The Declaration clear,on everyone'sagenda. But this discernibleincreasein momentum is still only a beginning, albeit a highly encouragingone. The economic gulfs which lie within and among the world's peoplesand nationsnot only remain, but are daily deepening.Hunger and povertywhich are both a cause and an effect of global environmental degradation- are still appallingly pervasivein the developing world, where population growth compounds the problems of alleviating them. Industrial countriescontinue to be addictedto the patternsof production and consumptionwhich have so largely producedthe major risks to the global environment. Though in the aftermath of Rio there is a heightenedawarenessof, and debate over, the compelling needsfor action, there is not yet a concertedand decisive detailed response the magnitudeand urgency of the task. Nor do we possess to specificationsfor the tools we will need to forge this secondindustrial revolutionthis eco-revolutionthat is essentialin order to shift the world onto a new pathway to a and equitablefuture. more secure,sustainable There is much to be done. And I look to the new United Nations Commission on Developmentto be the focal point for the massiveeffort neededto create Sustainable the new era of internationalcooperation,the new global partnership,that will make this shift possible.

zZa;
MouriceF.Strong,Secretory-Generol on UnitedNotions Conference Environment Development ond

Introduction

developmentworldwide, the Rio Agenda 2I-a programmeof action for sustainable of and the statement principles for the Declarationon Environment and Development, of management forestswere adoptedby more than 178 Governmentsat sustainable the United Nations Conferenceon Environment and Development,known as the Earth Summit, held in Rio de Janeiro,Brazil,from 3 to l4 June 1992. Togetherthey fulfil the mandategiven to the Conferenceby the United Nations GeneralAssembly when, in 1989,it called for a global meeting to deviseintegrated strategies that would halt and reversethe negativeimpact of human behaviouron the economic developphysical environmentand promote environmentally sustainable rnentin all countries. which were negotiatedover two and a half yearsleading up to The agreements, here in final form. While they lack the the Surnmit and finalized in Rio, are presented force of internationallaw. the adoptionof the texts carrieswith it a strong moral obligation to ensuretheir full implementation. blueprint for action to be taken globallyAgenda 21 standsas a comprehensive from now into the twenty-first century-by Governments,United Nations organizaand independent-sector organizations non-governmental tions, developmentagencies, groups,in every areain which human activity impacts on the environment. The Agenda should be studiedin conjunction with both the Rio Declarationof which provides a context for its specific proposals-and the statement forest principles. It is hoped that the forest principles will form the basis for a f-utureinternational-levelagreement. is Underlying the Earth Summit agreements the idea that humanity has reacheda turning point. We can continue with presentpolicies which are deepeningeconomic poverty,hunger,sickness divisionswithin and betweencountries-which increase and illiteracy and causethe continuing deteriorationof the ecosystemon which life on E,arthdepends. of Or we can changecourse.We can act to improve the living standards those who are in need.We can better manageand protect the ecosystemand bring about a future for us all. No nation can achievethis on its own. Togetherwe rnore prosperous development. can-in a global partnershipfor sustainable partnershipwill be the United Nations Commission on Sustainable Central to that to by Development,established the GeneralAssembly in response a requestof the it Conference.Made up of Governmentrepresentatives, will examineprogressmade in implementingAgenda 2l globally.The Commission will first meet in June 1993the first anniversarvof the Earth Summit.

Acronyms

APELL CFC CGIAR CILSS EEZ ECA ECE ECLAC ELCI EMINWA ESCAP ESCWA FAO GATT GAW GEF GEMS GEMS/WATER GESAMP GIPME GiS GLOBE GOS GRID GSP HIV IAEA IAP-WASAD IARC IBSRAM ICCA ICES ICPIC ICSC ICSU IEEA IFAD IGADD IGBP IGBP/START ILO IMF IMO INFOTERRA

for ot Aworenessond Preporedness Emergencies Locol Level c h l o r o lf u o r o c o r b o n A l G C o n s u l t o t i v e r o u p o n I n t e r n o t i o n o l g r i c u l t u r oR e s e o r c h P e r m o n e nItn t e r - S t o tC o m m i t t e e n D r o u g h tC o n t r o li n t h e S o h e l e o e x c l u s i v e c o n o m i cz o n e e E c o n o m i c o m m i s s i o no r A f r i c o f C E c o n o m i c o m m i s s i o no r E u r o p e f C f E c o n o m i c o m m i s s i o n o r L o t i nA m e r i c o o n d t h e C o r i b b e o n C L E n v i r o n m e n t o l i o i s o n e n t r eI n t e r n o t i o n o l C t e n v i r o n m e n t o l ls o u n d m o n o g e m e n o f i n l o n d w q t e r y o f E c o n o m i c n d S o c i o lC o m m i s s i o n o r A s i o o n d t h e P o c i f i c f E c o n o m i c n d S o c i o lC o m m i s s i o n o r W e s t e r nA s i o o F o o d o n d A g r i c u l t u r e r g o n i z o t i o no f t h e U n i t e dN o t i o n s O Generol Agreementon Toriffsond Trode Globol AtmosphereWotch (WMO) t G l o b o l E n v i r o n m e nF o c i l i t ' y ( M G l o b o l E n v i r o n m e n t o l o n i t o r i n gS y s t e m U N E P ) Globol Woter Quolity Monitoring Progromme A o J o i n tG r o u p o f E x p e r t s n t h e S c i e n t i f i c s p e c t so f M o r i n e P o l l u t i o n i n t h e M o r i n e E n v i r o n m e n(tU N E S C O ) n G l o b o l I n v e s t i g o t i oo f P o l l u t i o n S G e o g r o p h i c o lI n f o r m o t i o n y s t e m s G l o b o l L e g i s l o t o rO r g o n i s o t i o nf o r o B o l o n c e dE n v i i " o n m e n t Globol Observing System(WMO/WV\A//) I D G l o b o l R e s o u r c en f o r m o t i o n o t o b o s e generolized systemof preferences vi h u m o ni m m u n o d e f i c i e n c yr u s I n t e r n o t i o n o l t o m i c E n e r g yA g e n c y A I n t e r n o t i o n o l c t i o n P r o g r o m m e n W o t e r o n d S u s t o i n o b l e g r i c u l t u r oD e v e l o p m e n f A o A l Internotionol gencyfor Reseorch n Concer A o I n t e r n o t i o n oB o o r d o f S o i l R e s o u r c eo n d M o n o g e m e n t i s i n t e r n o t i o n oC o u n c i lo f C h e m i c o lA s s o c i o t i o n s l I n t e r n o t i o n o l o u n c i lf o r t h e E x p l o r o t i o n f t h e S e o C o I n t e r n o t i o n o l l e o n e r P r o d u c t i o nn f o r m o t i o n l e o r i n o H o u s e C I C I n t e r n o t i o n o l i v i l S e r v i c eC o m m i s s i o n C I n t e r n o t i o n o l o u n c i lo f S c i e n t i f i U n i o n s C c i n t e g r o t e d n v i r o n m e n t o l n d e c o n o m i co c c o u n t i n q e o I n t e r n o t i o n oF u n df o r A g r i c u l t u r o D e v e l o p m e n t l i I n t e r g o v e r n m e n t A lu t h o r i i yf o r D r o u g h to n d D e v e l o p m e n t o ( I n t e r n o t i o n o l e o s p h e r e - B i o s p h ePe o g r o m m e I C S U ) G rr l l n t e r n o t i o n oG e o s p h e r e - B i o s p h ePe o g r o m m e / G l o b o C h o n g e S y s t e m o r A n c r i y s i s , l rr f Troining Reseorchnd o I n t e r n o t i o n oL o b o u rO r g o n i s o t i o n l Internotionol onetoryFund M I n t e r n o t i o n o l o r i t i m eO r g o n i z o t i o n M ( I n t e r n o t i o n oE n v i r o n m e nItn f o r m o t i o n y s t e m U N E P ) l S

roc
IPCC

rPcs
IPM IRPTC

rTc
ITTO IUCN MARPOL OECD PGRFA PIC SADCC SARD UNCTAD UNDP UNDRO UNEP UNESCO UNFPA UNICEF UNIDO UNU WCP WFC WHO WMO WWF WWW

Intergovernmentol ic Oceonogroph Com ission m Intergovernmentol on Climote Ponel Chonge lnternotionol Progromme Chemicol on Sofety integroted monogement pest Internotionol Register Potentiolly of Ioxic Chemicols In te rn o ti o nT ilnC o unci l o Internotionol Tropicol mberOrgonizotion Ti Internotionol Unionfor Conservotion Notureond NoturolResources of Internotionol Convention the Prevention Pollution for of fromShips for Orgonisotion Economic Cooperotion ond Development plontgenetic resources ogriculture for prior informed procedure consent AfriconDevelopment Southern Coordinotion Conference sustoinoble ogriculture ruroldevelopment ond UnitedNotions Conference Trodeond Development on United NotionsDevelopment Progromme Officeof the UnitedNotionsDisoster Relief Coordinotor E U n i te d o ti o n s n v i ronment N P rogromme U n i te d o ti o n s ucoti onol , enti fiond C ul turol N Ed S ci c Orgoni zoti on UnitedNotionsPopulotion Fund N U n i te d o ti o n s h i l dren'Fund C s UnitedNotionslndustriol Development Orgonizotion UnitedNotionsUniversity World C IimoteProg mme {WMO/UNEP/ICSU/U ESCO) ro N World FoodCouncil World Heolth Orgonizotion WorldMeteorologicol Orgonizotion World Wide Fundfor Noture(olso colledWorld Wildl;feFund) World WeotherWotch (WMO)

Rlo
DECLARAilON
ond on Environment Development

ond on RioDeclorotion Environment Development

Having met at Rio de Janeirofrom 3 to 14 June 1992, the Reaffirming Declarationof the United Nations Conferenceon the Human Environment, adoptedat Stockholm on 16 JuneI972.oand seekingto build upon it, a With the goal of establishing new and equitableglobal partnership throughthe creationof new levelsof cooperand people, key sectors societies of ation amongStates, which respect Workingtowardsinternationalagreements protectthe integrityof the global of the interests all and system, and developmental environmental natureof the integraland interdependent Recognizingthe Earth.our home. Proclaims that:

PRINCIPLE 3 The right to developmentmust be fulfilled so as to needs and equitablymeetdevelopmental environmental and future generations. of present

PRINCIPLE 4 environdevelopment, In order to achievesustainable integral part of the mental protection shall constitutean in process and cannotbe considered isoladevelopment tion from it.

PRINCIPLE 5 in All States and all peopleshall cooperate the essential requirepoverty as an indispensable task of eradicating in development, order to decrease ment for sustainable in of the disparities standards living and bettermeetthe needsof the majority of the peopleof the world.

I PRINCIPLE Human beings are at the centre of concerns for susThey areentitledto a healthyand tainabledevelopment. productive life in harmony with nature.

PRINCIPLE 6 and needsof developingcountries, The specialsituation and thosemost environparticularlythe leastdeveloped given specialpriority. Inmentally vulnerable,shall be and actionsin the field of environment develternational interests needsof all and the opmentshouldalsoaddress countries.

PRINCIPLE 2 with the Charterof theUnited have,in accordance States law,the soverprinciples international of Nationsandthe pursuant their to their own resources eign right to exploit policies,and the and developmental own environmental to responsibility ensurethat activitieswithin their juristo dictionorcontroldo notcausedamage theenvironment the limits of national or bevond of other States of areas jurisdiction.

PRINCIPLE Z to in States shallcooperate a spirit of global partnership protectand restorethe healthand integrity of conserve,

In the Earrh'secosystem. view of the different contribuglobal environmentaldegradation,Stateshave tions to The developed responsibilities. commonbut differentiated the responsibilitythat they bear countriesacknowledge in development in the internationalpursuitof sustainable pressures their societiesplace on the global view of the environment and of the technologies and financial resources they command.

'I2 PRINCIPLE andopen to States shouldcooperate promotea supportive international economic system that would lead to economic growth and sustainabledevelopment in all the countries,to betteraddress problemsof environmenforenvironmental Tradepolicy measures tal degradation. purposesshould not constitute a meansof arbitrary or restriction on or unjustifiable discrimination a disguised international trade. Unilateral actions to deal with environmentalchallengesoutsidethe jurisdiction of the importing country shouldbe avoided.Environmental measuresaddressingtransboundaryor global environmentalproblemsshould, as far as possible,be based on an internationalconsensus.

8 PRINCIPLE developmentand a higher quality To achievesustainable of life for all people,Statesshouldreduceand eliminate patternsof production and consumption unsustainable and promote appropriatedemographicpolicies.

PRINCIPLE I3 9 PRINCIPLE capacendogenous to Statesshouldcooperate strengthen by development improving ity-building for sustainable of through exchanges scientific scientific understanding knowledge,and by enhancingthe deand technological velopment, adaptation,diffusion and transfer of techincludingnew and innovativetechnologies. nologies, Statesshall developnational law regardingliability and compensation for the victims of pollution and other environmentaldamage.Statesshall also cooperatein an expeditious and more determined manner to develop further i nternationallaw regardingliability and compensation for adverse effects of environmental damage by caused activitieswithin theirjurisdiction or control to areasbeyond their jurisdiction.

IO PRINrcIPLE issuesare best handledwith the particiEnvironmental pation of all concernedcitizens,at the relevantlevel. At the nationallevel, eachindividual shall have appropriate access information concemingthe environmentthat is to held by public authorities,including information on hazardousmaterialsand activitiesin their communities,and the opportunity to participate in decision-makingprocesses.States shall facilitate and encouragepublic awarenessand participation by making information widely available. Effective accessto judicial and i adm inis t r a ti v ep ro c e e d i n g s , n c l u d i n g r edressand remedy,shall be provided.

I4 PRINCIPLE States should effectively cooperateto discourageor preventthe relocationand transferto other Statesof any severe environmental that activities andsubstances cause or degradation are found to be harmful to humanhealth.

PRINCIPLE I5 In order to protect the environment, the precautionary approachshall be widely appliedby Statesaccordingto their capabilities.Where there are threatsof seriousor irreversibledamage,lack of full scientific certainty shall not be used as a reason for postponing cost-effective on. measures to preventenvironrnentaldegradati

I1 PRINCIPIE Statesshall enact effective environmentallegislation. objectivesand management Environmentalstandards, environmentaland developpriorities should reflect the mental context to which they apply. Standardsapplied by some countriesmay be inappropriateand of unwarrantedeconomicand social cost to other countries,in particulardevelopingcountries.

PRINCIPLE 16 National authorities should endeavourto promote the internalization of environmental costs and the use of taking into accountthe approach economicinstruments, that the polluter should, in principle, bear the cost of

t0

pollution, with due regard to the public interest and without distorting internationaltradeand investment.

IZ FRINCIPLE as Environmentalimpact assessment, a national instrument shall be undertakenfor proposedactivities that are likely to have a significant adverseimpact on the environment and are subject to a decision of a competent national authority.

PR]NCIPLE 22 Indigenouspeopleand their communitiesand other local managehavea vital role in environmental communities ment and developmentbecauseof their knowledge and traditionalpractices.Statesshould recognizeand duly support their identity, culture and interestsand enable of their effectiveparticipationin the achievement sustainabledevelopment.

PRINCIPIE 23 of The environmentand natural resources people under oppression,domination and occupation shall be protected.

I8 PRINrcIPLE of States shallimmediatelynotify other States any natural that are likely to produce or disasters other emergencies sudden harmful effects on the environment of those States.Every effort shall be made by the intemational community to help Statesso afflicted.

I9 PRINICIPLE States shall provide prior and timely notification and relevant information to potentially affected States on transboundactivitiesthat may havea significantadverse ary environmental effect and shall consult with those Statesat an early stageand in good faith.

24 PRINCIPLE developWarfareis inherentlydestructiveof sustainable ment. States shall therefore respect international law providing protection for the environment in times of in armedconflict and cooperate its further development, as necessary.

PRINCIPLE 25 Peace,developrnentand environmental protection are interdependent indivisible. and

PRINCIPLE 20 Women have a vital role in environmentalmanagement and development.Their full participation is therefore development. to essential achievesustainable

PRINCIPLE 26 States shall resolve all their environmentaldisputes with peacefullyand by appropriate meansin accordance the Charterof the United Nations.

PRNICIPTE 2I The creativity, ideals and courage of the youth of the world should be mobilized to forge a global partnership developmentand ensure in order to achievesustainable a better future for all.

PRINCIPLE 2Z Statesand people shall cooperatein good faith and in a spirit of partnershipin the fulfilment of the principles embodiedin this Declarationand in the further development of internationallaw in the field of sustainable development.

on Notions Conference theHumonEnvironReport the United of 5-.l6 June 1972 lUnitedNotionspublicoiion, ment,Stockholm, o ch N S o l e s o . E . Z 3 . l l . A . l 4 n d c o r r i g e n d u m ) , o p f elr.

t1

AOENDA2I
A blueprint octionfor globol for sustoinoble development i n t ot h e 2 l s t c e n t u r y

Preomble

at l.l Humanitystands a definingmomentin history. We are confronted with a perpetuationof disparities between and within nations, a worsening of poverty, hunger, ill health and illiteracy, and the continuing on of deterioration the ecosystems which we dependfor our well-being. However, integrationof environment attentionto them and greater concerns and development improvedliving will leadto thefulfilment of basicneeds, ecosysand managed for standards all. betterprotected future.No nationcan temsand a safer,more prosperous we this on its own; but together can- in a global achieve partnership sustainable for development. mustbuild on the premises 1.2 This globalpartnership of of GeneralAssemblyresolution411228 22 December 1989,which was adoptedwhen the nationsof the world called for the United Nations Conferenceon Environof andontheacceptance theneed mentandDevelopment, to take a balancedand integratedapproachto environquestions. mentand development problems today of the 1.3 Agenda2l addresses pressing and also aims at preparingthe world for the challenges and of the next century.It reflectsa global consensus levelon development politicalcommitment thehighest at l a n d e n v i r o n m e n tc o o p e r a t i o n .I t s s u c c e s s f u i m plementation first and foremost the responsibility is o f G o v e r n m e n t s .N a t i o n a l s t r a t e g i e s ,p l a n s , * t s p o l i c i e sa n d p r o c e s s ea r e c r u c i a li n a c h i e v i n g h i s . I nt er nat ionalc o o p e ra ti o ns h o u l d s u p p o rt a nd supplem ent s uc h n a ti o n a l e ffo rts . In th i s c o n text, the Unit ed Nat ionss y s te mh a s a k e y ro l e to p l a y . Other int er nat ional,re g i o n a l a n d s u b re g i o n a l o rgani zat ions ar e als oc a l l e du p o n to c o n tri b u teto th i s effort. T he br oades t p u b l i c p a rti c i p a ti o n a n d th e acti ve o i nv olv em entof th e n o n -g o v e rn me n ta l rg a n i zati ons and ot her gr ou p ss h o u l d a l s o b e e n c o u ra g e d . objectives and 1.4 The developmental environmental flow of new and of Agenda2l will requirea substantial in resources developing countries, to additionalfrnancial

costsfor the actionsthey order to cover the incremental have to undertake to deal with global environmental development. problems and to acceleratesustainable are Financialresources also requiredfor strengthening the capacity of internationalinstitutions for the implementation Agenda2l. An indicativeorder-of-magof nitude assessment costs is included in each of the of programmeareas. This assessment need to be exwill aminedand refined by the relevantimplementingagencies and organizations. of 1.5 In the implementation the relevantprogramme shouldbe attention areas identifiedin Agenda21, special gi ven to the parti cul ar ci rcumstancesfaci ng t he that economies transition. It must alsobe recognized in in challenges thesecountriesare facing unprecedented in in transforming theireconomies, somecases themidst socialand political tension. of considerable Agenda?l are 1.6 The programme areas thatconstitute describedin terms of the basis for action, objectives, activitiesand meansof implementation.Agenda21 is a dynamicprogramme. It will be carriedout by thevarious and capacities according thedifferentsituations, actors to prioritiesof countries of andregionsin full respect all the principlescontained the Rio Declaration Environon in ment and Development.It could evolveover time in the This process light of changingneeds andcircumstances. marks the beginning of a new global partnershipfor sustainable development.

* When the term "Governments" used,it will be deemedto is within its oreosof the Europeon include Economic Communily Throughout Agendo2l the term"environmentolly competence. sofe sound"meons"environmentolly ond sound",in porticulor "energysupplies", when oppliedto the terms"energysources", "energysyslems" ond "technology" "iechnologies". or

t5

SectionI

Sociolond Economic Dimensions

Internotionol cooperotion occelerote to sustoinoble development developing in countries reloted ond domestic policies

INTRODUCTION

2.1 In orderto meetthe challenges environment of and development,Stateshave decided to establisha new global partnership.This partnership commitsall States to engagein a continuousand constructivedialogue, inspired by the need to achieve a more efficient and equitable world economy, keepingin view the increasing interdependence the community of nations and that of sustainable development shouldbecomea priority item on the agendaof the internationalcommunity. It is recognized that,for the success this new partnership, of it is important to overcomeconfrontationand to foster a climateof genuine cooperation solidarity.It is equaland ly important to strengthennational and intemational policiesandmultinational cooperation adapt thenew to to r ealit ies . 2.2 Economic policies of individual countries and int er nat ional e c o n o mi c re l a ti o n s b o th h a v e great relevance sustainable to development.The reactivation andacceleration developmentrequires adynamic of both and a supporliveinternationaleconomic environment and determined policiesat the nationallevel. It will be frustrated the absence eitherof theserequirements. in of A supportive externaleconomicenvironment crucial. is The development process will not gathermomentumif the global economylacksdynamismand stabilityand is besetu,ith uncertainties. Neither will it gathermomentum if the developingcountriesare weighteddown by externalindebtedness, developrnent if financeis inadequate,if bamers restrictaccess marketsand if comto modity prices and the terms of trade of developing countries remaindepressed. recordof the 1980s The was essentially negative eachof these on countsandneeds to be reversed.The policiesandmeasures needed create to an international environment that is stronglysupportive

of national developmentefforts are thus vital. International cooperation in this area should be designed to complementand support- not to diminish or subsume - sounddomesticeconomicpolicies,in both developed and developing countries, if global progress towards sustainable development to be achieved. is 2.3 The internationaleconomy should provide a supportive internationalclimate for achieving environment and development goalsby: (a) Promoting sustainable developmentthrough trade liberalization; (b) Making trade and environment mutually supportive; (c) Providing adequate financial resources developto ing countries and dealingwith international debt; (d) Encouraging macroeconomic policiesconducive to environment and development. 2.4 Governments recognizethat there is a new global effort to relatethe elements the internationaleconomic of systemand mankind's needfor a safeand stablenatural environment. Therefore,it is the intent of Governments that consensus-building theintersection theenvironat of mental and tradeand development areaswill be ongoing in existingintemational forums,aswell asin thedomestic policy of eachcountry.

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) PROTVTOT|NG SUSTAINABLE DEVETOPMENT THROUGHTRADE BASIS ACTION FOR 2.5 An open,equitable, secure, non-discriminatory and predictable multilateraltradingsystemthat is consistent

l9

developmentand leads to with the goals of sustainable the optimal distribution of global production in accordance with comparative advantageis of benefit to all for trading partners.Moreover, improved market access in countries'exports conjunctionwith sound developing policieswould have and macroeconomic environmental a positive environmentalimpact and thereforemake an important contribution towards sustainabledevelopment. development has 2.6 Experience shownthat sustainable requiresa commitmentto sound economicpolicies and management,an effective and predictable public adconcemsinto ministration,the integrationof environmental progress towardsdemocraticgovemdecision-makingaurd conditions, which ment, in the light of country-specific allows for full participation of all parties concerned. These attributes are essentialfor the fulfilment of the listedbelow. policy directionsand objectives 2J The commodity sectordominatesthe economiesof many developing countries in terms of production, employmentand export earnings. An important feature of the world commodityeconomyin the 1980swas the of prevalence very low and declining real pricesfor most commodities in international markets and a resulting contractionin commodity export earningsfor substantial manyproducingcountries.The ability of thosecountries trade, the resources to mobilize. through international requiredfor sustainable neededto finance investments and may be impairedby this development development by tariff and non-tariff impediments, including tariff to limiting their access export markets.The escalation, trade is removal of existing distortionsin international of the In essential. particular, achievement this objective reducand progressive requiresthat there be substantial tion in the supportand protectionof agriculture-coverand marketaccess exportsubsidies ing intemalregimes, - as well as of industry and other sectors,in order to avoid inflicting large losses on the more efficient Thus, in producers, especiallyin developingcountries. thereis scopefor agriculture,industry and other sectors, and at policiesto initiativesaimedat tradeliberalization make production more responsiveto environment and Tradeliberalizationshouldtherefore needs. development so economicsectors on be pursued a global basisacross development. as to contributeto sustainable 2.8 The internationaltrading environment has been that by affected a numberof developments havecreated and have mademultiand new challenges opportunities importance. of cooperation evengreater lateraleconomic World trade has continuedto grow faster than world of outputin recentyears.However,the expansion world andonly a lirnitednumtradehasbeenunevenlyspread, of havebeencapable achievcountries ber of developing

ing appreciablegrowth in their exports. Protectionist pressuresand unilateral policy actions continue to endanger the functioning of an open multilateral trading system, affecting particularly the export interests of developing countries. Economic integration processes have intensified in recent years and should impart dynamism to global trade and enhance the trade and developmentpossibilities for developing countries. In recent years,a growing number of thesecountrieshave policy reforms involving ambitious adoptedcourageous autonomous trade liberalization, while far-reaching are reforms and profound restructuringprocesses taking countries,paving placein Central and EasternEuropean the way for their integrationinto the world economyand the international trading system. Increasedattention is being devoted to enhancingthe role of enterprisesand promoting competitive markets through adoption of competitive policies.The GSPhas proved to be a useful tradepolicy instrument,althoughits objectiveswill have relating to to be fulfilled, and trade facilitation strategies (EDI) have beeneffective in electronic datainterchange improving the tradingefficiency of the public and private sectors.The interactionsbetweenenvironment policies are and tradeissues manifold and have not yet beenfully An assessed. early, balanced,comprehensiveand successful outcome of the Uruguay Round of multilateral trade negotiationswould bring about further liberalizathe tion and expansionof world trade,enhance tradeand countries and developmentpossibilities of developing provide greatersecurityand predictabilityto the international trading system.

OBJECTIVES 2.9 In the years ahead, and taking into account the results of the Uruguay Round of multilateral trade negotiations,Governmentsshould continue to strive to meet the following objectives: (a) To promote an open,non-discriminatoryand equitable multilateral trading system that will enable all countries- in particular,the developingcountries- to and improvetheireconomicstructures improvethe standecoard of living of their populationsthrough sustained nomic development; (b) To improve access to markets for exports of developingcountries; (c) To improve the functioning of commodity markets and achieve sound, compatible and consistentcommodity policies at national and internationallevels with a view to optimizing the contribution of the commodity sector to sustainabledevelopment,taking into account environmentalconsiderations ; (d) To promote and support policies, domestic and

20

international,that make economic growth and environmentalprotectionmutually supportive.

B) MANAGEMENT-REEDACTTV ES LAT tTt >-Devglopingdomestic policiesthotmoximize the benefits of trodeliberolization sustainable for development

ACTIVITIES A) /NTERNAT/ONAL AND REG/ONA/COO7ERATION AND COORD/NAIION > Promoting internotionol on troding system that fokesoccounfof the needs developingcountries of 2.10 Accordingly,the international comnrunityshould: (a) Halt and reverseprotectionismin order to bring aboutfurtherliberalization expansion world trade, and of to thebenefitof all countries, particular developing in the countries; ( b ) P r o v i d e f o r a n e q u i t a b l e ,s e c u r e ,n o n - d i s criminatoryandpredictable internati onaltradin system g ; (c) Facilitate,in a timely way, the integrationof all countriesinto the world economyand the intemational tradingsystem; (d) Ensure that environment and trade policies are mutuallysupportive, a view to achieving with sustainable development: (e) Strengthen international the trade policies system throughan early,balanced, comprehensive successancl ful outcomeof the UruguayRoundof multilateraltrade negotiations. 2.11 Theinternational community should aimatfinding ways and meansof achievinga betterfunctioningand enhanced transparency commodity markets,greater of diversificationof the cornmodity sectorin developing economieswithin a macroeconomic framework that takesinto consideration country'seconomicstructure, a resource endowments marketopportunities, betand and ter management naturalresources of that takesinto accountthe necessities sustainable of development. 2J2 Therefore,all countriesshould implementprevi ous c om m it m e n ts h a l t a n d re v e rs e ro te c tioni sm to p and furtherexpandmarketaccess, particularlyin areas o f int er estto dev e l o p i n g o u n tri e s . h i s i mp ro v e ment c T of market accesswill be facilitated by appropriate s t r u c t u r a l a d j u s t m e n ti n d e v e l o p e d c o u n t r i e s . Dev eloping oun tri e s h o u l d o n ti n u e e tra d e - pol i cy c c th reforms and structuraladjustmentthey have unclertak en.I t is t hus u rg e n tto a c h i e v ea n i m p ro v e mentn i m ar k et ac c es sc o n d i ti o n sfo r c o mn to d i ti e sn otabl y , thr ough t he pr o g re s s i v ere mo v a l o l - b a rri e rs that r e s t r i c t i m p o r t s , p a r t i c u l a r l y 1 ' r o md e v e l o p i n g co unt r ies ,of c om m o d i ty p ro d u c ts i n p ri m a ry and processed forms.as well as the substantial progresand sivereduction typesof supportthatinduceuncompetiof tiveproduction, suchasproduction exportsubsidies. and

2.13 For devel opi ng countri esto benefi t from t he liberalization tradingsystems, of they shouldimplement the following policies,as appropriate: (a) Create a domesticenvironmentsupportiveof an optimalbalance between production thedomestic for and export marketsand remove biasesagainstexportsand discourage inefficientimport-substitution ; (b) Promotethe policy frameworkand the infrastructure required to improve the efficiency of export and irnport trade as well as the functioning of domestic markets. 2.14 The fol l ow i ng pol i ci es shoul d be adopredby developingcountrieswith respectto commoditiesconsistentwith marketefficiency: (a) E xpand processi ng, stri buti on and i mpr ove di marketing practices and the competitiveness the comof modity sector; (b) Diversify in order to reduceclependence comon modity exports, (c) Reflect efficient and sustainable of factorsof use production theformationof commodityprices, in including the reflectionof environmental, socialand resources costs.

c) DATA AND /NFORMATTON > Encouroging doto collection ond reseorch 2.15 GATT, UNCTAD and other reler,'ant institutions should continue to collect appropriatetrade data and information. The Secretary-General the United Naof tions is requestedto strengthenthe Trade Control Measures InforrnationSystemmanaged UNCTAD. by > lmprovinginternationol in ,cooperation commoditytrade ond thediversificotion the sector of 2.16 With regard to commodity trade, Governments should,directly or throughappropriate international organizations, whereappropriate: (a) Seek optimal functioningof commodity markets, interalia, throughimprovedmarkettransparency involving exchanges views and information investment of on plans,prospects markets inciividual and for commodities. Substantive negotiationsbetweenproclucers and consumers shouldbepursued with a view to achieving viable andmoreefficientinternational agreements takeinto that

21

as accountmarket trends,or affangements, well as study particularattentionshouldbe paid groups. In this regard, on to the agreements cocoa, coffee, sugar and tropical timber. The importance of international commodity is and agreements alrangements underlined.Occupationsafety matters, technology transfer and al health and with the production,marketingand servicesassociated promotion of commodities,as well as environmental shouldbe takeninto account; considerations, mechanisms for (b) Continueto apply compensation in commodity export earningsof developing shortfalls diversificationefforts; countriesin order to encourage (c) Provide assistance developingcountriesupon to requestin the designand implementationof commodity policies and the gatheringand utilization of information on commodity markets; (d) Support the efforts of developing countries to promote the policy framework and infrastructure required to improve the efticiency of export and import trade: (e) Support diversification initiativesof thedeveloping the levels. countriesat the national,regionaland intemational

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION A/ FINANCING has estimatedthe 2.17 The Conferencesecretariat averagetotal annual cost (1993-2000)of implementing areato be about$8.8bilthe activitiesin this progralrune lion from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Governments.Actual costsand financialterms,includwill depend upon, ing any that are non-concessional, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmes decideupon for implementation. Governments B) CAPACTTY-BUtLDING 2.18 The above-mentionedtechnical cooperation activities aim at strengtheningnational capabilitiesfor of designandimplementation commoditypolicy,useand and the gatheringand management nationalresources of utilizationof informationon commoditymarkets.

supportive.An open,multilateraltradingsystemmakes possiblea more efficient allocation and useof resources and therebycontributesto an increasein production and on demands the environment. incomesand to lessening needed economic for resources additional It thusprovides growth and development and improved environmental protection. A sound environment,on the other hand, provides the ecological and other resourcesneededto of sustaingrowth and underpina continuingexpansion trade. An open,multilateraltrading system,supported policies,would by the adoptionof soundenvironmental havea positiveimpacton theenvironmentandcontribute to sustainable development. 2.20 Internationalcooperationin the environmental tradeprovisions in field is growing,anci anumberofcases have played a in multilateralenvironmentagreements Trade challenges. role in tackling global environmental have thus been used in certain specific inmeasures to the whereconsidered necessary, enhance efstances, fectiveness environmentalregulationsfor the protecof shouldaddress Suchregulations tion of theenvironment. so degradation asnot to of the root causes environmental on resultin unjustifiedrestrictions trade.The challenge is to ensure that trade and environmentpolicies are consistentand reinforce the processof sustainable However,accountshouldbe taken of the development. fact that environmental standardsvalid for developed countriesmay have unwarrantedsocial and economic countries. costsin devdloping

OBJECTIVES 2.21 Govemmentsshould strive to meet the following throughrelevantmultilateralforums,including objectives, UNCTAD and other internationalorganizations: GATT, (a) To make international trade and environment policies mutually supportivein favour of sustainable development; (b) To clarify the role of GATT, UNCTAD and other international organizationsin dealing with trade and issues,including, where relevant, environment-related and disputesettlement; conciliationprocedure (c) To encourage productivity and cominternational role petitiveness encourage constructive on thepart a and and of industryin dealingwith environment development issues.

B) frrAKrNG TRADEAND ENVIRONTYIENT fiIUTUAILY SUPPORTIVE

ACTIVITIES > Developingon environment/trode ord deuJlophentogendo GATT, UNCTAD shouldencourage 2.22 Governments

FOR BASIS ACTION be and 2.19 Environment tradepoliciesshould mutually

22

and other relevantinternational and regionaleconomic institutions exarnine, accordance to in with theirrespective mandates competences, following proposiand the tionsandpr inc ip l e s : (a) Elaborateadequatestudiesfor the better understandingof the relationship betweentradeand environment for the promotionof sustainable development; (b) Promote a dialogue betweentrade, development and environnrent comrnunities: (c) In thosecases when trademeasures relatedto environment are used, ensure transparency and compatibilitywith international obligations; (d) Deal with the root causesof environmentand problems a manner development in thatavoids adopthe tion of enr,'ironmental measures resulting unjustified in restrictions trade on : (e) Seekto avoidthc useof traderestrictions distoror tionsasa means offsetdifferences costarising to in from differenccs environmental in standards and regulations, sincetheirapplication couldleadto tradedistortions and increase protectionist tendencies: (f) Ensure that environment-related regulationsor stanclards. including those relatedto health and safety standards, not constitutea meansof arbitrary or do unjustifiable discrimination a disguised or restriction on trade: (g) Ensurethat specialfactorsaffectingenvironment and tradepoliciesin the developing countries borne are in mind in theapplication environmental of standards, as well asin theuseof anytrade measures. is worthnoting It that standardsthat are valid in the most advanced countries mav be inappropriate of unwarranted and social costlbr the developing countries; (h ) Encourage participation developing of countries in nrultrlateral agreements through such mechanisms as sp ec ialr ans it io n a l l e s : t ru (i) Avorcluniiateral actions dealwith environmental to ci r allengc s s i d eth e .j u ri s d i c ti o n f th e i mporti ng out o countr\'. Environrnental measures addressing transborder or glohalcnvirclnmental problems should,as far as possiblc. based aninternationalconsensus. be on Domestic nreasures tar_qeted achievecertainenvironmental to ob.jcctives may needtracle ntcasures renderthem efio l'ectrr Should e'. policymeasures foundnecessary trade be for thr-enforccrnent environmental of policies,certain p rir r c iplcanc l ul e ss h o u l d p p l y .T h e s e o u l di n c l ude, -s r a c iritr uiitr. the principieof non-discrirnination; printhe ciple thei tlte trademeasure chosenshouldbe the least trade-rcstrictivc necessary achieve objectives; to the an obligationto ensuretransparency the use of trade in rllcdsulcsrclatc'c-l the environment and to provide to lucleiluaic ication of nationalregulations: notif and the n e edt o gir c ' t ' or r s i d e ra tro n e s p e c i ac o n d i ti o ns to th l and

developmental requirements developingcountriesas of they movetowardsinternationally agreed environmental objectives; and C) Develop more precision, where necessary, clarify the relationship between GATT provisions and someof themultilateral measures adopted theenvironin ment area; (k) Ensurepublic input in the formation,negotiation and implementationof trade policies as a means of fosteringincreased transparency the light of countryin specificconditions; (l) Ensurethat environmental policiesprovidethe appropriate legaland institutional frameworkto respond to new needs the protectionof the environmentthat may for resultfrom changes productionand trade specializain tion.

c) PROVTD|NG ADEQUATE F|NANC|ATRESOURCES TO DEVETOPING COUNTRIES

BASIS ACTION FOR 2.23 Investmentis critical to the ability of developing countries achieve to needed economic growthto improve the welfare of their populations and to meet their basic needsin a sustainable manner,all without deteriorating or depletingthe resource basethat underpinsdevelopment. Sustainable developmentrequiresincreasedinvestment, for which domestic and external financial resources needed.Foreignprivateinvestment the are and returnof flight capital,which depend a healthyinveston ment climate, are an important sourceof financial resources. Many developing countries haveexperienced a decade-long situation negative transferoffinancial of net resources, during which their financial receipts were exceeded payments by theyhadto make,in particular for debt-servicing. As a result, domesticallymobilized resources had to be transferred abroadinsteadof being investedlocally in order to promote sustainable economic development. 2.24 For manydeveloping countries, reactivation the of development will not take place without an early and durable solution to the problemsof externalindebtedness, takinginto account fact that,for manydevelopthe ing countries,external debt burdensare a significant problem.The burdenof debt-service payments those on countries hasimposedsevere constraints their ability on to accelerate growth and eradicate poverty and hasled to a contracti onn i mports, i nvestmentand consum pi ti on. E xternal i ndebtedness emergedas a ma in has factor i n the economi c stal emate n the devel oping i countri es. onti nuedvi gorousi mpl ementati on t he C of

23

evolving international debt strategy is aimed at restoring debtorcountries'externalfinancial viability, and the resumptionof their growth and development grow th and would a s s i s t i n a c h i e v i n g s u s ta i n abl e dev elo p m e n t.In th i s c o n te x t, a d d i t i onal fi nanci al resourcesin favour of developing countriesand the efficient utilization of such resourcesare essential. OBJECTIVES for 2.25 The specificrequirements the implementation programmesincluded sectoraland cross-sectoral of the in Agenda27 aredealt with in the relevantprogramn're ar eas a n d i n c h a p te r 3 3 (F i n a n c i a l resourcesand mechanisms).

ACTIVITIES OF OFFICIAL A) MEETING /NIERNAI/ONAI TARGETS LA DEVE PMENI ASS'SIANCE FUNDING

2.26 As discussedin chapter 33, new and additional resourcesshould be provided to support Agenda 21 programmes.

'SSUE THE B) ADDRESSING DEBT 2.27 In regardto the externaldebt incurredwith commercial banks, the progressbeing made under the and a morerapid is debt strategy recognized strengthened is encouraged.Some implementation of this strategy countrieshave already benefitedfrom the combination policiesand commercialbank debt of soundadjustment commeasures. international The reduction orequivalent munity encourages: (a) Other countries with heavy debts to banks to negotiatesimilar commercial bank debt reductionwith their creditors: (b) The partiesto sucha negotiationto takedueaccount of both the medium-termdebt reductionand new money of requirements the debtor country; (c) Multilateral institutionsactively engagedin the to debt strategy continueto international strengthened packagesrelated to commersupport debt-reduction cial bank debt with a view to ensuringthat the magwith theevolving nitudeof suchfinancinsis consonant debt strategy; ( d) Cr e d i to r b a n k s to p a rti c i p a te n debt and debti servicereduction: (e) Strengthened policies to attractdirect investment, levels of debt and foster the return avoid unsustainable of flight capital.

2.28 With regard to debt owed to otficial bilateral taken by the Paris Club creditors,the recentmeasures generous termsof relief to thepoorest with regard more to most indebtedcountriesare welcomed.Ongoingefforts in to implementthese"Trinidadterms"measures a mancapacityof those with the payments ner cofiunensurate countriesand in a way that gives additionalsupportto their economicrefbrm efforts are welcomed.The substantial bilateral debt reduction undertakenby some and is creditorcountries alsowelconted, otherswhich are to positionto do soareencouraged takesimilaraction. in a w c o 2.29 Theactions f low-income ountries ith substanti aldebt burdensw hi ch conti nue,at gr eat cost , their cr edit wor to servi cethei r debt and safeguard thi nessare commended.P arti cul aratte nt ionshould be pai d to thei r resourceneeds. Other debt - disw countri es hi ch are m akinggr eat tressed devel opi ng efforts to conti nue to servi ce thei r debt and m eet due thei r externalfi nanci al obl i eati onsal so deser ve attenti on. debt,it is urgedthat with multilateral 2.30 In connection attention given to continuingto rvork towards be serious grow'.h-oriented solutionsto the problemof developing problems, includwith serious countries debt-servicing ing thosewhosedebt is mainly to official creditorsor to in Particularly thecase financial institutions. multilateral of l ow -i ncome countri esi n the processo f econom ic reform, the supportof the mul ti l ateralfinancial ins sti tuti onsi n the form of new di sbursem entand t he The use fundsi s w el comed. of ruse thei r concessi onal of supportgroupsshoul d be conti nuedin pr oviding resourcesto cl ear arrearso1'countri e s em bar king supupon vi gorous economi c reform progrant m es by portedby IMF and the W orl d B ank. Mea sur es t he mul ti l ateral fi nanci al i nsti tuti onssuch as t he r ef io n a n c i n go f i n t e r e s to n n o n - c o n c e s s i o n la l a n sw i t h ID A refl ow s - " fi fth di mensi on"- are not ed r vit h appreci ati on.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSI EVALUATIONF/NANC/NG

POLICIES ECONOMIC D) ENCOURAGTNG DEVELOPMENT TO CONDUCIVE SUSTAINABLE

FORACTION BASIS 2.31 The unfavourahle external environment facing developing countries makesdomesticresourcemobilization and efficient allocation and utilization of domesti*See chop. 33 s { F i n o n c i orl e s o u r c e o n d m e c h o n i s m s } .

24

all cally mobilized resources the more important for the In promotionof sustainable development. a numberof countries,policies are necessaryto correct misdirected public spending,large budget deficits and other macropoliciesanddistortions restrictive economicimbalances, and finance, rates,investment in the areasof exchange a n d obs t ac lest o e n tre p re n e u rs h i p .In d e v e l oped countries.continuing policy reform and adjustment,insavingsrates,would help generate cluding appropriate developto transition sustainable resources supportthe to and in developingcountries. ment both domestically of that fostersthe association 232 Good management effective, efficient, honest,equitableand accountable public administrationwith individual rights and opporbroadly elementfor sustainable, tunitiesis an essential baseddevelopmentand soundeconomicperformanceat all developmentlevels. All countriesshould increase of their efforts to eradicatemismanagement public and private affairs, including corruption,taking into account for, and agentsinvolved in, this the factorsresponsible phenomenon. developing countries undergoare 2.33 Many indebted ing structural adjustmentprogrammesrelating to debt are rescheduling new loans.While suchprogrammes or for necessary improving the balancein fiscal budgetsand accounts, somecases in they have balance-of-payments resultedin adverse socialandenvironmental effects,such as cuts in allocations for health care, education and environmentalprotection. It is important to ensurethat structuraladjustmentprogrammesdo not have negative impacts on the environmentand social developmentso that such programnles can be more in line with the objectives sustainable of development. OBJECTIVES 2.34 It is necessary establish,in the light of the to country-specificconditions,economic policy reforms that promote the efficient planning and utilization of resourcesfor sustainabledevelopment through sound fosterentrepreneurship economic andsocialpolicies, and the incorporation of social and environmentalcosts in of resourcepricing, and remove sources distortion in the areaof tradeand investment.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMFNI-RETATED ACTIVITIES

D Promotingsoundeconomic policies countriesand othercountriesin 2.35 The industrialized a position to do so should strengthen their efforts:

(a) To encourage stableand predictableintemational a economic environment, particularly with regard to monetary stability, real ratesof interestand fluctuations in key exchange rates; (b) To stimulatesavings and reducefiscal deficits; (c) To ensurethat the processes policy coordination of take into account the interests and concerns of the developing countries, including the need to promote positive action to support the efforts of the least developedcountriesto halt their marginalizationin the world economy; (d) To undertakeappropriatenationalmacroeconomic and structuralpoliciesaimedat promotingnon-inflationary growth, narrowing their major extemal imbalances and i ncreasi ng the adj ustment capaci ty of the ir economies. 2.36 Developingcountriesshould considerstrengthening their effortsto implementsoundeconomicpolicies: (a) That maintain the monetary and fiscal discipline requiredto promoteprice stability and externalbalance; (b) That resultin realisticexchange rates; (c) Thatraisedomestic savings as andinvestment, well as improve returnsto investment. 2.37 More specifically, all countries should develop policies that improve efficiency in the allocation of resourcesand take full advantageof the opportunities offered by the changingglobal economicenvironment. In particular,whereverappropriate. and taking into account national strategiesand objectives, countries should: ( a ) R e m o v e t h e b a r r i e r s t o p r o g r e s sc a u s e d b y bureaucraticinefficiencies, administrativestrains,unnecessary controlsand the neglectof marketconditions; (b) P romote transparencyi n admi ni strati onand decision-making; (c) Encourage the private sector and foster entrepreneurship inrprovinginstitutional by facilitiesfor enterprisecreationand market entry. The essentialobjective would be to simplify otrremovethe restrictions, regulationsand formalities that make it more complicated,costly and time-consuming set up and operate to in enterprises many developingcountries. (d) Promote the andsupport investment infrastrucand ture requiredfor sustainable economicgrowth anddiversificationon an environmentally soundand sustainable basis; (e) Provide scope for appropriate economic instruments,including market mechanisms, hannony with in the objectivesof sustainable development andfulfilment of basicneeds; (t) Promotethe operationof effective tax systems and financial sectors; (g) Provide opportunities for small-scale enterprises,

25

both farm and non-farm, and for the indigenouspopulation and local communities to contribute fully to the development; attainmentof sustainable (h) Remove biases against exports and in favour of inefficient import substitutionand establishpolicies that allow them to benefit fully from the flows of foreign investment. within the framework of national, social, goals; economicand developmental (i) Promote the creation of a domestic economic environment supportive of an optimal balance between productionfor the domesticand export markets.

the developing world. Therefore, the efforts of the developing countriesto promote economic cooperation among themselvesshould be enhancedand continue to be supportedby the internationalcommunity.

MEANS IMPI-EMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATTON ,A' T,NANCTNG 2.41 The Conference secretariathas estimated the of averagetotal annualcost (1993-2000) implementing in this prograrnmearea to be about $50 the activities million from the international community on grant or concessionalterms. These are indicative and order-ofonly andhavenot beenreviewedby magnitudeestimates Actual costsand financial terms,includGovernments. will ing any that arenon-concessional, dependupon,inter strategiesand programmes Governalia, the specific ments decide upon for implementation.

COOPERAflON ,ANDREG/ONAL 8/ 'NTERNAilONAL AND COORDINAI'ON 2.38 Governmentsof developedcountries and those of other countriesin a position to do so should,directly or through appropriateinternationaland regional otganizatheir tions and internationallending institutions,enhance efforts to provide developing countries with increased for technicalassistance the following: (a) Capacity-building the nation's design and imin plementation economicpolicies,upon request; of ac(b) Design and operationof efficient tax systems, and financial sectors; countingsystems (c) Promotionofentrepreneurship. institutions financialanddevelopment 2.39 International should further review their policies and programmesin development. the light of the objectiveof sustainable amongdeveloping economiccooperation 2.40 Stronger countrieshas long been acceptedas an important componentof efforts to promoteeconomicgrowth and techin development and to accelerate nologicalcapabilities

B) CAPACTTY-BU|LD|NG policy changes developing in 2.42 Theabove-mentioned substanti alnati ona l ef f or t s f or countri es i nvol ve capacity-building in the areasof public administration, central banking, tax administration,savingsinstitutions and financial markets. 2.43 Particularefforts in the implementationof the four progrirmme areasidentified in this chapterare warranted in view of the especially acute environmental and countries. problemsof theleastdeveloped developmental

26

Comboting poverty

P R O G R A M MA R E A E
ENABUNG THE POOR TO ACHIEVE SUSTAINABTE TIVETIHOODS

munities and a democraticparticipationprocessin association with improved govemance. 3.3 Integralto suchactionis, togetherwith intemational support,the promotion of economicgrowth in developing countriesthat is both sustained and sustainable and direct action in eradicating poverty by strengthening employmentand income-generating programrnes.

BASIS AC-TION FOR 3.1 Poverty is a complex multidimensionalproblem with origins in both the national and international domains.No uniform solution can be found for global application. Rather, country-specificprogrammesto tacklepoverty and intemationalefforts supportingnational effofts,aswell astheparallel processofcreatinga supportive international environment, crucialfor a solutionto this are problem. The eradicationof poverty and hunger,greater equityin incomedisribution andhumanresource development remain major challenges everywhere. The struggle povertyis the shared against responsibility all countries. of 3.2 While managing resources sustainably, environan mental policy that focusesmainly on the conservation and protectionof resources must take due accountof thosewho dependon the resources their livelihoods. for Otherwise it could have an adverseimpact both on poverty and on chancesfor long-terrnsuccess resource in and environmental conservation.Equally,a development policy that focuses mainly on increasing productionof the goodswithclut addressing sustainability theresources the of on which productionis basedwill sooneror later run into decliningproductivity,which could also have an adverse impacton poverty"Aspeciticanti-poverty strategy thereis fore one of the basic conditionsfor ensuringsustainable development. An effective strategyfor tackling the problems poverty, of development environment and simultaneously shouldbegin by focusingon resources, production and people and should cover demographicissues, enhanced healthcareand education, rightsof women, the the role of youth and of indigenous peopleand local comOBJECTIVES 3.4 The long-termobjectiveof enablingall peopleto achieve sustainable livelihoods should provide an integratingfactor that allows policiesto address issues of development, sustainableresource managementand poverty eradicationsimultaneously.The objectivesof this progratnmeareaare: (a) To provide all persons urgentlywith the opportunity to eam a sustainable livelihood; (b) To implementpoliciesand strategies that promote adequate levelsof fundingandfocuson integrated human policies,including incomegeneration, development increased local control of resources,local institutionstrengthening capacity-buildingandgreaterinvolveand mentof non-governmental organizations locallevels and of government deliverymechanisms; as (c) To developfor all poverty-sfficken areasintegrated strategiesand programmesof sound and sustainable management the environment. of resource mobilization, poverty eradicationand alleviation, employment and incomegeneration; (d) To create focusin nationaldevelopmentplans a and budgetson investmentin human capital, with special policiesandprogranunes directedat rural areas, urban the poor,women and children.

ACTIVITIES 3.5 Activities that will contribute the integrated to pro-

27

prolivelihoods andenvironmental motion of sustainable involving tectioncover a variety of sectoralinterventions a rangeof actors,from local to global, and are essential the at everylevel,especially communityandlocal levels. Enabling actions will be necessaryat the national and internationallevels, taking full account of regional and subregionalconditions to support a locally driven and country-specific approach. In general design, the programmesshould: (a) Focuson the empowerment local andcommunity of groups through the principle of delegating authority, level to accountabilityandresources the mostappropriate and to ensurethat the programmewill be geographically ecologicallyspecific; (b) Containimmediatemeasures enablethosegroups to to alleviatepoverty and to develop sustainability; (c) Contain a long-term strategyaimed at establishing local,regional the bestpossibleconditionsfor sustainable and national developmentthat would eliminate poverty and reducethe inequalitiesbetweenvarious population groups groups. It shouldassistthe most disadvantaged - in particular,women,children and youth within those groups - and refugees. The groups will include poor fishing communities, pastoralists, artisans, smallholders, migrantsand people,indigenous communities, landless the urban informal sector. measures 3.6 The focus hereis on specificcross-cutting - in particular, in the areas of basic education, primary/matemal health care, and the advancementof women.

learn(e) Establishinga network of community-based ing centres for capacity-building and sustainable development.

ATED B) MANAGEMFNT-REL ACTIVITtES of with theassistance andin coopera3.8 Governments, non-govemmental tion with appropriate international, and local community organizations,should establish measures that will directly or indirectly: (a) Generate employmentandproductive remunerative occupational opportunitiescompatible with countryon specific factor endowments, a scalesufficient to take in care of prospectiveincreases the labour force and to cover backlogs; (b) With international support, where necessary, develop adequateinfrastructure,marketing systems, credit systemsand the like and the technology systems, needed supporttheaboveactionsand humanresources to widening of options for resource-poor to achieve a people. High priority shouldbe given to basiceducation and professionaltraining; (c) Provide substantial in increases economicallyeffiproductivity and measures ensurethat to cient resource population benefits in adequatemeasurefrom the local resource use: (d) Empower community organrzations people to and livelihoods; enablethem to achievesustainable (e) Setup an effectiveprimary healthcareand maternal to healthcaresystemaccessible all; l ( f ) C o n s i d e r s t r e n g t h e n i n g / d e v e l o p i n ge g a l access land resourto for land management, frameworks ces and land ownership- in particular,for women and for the protectionof tenants; (g) Rehabilitate resources, the extentpracto degraded to introduce policy measures promote susticable, and humanneeds; for tainableuseof resources basic (h) Establishnew community-based mechanisms and mechanisms enablecommunities to strengthen existing neededby the poor access resources to to gain sustained poverty; to overcometheir (i) Implementmechanisms popularparticipationfor women- in local poorpeople, particularly especially by groups,to promotesustainable development; community matter of urgency,in accordance 0) Implement, as a with country-specific conditions and legal systems, measures ensurethat women and men have the same to right to decidefreely and responsiblyon the numberand to spacingof their children and have access the informato means,asappropriate, enablethem tion, educationand right in keeping with their freedom, to exercise this dignity and personally held values, taking into account should Governments ethicaland cultural considerations.

COMMUNTTTES A) EMPOWFRING developmentmust be achievedat every 3.7 Sustainable level of society.Peoples'organizations,women's groups e are organizations importantsourc s and non-governmental of innovation and action at the local level and have a stronginterestand proven ability to promote sustainable livelihoods. Governments,in cooperationwith appropriateinternationaland non-governmentalorganrzations, should support a community-driven approachto which would include, inter alia: sustainability, (a) Empowering women through full participation in decision-making; (b) Respectingthe cultural integrity and the rights of indigenouspeopleand their communities; (c) Promoting or establishinggrass-roots mechanisms to allow for the sharing of experienceand knowledge betweencommunities; (d) Giving communitiesa large measureof participaand protectionof the management tion in the sustainable in local naturalresources order to enhancetheir productive capacity;

28

take active stepsto implement programmesto establish preventiveand curative health facilities, and strengthen which include women-centred,women-managed,safe and effective reproductive health care and affordable, accessibleservices,as appropriate,for the responsible planningof family size,in keepingwith freedom,dignity and personallyheld values, taking into account ethical Programmes andcultural considerations. shouldfocuson providing comprehensive health care, including prenatal care, education and information on health and responsibleparenthoodand should provide the opporfully, at least during tunity for all women to breast-feed the first four months post-partum. Programmesshould fully supportwomen'sproductiveand reproductiveroles and well-being, with special attention to the need for providing equaland improvedhealthcarefor all children and the need to reduce the risk of maternal and child mortality and sickness; (k) Adopt integrated policies aiming at sustainability in the management urban centres; of (l) Undertakeactivitiesaimed at the promotion of food security and, where appropriate,food self-sufficiency within the contextof sustainable agriculture; (m) Supportresearchon and integrationof traditional methodsof productionthat have been shown to be environmentally sustainable; (n) Actively seekto recognizeand integrateinformalsector activities into the economy by removing regulations and hindrances that discriminate asainstactivities in thosesectors; (o) Cons iderm a k i n g a v a i l a b l el i n e s o f c re d i t and other facilities for the informal sectorand improved p a c c es s o land f or th e l a n d l e s s o o r s o th a t th e y can t a c quir et he m ean so f p ro d u c ti o na n d re l i a b l ea ccess to nat ur alr es ourc e sIn ma n y i n s ta n c e s p e c i alcon. s siderations women are required.Strict feasibility for appraisalsare needed for borrowers to avoid debt c r is es : (p) Provide the poor with accessto fiesh water and sanitation; (q) Provide the poor with accessto primary educati o n.

D/ TNTERNAT/ONAI AND REG/ONA COO?ERAilON L AND COORD/NAT'ON 3.10 The United Nations system,through its relevant organs, organizationsand bodies, in cooperationwith Member Statesand with appropriateintemational and non-governmentalorganizations,should make poverty alleviation a major priority and should: (a) AssistGovernments, whenrequested, the formuin lation andimplementation nationalactionprogrammes of on poverty alleviationand sustainable development.Action-orientedactivities of relevanceto the above objectives, suchas poverty eradication,projectsand programmes supplemented where relevantby food aid, and support and special emphasison employment and income generation,should be given particular attention in this regard; (b) Prornotetechnical cooperationamong developing countriesfor poverty eradication activities; (c) Strengthen existingstructures the UnitedNations in system for coordination of action relating to poverty eradication, including the establishment a focal point of for information exchangeand the formulation and implementation replicablepilot projectsto combatpovof ert!, (d) In the follow-up of the implementation Agenda of 21, gle high priority to the review of the progress made in eradicatingpoverty; (e) Examine the international economic framework, including resourceflows and structural adjustment programmes,to ensurethat social and environnrental concerns addressed, in this connection, are and conduct a review of the policies of international organizations, bodiesand agencies, including financial institutions, to ensurethe continuedprovision of basic servicesto the poor and needy; (0 Promote international cooperation to addressthe root causes poverty.The development of process will not gathermomentumif developingcountriesare weighted down by externalindebtedness, development if finance is inadequate, barriersrestrictaccess marketsand if if to commodity pricesand the terms of tradein developing countriesremaindepressed.

/NFORMAI/ON C) DATA, AND EVALUATION 3.9 Governments shouldimprove the collectionof information on target groups and target areas in order to facilitatethe designof focused programmes activities, and with the target-group consistent needsand aspirations. Evaluation of such programmesshould be genderspecific,sincewomen ere a particularlydisadvantaged group.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF

A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 3.l I The secretariat the Conference estimated of has the average total annualcost (19%-2m0) of implementing the activitiesof this programme be about$30 billion, to including about$15 billion from the international com-

29

terms.Theseareindicamunity on grantor concessional only andhavenot estimates tive andorder-of-magnitude This estimate overlaps beenreviewedby Ciovernments. in estimates otherpartsof Agenda2l . Actual costsand financialterms,includingany that arenon-concessional, and will dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies programmes decideupon for implementaGovernments tion.

important focuscapacto highpriority. It is particularly ity-building at the local community level in order to to support community-driven a approach sustainability mechanisms allow to and to establishand strengthen sharingof experience and knowledgebetweencomlevels. Remunity groupsat nationalandinternational quirementsfor suchactivities are considerable and are relatedto the various relevantsectorsof Agenda 2l financial and techcalling for requisiteinternational, nologicalsupport.

B) CAPACITY-BUILDING for 3.12 National capacity-building implementation of the aboveactivitiesis crucial and should be eiven

30

consumption potterns Chonging

'

r'

areas: 4.1 This chapter contains folkrwing programme the (a) Focusingon unsustainable patternsof production and consumption; (b) Developing national policies and strategies ento pattems. in consumption courage changes unsustainable patterns 4.2 Sincethe issueof changingconsumption in is very broad,it is addressed severalpartsof Agenda transportation and 21, notablythosedealingwith energy, and wastes, on and in the chapters economicinstruments The presentchaptershould the transferof technology. with chapter (Demographic 5 alsobe readin conjunction dynamicsand sustainability).

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
PATTERNS A) FOCUSTNG UNSUSTATNABIE ON AND CONSU}TPTION OF PRODUCTION BASIS ACTION FOR ,1.3 Povertyandenvironmental are degradation closely intenelated. While poverty resultsin certainkinds of the environmental stress, major causeof the continued is deterioration the global environment the unsustainof particularlyin and ablepattern consumption production, of which is a matterof graveconcern, industrialized countries, povertyand imbalances. aggravating level 4.4 Measures be undertaken ttre international at to of must for theprotection enhancernent tlteenvironment and in the takefully into account currentimbalances the global patterns consumption production. of and 4.5 Specialattentionshouldbe paid to the demandfor generated unsustainable by consumpnaturalresources tion and to the efficientuseof thoseresources consistent with the goal of minimizing depletion and reducing patterns very high pollution.Although consumption are

needs of in certainpartsof the world, the basicconsumer a largesection humanityarenot beingmet. This results of in excessive lifestyles among demands unsustainable and on the richer segments, which placeimmensestress the environment. The poorer segments, meanwhile,are unable to meet food. health care. shelterand educational needs.Changing consumptionpattems will require a multiprongedstrategyfocusing on demand,meeting the basicneedsof the poor,and reducingwastage and the use of finite resources the productionprocess. in 4.6 Crowing recognitionof the imporlanceof addressing consumptionhas also not yet been matchedby an understanding irsimplications.Someeconomists questioning are of traditionalconcepts economicgrowttrandunderliningthe of importance pursuing of economic objectives takeaccount that of the full valueof naturalresource capital.More needs be to known abouttherole of consumption relationto economic in growth and populationdynamics in order to formulate coherent intemational national policies. and OBJECTIVES 4.7 Action is neededto meet the followins broad objectives: (a) To promotepatterns consumption production of and that reduceenvironmental stress and will meetthe basic needsof humanity; (b) To develop a better understanding the role of of consumptionand how to bring about more sustainable pattems. consumption ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI.R ELATED ACTIVITIES > Adopt.ing international on approach to ochieving nobleconsumption susfoi pattern s 4.8 In principle, countries should be guided by the

31

following basic objectives in their efforts to address and consumption lifestylesin the contextof environment and development: (a) All countriesshouldstrive to promote sustainable patterns; consumption (b) Developed shouldtakethe leadin achievcountries ing sustainable consumptionpatterns; (c) Developingcountriesshould seekto achievesustainable consumption patterns in their development process, guaranteeing provisionof basicneeds the for the patterns, parpoor, while avoiding those unsustainable ly ticul arly i n industrializedcountries,general recognized as unduly hazardous the environment,inefficient and to processes. This requires wasteful,in their development from inenhancedtechnologicaland other assistance zed countries. dustriali of 4.9 In the follow-up of the implementation Agenda madein achievingsustainable 2I thereview of progress patterns shouldbe given high priority. consumption

dependenton the Earth's finite resourcesand more in harmonywith theEarth'scarryingcapacity. This shouldbe reflectedin the evolutionof new systems nationalacof countsand otherindicators sustainable of development.

c/ /NTERNAT/ONAI COOqERATION AND COORD/NAI/ON 4.12 While international review processes exist for examining economic,development and demographic factors, more attentionneedsto be paid to issues relatedto consumptionand production patternsand sustainable lifestylesand environment. 4.13 In the follow-up of the inrplementation Agenda of 21, reviewing the role and impact of unsustainable productionand consumption patternsand lifestylesand theirrelationto sustainable shouldbe given development high priority. > Finoncing and costevaluotion 4.14 The Conference secretariat estimated has that implementation this programmeis not likely to require of significantnew financialresources.

B) DATA AND 'NFORMAT/ON > lJndertokingreseorch consumption on 4.10 In order to support this broad strategy,Governments,and/orprivate research and policy institutes,with of regionaland international the assistance economicand should make a concerted environmental organizations, effort to: (a) Expand or promote databases production and on for consumptionand developmethodologies analysing them; (b) Assessthe relationshipbetween production and environment, technological adaptation and consumption, innovation, economic growth and development,and demographicfactors; (c) Examine the impact of ongoing changesin the structure of modern industrial economies away from material-intensive economic growth; (d) Consider how economiescan grow and prosper while reducing the use of energy and materialsand the production of harmful materials; ( e ) I d e n t i f y b a l a n c e dp a t t e r n so f c o n s u m p t i o n worldwide which the Earlhcan supportin the long term.

B) DEVETOPTNG NATTONAT POUC|ES AND STRATEGIES ENCOURAGE TO CHANGESIN UNSUSTAINABTE CONSUMPTION PATTERNS

FOR BASIS ACTION a.l5 Achieving the goals of environmental quality and sustainabledevelopment will require efficiency in production patterns order and changes consumption in in to emphasize optimization resource andminimizause of tion of waste. In many instances, this will require reorientation existingproductionand consumption patof ternsthat have developed industrialsocieties in and are in turn emulatedin much of the world. 4.16 Progresscan be made by strengthening positive trends and directions that are emerging, as part of a processaimed at achieving significantchangesin the consumpti onpatternsof i ndustri es,Gove r nm ent s, households individuals. and

> Developing concepts sustoinoble new economic growth of ond prosperity 4.ll Consideration should also be given to the present of economic growth and the need for new concepts conceptsof wealth and prosperitywhich allow higher of lif-estyles areless standards living throughchanged and

OBJECTIVES 4.11 ln the years ahead,Governments, working with

32

should strive to meet the folappropriateorganizations, lowing broadobjectives: and (a) To promoteefficiencyin productionprocesses of in reducewastefulconsumption the process economic needsof growth, taking into accountthe development developingcountries; (b) To developa domesticpolicy frameworkthat will patternsof produca encourage shift to more sustainable tion and consumption: sustainable (c) To reinforceboth valuesthat encourage production and consumption patternsand policies that encouragethe transfer of environmentally sound technologiesto developingcountries.

AND HOUSEHOI.DS C/ A55/SI'NG/NDIYIDUALS ENY/RONMENTALLY SOUND TO MAKE PURCHASING DECISIONS in 4.20 The recentemergence many countriesof a more public, combined conscious consumer environmentally with increasedintereston the part of someindustriesin providing environmentallysoundconsumerproducts,is a significant development that should be encouraged. Governmentsand intemational organizations,together with the private sector, should develop criteria and imof for methodologies the assessment environmental throughoutthe full life pacts and resourcerequirements Results thoseassessof cycle of productsand processes. into clearindicatorsin order mentsshouldbe transformed and to inform consumers decisionmakers. 4.21 Governments,in cooperationwith industry and expansionof other relevantgroups, should encourage reenvironmentallabelling and other environmentally to designed assist lated productinformation prografitmes to consumers make informedchoices. of 4.72 T\ey should also encourage emergence an inthe formed consumer public and assist individuals and informedchoicesby: households makeenvironmentally to (U Providinginforrnation the consequences conof on sumption choices and behaviour so as to encourage soundproductsand use of demandfor environmentally products; (b) Making consumers awareof thehealthandenvironmentalimpact of products, throughsuchmeansas conlabelling; sumerlegislationand environmental pr (c) E ncouragi ngspeci fi c consumer-ori ented osystems. grammes, suchasrecyclingand deposiVrefund

ACTIVITIES EFFICIENCY GREATER A) ENCOURAG'NG AND RFSOURCES IN IHE USEOF ENERGY used 4.l8 Reducingthe amountof energyandmaterials production of goods and servicescan per unit in the stress both to the alleviationof environmental contribute greatereconomicand industrialproductivityand and to with inin Governments, cooperation competitiveness. intensify efforts to use energy dustry, should therefore in and resources an economicallyefficientand environmentally soundmannerby: (a) Encouraging dissemination existingenvironof the mentallysoundtechnologies; in (b) Promotingresearch and development environmentallysoundtechnologies; (c) Assistingdevelopingcountriesto use thesetechsuited nologiesefficiently and to developtechnologies particular circumstances. to their (d) Encouraging environmentally sounduseof new the of renewable sources energy, and (e) Encouragingthe environmentallysound and susnaturalresources. tainableuseof renewable

TH D ) E X E R C /S /N G A D E R S H IPR OU GH LE PURCHASING GOVERNMENI themselves also play a role in con4.23 Governments wherethe public secparticularlyin countries sumption, plays a large role in the economy and can have a tor decisions and influenceon both corporate considerable public perceptions. They should thereforereview the purchasing policiesof their agencies departments and so may improve,wherepossible. environmental the that they content of governmentprocurementpolicies, without prejudice intemational tradeprinciples. to

THEGENERAT/ON WASTES OF B) M|N|MIZING effecto 4. 19 A t t he s ameti me , s o c i e tyn e e d s d e v e l o p tive ways of dealingwith the problenrof disposingof m ount ing lev e l s o f w a s te p ro d u c ts a n d m a teri al s. and w . to G ov er nm ent s , g e th e r i th i n d u s trv h o u s e h ol ds the public, should make a concertedeffort to reduce of the generation wastesand wasteproductsby: and (a) Encouraging recycling in industrialprocesses level; at the consumer (b) Reducingwastefulpackaging products, of (c) Encouraging introduction moreenvironmenof the tally soundproducts.

TOWARDS ENy/RONMENTALI.y E) MOVTNG SOUNDPR/CING 4.24 Without the stimulusof pricesand market signals

33

that makeclear to producersand consumers environthe mentalcostsof the consumptionof energy,materialsand natural resourcesand the generationof wastes,significant changes consumptionand productionpatterns in seemunlikely to occur in the near future. 4.25 Someprogress begunin the useof appropriate has economicinstruments influenceconsumer to behaviour. These instrumentsinclude environmental chargesand taxes, deposit/refundsystems,etc. This processshould be encouraged the light of country-specific in conditions.

ness programmesand other means, such as positive advertising products of and services that utilize environmentally sound technologies encourage or sustainable production and consumptionpatterns.In the review of the implementation Agenda21, an assessment the of o1' progress achieved developingthesenationalpolicies in and strategies shouldbe given due consideration.

F) RETNFORC'NG VALUES THAT SUPPORT SUSIA'NA8 CONS MPTON [F I U 4.26 Governmentsand private-sectororganizations should promote more positive attitudestowards sustainableconsumption public awarethrougheducation,

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF 4.27 This programme is concerned primarily with changesin unsustainable patternsof consumptionand productionand valuesthat encourage sustainable consumptionpatternsand lifestyies.It requiresthe comb i n e d e f f o r t s o f G o v e r n m e n t s ,c o n s u m e r sa n d producers.Particular attention should be paid to the significant role played by women and householdsas consumers and the potentialimpactsof their combined purchasing power on the economy.

34

Demogrophic dynomics sustoinobility ond

-5. This chapter 1 contains following prograrnme the areas: (a) Developing knowledge anddisseminating concerning thelinks between demographic trendsandfactorsand development; sustainable (b) Fornrulatingintegratednational policies for env ir onm ent and d e v e l o p me n t,ta k i n g i n to a ccount demographic trendsand factors; ( c ) I m p l e m e n t i n g i n t e g r a t e d ,e n v i r o n m e n t a n d prograrrunes the local level, taking into der.'eloprnent at accountdemographic trendsand factors.

PROGRAMME EAS AR
AND DtSSErYilNAIlNG Al DEVETOPTNG THETINKSBETWEEN KNOIA/IEDGE CONCERNING DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS AND FACTORS AND NABLE DEVETOPMENT SUSTAI

[ion, and development. Populationpolicy should also recognizethe role played by human beings in environmental and developmentconcerns.There is a need to increaseawareness this issueamongdecisionmakers of at all levels and to provide both better information on which to base national and internationalpolicies and a tramework againstwhich to interpretthis information. 'Ihere is a needto developstrategies mitigateboth 5.4 to the adverseimpact on the environmentof human activities and the adverse impactof environmental changeon human populations. The world's populationis expected to exceed8 billion by the year 2020. Sixty per cent of the world'spopulation while alreadylive in coastal areas, 65 per cent of cities with populations above2.5 million are located along the world coasts;severalof thern are alreadyat or below the presentsealevel.

OBJECTIVES 5.5 The following objectives should be achievedas soonas practicable: (a) To incorporate demographic trendsand factorsin the global analysis environment development of issues; and (b) To developa betterunderstanding the relationships of among demographicdynamics,technology,cultural behaviour,naturalresources life supportsystems; and (c) To assess humanvulnerabilityin ecologicallysensitive areasand centresof populationto determinethe priorities for action at all levels,taking full accountof community-defined needs.

FOR BASIS ACTION -5.1 Demographictrends and factors and sustainable have a synergistic der,'elopment relationship. .s.3 The growthof world population production and complacesinpatterns bined with unsustainable consumption creasingly severe stress thelife-supporting on capacities of processes our planet. These interactive affecttheuseof land, \\'ater.air, energyand other resources.Rapidly growing crties. unless well-managed,face major environmental prohlems. The increase boththe numberandsizeof cities in calis fbr greater attention issues local govemment to of and mr"rnicipal management.The human dimensions key are element-s consider thisintricatesetof relationships to in and ther shouldbe adequately takeninto consideration comin policiesfor sustainable prehensive development. Such policics shor"rld address linkages demographic ttre clf trends andfactors.resource appropriate use, technology dissemina-

ACTIVITIES > Reseorch the inferoctionbefween demogrophictrends on ond foctorsond sustoinoble development 5.6 Relevant international, regional and national in-

35

stitutionsshould considerundertakingthe following activities: (a) Identifying the interactionsbetweendemographic natural resourcesand life support systems, processes, bearing in mind regional and subregionalvariations deriving from, inter alia,different I eveIs of deveIopment; into the trendsand t-actors (b) Integratingdemographic usingthe experchange, ongoingstudyof environmental tise of international,regional and national researchnetfirst,to studythehuman worksandof localcommunities, dimensionsof environmentalchange and, second,to identify vulnerableareas ; for (c) Identifying priority areas action and developing impact to andprogrammes mitigatetheadverse strategies and on change humanpopulations' vice of environmental versa.

AND /NFORMATION c) DEVELOP'NG AWARFNESS PUBLIC i 5 . 1 0S o c i o - d e m o g r a p h i cn f o r m a t i o n s h o u l d b e with physiformatfor interfacing in developed a suitable spaCompatible data. cal,biologicalandsocio-economic and and scales cross-country time-series tial andternporal infbrmation, as well as global behaviouralindicators, learningfrom local communities' shouidbe developed, and perceptions attitudes. at be should increased all ievelsconcern5.11 Awareness use ing the needto optimizethe sustainable of resources taking into acthrough efficient resourcemanagement, count the development needs of the populations of countries. developing of shouldbe increased the fundamental 5.t2 Awareness linkagesbetweenimproving the statusof women and demographicdynamics,particularly through women's healthcare primary andreproductive to access education, and s, programme economicindependence their effective, in participation all levelsof decision-making. equitable 5.13 Results of researchconcernedwith sustainable throughtechissuesshouldbe disseminated development nical reports, scientificjoumals, the media, workshops, forums or other meansso that the information can be used awareness. atall levelstoincreasepublic makers by decision

OF MEANS IMPLEMENTATION AND COSTEVALUATTON A/ F'NANC'NG 5.7 The Conference secretariathas estirnatedthe of total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing average to programme be about$10 million the activitiesof this from the internationalcomrnunityon grant or concessional terms. These are indicative and order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Actualcostsandfinancialterms,includGovernments. will ing any that are non-concessional, dependupon, strategiesand programmes inter alia, the specific decideupon for implementation. Governments

AND/ORENHANCING D) DEVELOPING AND COLLABORAI'ON ,NSI/IUIIONAICAPAC'IY of and exchange informationshould 5.14 Collaboration be increasedbetweenresearchinstitutions and internaand agencies all othersectors tional,regionalandnational (including the private sector,local communities,nonand scientific institutions) governmentalorganizations as countries, and from both the industrialized developing appropriate. 5.15 Efforts should be intensified to enhancethe t capaci ti esof nati onal and l ocal governm ent s, he in organizations private sectorand non-governmental developingcountriesto meet the growing needsfor of improvedmanagement rapidly growingurbanareas.

PROGRAMMES RESEARCH B/ SIRENGIHEN'NG ENYIRONMENI LAT'ON, POPU INTEGRAIE THAT AND DEVELOPMENT analysisinto a demographic 5.8 In order to integrate and on perspective environment broadersocialscience shouldbe inresearch interdisciplinary development, creased. Internationalinstitutionsand networks of their scientiflccapacity,taking expertsshouldenhance and of full account communityexperience knowledge, gainedin multithe and shoulddisseminate experience and approaches in linking theoryto action. disciplinar,v shouldbe developed, 5.9 Bettermodellingcapabilities identifying the range of possibleoutcomesof current human activities,especiallythe interrelatedimpact of use trendsand factors,per capitaresource demographic and wealth distribution,as well as the major migration flows that may be expectedwith increasingclimatic that may change eventsandcumulativeenvironmental destroypeople'slocal livelihoods.

NATIONAL INTEGRATED B) FORfrTULATING AND DEVETOPMENT' FOR ENVIRONMENT POTICIES TR,ENDS TAKING INTO ACCOUNT DEMOGRAPHIC AND FACTORS

BASIS ACTION FOR developmenthave 5.16 Existing plans for sustainable generallyrecognizeddemographictrendsand factors as

36

elementsthat have a critical influenceon consumption production,lifestylesand long-term sustainapatterns, will haveto be given bility. But in future,rrore attention to these issuesin generalpolicy formulation and the plans. do this"all countries will To designof development to the have to improve their own capacities assess environment and developmentimplicationsof their demographictrendsand f-actors. They will alsoneedto formulate and implement policies and action prograrnmes Policies to whereappropriate. shouldbedesigned address the consequences populationgrowth built into popuof lation momentum,while at the sametime incorporating transition. They measures bring about demographic to concerns and population shouldcombineenvironmental issueswithin a holistic view of developmentwhose primary goalsinclude the alleviationof povertli secure livelihoods;goodhealth;quality of life; improvement of the status and income of women and their accessto schooling andprofessional training.aswell asfulfilment and of of their personal aspirations; empowerment individuals and communities. Recognizingthat large increases the size and number of cities will occur in in underany likely populationscenadeveloping countries rio, greater attention shouldbe givento preparing the for of needs, particular womenandchildren,for improved in municipalmanagement local govenrment. and

tal factorsinteractwith socio-economic factorsasa cause of migration. 5.21 Vulnerablepopulationgroups(such as rural landless workers, ethnic minorities, refugees,migrants,displaced people, women heads of household) whose changes in demographic structure may have specific impacts sustainable on development shouldbe identified. 5.22 An assessment shouldbe madeof the implications of the agestructure the populationon resource of demand and dependency burdens,ranging from educationalexpensesfor the young to health care and supportfor the elderly, and on householdincome generation. 5.23 An assessment should also be made of national populationcarryingcapacityin thecontextof satisfaction of humanneeds andsustainable development, special and attentionshouldbe given to critical resources, such as water and land, and environmentalfactors such as ecosystemhealthand biodiversity. 5.24 The impact of national demographictrends and factors on the traditional livelihoods of indigenous groups and local communities,including changesin traditional land usebecause internal populationpresof sures, shouldbe studied.

B) BUILDING AND SIRENGIHENING A NAI/ONAT/NFORMATION SASE 5.25 Nationaldatabases demographic on trendsand factors andenvironmentshouldbe built and/orstrengthened, disaggregating databy ecological region(ecosystem approach),and population/environment profilesshouldbe established region. by 5.26Methodologies and instruments should be developedto identify areaswhere sustainability or is, may be,threatened the environmental by effectsof demographictrendsandfactors,incorporatingboth currentand projected demographicdata linked to natural environmentalprocesses. 5.27 Case-studies local level responses different of by groupsto demographic dynamicsshouldbe developed, particularlyin areassubjectto environmental stress and in deteriorating urbancentres. 5.2t1 Population data shouldbe disaggregated inter by, alia, sexand agein order to takeinto accountthe implicationsof the genderdivision of labour for the useand management naturalresources. of

OBJECTIVE of 5.17 Full integration populationconcemsinto national planning,policy and decision-making processes should policiesand programmes shouldbe continue. Population with full recognition women'srights. considered, of

ACTIVITIES and 5.I 8 Governments otherrelevantactorscould,inter alia. undertake following activities,with appropriate the assistance from aid agencies, and report on their status of implementation to the International Conference on Populationand Developmentto be held in 1994,esF,ecially to its committeeon populationand environment.

A/ ASSESS/NG tMPt-tCArlONS NAI/ONAI. THE OF IRENDS AND FACIORS DEMOGRAPH'C 5.19 The relationships between demographic trendsand factorsand environmental changeand between environmentaldegradation the components demographic and of changeshouldbe analysed. shouldbe conducted how environmen5.20 Research on

CJ /NCORPORAI/NG DEMOGRAPHIC FEATURES ,NIO POLICIES AND PIANS policies,account 5.29 In formulatinghumansettlements

37

wasteproduction and needs, shouldbe takenof resource h ec os y s t e me a l th . 5.30 The direct and induced effects of demographic programmes changes environmentand development on be and should,whereappropriate, integrated, the impact features assessed. on demographic 5 . 3 1N a t i o n a l p o p u l a t i o n p o l i c y g o a l s a n d p r o with nationalenvironment grammes that areconsistent plansfor sustainability and in keepand development ing with the freedom, dignity and personally held and imvalues of individuals should be established plemented. policiesfor the young 5.32 Appropriatesocio-economic and the elderly, in termsof both family and statesupport systems, shouldbe developed. for shouldbe developed 5.33 Policiesand programmes that resultfrom handlingthe varioustypesof migrations with specialattendisruptions, or induceenvironmental groups. tion to women and vulnerable for includingconcerns enconcerns, 5.34 Demographic vironmentalmigrants and displacedpeople,should be in for developincorporated the programmes sustainable and regionalinstitutions. ment o1' relevantinternational and the inte5.-15National reviews shouldbe conducted policiesin nationaldevelopment and grationof population strategies shouldbe monitorednationally. environment

Particular shouldbe given to education sectors. attention population literacy programmes, notably for women. Specialemphasisshould be placed on the linkage between these programmes,primary environmental care and the provision of primary health care and services.

INSI'IUI/ONS C/ SIRENGIHEN'NG 5.38 The capacityof national,regionaland local structrends turesto deal with issuesrelatingto demographic and factorsand sustainable development shouldbe enhanced.This would involve strengthening relevant the bodiesresponsible populationissuesto enablethem for to el aboratepol i ci es consi stentw i th th e nat ional prospects for sustainabledevelopment. Cooperation noninstitutions, amongGovemments, nationalresearch governmentalorganizations and local communitiesin problemsand evaluatingpoliciesshould also assessing be enhanced. 5.39 The capacityof therelevantUnited Nationsorans, and regionalinterorganizations bodies,international and govemmental non-governmental organizations and bodies, local communities should, as appropriate,be enhancedto policieson helpcountries developsustainable development provideassistance environrequestand, as appropriate, to people. mentalmigrantsanddisplaced 5.40 Inter-agencysupport for nati onal sust ainable developmentpolicies and programmesshould be improved through better coordination of population and environment activities.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATTON Ai F/NANC/NG h 5. 36 T he C o n fe re n c es e c re ta ri a t a s e sti matedthe cost(1993-2000) implementing ol average total annual of to the activities thisprogramme be about$90 million from the international community on grant or concessionalterms.Theseareindicativeand order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actual costs and financial terms, inwill depend cluding any that are non-concessional. upon, int e r a l i a . th e s p e c i fi c s tra te gi esand programmesGovernments decide upon for implementat ion.

D) PROMOI'NG HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENI 5.41 The international regionalscientificinstitutions and should assist Governments,upon request,to include concerns regarding population/environment interacthe tions at the global, ecosystem and micro-levelsin the training of demographers and populationand environment specialists. Training should include researchon linkagesand ways to designintegrated strategies.

B/ RA/S/NG AWARENESS DEMOGRAPHTC OF A ND S USIA /N A 8 T FE VE L O P M EN IIE RA C I/ON S D /N betweendemo5.37 Understanding the interactions of graphictrendsand factorsand sustainable development shouldbe increased all sectors society.Stress in of should tln be placed local andnationalaction. Demographic and sustainable developmenteducation should be coordinatedand integrated both the formal and non-formal in

cl rrvlPtEMENTtNG TNTEGRATED ENVIRONTVIENT AND DEVETOPMENT PROGRAM'VIES THE LOCAT AT LEVEL, TAKING INTO ACCOUNTDEMOGRAPHIC TRENDSAND FACTORS

BASIS FORACTION 5.42 Population programmes are more effective when

38

implemented together with appropriate cross-sectoral at policies.To attainsustainability the iocal level, a new demographictrends framework is neededthat integrates health, techand factors with suchfactors as ecosystem and nology andhumansettlements, with socio-economic structures and access to resources.Population proand with socio-economic grammesshouldbe consistent developsustainable planning.Integrated environmental ment programmes should closely correlate action on demographictrends and factors with resourcemanagement activities and developmentgoals that meet the needsof the peopleconcemed.

OBJECTIVE 5.43 Population programmesshould be implemented along with natural resourcemanagementand development programmes at the local level that will ensure improvethe quality use sustainable of naturalresources, of life of the people and enhanceenvironmentalquality.

ACTIVITIES 5.44 Governmentsand local communities, including and national women's organizations community-based non-governmentalorganizations,consistentwith naand priorities,could, strategies tional plans,objectives, the inter alia, undertake activitiessetout below with the assistanceand cooperation of international otganizations, as appropriate.Governments could share their of in experience the implementation Agenda 2l at the International Conference on Population and Development, to be held in 1994,especiallyits committeeon populationand environment.

potential suringtheinvolvementof groupswith a special development. for to act asagents changeand sustainable shouldbe placedon thoseprogrammes Specialemphasis g e encouragin sustainabl multipleobjectives, thatachieve mitigating adverseimpactsof economicdevelopment, and avoiding long-term demographictrendsand f'actors to Food security,access secure damage. environmental educainfrastructure, and essential tenure,basicshelter. health,famtion, family welfare,women'sreproductive primary programmes, reforestation ily credit schemes, should, as careandwomen'semployment environmental be appropriate, includedamongotherfactors. 5.41 An analyticalframework should be developedto develof elements sustainable identify complementary to opment policiesas well as the nationalmechanisms monitor and evaluatetheir etfbcts on population dynamics. 5.48 Specialattentionshouldbe givento the criticalrole and programmes of women in population/environment should development.Projects in achievingsustainable to of takeadvantage opportunities link social,economic gains for women and their families. and environmental Empowermentof women is essentialand should be trainingandpoliciesto accord througheducation, assured human to and improvewomen'sright and access assets, job oppormeasures, and civil rights, labour-saving Populatunities and participationin decision-rnaking. programmesmust enable women to tion/environment to mobilize themselves alleviatetheir burden and improve their capacityto participatein and benefit from should Specificmeasures development. socio-economic and male female to be undertaken closethe gapbetween illiteracyrates.

FOR A A] DEVELOP'NG FRAMEWORK ACIION process shouldbe estab5.45 An effectiveconsultative groupsof society with concerned implemented lishedand of wherethe formulationand decision-making all comprogrammes basedon a nationwide are ponentsof the processdrawing on community meetings, consultative as workshopsand nationalseminars. appropriregional that viewsof womenand process shouldensure ate. This are perspectives constraints equally and men on needs, and that well reflectedin the design of programmes, The rootedin specificexperience. poor and are solutions shouldbe priority groupsin this process. underprivileged and policies for integrated Nationally determined 5.46 programmes,with special attentionto multifaceted and women,to the poorestpeopleliving in critical areas envulnerablegroupsshouldbe implemented, to other

THAT PROGRAMMES PROMOTE B) SUPPORIING AND IRENDS CHANGES DEMOGRAPHIC IN SUS TOWARDS IAINABILITY FACIORS 5.49 Reproductivehealth programmesand services to be should, as appropriate, developedand enhanced and reducematernal and infant mortalityfrom all causes aspirations womenandmento fulfil theirpersonal enable with theirfreedomand in termsof family size,in keeping held values. dignity and personally to shouldtakeactivesteps implement, Governments 5.-50 with country-spein as a matterof urgency, accordance to measures ensure cific conditionsand legal systems, that women and rnenhave the sameright to decidefreely and responsiblyon the number and spacing of their education to childrenandto haveaccess the information, this themto exercise to as andmeans, appropriate. enable right in keepingwith their freedom,dignity and person-

39

ally held values,taking into accountethicaland cultural considerations. 5.51 Governments should take active stepsto implement programmesto establishand strengthen preventive and curative health facilities that include womencentred.women-managed, safe and effective reproductive health care and affordable, accessibleservices,as appropriate,for the responsible planning of family size, in keeping with freedom,dignity and personallyheld valuesand taking into accountethicaland culturalconsiderations.Programmesshould focus on providing comprehensive health care, including pre-natalcare, education and information on health and responsible parenthood, and shouldprovide the opportunity for all women to breast-feed fully, at leastduring the first four monthspost-partum. Programmes shouldfully support women'sproductiveand reproductive roles and wellbeing,with specialattentionto the needfor providing equaland improvedhealthcarefor all childrenandthe needto reducethe risk of maternaland child mortalitv and sickness. 5.52 Consistent with nationalpriorities,culturallybased information and education programmes that transmit reproductivehealthmessages men and women that are to easilyunderstood shouldbe developed.

5.56 Proposalsshould be developedfor local, national and international population/environment programmes in line with specific needsfor achieving sr"rstainability. Where appropriate,institutional changesmust be implemented so that old-age security does not entirely dependon input from family members.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ FTNANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 5.57 The Conferencesecretariat estimatedthe averhas age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe of activitiesof this prograrnme be about $7 billion, into cluding about $3.5 billion from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and havenot beenreviewedby Governments.Actual costsand financial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, will dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategies and programmesGo'rernments decideupon for implementation.

8/ RESEARCH 5.58 Research shouldbe undenaken with a view to developingspecificactionprograrnmes; itwill benecessary to establish prioritiesbetween proposed areas research. of 5.59 Socio-demographic research should be conducted on how populations respond a changingenvironment. to 5.60 Understanding socioculturaland political factors of that can positively influence acceptance appropriate of populationpolicy instruments shouldbe improved. 5.61 Surveys changes needs appropriate of in for services relatingto responsible planningof family size,reflecting variations among different socio-economicgroups and variations in diff-erentgeographicalregions, should be undertaken.

C) CREATING ROPRIATE'NSI/IUI'ONAI. APP

coND/r,oNs
5.53 Constituencies institutional and conditions facilito tatetheimplementation demographic of activities should, as appropriate,be fostered. This requires support and commitment from political, indigenous,religious and traditional authorities,the private sectorand the national scientific community. In developing theseappropriate institutional conditions, countries shouldcloselyinvolve established nationalmachineryfor women. 5.54 Populationassistance should be coordinated with bilateralandmultilateraldonorsto ensure that population needsand requirementsof all developing countriesare addressed,fully respecting the overall coordinating responsibility and the choice and strategiesof the recipientcountries. 5.55 Coordination shouldbe improvedat local andinternationallevels. Working practicesshouldbe enhanced in order to make optimum use of resources,draw on collectiveexperience improvethe irnplementation and of programmes. UNFPAandotherrelevant agencies should strengthen coordinationof internationalcooperation the activitieswith recipientand donor countriesin order to ensurethat adequatefunding is available to respondto growing needs.

C ) H U MA N E S OU R C E V E LOP ME N T R DE AND CAPACITY-BUILDING 5.62 The areas humanresource of development and capacity-building, with particular attention theeducation to and training of women, are areasof critical importance and are a very high priority in the implementation of populationprogrammes. 5.63 Workshops to help programme and project managersto link populationprogrammes other developto ment and environmental goalsshouldbe conducted. 5.64 Educational materials, includingguides/workbooks for planners and decision makers and other actors of

40

programmes, population/environment/development should be developed. 5.65 Cooperationshould be developedbetweenGovernments, scientific institutions and non-govemmentalorganizationswithin the region, and similar institutions outside the region. Cooperationwith local or:ganizations engageln should be fosteredin order to raise awareness, demonstration projects and report on the experience gained. 5.66 The recofiImendationscontained in this chapter at should in no way prejudicediscussions the Interna-

tional Conferenceon Population and Development in 1994, which will be the appropriateforum for dealing with population and development issues, taking into of accountthe recommendations the InternationalConand held in Mexico City in 1984,r ference Population, on for the Forward-looking Strategies the Advancementof Women,2adoptedby the World Conferenceto Review and Appraise the Achievementsof the United Nations Decadefor Women: Equality, Developmentand Peace, held in Nairobi in 1985.

on of the lnternationol Conference Populotion,Mexico SolesNo. City,6-14 August 1984 lUnitedNotionspublicotion, c, E . 8 4 . X l l l . 8 lh o p .l . 2 of to Report the World Conference Reviewond Approise the Achievements the United Nofions Decode for Women: of Equolity,Developmentond Peoce, Noirobi, l5-26 July 1985 ( U n i t e d o t i o n sp u b l i c o t i o n , o l e sN o . E . 8 4 . | V . 1 0 ) ,h o p . l , N S c sect.A.

'Report

4l

heolth humon ond Protecting promoting

INTRODUCTION

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E

are 6.1 Health and development intimatelyinterconleadingto povnected.Both insufficientdevelopment resultingin overcondevelopment erty andinappropriate world population, coupledwith an expanding sumption, health problemsin can result in severeenvironmental both developingand developednations. Action items the underAgenda2l must address primary healthneeds of the world's population,sincethey are integralto the and development of achievement thegoaisof sustainable care. The linkageof health,enprimary environmental requires improvements vironmental and socio-economic efforts. Suchefforts,involving education, intersectoral public works andcommunitygroups,including housing, and religious,civic schoolsand universities businesses, are and cultural c>rganizations, aimed at enablingpeople sustainable development. to in their communities ensure Particularlyrelevantis the inclusionof preventionproand grarrrmes ratherthan relying solely on remediation ought to developplansfor priority treatment.Countries in areas this chapteq actions, drawingon the programme planningby the various which are basedon cooperative organizations non-governmental levels of government, and local communities. An appropriateintemational organization,such as WHO, should coordinatethese activities. 6.2 The fbllowing programme areasare contained in this chapter: particularlyin (a) Meeting primary healthcare needs, rural areas: (b) Control of communicable diseases; (c) Protecting groups; vulnerable (d) Meetingthe urbanhealthchallenge; pollution (e) Reducing healthrisksfrom environmental and hazards.

PRITVIARY HEALTHCARENEEDS, A! 'YTEEnNG IN PARNCUTARIY RURATAREAS

FOR BASIS ACTION on 6.3 Healthultimatelydepends the ability to manage betweenthe physical.spirisuccessfully interaction the envir onm ent . tual , bi ol ogi cal and economi ci soci al Sound developmentis not possiblewithout a healthy activitiesaffect the population;yet most developmental environmentto some degree,which in tum causesor it Conversely, is the many healthproblems. exacerbates affects health the adversely very lack of developmentthat conditionof many people,which can be alleviatedonly The health sector cannot meet through development. on on basicneedsandobjectives its own; it is dependent while directdevelopment, economic andspiritual social, It ly contributingto suchdevelopment. is alsodependent on a healthyenvironment,including the provisionof a safewater supply and sanitationand the promotion of a attention safefood supplyandpropernutrition.Particular should be directed towards food safety, with priority complacedon the eliminationof food contamination; prehensive sustainable waterpoliciesto ensuresafe and to drinking water and sanitation precludeboth microbial and chemical contamination;and promotion of heal th educati on, i mmuni zati on and pro vision of reservices essential drugs.Educationand appropriate planningof family size,with respect gardingresponsible in for cultural,religiousand socialaspects, keepingwith freedom,dignity and personallyheld valuesand taking also into account ethical and cultural considerations, activities. contributeto theseintersectoral

42

OBJECTIVES 6.4 Within the overall strategyto achievehealth for all by the year 2000, the objectivesare to meet the basic healthneedsof rural, peri-urban and urbanpopulations; to provide the necessaryspecialized environmental health services;and to coordinatethe involvementof citizens,the healthsector, health-related the sectors and (business, relevant non-health sectors social,educational in andreligiousinstitutions) solutions healthproblems. to coverage shouldbe As a matterof priority,healthservice need,particuachieved populationgroupsin greatest for larly thoseliving in rural areas.

(xi) Promote and strengthencommunity-based rehabilitation activities for the rural handicapped.

B) SUPPORT RESEARCH MFIHODOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT (i) Establish mechanisms sustained for communityinvolvementin environmental healthactivities,including optimization of the appropriate of community finanuse cial and humanresources; (ii) Conductenvironmental healthresearch, including behaviour researchand researchon ways to increase coverage and ensure greater utilization of servicesby peripheral, underserved and vulnerablepopulations, as appropriateto good preventionservicesand healthcare; (iii) Conduct researchinto traditional knowledge of preventiveand curativehealthpractices.

ACTIVITIES 6.5 National Governments and local authorities, with the supportof relevantnon-governmental organizations and international in organizations, the light of countries' specific conditionsand needs,should strengthen their healthsectorprogramrnes, with specialattention rural to needs, to:

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ FTNANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 6.6 The Conferencesecretariat estimatedthe averhas age total annual cost ( 1993-2000)of implementing the activities of this programmeto be about $40 billion, including about $5 billion fiom the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and havenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsandfinancial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, will dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies proand grammes Governments decideuponfbr implementation.

A) BU|LD MONTTORTNG BASTC HEALTH TNFRASTRUCTURES, AND PLANNING SYSTEMS: (i) Developandstrengthen primaryhealthcaresystems thatarepractical, community-based, scientifi y sound, call sociall-v" acceptableand appropriateto their needs and that meet basic health needsfor clean water. safe food and sanitation; (ii) Supportthe useand strengthening mechanisms of that irnprove coordinationbetweenhealth and related sectorsat all appropriate levels of government, and in communities and relevantorganizations; (iii) Developand implementrationaland affordable approaches theestablishment maintenance health to and of fac ilit ies : (iv) Ensureand, where appropnate, provision increase of socialservices suppon; (v) Develop strategies, including reliablehealth indicators. monitortheprogress evaluate effectiveto and the nessof healthprogrammes; (vit Explorewaysto financethe healthsystem based on the assessment the resources of neededand identify the variouslinancingalternatives; (vii) Promotehealtheducationin schools,information exchange, technicalsupportand training; (viii; Supportinitiativesfor self-management servof groups; icesby vulnerable (ix) Integrate traditional knowledge and experience into nationalhealthsystems, appropriate; as (x) Promotethe provisionsfor necessary logisticsfor outreach activities,particularlyin rural areas;

B/ sC/ENTIFIC AND TECHNOLAGICAL MEANS 6.7 New approaches planningand managinghealth to caresystems facilitiesshouldbe tested. and and research on ways of integratingappropriatetechnologiesinto health infrastructures supported. The developmentof scientificallysound health technologyshould enhance adaptabilityto local needsand maintainabilityby community resources, includingthe maintenance repair and of equipment usedin healthcare.Programmes facilito tate the transferand sharingof infonnation and expertise shouldbe developed, includingcommunication methods and educational materials.

C ) H U MA N E S OU R C E V E LOP MFN I R DE 6.8 Intersectoralapproachesto the reform of health personnel development shouldbe strengthened ensure to its relevance the "Health for All" stratesies. to Effortsto

43

skills at the distnct level shouldbe managerial enhance develthe with the aim of ensuring systematic supported, opmentandefficient operationof the basichealthsystem' with emshort,practicaltrainingprograrnmes Intensive, community phasison skills in effectivecommunication, changeshould and organization facilitationof behaviour be developedin order to preparethe local personnelof for all sectorsinvolved in social development carrying with the eduroles. In cooperation out their respective cation sector, special health education progratrunes should be developedfbcusingon the role of women in system. the health-care

dwarfed by the indirect costsof the pandemic- mainly with the loss of income and decreased costsassociated productivity of the worktorce.The pandemicwill inhibit growth of the service and industrial sectorsand signifiand the cantlyincrease costsof humancapacity-building sector is particularly afretraining. The agricultural fectedwhere productionis labour-intensive.

OBJECTIVES 6.12 A numberof goalshavebeenformulatedthrough forums in extensiveconsultations variousinternational relevantUnited virtually all Governments, attendedby N ati ons organi zati ons(i ncl udi ng W H O , UNI CEF UNFPA, UNESCO, UNDP and the World Bank) and a Goals (innumber of non-governmentalorganizations. limited to thoselistedbelow) are recomcluding but not mendedfor implementationby all countrieswhere they to adaptation the specific with appropriate areapplicable, countryin termsof phasing,standards, situationof each with respectfor priorities and availability of resources, in religious and social aspects, keeping with cultural, freedom,dignity and personallyheld valuesand taking Additionalgoalsthat ethicalconsiderations. into account particularlyrelevantto a country'sspecificsituation are shouldbe addedin the country'snationalplan of action the (Planof Action for Implementing World Declaration of and Protection Development Children on the Survival, actionplansshould national-level Such in the 1990s).t be coordinated and monitored from within the public Somemajor goalsare: healthsector. (a) By the year2000,to eliminateguineaworm disease (dracunculiasis); polio; (b) By the year 2000,to eradicate control onchocer(c) By the year 2000, to eff-ectively (river blindness) and leprosy; ciasis deathsby 95 per cent (d) By 1995,to redttcemeasles with by 90 per cent compared cases and reducemeasles level : s pre-immunization (e) By continued effbrts,to providehealthandhygiene to educationand to ensureuniversalaccess safedrinkingof measures excreta to sanitary access wateranduniversal waterborne diseases markedlyreducing thereby disposal, and reducing: suchas choleraand schistosomiasis from child(i) By the year2000,the numberof deaths countriesby 50 to 70 per in hood diarrhoea developing cent: of (ii; By the year 2000,the incidence childhooddiarby countries at least25 to 50 percent; rhoeain developing pro(f) By the year 2000, to initiate comprehensive mortality from acute respiratoryingrammesto reduce fectionsin childrenunderfive yearsby at leastonethird, particularlyin countrieswith high infant mortality;

D) CA P AC IT Y-B U IL D IN G 6.g Govetnmentsshould consider adopting enabling of to and facilitatingstrategies promotethe participation in meetingtheir own needs,in additionto cclmmunities providing direct supportto the provisionof health-care services. A major focus should be the preparationof workers to health and health-related community-based role in communityhealtheducation' an assume active on with emphasis teamwork, socialmobilizationandthe support of other developmentworkers. National proin grammesshouldcover district health systems urban, areas,the delivery of health properi-urbanand rural and grammesat the district level, and the development services. supportclf referral

DISEASES OF B) CONTROT CO,\IIVIUNICABLE

FOR BASIS ACTION and of in 6.10 Advances the development vaccines chehavebroughtmanycommunicable agents motherapeutic under control. However, there remain many diseases for which environimportant communicablediseases in especially are measures indispensable. mentalcontrol water supply and sanitation. Such diseases the field of maleishmaniasis. diseases, includecholera,diarrhoeal the In all suchinstances, envilaria and schistosomiasis. eitheras an integralpart of primary measures, ronmental form outsidethe healthsector, healthcareor undertaken control componentof overall disease an indispensable togetherwith health and hygieneeducation, strategies, are and. in somecases, the only component. to to HIV infectionlevelsestimated increase 6.11 With by the year 2000, the socio-economic 30-40 million for to is impactof the pandemic expected be devastating for increasingly women and children. and all countries, they will be substantial, will be costs While directhealth

(g) By the year 2000, to provide 95 per cent of the care to world's child populationwith access appropriate infectionswithin the communityand for acuterespiratory at first referral level; (h) By the year 2000, to institute anti-malaria prowheremalariapresents signia grammes all countries in ficant healthproblem andmaintainthe transmission-free statusof areasfreed from endemicmalaria; (i) By theyear 2000,to implementcontrol programmes in countrieswhere major human parasiticinfections are endemic and achieve an overall reduction in the and of other trematode prevalenceof schistosomiasis infectionsby 40 per cent and25 per cent,respectively, from a 1984baseline,as well as a markedreductionin incidence,prevalenceand intensity of filarial infections; 0) To mobilize and unify national and international efforts againstAIDS to prevent infection and to reduce and socialimpact of HIV infection; the personal with (k) To contain the resurgence tuberculosis, of particular emphasison multiple antibiotic resistant forms; (l) To accelerateresearchon improved vaccines and implementto the fullest extentpossiblethe use of vacof cinesin the prevention disease.

NATION : AN C@PE C) INTERSECTORAL RATION DCOORDI (i) Secondexperienced to health professionals relevant sectors, suchasplanning,housingand agriculture; (ii) Developguidelines in foreffectivecoordination the of training, assessment risks and areasof professional development control technology; of

THE INFLUENCE FACTORSTHAT ENVTRONMENTAL D) CONTROLOF ICABLE OF SPREAD COM/\AUN DISEASES: Apply methodsfor the preventionand control of commuincluding water supply and sanitation nicable diseases, control,waterpollution control,food quality control,integratedvectorcontrol,garbage collectionand disposaland soundirrigationpractices; environmentally

E) PRIMARY HEALTH SYSTEM: CARE (i) Strengthen programmes, with particular prevention nutrition; on and emphasis adequate balanced (ii) Strengthenearly diagnosticprogrammesand imaction; prove capacities early preventive/treatment for (iii) Reduce vulnerability HIV infectionof women the to and their offspring;

FOR AND DEVELOPMENT F) SUPPORT RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (i) Intensifyand expandmultidisciplinary research, including focusedefforts on the mitigation and environmentalcontrol of tropicaldiseases; (ii) Carry out interventionstudiesto provide a solid for andto evaluate epidemiological basis controlpolicies the efficiencyof alternative approaches: (iii) Undertakestuclies the populationand among in health r,l'orkers determinethe influence of cultural. to behavioural socialfactors controlpolicies; and on

ACTIVITIES with 6.13 Each national Government,in accordance nationalplansfor public health,prioritiesandobjectives, a developing nationalhealthactionplan shouldconsider and support, with appropriateinternationalassistance including,at a minimum, the following components:

HEALTH SYSTEMS: PUBLIC A) NATIONAL (i) Programmesto identify environmentalhazardsin diseases; of the causation communicable (ii) Monitoring systems epidemiological data to enof forecastingof the introduction, spreador sure adequate diseases; aggravation communicable of (iii) Interventionprogrammes, including measures conwith the principlesof the globalAIDS strategy; sistent (iv) Vaccines the preventionof communicable disfor
CASCS:

AND OFTECHNOLOGY G} DEVELOPMENT DISSEMINATION (a) Developnew technologies the effectivecontrol for diseases; of communicable (iit Promote studiesto determinehow optimally to resultsfrom research: disseminate (iii) Ensuretechnical includingthe sharing assistance, of knowledge andknow-how.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF EDUCATION: TNFORMATIONHEALTH AND B) PUBLTC information on the Provide educationand disseminate and build risks of endemic communicablediseases methods forcontrol of comawareness environmental on to to municablediseases enablecommunities play a role diseases: in the control of communicable A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION has the 6.14 The Conference secretariat estimated average total annualcost ( 1993-2W0)of implementingthe activities of this programmeto be about $4 billion, including about $900 million from the international

45

cofilmunity on grant or concessionalterms. These are only andhave estimates indicativeandorder-of-magnin"rde Actual costsand finot beenreviewedby Governments. will nancialterms,includinganythatarenon-concessional, and prothe specific strategies depend upon, inter alia, decideuponfor implementation. gmmmesGovemments

ME B / 5C/ F N IF tCA N D T EC H N O I.OG\C ALA N S should in6.15 Efforts to preventand control diseases social and of clude investigations the epidemiological, economic basesfor the developmentof more effective for national strategies the integratedcontrol of commuof methods environmenCost-effective nicablediseases. tal control should be adaptedto local developmental conditions.

D EV R C) HUM AN E SOU R C E EL OP M EN T should 6.16 Nationaland regionaltraininginstitutions intersectoral approachesto prevention Dromote broad includingtraining diseases, andcontrolof communicable prevention andcontrol, andcommunity in epidemiology biology and the applicationof immunology,molecular new vaccines. Health educationmaterialsshould be developedfor use by community workers and for the of and treatment for of education mothers the prevention diseases the home. in diarrhoeal

D) CA PAC T T Y-B U IL D IN G dataon 6.17 The healthsectorshoulddevelopadequate as diseases, well asthe the distributionof communicable institutionalcapacity to respondand collaboratewith of mitigationandcorrection for othersectors prevention, hazardsthrough environmental communicabledisease protection. The advocacyat policy- and decision-makand societal ing levels should be gained,professional supportmobilized, and communitiesorganizedin developingself-reliance.

be paid to the health needsof the elderly and disabled population. Approximatelyone third of AND 6.19 INFANTS CHIIDREN the world's populationare childrenunder 15 yearsold. At least l5 million of thesechildren die annuallyfrom such preventablecausesas birth trauma, birth asphyxia, acute respiratory infections, malnutrition, colnmunicable and diarrhoea.The health of children is affected diseases more severely thanotherpopulationgoups by malnutrition and adverseenvironmentalfactors,and many children risk exploitationascheaplabouror in prostitution. of As 6.20 YOUTH hasbeenthe historicalexperience all countries,youth are particularly vulnerableto the problems associatedwith economic development,which often weakenstraditional forms of social supportessenof tial for the healthydevelopment, young people. Urbanizationand changesin social moreshave increased transpregnancy sexually and substance unwanted abuse, mitted diseases, including AIDS. Currentlymore than half of all peoplealive are underthe ageof 25, and four of every five live in developingcountries. Thereforeit is is important to ensurethat historicalexperience not replicated. countries, healthstatus the 6.21 woMEN In developing of women remainsrelativelylow, and during the 1980s poverty, malnutrition and generalill-health in women were even rising. Most women in developingcountries opportunities basiceducational still do not haveadequate and they lack the meansof promoting their health,relif-e sponsibly controllingtheir reproductive andimprovstatus.Particularattention ing their socio-economic careto ensure shouldbe givento theprovisionof prenatal healthybabies. IndigeAND COMMUNITIES PEOPTE THEIR 6.22 INDIGENOUS makeup a significant nouspeopleandtheir communities percentage the global population.The outcomesof of havetended be very similarin that the to theirexperience with traditionallandshasbeen basisof their relationship fundamentallychanged.They tend to featuredisproporpovertyand lack of housing, tionatelyin unemployment, poor health.In many countries numberof indigenous the people is growing faster than the generalpopulation. Thereforeit is importantto targethealth initiativesfor people. indigenous

VULNERABTE GROUPS c) PROTECTTNG FOR BASIS ACTION specific 6.1 In additionto meetingbasichealthneeds, 8 emphasishas to be given to protectingand educating vulnerablegroups,particularlyinfants,youth, women, for peopleandthe very poor asa prerequisite indigenous sustainable development.Specialattentionshouldalso

OBJECTIVES 6.23 The general objectives of protecting vulnerable groupsare to ensurethat all suchindividualsshouldbe allowed to develop to their full potential (including to healthyphysical,mentaland spiritualdevelopment); ensure that young people can develop, establishand maintainhealthylives; to allow women to performtheir

45

key role in society;and to support indigenouspeople through educational,economic and technical opportunities. 6.24 Specific major goals for child survival, development and protection were agreed upon at the World Summit for Children and remain valid also for Agenda 21. Supportingand sectoralgoals cover women's health and education, nutrition, child health,water and sanitation, basic educationand children in difficult circumstances. 6.25 Governments shouldtakeactivesteps implement, to as a matterof urgency, accordance in with country-specific conditionsand legal systems, measures ensure to that women and men have the sameright to decidefreely and responsiblyon the number and spacing of their children,to haveaccess theinformation, to education and means.as appropriate, enablethem to exercisethis to right in keepingwith their freedom,dignity and personally held values,taking into accountethicaland cultural considerations. 6.26 Governments should take active stepsto implementprogrammes establish strengthen to preventive and and curativehealthfacilitieswhich includewomen-centred. women-managed, safe and effective reproductive healthcareandaffordable, accessible services, approas priate, for the responsible planning of family size, in keeping with freedom, dignity and personally held values and taking into account ethical and cultural considerations. Programmes shouldfocuson providing comprehensivehealth care, including pre-natal care, educationand information on health and responsible parenthoodand should provide the opportunity for all women to breast-feed fully, at leastduring the first four rnonthspost-partum.Programmes shouldfully support women's productive and reproductiveroles and wellbeing, with specialattentionto the need for providing equal and improvedhealthcare for all children and the needto reducethe risk of maternaland child mortality and sickness.

piratory infections and prevention of communicabledisEASCS;

(iii) Promotethe creation,amendmentand enforcement of a legal framework protectingchildren from sexualand workplace exploitation; (iv) Protect children from the effects of environmental and occupational toxic compounds;

B} YOUIH: Strengthenservicesfor youth in health, education and social sectors in order to provide better information, education, counsellingand treatment specifichealth for problems, including drug abuse;

c) WoMEN: (i) Involve women'sgroupsin decision-making the at national and community levels to identify health risks and incorporate health issues in national action programmeson women and development; (ii) Provideconcrete incentives encourage mainto and tain attendance women of all agesat school and adult of education courses, includinghealtheducation and training in primary, home and maternalhealth care; (iii) Carry out baseline surveys andknowledge,attitude andpracticestudies thehealthandnutritionof women on throughouttheir life cycle, especiallyas relatedto the impact of environmentaldegradationand adequate resources:

D) INDIGENOUS AND PEOPLE THEIR COI4MUNITIES: (i) Strengthen,through resourcesand self-management, preventive and curativehealthservices; (ii) Integrate traditionalknowledgeand experience into healthsvstems.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF ACTN''TES 6.21 NationalGovernments, cooperation in with local and non-governmental organizations, should initiate or programmes the following areas: enhance in A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 6.28 The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost ( 1993-2ffi0)of implementingthe activities of this programmeto be about $3.7 billion, including about $400 million from the international communityon grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitlrde estimates only and havenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costs and financial terms, including any that are non-concessional,will depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategies and programmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

A) INFANTS CHILDREN: AND (i) Strengthen basichealth-care services childrenin for the context of primary health-care delivery, including pren al care.breast-feeding, at immunization nutrition and progriimmes: (ii) Undertakewidespread adult educationon the use of oral rehydration therapy for diarrhoea,treatnent of res-

47

AND TECHNOLOGICAL MEANS 8' SCIENIIFIC institutions should 6.29 Educational, healthandresearch be strengthened provide supportto improve the health to of vulnerablegroups. Social research the specific on problemsof thesegroupsshouldbe expandedand methods for implementingflexible pragmaticsolutionsexplored,with emphasis preventive measures. Technical on institutions supportshouldbe providedto Govemments, for and non-governmental organizations youth, women and indigenouspeople in the health sector.

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRESOURCES 6.30 The development humanresources the health of for of children,youth and women shouldincludereinforcepromotionof interactive mentof educational institutions, methods education healthandincreased of mass of for use mediain disseminating informationto the targetgroups. This requiresthe training of more community health workers, nurses,midwives, physicians,social scientists and educators, education mothers, the families of and communitiesand the strengthening ministries of health,populationetc. of education,

governments provide the environmental to health services that the peopleneed. All too often,urbandevelopmentis associated destructive with effects thephysical on environment theresource and needed sustainable for base pollution in urbanareasis development. Environmental associated with excessmorbidity and mortality. Overcrowding and inadequate housing contributeto respiratory diseases, tuberculosis, meningitisand other diseases. urban environments, In many factorsthat affect humanhealthareoutside healthsector. Improvements the in urban health thereforewill depend on coordinated actionby all levelsof government. healthcareproviders, businesses, religiousgroups,socialand educational institutions citizens. and

OBJECTIVES 6.33 Thehealthandwell-being all urbandwellers of must be improvedso that they cancontribute economicand to socialdevelopment. The globalobjectiveis to achievea 10to 40 per centirnprovement healthindicators the in by year 2000. The same rate of improvementshould be achievedfor environmental, housingand healthservice indicators. Theseincludethedevelopment quantitative of objectives f-or infant mortality, maternal mortality, percentage low-birth-weight of newbomsand specificindicators(e.g.tuberculosis an indicatorof crowdedhousas ing, diarrhoeaidiseases indicators inadequate as of water ratesof industrialand transportation and sanitation, acpossible cidents thatindicate opportunities prevention for of injury, and social problems such as drug abuse, violenceand crime that indicateunderlyingsocialdisorders).

D) CAPACTTY-BU\LD\NG (i) 6.31 Governments shouldpromote, wherenecessary: the organization of national, intercountry and interregional symposia and other meetings the exchange for of informationamongagencies groupsconcerned and with the health of children, youth, women and indigenous people,and (ii) women's organizations, youth groups people's andindigenous organizations facilitatehealth to and consult them on the creation,amendment and enforcement legal frameworksto ensure healthyenviof a ronment for children. vouth. women and indisenous peoples.

ACTIVITIES 6.34 Local authorities, with the appropriate supportof national Governments and intemation organizations, al shouldbe encouraged take effectivemeasures into to itiate or strengthen tollowing activities: the

D) ftTEETTNG URBAN HEATTH THE CHATTENGE BASIS ACTION FOR 632 For hundreds millions of people, poorliving of the conditions in urban and peri-urbanareasare destroying lives,health,and socialandmoral values.Urban growth hasoutstripped society's capacityto meethumanneeds, leavinghundredsof millions of peoplewith inadequate incomes,diets, housing and services. Urban growth exposespopulationsto seriousenvironmental hazards and has outstripped capacityof municipaland local the

A) DEVELOP TMPLEMENT AND MUNtCtpAL LOCAL AND

HEALTH PLANS:

(i) Establishor strengthen intersectoral committees at both the politicai and technicallevel, includingactive collaborationon linkageswith scientific,cultural,religious. rnedical, business, socialand other city institutions,usingnetworkingalrangements; (ii) Adopt or strengthenrnunicipal or local "enabling "doing with" ratherthan"doing sffategies" emphasize that for" and createsupportive environments health; for (iii) Ensurethat public healttreducation schools, in workplace,massmediaetc.is providedor strengthened;

48

(iv) Encourage communitiesto developpersonalskills of and awareness primary health care; (v) Promoteand strengthen rehabilicommunity-based tation activitiesfor the urbanandperi-urbandisabledand the elderly;

training of municipal staff requiredfor healthy city proBasic and in-servicetraining of environmental cesses. healthpersonnel will alsobe needed.

D) CAPACITY.BUILDING WHERE NECESSARY EXTSTTNG THE HEALTH, SOCTAL B) SURVEY IN INCLUDING ANDENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSCITIES, DIFFERENCES; DOCUMENTATION OFINTRA-URBAN 6.38 The programmeis aimed towards improved planning and management capabilities the municipaland in local governmentand its partners centralGovernment, in the private sectorand universities. Capacitydevelopment shouldbe focusedon obtaining sufficient information, improvingcoordination mechanisms linking alt the key actors, making betteruseof availableinstruments and and resources implementation. for

HEALTH C) STRENGTHEN ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES: (i) Adopt healthimpact and environmental impact asprocedures; sessment (ii) Providebasic and in-servicetraining for new and existingpersonnel;

El R.EDUCTNG HEATTH R|SKSFROM FOR POLLUTIONAND HAZARDS AND D} ESTABUSH MAINTAIN NFIWORKS COTIABOR,ATION ENVIRONMENTAL CITY PRACNCE. ANDEXCHANGEMODELS GOOD OF OF BASIS ACTION FOR MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF Al F/NANCTNG AND COSTEVALUATTON has 6.35 The Conferencesecretariat estimatedthe average total annual cost ( 1993-2000)of implementing the activitiesof this programmeto be about $222 million, includingabout$22 million from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicaonly andhavenot tive and order-of-magnitude estimates Actual costsand finanbeenreviewedby Governments. will cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, depend upon, inter alia, ttre specifrc strategies and pro. grammes decideupon for implementation. Govemments 6.39 In many locations around the world the general environment(air, water and land),workplaces and even individual drvellingsare so badly polluted that the health of hundreds millions of peopleis adversely of affected. This is, inter alia, due to pastand present developments in consumption production pattems in and and lifestyles, energyproductionand use.in industry,in transportation protection. etc.,with little or no regardfor environmental There have been notableimprovements some counin tries,but deterioration theenvironment of continues. The ability of countriesto tackle pollution and health problems is greatly restrainedbecause lack of resources. of Pollutioncontrol andhealthprotectionmeasures haveoften not kept pace with economicdevelopment. Considerable development-related environmental healthhazards existin thenewly industrializing countries. Furthermore, recent the analysisof WHO hasclearly established interdependthe encearnongthe factorsof health,environment and developmentand has revealedthat most countriesare lacking such integration as would lead to an effective pollution control mechanism.2Withort prejudiceto suchcriteria as may be agreedupon by the internationalcommunity,or to standards which will have to be determinednationally, it will beessential all cases considerthe in to systems values of prevailingin eachcounty andtheextent theapplicability of of standards are valid for the most advanced that countries but may be inappropriate of unwarranted and socialcostfor the developing countries.

8/ SC/ENI/F/C AND TECHNOLOG|CAL A4EANS 6.36 Decision-making models should be further developedandmore widely usedto assess costsand the the health and environment impactsof alternative technolin Improvement urbandevelopment ogiesand strategies. requires and management betternationaland municipal on standardized indicators. Destatistics based practical, velopmentof methodsis a priority for the measurement variations healthstatus in of intra-urban intra-district and conditions. and for the application of and environmental this informationin planningand management.

RF c ) HUM A N S O U R C ES EL OP M EN T D EV must supplythe orientation 6.37 Programmes and basic

OBJECTIVES 6.40 The overall objective is to minimize hazardsand

49

maintain the environmentto a degreethat human health and safetyis not impairedor endangered yet encourand agedevelopment proceed.Specificprogrammeobjecto tives are: (a) By the year 2000, to incorporateappropriateenvironmental and health safeguards part of national deas velopmentprogrammes all countries; in (b) By the year 2000,to establish, appropriate, as adequate national infrastructureand programmesfor preventingenvironmental i nj ury,hazardsurveiIanceandthe I basisfor abatement all countries; in (c) By the year 2000,to establish, appropriate, as integrated programmesfbr tackling pollution at the source andat thedisposal site,rvitha focuson abatement actions in all countriesl (d) To identify and compile,as appropriate, necesthe sary statisticalinformation on health ef'fectsto support cost/benefit analysi including environmental s, healthimpact assessment pollution control, preventionand for abatement measures.

D) PESTTCTDES: Develop mechanisms control the distributionand use to of pesticidesin order to minimize the risks to human healthby transportation, storage, application residual and effectsof pesticides usedin agriculture and preservation of wood;

E) SOLID WASTE: (i) Develop appropriate solid wastedisposaltechnologieson the basisof healthrisk assessment: (ii) Developappropriate solid wastedisposal capacities in largecities;

F) HUMAN SETTLEMENTS: Developprogrammes irnprovinghealthconditions for in human settlements, particularwithin slumsand nonin tenuredsettlements, the basisof health risk assesson ment;

ACTIVITIES 6.41 Nationallydetermined actionprogrammes, with internationalassistance, supportand coordination, where necessary, this areashouldinclude: in

G) NOTSE: Develop criteria for maximum permitted safe noise exposurelevelsand promotenoiseassessment control and as part of environmentalhealth programmes;

A) URBAN POLLUTTON: AtR (i) Develop appropriate pollution control technologyon the basisof risk assessment epidemiological and research for the introductionof environmentally soundproduction processes suitable and safemasstransport; (ii) Develop air pollution control capacitiesin large cities,emphasizing enforcement programmes and using monitoringnetworks,as appropriate;

H) roNtztNc ANDNON-|ON|Z|NG RAD|AT|ON: Developand implementappropriate nationallegislation. standardsand enforcement procedureson the basis of existinginternational guidelines;

t) EFFECTS OFULTRAVTOLET RAD|ATION: (i) Undertake,as a rnatter of urgency,researchon the effects on human health of the increasingultraviolet radiationreachingthe earth'ssurfaceas a consequence of depletionof the stratospheric ozonelayer: (ii) On thebasisof the outcome thisresearch, of consicler taking appropriateremedial measuresto mitigate the above-mentioned effectson humanbeings:

B) TNDOOR POLLUTTON: AtR (i) Supportresearch and developprogrammes apfor plying prevention controlmethods reducing and to indoor air pollution.includingthe provisionof economicincentives for the installation appropriate of technology; (ii) Develop and implement health educationcampaigns, particuliulyin developing countries, reduce to the healthimpactof domestic of biomass use and coal:

c) WATER POLLUTTON: (i) Develop appropnatewater pollution control technologies the basisof healthrisk assessment; on (ii; Develop water pollution control capacities large in c it ies :

J) INDUSTRY ENERGY AND PRODUCTION: (i) Establishenvironmental health impact assessment procedures the planning and developmentof new for industries and energyfacilities; (ii) Incorporateappropriatehealth risk analysisin all nationalprogrammes pollution control and managefor ment,with particular emphasis toxic compounds on such as lead: (iii) Establish industrial hygieneprogrammes all major in

50

industries for the surveillanceof workers' exposureto healthhazards; (v) Promote introduction environmentally the of sound technologies within the industryand energysectors;

8/ SC/ENI/F'C AND IECHNOI.OGICAL MEANS 6.43 Although technologyto preventor abatepollution is readily availablefor a largenumberof problems, for programmeand policy developmelttcountriesshould undertakeresearchwithin an intersectoralframework. Sucheffortsshouldincludecollaboration with the businesssector.Cost/effect analysis and environmental impact assessment methodsshould be developedthrough cooperativeinternationalprograffLmes appliedto the and settingof prioritiesandstrategies relationto healthand in development. 6.44 In the activitieslisted ln paragraph 6.41 (a) to (m) above,developingcountryeffortsshouldbe facilitatedby access and ffansferof technology, to know-how and information,from the repositories suchknowledgeandtechof nologies, conformitywith chapter34. in

K) MONTTORTNG AND ASSESSMENT: Establish, appropriate, as adequate environmental monitoring capacities the surveillance environmental for of quality and the healthstatus populations; of

L}INJURY MONITORING REDUCTION: AND (i) Support, appropriate, development systems as the of to monitor the incidenceand causeof injury to allow weII -targe d intervention/pre te vention strateg s; ie (i i) Dev elop, in a c c o rd a n c ew i th n a ti o n a l pl ans, strategies all sectors(industry,traffic and others)conin sistentwith the WHO safecities and safecommunities programmes, reduce the frequencyand severity of to injury; (iii) Emphasize preventivestrategies reduceoccupato tionallyderiveddiseases diseases and caused environby mentalandoccupational toxinsto enhance workersafety;

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

6.45 Comprehensive national strategies should be designed to overcome the lack of qualified human resources. which is a major impedimentto progress in dealing with environmentalhealth hazards.Training and healthofficials at all M) RESEARCH PROMOTION METHODOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT: shouldinclude environmental levelsfrom managers inspectors. to Moreemphasis needs (i) Supportthe development new methodsfor the of to be placedon including the subjectof environmental quantitative assessment healthbenefitsand costsasof healthin the curriculaof secondary schoolsand universociated with differentpollution control strategies; sitiesand on educating public. the (ii) Develop and carry out interdisciplinary research on the combinedhealth eff'ects exposureto multiple of environmental hazards, includingepidemiological inD) CAPACITY-BUILDING vestigations long-term exposures low levels of of to pollutantsand the use of biological markerscapable 6.46 Each country shoulddevelopthe knowledgeand of estimatinghuman exposures, adverseeffects and practical skills to foreseeand identify environmental susceptibility environmental to agents. healthhazards, thecapacity reduce risks.Basic and to the capacity requirements must include knowledge about environmental healthproblems awareness thepart and on MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF of leaders, citizensand specialists; operational mechanisms fbr intersectoral A/ FiNANC/NG and intergovernmental AND COSTEVALUATTON cooperation in development planning and management and in combatingpollution;arrangements involving private for 6.42 The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the and community interests dealing with social issues; in age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of the delegationof authorityand distributionof resources to activities of this programme to be about $3 billion, intermediate and local levelsof government provide to including about million from theinternational com$115 front-line capabilitiesto meet environmentalhealth munity on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicaneeds. tive andorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, will dependupon. inter alia. the specificstrategies proand grammesGovernments decideupon for implementation.
1
' 2

a/u/025,
^ . r . l

onnex.

R e p o r t o f t h e W H O C o m m i s s i o no n H e o l t h o n d E n v i r o n m e n t (Genevo, forthcoming).

5t

development humon setilement sustoinoble Promoting

INTRODUCTION

patthe consumption countrics. 1.1 In industrializ.ed the stressing globalecosystem, ternsof citiesareseverely world needmoreraw in while settlements the developing simply to material,energy,and econornicdevelopment overcomebasiceconomicand socialproblems. Human in conditions manypartsof theworld, particusettlement mainly are larly the developingcountries, deteriorating in as a result of the low levels of investment the sector in to attributable the overall resourceconstraints these for countries.In the low-incomecountries which recent data are available,an averageof clnly 5.6 per cent of c ent r al go v e rn m e n te x p e n d i tu rew e n t to housi ng, by socialsecurityand welfare.r Expenditure amenities. is support andflnanceorganizations equally international only I per centof the UnitedNations low. For example, in expenditures 1988went total grant-financed system's while in 1991,loansfrom the to human settlements,' AssociDevelopment World Bank and the International and water supplyand ation (IDA) for urbandevelopment to amounted 5.5 and 5.4 per cent,respectively, sewerage of their total lending.' 7.2 On the otherhand,availableinformationindicates activitiesin the humansettlethat technicalcooperation public and private rnent sector generateconsiderable sectorinvestment.For example,every dollar of UNDP on expenditure humansettlements technical cooperation of a in 1988generated follow-up investment $122,the of highestof all UNDP sectors assistance." 7.3 This is the foundationof the "enablingapproach" advocatedfor the human settlementsector. External will help to generatethe internal resources assistance needed improvethe living and working environments to of all peopleby the year 2000 andbeyond,includingthe group. growingnumberof unemployed the no-income

implicationsof urban At the sametime the environmental in developmentshould be recognizedand addressed an integrated fashion by all countries, with high priority being given to the needsof the urban and rural poor, the unemployedand the growing number of peoplewithout anv source income. of

HUMAN OBJECTIVE SETTLEMENT objectiveis to im7.4 The overall human settlement prove the social,economicand environmentalquality of and human settlements the living and working environmentsof all people,in particularthe urbanandrural poor. cooperon shouldbe based technical Suchimprovement among the public, private ation activities,partnerships in and andcommunitysectors participation thedecisionmaking processby community groupsand specialinterpeople, elderly the estgroupssuchaswomen.indigenous shouldform the core and the disabled.Theseapproaches In principles nationalsettlement strategies. developing of countries will need to set priorities these strategies, among the eight programme areas in this chapter in takwith their nationalplansand objectives, accordance ing fully into account their social and cultural capacountriesshouldmake appropriate bilities. Furthermore, on provision to monitor the impact of their strategies sed marginalizedand di senfranchi groups,with particular referenceto the needsof women. 7.5 The prograrrune areasincluded in this chapterare: (a) Providing adequate shelterfor all; (b) Improving human settlement management; (c) Promotingsustainable planningand manland-use agement; (d) Promotingthe integratedprovision of environmental infrastructure: water. sanitation.drainageand solidwastemanagement: (e) Promotingsustainable systems energyandtransport in humansettlements:

52

(f) Promoting human settlementplanning and management in disaster-prone areas; (g) Promotingsustainable construction industryactivities; (h) Promotinghumanresource development capacand ity-buildingfor human settlement development.

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) PROV|DTNG ADEQUATE SHETTER ALr FOR BASIS ACTION FOR 7.6 Accessto safeand healthyshelter essential a is to person's physical,psychological, socialand economic well-beingand shouldbe a fundamental part of national and intemationalaction. The right to adequate housing as a basic human right is enshrined the Universal in Declaration HumanRightsandthe lntemational of Covenant on Economic,Socialand Cultural Rights. Despite this, it is estimatedthat at the presenttime, at least I billion people do not have accessto saf-e and healthy shelterand that if appropriate action is not taken, this nurnber will increasedramatically by the end of the centuryand beyond. 7.7 A major globalprogramme address problem to this is the Global Strategy for Shelter ro rhe Year 2000, adoptedby the General Assembly in December 1988 (resolution 43ll8l, annex). Despiteits widespread endorsement, Strategyneedsa much greaterlevel of the politicalandfinancialsupport enable to reachits goal to it of facilitatingadequate shelterfor all by rhe end of the centuryand beyond.

OBJECTIVE 7.8 The objective is to achieve adequateshelterfor rapidly growing populationsand for the cuffently deprivedurbanandruralpoorthroughanenabling approach to shelter development improvement and thatis environmentallysound.

ACTIVITIES 7.9 The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) As a first step towardsthe goal of providing adequateshelter all, all countriesshouldtake immediate for measures provideshelter their homeless to to poor,while the internationalcommunity and financial institutions should undertakeactions to supportthe ef'fortsof the developingcountries provide shelter the poor; to to (b) All countriesshould adopt and/or strengthen na-

tional shelterstrategies, with targetsbased.as appropriate,on the principlesand recofiunendations containedin the Global Strategyfor Shelterto the Year 2000. people should be protectedby law againstunfair eviction from their homesor land; (c) All countriesshould, as appropriate, support the shelterefforts the urbanandrural poor,theunemployed of and the no-income group by adopting and/or adapting existingcodesand regulations, facilitatetheir access to to land,financeand low-costbuilding materials, and by actively promoting the regularizationand upgrading of informal settlements and urban slums as an expedient measure and pragmatic solution to the urban shelter deficit; (d) All countriesshould,as appropriate, facilitate accessof urban and rural poor to shelterby adoptingand utilizing housingand financeschemes and new innovative mechanisms adapted their circumstances; to (e) All counties should supportand develop environmentally compatible shelter strategiesat national, state/provincialand municipal levels through parnrerships amongthe private,public andcommunitysectors with and the supportof community-based organizations; (f,) All countries,especiallydevelopingones,should, as appropriate, formulate and implementprogrammes to reducethe impact of the phenomenonof rural to urban drift by improving rural living conditions; (g) All countries,where appropriate, should develop andimplement resettlement programmes address that the specific problems of displacedpopularionsin rheir respective countries; (h) All countries should.asappropriate, document and monitor the implementationof their national shelter strategies using,inter alia, the monitoringguidelines by adoptedby the Comrnission Human Settlements on and theshelterperformance indicators beingproducedjointly by the United Nations Centre for Human Settlements (Habitat)and the World Bank; (i) Bilateral and multilateral cooperationshould be strengthened order to supportthe implementation in of the nationalshelterstrategies developing of countries; reports coveringnational actionand 0) Globalprogress the supportactivitiesof international organizations and bilateraldonorsshouldbe produced anddisseminated on a biennial basis,as requested the Global Strategyfor in Shelterto the Year 2000.

MEANS IMPIEMENTATION OF ,A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALaJATTON 7.iO The Conference secretiuiat estimated averhas the age total annualcost ( 1993-2(nU of implementingthe

53

activities of this programme to be about $75 billion, comincluding about$10 billion from the international are indicaterms.These munity on grant or concessional only and have not estimates tive and order-of-magnitude beenreviewedby Govemments.Actual costsandfinanwill cial terms,includingany that arenon-concessional, and prodependupon, inter alia, the specific strategies decideupon for implementation' grammesGovernments

their ability to improvethe living tries,in orderto enhance and the especially marginalized conditionsof residents, therebycontributingto the achievement disenfranchised, goals. of nationaleconomicdevelopment

ACTIVITIES MANAGFMENI URBAN A) IMPROV/NG lnanage7.16 Oneexistingframeworkfor strengthening D evel opm entPr oment i s i n the U ni ted N ati ons Bank/United Nations Centre for Human grammeNVorld Settlements(Habitat) Urban Management Programme (UMP), a concertedglobal effort to assistdeveloping issues. Its urban management countriesin addressing countries to all interested coverageshouldbe extended All countries should' as during the period 1993-2000. plans,objecwith national and appropriate in accordance of the assistance non-govtives and prioritiesand with of and representatives local ernmenfal organizations following activities at the naauthorities,undertakethe and tional, state/provincial local levels,with the assistand supportagencies: anceof relevantprogrammes guideurban management (a) Adopting and applying urban environmanagement, lines in the areasof land infrastructuremanagementand mental management, administration; municipalfi nanceand (b) Accelerating efforts to reduce urban poverty including: througha numberof actions, (i) Generating employmentfor the urbanpoor,particularly women, through the provision,improvementand and and of maintenance urbaninfrastructure services the such in activities theinformalsector, of support economic and small cofitmerce; services recycling, as repairs, to (ii) Providing specificassistance the poorestof the inter alia, the creation of social urban poor through, in infrastructure order to reducehunger and homelesscommunityservices; ness,andthe provisionof adequate comof the establishment indigenous (iii) Encouraging -basedorganization private v oluntary or ganrzas, munity entitiesthat tions and other forms of non-governmental the efforts to reducepoverty and imcan contributeto prove the quality of life for low-incomefamilies; to (c) Adopting innovativecity planningstrategies adby: and socialissues dressenvironmental the on, (i) Reducing subsidies andrecovering full costs and other services of high standard of, environmental (e.g. water supply, sanitation,waste collection,roads' providedto higher incomeneightelecommunications) bourhoods; and service (ii) Improving the level of infrastructure provisionin poorerurbanareas; for local strategies improvingthequality (d) Developing

MEANS AND TECHNOLOGICAL 8] SCIENTFrc underthis headingare addressed 7.1I The requirements in each of the other programme areas included in the presentchapter.

AND DEVELOPMENI RESOURCE C) HUMAN CAPACITY.BUILDING should 7.12 Developedcountriesand funding agencies to developingcountriesin provide specific assistance to an arJopting enablingapproach the provision of shelter no-income group, and covering for all, including the institutionsand training activitiesfor governresearch andnon-govcommunities ment officials,professionals, local caand by strengthening ernmental organrzations technologies. of appropriate pacity for the development B) IMPROVING HUrtiAN sErrlrMENT T ANAGEMEM FOR BASIS ACTION 7.13 By the turn of the century,the majority of the w wor ld' sp o p u l a ti o n i l l b e l i v i n g i n c i ti e s.W hi l e urban particularlyin developingcountries'are settlements, showing many of the symptomsof the global environgenerate crisis,they nevertheless mentanddevelopment 60 per cent of gross national product and' if properly can developthe capacityto sustaintheir promanaged, of ductivity,improvetheliving conditions theirresidents way' in and managenaturalresources a sustainable 7.14 Some metropolitanareas extend over the bounentities dariesof severalpolitical and/oradministrative eventhoughthey conform (counties and municipalities) this urbansystem.In manycases political to a continuous hinders the implementationof compreheterogeneity programmes. management hensiveenvironmental

OBJECTIVE management 7.15 The objectiveis to ensuresustainable counpafticularlyin developing of all urbansettlements,

54

of life andtheenvironment, integrating decisions land on use and land management, investingin the public and private sectorsand mobilizing human and materialresources, therebypromotingemploymentgeneration that is environmentally soundandprotective humanhealth. of

8/ STRENGTHENING UREAN DATA SySIEMS 7.17 During the period 1993-2000 countriesshould all undertake, with the active participationof the business sectoras appropriate, pilot projectsin selected cities for the collection,analysis and subsequent dissemination of urbandata,includingenvironmental impact analysis, at the local, state/provincial, national and international levels and the establishment city data management of capabilities.5 United Nations organizations, such as Habitat, UNEP and UNDP, could provide technical adviceand model datamanagement systems.

C) ENCOURAGING /NIERMEDIATE DEVELOPMENT CITY 7.I 8 In orderto relievepressure largeurbanagglomeron ations of developingcountries,policies and strategies shouldbe implemented towardsthe development inof termediate cities that createemploymentopportunities for unemployedlabour in the rural areasand support rural-based economicactivities,althoughsound urban management essential ensure is to thaturbansprawldoes not expandresource degradation over an everwider land area and increasepressures convert open spaceand to agriculturaUbuffer landsfor development. 7.l9 Thereforeall countries should,asappropriate, conduct reviews of urbanization processes and policies in orderto assess environmental the impactsof growth and apply urbanplanningand management approaches specifically suited to the needs,resourcecapabilitiesand characteri sticsof their growingintermediate-si cities. zed As appropriate, theyshouldalsoconcentrate activities on aimed at facilitating the transitionfrom rural to urban lifestylesand settlement patternsand at promoting the development small-scale of economicactivities, particularly the productionof food, to support local income generation the productionof intermediate and goodsand sen,ices rural hinterlands. for 7.20 All cities.particularly thosecharacterized severe by sustainable development problems,should,in accordance u,ith nationallaws, rules and regulations, develop and strengthen programmes aimed at addressing such problems andguidingtheir development alonga sustainable path. Some internationalinitiatives in supportof suchefforts.as in the Sustainable Cities prosrammeof

Habitat and the Healthy Cities programme of WHO, shouldbe intensified. Additionalinitiatives involving the World Bank, the regional developmentbanks and bilateral agencies, well as other interested as stakeholders. particularly internationaland nationalrepresentatives of local authorities,should be strengthened and coordinated.Individual citiesshould,as appropriate: (a) Institutionalize aparticipatoryapproachto sustainableurbandevelopment, based a continuous on dialogue betweenthe actors involved in urban developrnent(the public sector, privatesector communities), and especially women and indigenous people; (b) Improve the urban environment promoting soby cial organization and environmental awareness through the participation local communitiesin the identificaof tion of public servicesneeds,the provision of urban infrastructure, enhancement public amenities the of and the protectionand/or rehabilitarionof older buildings, historicprecincts otherculturalartifacts.In addition, and "greenworks" programmes shouldbe activated create to self-sustaining human development activitiesand both formal and informal employmentopportunitiesfor lowincomeurbanresidents; (c) Strengthen capacities their local governing the of bodies to deal more effectively with the broad range of developmental environmental and challenges associated with rapid and soundurbangrowth throughcomprehensiveapprdaches planningthatrecognize individual to the needs citiesandarebased ecologically of on soundurban designpractices; (d) Participatein international"sustainable city networks" to exchangeexperiences and mobilize national and international technicaland financialsupport; (e) Promotethe formulationof environmentally sound andculturallysensitive tourismprogrammes a strategy as for sustainabledevelopmentof urban and rural settlementsand as a way of decentralizingurban development and reducingdiscrepancies amongregions; (f) Establishmechanisms, with the assistance releof vant internationalagencies,to mobilize resources for local initiativesto improveenvironmental quality; (g) Empowercommunitygroups,non-governmental organizationsand individuals to assumethe authority and responsibility rnanaging enhancing for and theirimmediate environmentthrough participatorytools, techniques and approaches embodied theconcept environmental in of care. 7.21 Citiesof all countries shouldreinforcecooperation amongthemselves citiesof the developed and countries, undertheaegisof non-governmental organizations active in this field, such as the InternationalUnion of Local Authorities(IULA), the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives(ICLEI) and the World Federation of Twin Cities.

55

OF MEANS IMPLEMENTATION AND COSTEVALUATION A/ F'NANC/NG has 1.22 The Conferencesecretariat estimatedthe average total annualcost (1993-2000)of implementingthe activities of this programmeto be about $100 billion, comincludingabout$ 15billion from theinternational terms.Theseare inmunity on grant or concessional estimatesonly and dicative and order-of-magnitude Actual costs have not beenreviewedby Governments. andfinancialterms.includingany thatarenon-concess ional, wil l d e p e n d u p o n , i n te r a l i a . the speci fi c decideupon Governments and strategies programmes for implementation.

IAND-USE SUSTAINABLE c) PROMOTTNG PTANNING AND }TANAGEMENT

FOR BASIS ACTION component is to 7.27 Access land resources an essential are low-impactlifestyles.Land resources of sustainable the basis for (human) living systemsand provide soil, energy,water and the opportunity for all human activity. to access land is rendered In rapidly growing urbanareas, increasingly difficult by the conflicting demandsof industry, housing, commerce, agriculture, land tenure the Furthermore, and the needfor openspaces. structures rising costsof urban land preventthe poor from gaining accessto suitable land. In rural areas,unsustainable practices, suchas the exploitationof marginallandsand the encroachmenton forests and ecologically fragile areasby commercialinterestsand landlessrural populaas degradation, well as in tions,resultin environmental diminishing returnsfor impoverishedrural settlers.

AND DEVELOPMENI RESOURCE B) HUMAN CAPACITY-BUILDING in1.23 Developingcountriesshould,with appropriate considerfocusingon trainingand assistance, ternational adtechnicians, developinga cadreof urbanmanagers, who can ministratorsand other relevant stakeholders manageenvironmentallysound urban desuccessfully velopmentand growth and are equippedwith the skills to necessary analyseand adapt the innovative experithe encesof other cities.For this purpose, full rangeof training methods__ from formal educationto the useof the mass rnedia - should be utilized, as well as the "learningby doing" option. tech7.24 Developingcountriesshouldalso encourage throughjoint efforts by nological training and research donors, non-governmentalorganizationsand private in business such areasas the reductionof waste,water quality, saving of energy,safe productionof chemicals and lesspollutingtranspoftation. activitiescarriedout by all coun7.25 Capacity-building above,shouldgo beyondthe as tries,assisted suggested training of individualsand functionalgroupsto include routines, interadministrative arrangements, institutional proinformationflows andconsultative linkages, agency
CCSSCS.

OBJECTIVE 7.28 Theobjectiveis to providefor theland requirements of human settlementdevelopmentthrough environmentally soundphysicalplanningandlandusesoasto ensure and, where appropriate, to access land to all households the encouragementof communally and collectively land.6 Particularattentionshould owned and rnanaged peoplefor paidto the needs womenandindigenous of be economicand culturalreasons. ACTIVITIES underas shouldconsider, appropriate, 7.29 Allcountries nationalinventoryof their land taking a comprehensive resources order to establisha land information system in will be classifiedaccordingto in which land resources their most appropriateusesand environmentallyfragile areas will be identified for special or disaster-prone protectionmeasures. 7 . 3 0S u b s e q u e n t l ya l l c o u n t r i e s s h o u l d c o n s i d e r , plansto management developingnationalland-resource and utilizationand,to guide land-resource development that end, should: (a) Establish,as appropriate,national legislation to guidethe implementation public policiesfor environof mentally sound urban development,land utilization, housing and for the improved managementof urban expansion; (b) Create,where appropriate, efficient and accessible land markets that meet coffImunity developmentneeds by, inter alia. improving land registry systemsand procedures land transactions; in streamlining

7. 26 I n ad d i ti o n , i n te rn a ti o n a le ffo rts , s uch as the with in Programme, cooperation Urban Management shouldcontinueto multilateraland bilateralagencies, assistthe developingcountriesin their efforts to dev elop a pa rti c i p a to ry s tru c tu re b y mo bi l i zi ng the non-governmenof humanresources theprivatesector, and tal organizations the poor,particularlywomenand the disadvantaged.

56

(c) Develop fiscal incentivesand land-usecontrol measures, including land-useplanning solutionsfor a more rationaland environmentally sounduseof limited land resources; (d) Encourage partnerships amongthe public, private and community sectorsin managingland resources for humansettlements development; (e) Strengthencommunity-based protecland-resource practices existingurbanand rural settlements; in tion (f) Establishappropriate forms of land tenurcthat provide securityof tenurefor all land-users, especiallyinpeople, women,local digenous the communities, low-income urbandwellersand the rural poor; (g) Accelerate efforts to promoteaccess land by the to urban and rural poor, including credit schemesfor the purchase land and for building/acquiring improving of or safeand healthyshelterand infiastructure services; (h) Develop and support the implementationof improved land-management practicesthat deal comprehensively with potentially competing land requirementsfor agriculture, industry,transport, urbandevelopment,greenspaces, preserves othervital needs; and (i) Promoteunderstanding amongpolicy makersof the adverse consequences unplanned of settlements enviin rorunentallyvulnerableareasand of the appropriatenapolicies retional and local land-useand settlements quiredfor this purpose. 7.31 At the internationallevel, global coordinationof land-resource management activitiesshouldbe strengthened by the variousbilateral and multilateralagencies and programmes, suchas UNDP, FAO, the World Bank, the regionaldevelopment banks,other interested organizations andthe UNDPAVoTId Bank/Habitat UrbanManProgramme, actionshouldbe takento proagement and motethetransfer applicable of experience sustainable on land-management practicesto and among developing countries.

B/ SC'ENI/F/C AND TECHNOLOGICAL MEANS 7.33 All countries,particularly developing countries, aloneor in regionalor subregional groupings, shouldbe given accessto modern techniquesof land-resource management, suchasgeographical informationsystems, photography/imagery otherremote-sensins satellite and technologies.

C) HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENI AND CAPACITY-BUILDING 7.34 Environmentally focused trainingactivities susin tai nabl e l and-resources anni ng and managem elt t pl should be undertaken all countries,with developing in countriesbeing given assistance through international supportand funding agencies orderto: in (a) Strengthen capacity national, the of state/provincial and local educational research and training institutions to provide formal training of land-management techniciansand professionals; (b) Facilitatethe organizational review of government ministries and agencies responsible land questions, for in order to devise more etficient mechanisrns landof resource management, carry out periodicin-service and refreshercoursesfor the managersand staff of such ministries and agencies orderto familiarizethem with in up-to-date land-resource-management gie technolo s; (c) Where appropriate,provide such agencieswith modern equipment, such as computer hardware and softwareand surveyequipment; (d) Strengthen existing programmes and promote an intemationaland interregional exchange information of and experience land management in throughthe establishmentof professional associations land-managein ment sciences related and activities, suchas workshops and seminars.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 7 .32 T he Conf ere n c es e c re ta ri a h a s e s ti ma tedthe t ) a v er age ot al ann u a lc o s t (1 9 9 3 -2 0 0 0o f i mp l e mentt ing the activities of this programmeto be about $3 b i llion.inc ludinga b o u t$ 3 0 0m i l l i o n fro m th e i n ternati o nal c om m uni ty o n g ra n t o r c o n c e s s i o n ate rms. l Theseareindicativeandorder-of-rnagnitude estimates only and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actual costsandfinancialterms,includingany that are non-concessional. will depend upon, inter alia, the sp ec if ic s t r at eg i e sa n d p ro g ra m m e sG o v e rn m ents d e c ideupon f or im p l e me n ta ti o n . pROVtStONOF D) PROMOTTNG THETNTEGRATED ENVIRONI ENTAI INFRASTRUCTURE: WATER, SANITATION,DRAINAGEAND SOTID-WASTE MANAGEMENT

BASIS ACTION FOR 7.35 The sustainability urbandevelopment defined of is by many parameters relatingto the availabilityof water supplies, quality and the provisionof environmental air infrastructure sanitation for and wastemanagement. As a resultof the densityof users, urbanization, properly if managed, offers uniqueopportunities the supply of for

\7

environmentalinfrastructurethrough adesustainable quate pricing policies, educationalprogrammesand that are economicallyand mechanisms equitableaccess environmentallysound.In most developingcountries, inand lack of environmental however,the inadequacy ill-healthand for is frastructure responsible widespread deathseachyear.In those a large numberof preventable are set to worsen due to growing countriescclnditions needs that exceed the capacity of Governmentsto respondadequateiy. to approach the provisionof environ1.36 An integrated in mentally soundintiastructurein human settlements. particularfor the urbanand rural poor, is an investment that can improvethe quality development in sustainable productivity,improvehealthand reduce of life, increase the burden of investmentsin curative medicine and povertyalleviation. would be 7.37 Most of the activitieswhosemanagement are covered in improved by an integrated approach. Agenda 2l as follows: chapters6 (Protectingand promoting human health conditions),9 (Protectingthe atmosphere),18 (Protectingthe qualitv and supply of and 21 (Environmentallysound freshwaterresources) issues). and sewage-related of management solid wastes

OBJECTIVE the 7.38 The objectiveis to ensure provisionof adequate facilitiesin all settlements infrastructure environmental by the year 2025. The achievementof this objective would requirethat all developingcountriesincorporate to programmes build thenecesin theirnationalstrategies human resourcecapacity sary technical,flnancial and and aimed at ensuringbetterintegrationof infrastructure planningby the year 2000. environmental

engagedin The activitiesof all agencies strengthened. providing environmental infrastructure should, where possible,reflect an ecosystemor metropolitan area apand should include monitoring, proach to settlements of transfer appropricapacity-building, appliedresearch, ate technology and technical cooperation among the rangeof programmeactivities. at 7.40 Developingcountriesshouldbe assisted the naapproach tional and local levelsin adoptingan integrated drainsanitation, energy, to theprovisionof watersupply. and management, externalfunding age and solid-waste agencies shouldensurethat this approachis appliedin improvement infiastructure particularto environmental basedon regulationsand standin informal settlements ards that take into account the living conditions and to resources the communities be served. of adoptthe fol7.41 All countriesshould,as appropriate, lowing principles for the provision of environmental infrastructure: avoid (a) Adopt policiesthatminimizeif not altogether wheneverpossible; damage, environmental by (b) Ensurethat relevantdecisions preceded enare and vironmentalimpact assessments also take into account the costsof any ecologicalconsequences; (c) Promote developmentin accordancewith indigenous practices and adopt technologies appropriate to local conditions; (d) Promote the policiesaimedat recovering actualcost while at the sametime recognizof infrastructureservices, (including subing the need to find suitableapproaches to sidies)to extendbasicservices all households; probiems that (e) Seekjointsolutions environmental to affectseverallocalities. 7.42 The disseminationof information from existing among prograrnmes shouldbe facilitatedandencouraged countries and local institutions. interested

ACTIVITIES suitthe 7.39 All countriesshouldassess environmental develop in ability of infrastructure human settlements, of management waste,and nationalgoalsfor sustainable to soundtechnology ensure implementenvironmentally humanhealthandqualityof life are thattheenvironment, infrastructure and environmental protected.Settlement human designedtcl promotean integrated programmes approachto the planning, development, settlements of and management environmentalinframaintenance (watersupply,sanitation, solid-waste drainage, structure with shouldbe strengthened theassistance management) of bilateral and multilateral agencies.Coordination from interand amongtheseagencies with collaboration of nationalandnationalrepresentatives local authorities, the privatesectorand communitygroupsshouldalsobe

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION A/ F/NANCING has secretariat estimatedmost of 7.43 The Conference the costs of implementing the activities of this proestimatesthe gramme in other chapters. The secretariat assistof cost(1993-2000) technical total annual average ancefrom the internationalcomrnunity on grant or concessionalterms to be about $50 million. These are estimatesonly and indicative and order-of-magnitude have not beenreviewedby Govemments.Actual costs and financial terms,including any that are non-concesupon,inter olia,the specificstrategies sional,will depend and programmes Governmentsdecide upon fbr implementation.

58

ME,ANS AND IECHNOI.OGICAL 8' SC'ENIIFIC within theexistmeans 7.44 Scientificandtechnological programmes should be coordinated wherever ing possibleand should: (a) Accelerate in research the areaofintegratedpolicies s ture programme andprojects ntal infrastruc of environme on cost/benefitanalysisand overall environmental based impact; "effective demand", (b) Promotemethodsof assessing data as criteria environmentand development utilizing for selectingtechnology.

AND DEVELOPMFNT C) HUMANRESOURCE CAPACITY-BUILDING and 7..15With the assistance supportof funding agencies, undertaketraining and all countriesshould,as appropriate, aimed at: popularparticipationprogrammes and (a) Raising awareness the means,approaches of benefitsof the provision of environmentalinfrastructure people,women, amongindigenous facilities,especially low-income groupsand the poor; with adequate ft) Developinga cadreof professionals skills in integratedinfrastructuralservice planning and environmentally maintenanceof resource-efficient, systems; soundand socially acceptable (c) Strengtheningthe institutional capacity of local in authoritiesand administrators the integratedprovision of adequateinfrastructure servicesin partnershipwith local communitiesand the private sector; (d) Adopting appropriatelegal and regulatory instruto anangements, extend ments,includingcross-subsidy the benefits clf adequateand affordable environmental populationgroups,especially to infrastructure unserved the poor.

priority in any action taken to protectthe urban environment. 7.47 Developed countries,as the largest consumersof energy,are faced with the need for energyplanning and sources promotingrenewable andalternate management, of current of energy,and evaluatingthe life-cycle costs systemsand practicesas a result of which many metropolitan areas are suffering from pervasive air quality problemsrelatedto ozone,particulatemattersandcarbon havemuch to do with technologimonoxide.The causes fuel and cal inadequacies with anincreasing consumption and generated inefficiencies, high demographic indusby and a rapid expansionin the number trial concentrations of motor vehicles. 7.48 Transport accountsfor about 30 per cent of commercial energyconsumptionand for about60 per cent of In of totalglobalconsumption liquid petroleum. developrapid motorization andinsufficientinvesting countries, planning, traffic management ments in urban-transport and infrastructure are creating increasing problems in and injury, health,noise,congestion terms of accidents and loss of productivity similar to those occurring in AII many developed countries. of theseproblemshavea severe impact on urban populations, particularly the low-incomeand no-incomegroups.

OBJECNVES are 7.49 The objectives to extendthe provisionof more energy-efficienttechnology and alternative/renewable and to reduce negative energy for human settlements impactsof energyproductionand use on human health and on the environment.

ACTIVITIES 7.50 The principal activitiesrelevantto this programme area are included in chapter9 (Protectionof the atmosphere), programme area B, subprogramme I (Energy and subprodevelopment, efficiency and consumption) (Transportation). gramme 2 approachto human settlements 7.51 A comprehensive shouldincludethepromotionof sustainable development in as energydevelopment all countries, tollows:

ENERGYAND El PROIIOTING SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTSYSTEMSIN HUftIAN SETITE'VIENTS FOR BASIS ACTION en7.46 N{ost of the commercialand non-commercial todayis usedin andforhumansettlements, ergyproduced percentage it is usedby thehousehold of anda substantial facedwith the are Developingcountries at present sector. need to increasetheir energy production to accelerate of and development raisethe living standards their populations,while at the sametime reducingenergyproducpollution. Increasingthe tion costs and energy-related efficiency of energy use to reduceits polluting effects and to promote the use of renewableenergiesmust be a

lN PARTICULAR, SHOULD: A) DEVELOPING COUNTRTES, (i) Formulatenationalactionprograrnmes prolnoteand to with supportreaftbrestation nationalforestregeneration and provision of the biornass a view to achievingsustained and energyneeds the low-incomegroupsin urbanareas of women and children; the rural poor,in particular (ii) Formulatenational action programlnesto promote

59

and renewable integrateddevelopmentof energy-saving energy technologies,particularly for the use of solar, hydro, wind and biomasssources; of (iii) Promotewide dissemination commercialization and through suitablemeasures, renewableenergy technologies inter alia, fiscal andtechnologytransfermechanisms; directed (iv ) Cany out information andtrainingprogftImmes and at manufacturers usersin orderto promoteenergy-saving appliances; techniques energy-efficient and

DONORS AND ORGANTZATIONS BILATERAL B) TNTERNATTONAL SHOULD: (i) Supportdeveloping national counfies in implementing use in energyprogrammes order to achievewidespread of particuand energy-saving renewableenergytechnologies, andhydro sources; larly ttreuseof solar,wind, biomass (ii) Provide access research and developmentresults to efficiencylevelsin humansettleenergy-use to increase ments. 7.52 Promoting efficient and environmentally sound urban transport systems in all countries should be a planningand to approach urban-transport comprehensive To management. this end, all countriesshould: (a) Integrate land-use and transportationplanning to encouragedevelopment pattems that reduce transport demand; (b) Adopt urban-transport programmesfavouring highoccupancypublic transportin countries,asappropriate; (c) Encouragenon-motonzed modes of transport by providing safe cycleways and footways in urban and suburbancentresin countries,as appropriate; (d) Devoteparticularattentionto effectivetraffic manandmainefficientoperationof public transport agement, tenanceof transportinfrastructure ; (e) Promotetheexchange informationamongcounfies of of and representatives local and metropolitanareas; (0 Re-evaluate presentconsumptionand producthe tion patternsin order to reduce the use of energy and national resources.

transport professionalsand institutions, all countries should, appropriate: as (a) Provide on-the-joband other training of governand managers traffic engineers ment officials,planners, section: and involved in the energy-service transport (b) Raise public awareness the environmental imof pacts of transport and travel behaviour through mass and media campaignsand supportfor non-governmental community initiatives promoting the use of non-motorized transport, shared driving and improved traffic safetymeasures; (c) Strengthen regional,national,state/provincial, and private sector institutionsthat provide educationand planning training on energyserviceand urbantransport and management.

PIANNING F) PROMOTINGHUMAN SETTTEMENT AREAS IN AND 'TAANAGEIAENT DISASTER.PRONE FOR BASIS ACTION 7.55 Natural disasters causeloss of life, disruptionof economicactivitiesand urbanproductivity,particularly for highly susceptible low-incomegroups,and environmental damage,such as loss of fertile agriculturalland and can lead to of and contamination water resources, of major resettlement populations. Over the past two to some3 mildecades, they are estimated have caused lion deaths and affected800 million people.Global economic losseshave been estimated the Office of the by United NationsDisasterRelief Coordinatorto be in the rangeof $30 billion to $50 billion per year. pro7.56 The GeneralAssembly,in resolutton441236, Decadefor Natural claimedthe I 990sasthe International Redr.rction. goalsof the DecadeT The bearrelevDisaster programme present area. anceto the objectives 01'the the 7.57 ln addition.there is an urgentneedto address preventionand reductionof man-made disasters and/or unsafenuclear caused inter a/ia, industries, by. disasters power generationand toxic wastes(see chapter 6 of Agenda l). 2

MEANSOF IMPLEMENTATION

A/ F'NANC/NG,ANDCOSTEVALUATION has the 7.53 The Conference secretariat estimated costs of this programme in of implementing the activities of chapter9 (Protection the atmosphere). AND DEVELOPMENI RESOURCE B) HUMAN CAPACITY-BUILDING 7.54 ln orderto enhance skills of energyserviceand the

OBJECTIVE in all 7.58 The objectiveis to enable countries, particular to those that are disaster-prone, mitigate the negative on impact of natural and man-madedisasters human nationaleconomies and the environment. settlements,

ACTIVITIES under 7.59 Three distinct areasof activity are fbreseen of this programme area,namely, development a "culthe

60

planning and post-disaster ture of safety", pre-disaster reconstruction.

A OF A) DEVELOP'NG CULTURE SAFETY 7.60 To promote a "culture of safety" in all countries. the fclllowing especially those that are disaster-prone, activitiesshouldbe carriedout: (a) Completingnationaland local studies thenature on and occurrenceof natural disasters,their impact on peopleandeconomicactivities, effectsof inadequate the areas, and the and land usein hazard-prone construction pre-disaster of socialandeconomicadvantages adequate planning; (b) Implementing nationwide and local awareness campaignsthrough all availablemedia, translatingthe above knowledge into information easily comprehensible to the generalpublic and to the populationsdirectly exposed hazards; to (c) Strengthening and/ordevelopingglobal, regional, to nationaland local early warning systems alert populationsto impendingdisasters; (d) Identifyingindustriallybased environmental disaster areas at the national and internationallevels and implementingstrategies aimed at the rehabilitationof through,inter alia: theseareas (i) Restructuring the economic activitiesand proof in sound moting new job opportunities environmentally sectors; (ii) Promotingclose collaborationbetweengovernmental and local authorities,local communitiesand organi zationsand privatebusiness non-governmental ; (iii) Developing conandenforcingstrictenvironmental trol standards.

(c) Redirecting inappropriate new development and human settlements areasnot prone to hazards; to (d) Preparing guidelines on location, design and operation of potentially hazardous industries and activities; (e) Developingtools (legal,economicetc.) to encourincluding meansof age disaster-sensitive development, that limitationson development optionsarenot ensuring punitive to owners,or incorporate meansof alternative compensation; (0 Further developing and disseminatinginfbrmation on disaster-resistant building materials and construction technologies buildingsand public works in general; for (g) Developing training programmesfor contractors methods. and builderson disaster-resistant construction Some programmes should be directed particularly to smallenterprises, which build thegreatmajority of housing andothersmallbuildingsin thedeveloping countries, which build their own aswell asto the rural populations, houses: (h) Developing training programmes for emergency site managers,non-governmental organizations and community groups which cover all aspects disaster of mitigation, including urban searchand rescue,emergency comtnunications, early warning techniques, and pre-disaster planning ; (i) Developing procedures practices enable local and to communities to receive information about hazardous installationsor situationsin these areas,and facilitate their participationin early warning and disasterabateprocedures plans; ment and response and Preparing action plans fbr the reconstructionof 0) settlements, the of especially reconstruction community lifelines.

PRE-DTSASTER PT.ANNING B) DEVELOPING planning shouldform an integralpart 7.61 Pre-disaster planningin all countries.The folof human settlement included: lowing shouldbe (a) Undertakingcompletemulti-hazardresearch into of human settlements and settlerisk and vulnerability includingwaterand sewerage, comment infrastructure, networks,as one type of municationand transportation (e.g., vulnerabilityto another risk reduction may increase house madeof wood will be more an earthquake-resistant vulnerableto wind storms); (b) Developing methodologies for determining risk and and vulnerabilitywithin specifichumansettlements incorporatingrisk and vulnerability reductioninto the process; planningand management humansettlement

POSI-DTSASTER c) TN|T|ATTNG RECONSTRUCT/ON AND REHA PTANN'NG BILITATION 1.62 The international community,as a major partnerin post-reconstruction rehabi and litation.shoul ensurethat d involvedderivethe greatest benefits from the the countries funds allocated undertaking following activities: the by (a) Carrying out research past experiences the on on of reconstrucsocialand economicaspects post-disaster tion and adoptingeffectivestrategies guidelines and for post-disaster reconstruction, with particular on emphasis development-focused strategies the allocation of in scarcereconstruction resources, on the opportunities and provides to introduce reconstruction that post-disaster patterns; sustainable settlement (b) Preparingand disserninating internationalguidelines for adaptation nationaland local needs; to

6l

(c) Supporting to effclrts nationalGovernments initiate of planning,with pafiicipationof affectedcomcontingency saster reconstmction rehabilitation. eurd munities. post-dr for

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION AI FINANC/NG has the 7.63 The Conf'erence secretariat estimated aver( 1993-2000) implementing age total annualcost of the activities this programme be about$50 rnillion from of to the internationalcotnmunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewed Governments. by Actual costsand financial terms,including any that are will depend upon, inter alia, the non-concessional, specificstrategies programmes and Governments decide upon for implenrentation.

the achievement the nationalsocio-econornic of development goals of providing shelter,infrastructureand employment.However. they can be a ma.iorsourceof environmental darnage throughdepietionof'the natural resource base, degradation fragileec-o-zones, of chemical pollution and the use of building materialsharmful to humanhealth.

OBJECTIVES 7.68 The objectives are,first, to adoptpoliciesandtechnologiesand to exchange informationon them in order to enablethe construction sectorto meet human settlement development goals,while avoiding harmful sideeffects on human health and on the biosphere,and, second, enhance employment-generation to the capacity of the construction sector.Governments shouldwork in close collaborationwith the private sectorin achievins theseobjectives.

8/ 5C/ E N IF tC D T EC H N O T .OG\C AL N S AN ME A 7.64 Scientists engineers specializing thisfield rn and in both developingand developed countriesshould collaboratewith urban and regional plannersin order to providethebasicknowledge andmeans mitigatelosses to owing to disasters well as environmentally as inappropriatedevelopment.

ACTIVITIES 7.69 All countriesshould,as appropriate and in accordancewith nationalplans,objectives and priorities: (a) Establishand strengthen the indigenousbuilding materials industry,based, much as possible, inputs as on of locallyavailable natural resources; (b) Formulateprogrammes enhancethe utilization to of localmaterials theconstruction by sectorbyexpanding technicalsuppoftand incentiveschernes increasing for thecapabilities economic and viability of small-scale and informal operatives which make use of thesematerials and traditionalconstruction techniques; (c) Adopt standardsand other regulatory measures which promote the increaseduse of energy-efficient designsand technologies and sustainable utilization of natural resources an economicallvand environmenin tally appropriate way, (d) Formulate policiesandintroduce appropriate land-use planning regulationsspeciallyaimed at the protectionof eco-sensitive zones against physical disruption construcby tion and cons0uction-related activities; (e) Promotethe use of labour-intensive construction and maintenance technologies which generate employment in the constructionsectorfor the underemployed labourforce found in mostlargecities,while at the same time promotingthedeveloplnent skills in theconstrucof tion sector: (f) Developpoliciesandpractices reachtheintormal to sector and sel f-hel p housi ng bui l ders by adopt ing measures increase affordabilityol-buildingmaterito the als on the part of the urbanandrural poor,through,inler uliu, credit schemes and bulk procurement buildins of

DE AI C) HUM A NR E SOU R C E VE L O P M ENND CA P A CI TY-B U IL D IN G 7.65 Developing countries shouldconducttrainingprogrammes disaster-rcsistant on construction methods for who buildthe majorityof houscontractors builders, and ing in the developing countries. This should focuson the sn-rall business which build the majority of enterprises housingin the developingcountries. 1. 66 T r ain i n g p ro g ra mme ss h o u l d b e extendedto governmentofficials and plannersand contmunityand non-govemmental organizations cover all aspects to of disaster rnitigation, such as early warning techniques, pr e- dis as tep l a n n i n ga n c lc o n s tru c ti o n, r post-di saster constnrctron rehabi and litation.

G) PROMOTTNG SUSTATNABTE CONSTRUCTTON ACTIVITIES INDUSTRY

FORACTION BASIS 7.67 The activities of the construction sector are vital tcr

62

materialsfor sale to small-scalebuilders and comrnunities. 7.70 All countriesshould: (a) Promotethe free exchangeof information on the of and entirerangeof environmental healthaspects conand dissemination struction,including the development on of databases the adverse environmental effects of effortsof the throughthecollaborative buildingmaterials privateand public sectors; (b) Promotethe development and dissemination of and health efdatabases the adverseenvironmental c-rn and introducelegislationand fectsof building materials financial incentivesto promote recycling of energyindustryand conin intensive materials the construction producof servation wasteenergyin building-materials tion methods; (c) Promotethe use of economicinstruments, such as product charges, discourage use of construction the to materialsand productsthat createpollution during their life cycle; (d) Promote information exchangeand appropriate with particular technologytransferamongall countries. manageattentionto developingcountries,for resource ment in construction,particularly for non-renewable resources: (e) Promote researchin constructionindustriesand institurelatedactivities,and establishand strengthen tions in this sector.

s v a r i e t yo f t r a i n i n gm e t h o d sT h e s ec o u n t r i e s h o u l d . s i a l s o b e a s s i s t e d n d e v e l o p i n gp r o g r a m r n e t o e n a c o L l r a gte e u s eo f n o n - w a s t c n dc l e a nt ec h n o l c l g i e s h transferof technol ogl ,. through appropri ate 7 . 7 3 G e n e r a l e d t r c a t i o np r o g r a m n r e ss h o u l d b e to in as developed all countries, appropriate, increase technologies. builderawareness available of sustainable 1.14 Local authoritiesare called upon to play a piouse of envineeringrole in promoting the increased ronmental l y sound l di ngmateri al s construct ion and bui procur ec.g., technol ogi es, by pursui ng i nnovati ve an ment pol i cy.

HUrylAN RESOURCE H) PROMOTTNG DEVETOPMENT AND CAPACITY.BUILDING HUMAN FOR NTs SETTTEME DEVELOPMENT FOR BASIS ACTION in 7.75 Most countries, additionto shortcomings the in of availability specializeexpertise the areas housof in d infraing, settlement management, land management, structure. construction, and pre-disasenergy.transport, ter planningandreconstruction, threecross-sectoral face human resolrrcedevelopmentand capacity-building shortfalls. First is the absence an enablingpolicy of and environmentcapableof integratingthe resources activitiesof the public sector, privatesectorand the the or second the weakness is of community, socialsector: institutions; third and specialized trainingand research is the insufficientcapacityfor technicaltraining a:rd for both assistance low-income cclmmunities. urbanand rural.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATTON Ai F/NANC/NG the has secretariat estimated aver7.7| The Conference age total annual cost ( 1993-2000)of implementing the activities of this prograrnmeto be about $40 billion, comincluding about $4 billion from the international terms.Theseareindicamunity on grantor concessional only and havenot estimates tive andorder-of-magnitude Actual costsandfinanbeenreviewedby Governments. will cial terms,includingany thatarenon-concessional, and dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies prograrnmes decideuponfor implementation. Governments

OBJECTIVE 'fhe I .16 objective is to irnprove hurnan resourcedevelopment and capacity-building in all countriesby enhancing the personal and institutional capacity of all actors, parlicularly indigenous people and women, involved in human settlement development. In this regard, account should be taken of traditional cultural practicesof indigenous people and their relationshipto the environment.

AND RESOURCE DEVELOPMENI B) HUMAN CAPACITY.BUILDING d s 7. 72 Der elopin gc o u n tri e s h o u l db e a s s i s te b,vi nterthe in nationalsupport andfundingagencies upgrading capacities the smallentreof technicaland managerial preneur and the vocational skills of operativesand in supervisors the building materialsindustry,using a

ACTIVITIES 7 . 7 1 S p e c i f i c h u m a n r e s o u r c ed e v e l o p r n e n a n d t havebeenbuilt into eachof capacity-building activities the programmeareasof this chapter. More gencrally, however,additional stepsshouldbe takento reinforce those activities. In order to do so, all countries, as appropriate, action: shouldtakethe follor.ving

63

(a) Strengthening development human resources of the and of capacitiesof public sector institutionsthrough so cooperation as and technicalassistance international in improvement to achieveby the year 2000 substantial activities; the efficiencyof governmental (b) Creatingan enablingpolicy environmentsupportive of the partnershipbetween the public, private and communitysectors; (c) Providing enhanced training and technicalassistance to institutionsproviding training for technicians, and elected professionals administrators, appointed, and and professionalmembers of local govemmentsand priority training their capacityto address strengthening needs,particularly in regard to social, economic and developenvironmentalaspectsof human settlements ment; (d) Providing direct assistance human settlement for at development the communitylevel, inter alia,by: (i) for and Strengthening promoting prograrnmes social of of mobilizationandraisingawareness thepotential women activities; andyouth in humansettlements (ii) Facilitatingcoordination the activitiesof women, of organiyouth, community groupsand non-govemmental development; zationsin humansettlements (iii) Promotingresearch women's programmes and on madewith a view other groups,and evaluatingprogress and needed assistance; to identifyingbottlenecks (e) Promotingthe inclusionof integrated environmengovernment general activities. into local tal management and non-govern7.78 Both internationalorgamzations mentalorganizations shouldsupportthe aboveactivities training instituby, inter alia, stengtheningsubregional providingupdated and raining materials disseminattions, and capacityhumanresource of ing the results successful s, programmes projects. and building activitie

ME A A B J sC /E N i l FtC N D TE C H N OT.OG| C A L NS 7.80 Both formal trainingand non-formaltypesof human prograrnmes and capacity-building resource development should be combined,and use should be made of usereurd up-to-date trainingmaterials oriented trainingmethods, systems. modernaudio-visual communication
'No or expenditure on oggregote figures ore ovoiloble internol However, officioldevelopment ossistonce humonsettlements. on Report,1991, for 16 doto ovoiioblein the World Development of showthotthepercentoge centrol low-income developing countries omenities sociolsecurity ond government expenditure housing, on .|5.1 witho highof for 5.6 ond welfore l9B9 overoged percent, percentin thecoseof SriLonko, whichhosemborked o vigorous on during thesome housing progromme.OECD In indushiolized countries, on government expenditure housing, yeor,the percentoge centrol of ronged fromo minimum of omenities sociol ond security welfore ond withon overoge of 29.3 per centto o moximum 49.4 per cent, of Report, 1991, World 39 per cent {World Bonk, World Development D.C., toble Development Indicotors, I 1 iWoshington, l99l)1. 2See for ond the report of the Director-Generol Development preliminory stocontoining Internotionol Economic Cooperotion Notions system tisticol of dotoon operotionol octivities theUnited for I 988 lA/ 44/324-E/ 1989/ 106/ Add.4,onnex). 3world D.C., I 99.l). I Bonk, Annu Report,99 I (Woshington, al aUNOp, "Reported reloted UNDPasto investment commitments proiects,988", tobleI , "sectorol of sisted 1 distribution investment c o m m i t m e in t I 9 8 8 - l9 8 9 " . n 5 'A (CDP), pilotprogromme thlstype,theCiiy DotoProgromme of Centre Humon is olreodyin operoiion the UnitedNotions in on (Hobitot), ond Settlements oimedot theproduction disseminotion opplicotion softwore to porticipoting citiesof microcomputer notionol process retrieve dotofor locol, city designed store, to ond o o n d i n t e r n o t i o ne xl c h o n g o n d d i s s e m i n o t i o n . e 6This policies, which monogement for lond+esource colls integroted in ore olso oddressed chopterl0 of Agendo 2 1 (lntegroted of to opprooch plonning ond monogement londresources). ZTh" gool, of the Internotionol Decodefor Noturol Disoster Assembiy resolution Reduction, out in ihe onnexto Generol set 44/236, ore os follows: (o)Toimprove copocity eochcountry mitigote effects to the of the of poyingspeciol noturol ottendisosters expeditiously effectively, ond in of tion to ossisting developing countries the ossessment disoster worning systems potentiol in theestoblishment of eorly domoge ond whenond whereneeded; ond disosier-resisiont structures (b)To devise for guidelines strotegies opplying oppropriote ond tokinginto occount scientific technicol ond knowledge, existing theculturol ond economic diversity omongnotions; (c) Tofoster endeovours oimed closing ot scientific engineering ond loss in in criticolgops knowledge orderto reduce of lifeondproperty; (d)Todisseminote informotion reloted ond new technicol existing prediction mitigotion noturol ond of to meosures forthe ossessment, disosters; (e)Todevelop prediction, prevention for meosures thecssessment, progrommes technithrough of ond mitigotion noturol of disosiers proiects, tronsfer, demonstrotion col ossistonce technology ond ond toiloredto specific disosters ond troining, ond educotion progrommes. of locotions, io evoluote effectivenessthose the ond
I

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATTON A/ F/NANC/NG the has 7.79 The Conference secretariat estimated average total annualcost (1993-2000)of implementingthe to of activities this programme be about$65 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional estiterms.Theseare indicativeand order-of--magnitude by mates only andhavenot beenreviewed Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,including any that are will depend upon, inter alia, the non-concessional, decide Governments and specificstrategies progranunes upon for implementation.

64

ond environment development Integroting in decision-moking

INTRODUCTION

areas: the 8.1 This chapter contains following programme (a) lntegrating environmentand developmentat the levels; policy, planningand management ( b) P r ov iding a n e ffe c ti v e l e g a l a n d re g ul atory framework, (c) Making eftectiveuseof economicinstruments and marketand otherincentives; (d) Establishing for environmental systems integrated accountine. and economic

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
ENVIRONI ENTAND A) TNTEGRATING AT DEVETOPfrIENT THE POLICY,PTANNING AND ftTANAGEMENT LEVETS BASIS ACTION FOR in 8.2 Prevailing systemsfor decision-making many economic.socialand environcountries tend to separate mental factorsat the policy, planningand management of the levels.This influences actions all groupsin society, industry and individuals,and including Governments, for hasimportantimplications the efficiencyandsustainAn ability of development. adjustmentor even a funin damentalreshaping decision-making, the light of of if conditions,may be necessary envicountry-specific is ronment and development to be put at the centreof , ec onom ic and p o l i ti c a l d e c i s i o n -m a k i n g i n effect achieving a full integrationof thesefactors.In recent years,someGovemments have alsobegunto make sig-

of in structures governnificantchanges the institutional of consideration mentin orderto enable more systematic when decisions madeon economic, are the environment trade social, fiscal, energy,agricultural,transpoftation, of and otherpolicies,aswell asthe implications policies in theseareasfor the environment. New torms of diafor betterintelogue arealsobeingdeveloped achieving industry, grationamongnationaland local government, groups and the public in the science,environmental processof developingeffectiveapproaches environto The responsibility bringing for ment and development. with in aboutchanges with Governments partnership lies private sectorand local authorities, in collaboand the ration with national.regionaland internationalorganizations, including in particular UNEP, UNDP and the World Bank. Exchange experience between countries of be significant. Nationalplans,goalsand objeccan also tives,nationalrules,regulations law, andthe specific and situationsin which difl-erent countriesare placedare the takesplace. overallframeworkin which suchintegration it In this context, mustbe bornein mind thatenvironmenmay posesevere economicand socialcosts tal standards if they are uniformly appliedin developing countries.

OBJECIMES 8.3 The overall objectiveis to improve or restructure the decision-makingprocessso that considerationof issuesis fully intesocio-economic and environmental grated and a broaderrange of public participationaswill develop sured.With theunderstanding countries that prioritiesin accordance with their prevailing their own conditions, needs,national plans, policies and programmes, following objectives proposed: are the (a) To conducta nationalreview of economic,sectoral policies, andenvironmental strategies plansto ensure and the progressi vei ntegrati on of envi ronmentaland developmental issues;

65

(b) To strengtheninstitutional structuresto allow the full integrationof environmentaland developmentalissues,at all levelsof decision-making; (c) To developor improve mechanisms facilitate the to groupsandorganindividuals, involvement concerned of at izationsin decision-making all levels; (d) To establish to domesticallydeterminedprocedures int egr at e e n v i ro n m e n t a n d d e v e l o p m e nti ssues i n decision-making.

(0 Ensuringaccess the public to relevantinfbrmaby of tion, facilitatingthe reception public viewsandallowing for effective participation.

SYSIEMS PI.ANN'NG B) IMPROVING AND MANAGEMENI to approach decision8.5 To supporta more integrated usedto and analyticalmethods making,the datasystems processes may needto be supportsuchdecision-making whereapproin improved. Governments, collaboration, priate, with national and international orgamzations, shouldreview the statusof their planningand managemodif , t "and ment systems and, w here necessary, strengthenproceduresso as to facilitate the integrated considerationof social, economic and environmental issues.Countrieswill develop their own priorities in accordancewith their national plans, policies and programmes the following activities: for (a) Improving the use of data and information at all making systematic stages planningand management, of and simultaneous of social,economic,developnienuse tal, ecologicaland environmental data;analysisshoulcl stressinteractionsand synergisms;a broad range of analytical methods shouldbe encouraged asto provide so variouspointsof view; (b) Adopting comprehensive analyticalprocedures for prior and simultaneous of assessment the impacts of including the impactswithin and among the decisions, spheres; theseproeconomic,socialand environmental projectlevelto policies cedures shouldextendbeyondthe analysisshould also include assessand programmes; ment of costs,benefitsand risks; (c) Adopting flexible and integrativeplanning approaches that allow the consideration rnultiplegcials of and enable adjustmentof changing needs;integrative level can areaapproaches the ecosystem watershed at or assist this approach: in (d) Adoptingintegrated parlicumanagement systenrs. larly for the management naturalresources: of traditional methodsshouldbe studied or indigenous and considered wherever they have proved effective: \ /omen's traditionalrolesshouldnot be marginalized a resultof the as introductionof new management systems; (e) Adopting integrated to deapproaches sustainable velopmentat theregionallevel,includingtransbclundarv areas,subjectto the requirements particularcircunrof stances necds; and (D Using policy instruments(legal/r"egulatorl' and seekeconomic) a tool for planning as andmanagement. ing incorporation efficiencycriteriain decisions: inof struments shouldbe regularlyreviewedand adapted to ensurethat they continueto be effective;

ACTIVITIES -MAKING PROCESSES DECISiON A) IMPROYING and 8.4 The primary needis to integrateenvironrnental processes.To do this, decision-making developmental Governmentsshould conduct a national review and, of where appropriate,improve the processes decisionmaking so as to achieve the progressiveintegration of issues the pursuit in and economic,scrcial environmental that is economicallyefficient, socially of development equitable and responsibleand environmentally sound. will developtheir own prioritiesin accordance Countries with their national plans, policies and programmesfor the following activities: (a) Ensuring the integration of economic, social and in at environmental considerations decision-making all in all ministries; levelsand (b) Adopting a domesticallyformulated policy framework that reflectsa long-termperspective and cross-sectaking account toral approach the basisfor decisions, as of the linkagesbetween and within the variouspolitical, issuesinvolved in economic,social and environmental process; the development (c) Establishingdomestically determinedways and of meansto ensurethe coherence sectoral,economic, policies,plans and policy insocial and environmental struments,including fiscal measuresand the budget: these mechanisms should apply at various levels and bring together those interested in the development process; (d) Monitoring and evaluatingthe development process regularreviewsof the state systematically conducting and development, economic and social of human resources and trendsand the stateof the environment and conditions naturalresources: could be complemented annual this by environmentand developmentreviews, with a view to by sustainable developmentachievements the assessing varioussectors departments govemment; and of (e) Ensuringtransparency and accountabilityfor, of, theenvironmental implications economicandsectoral of policies;

66

responsi(g) Delegating planning and management bilities to the lowestlevel of public authorityconsistent of with el'fectiveaction; irt peuticularthe advantages by for opportunities participation and cff'ective equitable wornenshouldbe discussed; procedures involving local comfor (h) Estatrlishing and planningfor environmental in rnunities contingency and maintainingan open exchange industrialaccidents, clf informationon local hazards.

decide Governments and specificstrategies programmes for implementation. upon

AND ENY'RONMENI B] RESEARCH'NG CI'ONS DEV LOP E MENI INTERA in 8.9 Governments, collaborationwith thenationaland international scientific community and in cooperation as with internationalorganizations, appropriate,should intensify efforts to clarify the interactionsbetweenand within social, economic and environmental considerwith the explicit shouldbe undertaken ations. Research objective of assistingpolicy decisionsand providing practices. on reconunendations improving management

AND /NFORMAT/ON c) DATA for could developsystems monitoringand 8.6 Countries of evalr.ration progresstowards achieving sustainable changes that measure by development adoptingindicators dimensions. socialandenvironmental across economic,

AND IRA'N/NG EDUCATION C' ENHANC'NG FOR A D) ADOFTING NAnONAL STRATEGY B SUSIA/NALE DEVELOPMENT where appropriate, in 8.7 Governments" cooperation, shouldadopta national with international orgamzations, on, based inter alia, development for strategy sustainable takenat theConf'erence, of the irnplenrcntation decisions should of in particularly respect Agenda2 I . This strategy economic, the build uponandharmonize varioussectoral social and environmentalpolicies and plans that are gainedthrough opcratingin thecountry. The experience suchas nationalreportsfor eristing planningexercises strategies enand nationalconservation the Conf-crence, vininnrentaction plans shouldbe fully usedand incordevelopment poratedinto a country-drivensustainable strategy.Its goals shouldbe to ensuresociallyresponsible economic developmentwhile protectingthe rebaseand the environmentfor the benefit of future sourcrc throughthe widest gcnerations. shouldbe developed It on participation.It shouldbe based a thorough possible nt assessme of the currentsituationand initiatives. with whereappropriate, in 8.10 Countries, cooperation, should national, regional or internationalorganizations, exist, or are dehurnanresources ensurethat essential veloped,to undertakethe integrationof environmentand developmentat various stagesof the decision-making and implementation process. To do this, they should improve.educationand technical training, particularly for approaches. womenandgirls,by includinginterdisciplinary and university other in asappropriate, trchnical,vocational, curricula. They should also undertakesystematictraining of governmentpersonnel,plannersand managerson a regular basis.giving priority to the requisiteintegrative that techniques approaches planningand management and conditions. are suitedto country-specific

AWARENESS PUBLIC D) PROMOIING with nationalinstitutions in 8.1I Countries, cooperation and groups,the media and the internationalcommunity, in should promote awareness the public at large, as well of of asin specializedcircles, the importance considering and in environmentanddevelopment anintegratedmanner, for should establishmechanisms facilitating a direct exchangeof informationand views with the public. Priority and should be given to highlighting the responsibilities socialgroups. of potentialcontributions dift-erent

OF MEANS IMPLEMENTATION AND COSTEVALUATION A/ F/NANC/NG the has secretariat estimated averl{.E Thc Conference (199:l-2000) implementing the of age total annualcost million from to actir iiit's of thisprogramme be about$50 conrmunityon grant or concessional thc-irrternational estiternls.Theseareindicativeand order-of-magnitude matesonlv andhavenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,including any that are will depend upon, inter alia, the non-concessional,

NAI'ONAI. E/ SIRENGIHEN'NG ITY INSI'IUi/ONAL C APAC where appropriate. in 8.12 Governments, cooperation, nashould strengthen with intemationalorganizations,

67

tional institutional capability and capacity to integrate social, economic,developmental and environmental issuesat all levels of developmentdecision-making and implementation. Attention should be given to moving away from narrow sectoral approachesand progressingtowards full cross-sectoral coordination and cooperation.

OBJECTIVES 8.16 The overall objectiveis to promote,in the light of country-specific conditions,the integrationof environment and development policiesthroughappropriate legal and regulatory policies, instruments and enforcement mechanisms the national,state,provincial and local at levels.With theunderstanding countries that will develop their own priorities in accordance with their needsand nationaland,whereappropriate, regionalplans,policies and prograrunes,the following objectivesare proposed: (a) To disseminateinformation on effective legal and regulatory innovations in the field of environment and development, including appropriate instruments and compliance incentives, with a view to encouraging their wider use and adoptionat the national,state,provincial and local levels; (b) To supportcountriesthat requestit in their national efforts to modernize and strengthen policy and legal the framework of governancefor sustainable development, having due regardfor local social valuesand infrastructures; (c) To encourage developmentand implementation the of national, state,provincial and local programmesthat assess and promote compliance and respond appropriately to non-compliance.

Bl PROVIDING AN EFFECTTVE rEGAL AND REGUTATORY FRAMSWOR,K

BASIS ACTION FOR 8.13 Laws and regulationssuited to country-specific conditionsareamongthe most importantinstruments for policiesinto transforming environment development and action, not only through "command and control" methods, but also as a normative framework for economic planningand marketinstruments. Yet, althoughthe volincreasing, umeof legaltextsin thisfield is steadily much of the law-makingin many countriesseems be ad hoc to and piecemeal, hasnot beenendowedwith the necesor sary institutional machinery and authonty for enforcement and timely adjustment. 8.14 While there is continuousneed for law improvement in all countries,many developingcountrieshave been affectedby shortcomings laws and regulations. of To effectivelyintegrate environment development and in the policiesand practices eachcountry,it is essential of to develop and implement integrated, enforceable and effectivelaws and regulations that arebased upon sound principles.It social, ecological, economic and scientific is equally critical to develop workable programmes to reviewandenforcecompliance with thelaws,regulations and standards that are adopted. Technical support may for be needed many countries accomplish to thesegoals. Technicalcooperation requirements this field include in legal information, advisory services and specialized trainingand institutional capacity-building. 8.15 The enactment and enforcement laws and reguof lations (at the regional, national, state/provincialor local/municipal level) are also essentialfor the implementationof most internationalagreements the in field of environment and development. illustratedby as the frequent treaty obligation to report on legislative measures. surveyof existingagreements The undertaken preparations indicated in the contextof conference has problemsof compliancein this respect. and the needfor improvednationalimplementation and,whereappropriate, related technical assistance. In developing their nationalpriorities,countries shouldtakeaccount o1'their international obligations.

ACTIVITIES A) MAKTNG LAWSAND REGUTAT/ONS MORE EFFECTTVE 8.17 Governments, with the support,where appropriate, of competentinternational organizations, should regularly assess laws and regulations the enactedand the relatedinstitutional/administrative machineryestablished the national/state local/municipal at and levels in the field of environmentand sustainable development, with a view to renderingthem effective in practice.Programmes this purposecould include for the promotion of public awareness, preparationand di stri buti on of gui dancemateri al , and spe cialized training, including workshops, seminars,education programmes and conferences, public officials who for desi gn, i mpl ement, moni tor and enforce l aws and regul ati ons.

B) ESTABL/SH/NG AND JUD\C\AL A DM/NIsTRAT E PROC RE IV EDU S 8.18 Governments and legislators,with the support, where appropriate,of competent international organijudicial and administrative zations, shouldestablish pro-

68

and for cedures legal reclress remedyof actionsaffecting that may be unlawful or environmentand development infringe on rights unclerthe law. and should provide with a to access individuals,groupsand organizations iegal interest" recognized

AND REFERENCE LEGAT C) PROVIDING SERY/CES SUPPORT and non-govern8.19 Competentintergovernmentai to could cooperate provide Govmentalorganizations upon request,with an intelegislators, ernmentsand grated programmeof environmentand development carefully law) services, development law (sustainable of to the specificrequirements the recipient adapted could systems. Suchsystems legal and administrative of in includeassistance the preparation comusefully inventoriesand reviews of national legal prehensive the has systems.Pastexperience demonstrated usefulnessof combining specializedlegalinformation services with legal expert advice.Within the United Naarnongall agencies tions system,closer cooperation and would avoid duplicationof databases concerried coul d f ac ilit at e div is i o n o f l a b o u r. T h e s e a g e n c i e s ex am ine t he po s s i b i l i ty a n d me ri t o f p e rformi ng n r ev iewsof s ele c te d a ti o n a l e g a l s v s te m s .

to maximize compliancewith its laws and regulations from with assistance development, relatingto sustainable and other countriesas approintemationalorganizations could include: priate. The strategies (a) Enforceable,effective laws, regulationsand standards that are basedon soundeconomic,social and environmental principles and appropriaterisk assessment, incorporatingsanctionsdesignedto punish violations, obtain redressand deterfuture violations; (b) Mechanisms promotingcompliance; for (c) Institutional capacityfor collecting compliancedata, regularlyreviewing compliance,detectingviolations,est tablishingenforcemen priori ties,undertakingeffectiveenforcement,and conductingperiodic evaluationsof the efof fectiveness complianceand enforcementprogrammes; (d) Mechanismsfor appropriateinvolvementof individof and ualsandgroupsin thedevelopment enforcement laws and regulationson environmentand development.

TO TOLLOW'UP OF F/ NAnONAL MONTTOR/NG LEGAL EN I. ,NTERNAIIONA/NSIRUM IS in agreements, 8.22 Contractingpartiesto international of consultationwith the appropriatesecretariats relevant shouldimprove as intemationalconventions appropriate, practicesand proceduresfor coliecting information on taken. Contractingparties legal andregulatorymeasures samplesurcould undertake agreements to international veys of domesticfollow-up action subjectto agreement concerned. States by the sovereign

IRA/N/NG A COOPERATIVE D) ESTABL'SH/NG LAW DEVELOPMENT FORSUSIAINAEI.E NEIWORK institutions and academic international 8.20 Competent to cooperate provide, fratneworks, could, within agreed postfrom developingcountries, especiallyfor trainees trainingfacilitiesin and programmes in-service graduate law. Suchtrainingshould and environment development and boththeeffectiveapplication theprogressive address improvementof applicablelaws, the related skills of drafting and mediation,and the training of negotiating, orand trainers. Intergovernmental non-governmental alreadyactive in this field could cooperate ganizations to with relateduniversity programmes harmonizecurriculum planningandto ol r an optimalrangeof options and Governrnents potentialsponsors. to interested

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION Ai F/NANC/NG the has secretariat estimated aver8.23 The Conference age total annualcost (1993-2000)of implementingthe activitiesof this programmeto be about $6 million from the international community on grant or concessional esterms. Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude timatesonly and have not been reviewed by Governcostsand financial terms,including any ments. ,A.ctual will that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

NATIONAI EFFECTIVE E) DEVELaP'NG AND FOR PROGRAMMES REVIEWING WITHNAI/ONAI, COMPLIANCE ENFORC/NG I.AWS ON AND PROY/NCIAT LOCAL STATE, AND DEVELOPMENT ENYIRONMFNI strategies developintegrated 8.21 Each country shoLrld

MEANS AND IECHNOI.OGICAL B/ SCIENI/F/C on reliesessentially a continuation 8.24 The prograrnme and translation of ongoingwork for legaldatacollection,

69

assessment. Closercooperation between existingdatabases may be expected leadto betterdivisionof labour to (e.9., in geographical coverage nationallegislative of gazettes and other rel'erence sources)and to irnproved standardization compatibilityof data,asappropriate. and

C) HUM A NR ES O U R C E EL OP M F N I D EV 8.25 Participation trainingis expected benefit in to practitioners from developing countries to enhance and training opportunities women. Demandfor this type of for postgraduate in-service and trainingis knor.vn be high. to The senrinars. workshops conferences reviewand and on enforcement that havebeenheld to datehavebeenvery successful and well attended.The purposeof theseef(both human and instituforts is to developresources tional)to design andimplement programmes effective to continuously revierv arrd enforce national loc:al and laws, regulations standards sustainable and on development.

economic context and given the necessary legal and regulatory framework, economic and market-oriented approaches in many cases can enhance capacityto deal with the issues environment of and development. This wouldbeachievedbyprovi ngcost-eftective utions, di sol appl yi ngi ntegrated l uti onpreventi on nt r ol,pr opol co rnoting technological innovationand influencingenvironmentalbehaviour, well as providing financial as resources meetsustainable to development objective s. 8.30 What is neededis an appropriate effort to explore and make more effective and widespreaduse of economic and market-oriented approaches within a broad framework of development policies,law and regulation suitedto country-specific conditionsas part of a general transition to economic and environmental policiesthat are supportiveand mutually reinforcing.

OBJECTIVES 8.31 While it is understood counrries that will develop their own prioritiesin accordance with their needsand nationalplans,policies and prograffrfiles, c-hallenge the is to achievesignificantprogress the yearsaheadin in meetingthreefundamental objectives: (a) To incorporate environmental costsin thedecisions of producers and consumers to reverse tendency and the to treattheenvironment a "freegood" andto pass as these costson to otherpafisof society, othercountries orfuture generations: (b) To move more fully towardsintegrationof social andenvironmental costsintoeconomic activities. that so priceswill appropriately reflectthe relativescarcityand total value of resourcesand contribute towards ttre prevention environmental of degradation; (c) To include,whereverappropriate, useof marthe ket principlesin the framing of economicinstruments and pol i ci esto pursuesustai nabldevel opm ent . e

D/ S T RE N GT H F N /N G A rAN D IE G /NSI/IUIlONALCAPACITY 8.26 A mitjor part of the programmeshouldhe oriented tow'ards intprovingthe legal-institutional capacities of conntries copewith national to problems governance of and effectivelaw-makingand law-applying the field in of environment sustainable and development. Regional centres o1't-'xcellence be designatcd supported could and to build up specialized databases rrainingtacilities and for linguistic/cultural groupsof legalsystems.

c) ,uAKrNG EFFECTTVE OF ECONOMTC USE INSTRUMENTS AND IYIARKET AND OTHERINCENTIVES

BASIS FOR ACTION i1.27 Environmental law and regulation are important but cannot alone be expected to deal with the problenrs of environnrent and development. Prices. markets and r e ( r V er r n l e n t a lf l s c a l a n d e c o n o r n i c p o l t c i c s a l s ( )p l a v a conrplr-nrelttarv role in shaping attitudes and behaviour towards the environment. 8.28 During the past several years, many Governments, primarily in industrialized cluntries ut also in Central c b and Eastern Europe and in developing cctirntries, have been making increasing use of economic approaches. including those that are market-oriented. txarnples include lhe polluter-pays principle and the ntore recent natural-resource-u ser-pays concept. 8.29 Within a supportive international and national

ACTIVITIES A) tMPROylNG OR REOR/ENI/NG GOVERNMENIAT OLICIES P 8.32 ln the near term, Govemments should consider gradually building on experience with economic instruments and market mechanisms by undertaking to reorient their policies, keeping in mind national plans, priorities and objectives. in order to: (a) Establish effbctive combinations of economic. regulatory and voluntary (self'-regulatory) approaches; (b) Remove or reduce those subsidiesthat tJo not cronform with sustainable development objectives;

70

of (c) Reform or recastexisting structures economic and developto and fiscal incentives meet environment ment objectives; the (cl) Establisha policy lramework that encourages in of creation new markets pollutioncontrolandenvironmanagement; resource mentally sclunder with sustainable (e) Move towardspricing consistent obj development ectives. should explore,in co8.33 In particular,Governments how as and with business industry, appropriate' operation and effectiveusecan be madeof economicinstruments in marketmechanisms the following areas: agriculture transportation, (a) Issues relatedto energy, and forestry,water,wastes,health,tourism and tertiary

OF UNDERSIAND/NG THEROI.E D/ /NCREAS/NG A /N OF E C ON OMIC S IR U ME N ISN D MECHANIS/I4S MARKET

8.36 Governmentsshoul d encourageresearchand and analysison effectiveusesof economicinstruments of and with the assistance support regionaland incentives international econornic and environmental organrzaresearchinstitutes, tions, as well as non-governmental as: with a focuson suchkey issues (a) The role of environmentaltaxation suited to national conditions: and in(b) The implicationsof econornicinstruments trade,and and for centives competitiveness international potential needs for appropriatefuture international serv'ices; and coordination cooperation ; issues; (b) Global and transboundarv of irnplications (c) The possible socialanddistributive (c) Thedevelopmentandintroductionofenvironmentally usingvarious instruments" diftusionand transfer and its adaptation, soundtechnology in countries conformitywith chaptet34. to developing FOR A PROCESS E) ESTABLISH'NG P R /C IN G ON FOC U S /N G of advantages usingpricingpolicies8.37 Thetheoretical and need to be better understood, where appropriate, of by greatcrunderstanding what it means accompanied should Processes in steps thisdirection. to takesignificant inwith business. in cooperation be therefore initiated, ctlrporations, and transnational dustry,large enterprises at as well asother socialgroups,as appropriate, both the levels,to examine: nationaland international (a) The practical implications of moving towards greater relianceon pricing policiesthat intemalizeenviti.r ronmentalcostsappropriate help achievesustainable objectivcs: development of pricingin the case (b) The implications resource tor n nfries. IncIu<li g the i rnpli cations cou resource-exporting countri es. for of suchpri ci ngpol i ci es dn' el opi ng 'Ihe in valuing environmental (c) used methodologies costs.

BJ IAKINGACCOUNIOF THEPARTICULAR COUNIR/FS OF CIRCUMSTANCFS DEVELOPING WITHECONOM/ES AND COUNIR/ES /N IRANS/I'ON eflbrt shouldbe madeto developapplicaA 8.-14 special tions of the use of economic instrumentsand market of geared theparticularneeds developing to mechanisms countrieswith economiesin transition, countries and of with the assistance regional and internationalecoand,asappropriorganizations nomic andenvironmental by: institutes, research ate,non-governmental (a) Providing technicalsupportto thosecountrieson instruments of relatingto the application economic issues mechanisms; and market the (b) Encouraging atld,possibly, regionalseminars of regionalcentres expertise' of developrnent

OF AN c) :REATING /NyENTORY EFFECTIVE A /N O US E S F E CO N O MIC SIR U ME N ISN D M A RK EM E CH AN /SM5 T 8.35 Given the recognitionthat the use of economic i i n s t r u m e n t sa n d m a r k e t m e c h a n i s m s s r e l a t i v e l y r e c e n t . e x c h a n g eo f i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t d i f f e r e n t be s s c ount r iesex pe ri e n c ew i th s u c ha p p ro a c h es houl d ' actively encouraged. tn this regard, Governments the should encourage use of existing meansof inforto mation exchange lclokat eflbctive usesof economic ins t r um ent s .

OF U F/ FN H A N C /N G N D E R S IA N D /N G S U S IA /NA8I - E D E V E LOP ME FC ON OMIC S NI includinstrtrments, in interest economic 8.38 lncreased effort alsorequiresa concerted ing marketmechanisms, development of to improve understanding sustainable by: ecclnomics (a) Encouraging of institutions higher learningto resttrdies sustainable in andstrengthen view thcir cun'icuia cconotni cs: derel oprtrent (b) Encouragingregionaland international economic

71

researchinstitutes organizationsand non-governmental with expertisein this area to provide training sessions and seminarsfor governmentoffrcials; (c) Encouraging includinglarge business industry, and industrial enterprise and transnational orporation with s c s expertisein environmentalmatters,to organizetraining programmesfor the private sectorand other groups.

environmental andeconomic accountins all countries in is proposed.

OBJECTIVES 8.42 The main objectiveis to expandexistingsystems of nationaleconomicaccounts orderto integrateenvironin ment andsocialdimensions theaccounting in framework, includingat leastsatellite systems accounts natural for of resources all memberStates. in The resultingsysterns of integrated environmental and economic accounting (IEEA) to be establishedin all member States at the earliest date should be seenas a complementto, rather than a substitute traditionalnationalaccountingpracfor, ticesfor the foreseeable future.IEEAs would be designed to play an integral part in the national development process. decision-making National accounting agencies shouldwork in closecollaborationwith nationalenvironmental statisticsas well as the geographicand natural resourcedeparlrnents. The definition of economically active could be expandedto include people performing productivebut unpaidtasksin all countries. This would enabletheir contribution to be adequatelymeasured and takeninto accountin decision-making.

MEANS IMPLEMENTAIION OF 8.39 This programme involvesadjustments reorienor tation of policieson the part of Governments.It also involves internationaland regional economic and environmental organizations agencies and with expertise in this area,including transnational corporations.

A/ F/NANC'NG AND COSTEVALUATION 8.40 The Conference secretariathas estimated the average total annualcost (1993-20CI0) implementing of the activitiesof this programme be about$5 million to from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms. Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and have not been reviewedby Governments. Actual costs and financial terms, including any that are non-concessional, will depend upon, int e r a l i a , th e s p e c i fi c s tra te g iesand programmesGovernments decide upon for implementat ion.

ACTIVITIES A/ STRENGTHEN'NG /NTERNAI/ONAI. COO?ERALON 8.43 The Statistical Office of the United Nations Secretariat should: (a) Make available to all member States the methodologiescontainedin the SNAHandbookon Integrated Environmentaland Economic Accountingl (b) In collaboration with other relevantUnited Nations organizations, further develop,test, refine and then standardizethe provisionalconceptsand methodssuchas those proposedby the SNAHandbook,keeping member States informed of the statusof the work throughoutthis process; (c) Coordinate, close cooperation in with other internationalorganizations, trainingof nationalaccountthe ants, environmental statisticians and nationaltechnical staffin smallgroupsfor theestablishment, adaptation and development nationalIEEAs. of 8.44 The Departmentof Economic and Social Development of the U ni ted N ati ons S ecretari at . close in collaborationwith other relevantUnited Nations organizations,should: (a) Support, in all member States,the utilization of sustainable development indicators national in economic and socialplanningand decision-making practices, with a view to ensuringthat IEEAs are usefully integratedin economicdeveloprnent planningat the nationallevel;

D) ESTABLTSHTNG FOR TNTEGRATED SySTEryrS ENVIRON,I,IENTAI AND ECONO,YTrc ACCOUNTING FOR BASIS ACTION 8.41 A first step towards the integrationof sustainability into economicmanagement theestablishment is of bettermeasurement the crucial role of the enviof ronmentas a sourceof naturalcapitaland as a sink for by-productsgenerated during the production of manmade capital and other human activities. As sustainable development encompasses social,economicand environmentaldimensions,it is also important that national accountingprocedures are not restrictedto measuringthe productionof goods and servicesthat are conventionallyremunerated. A common frameworkneedsto be developed wherebythe contributions made by all sectorsand activitiesof society, t hat ar e no t i n c l u d e d i n th e c o n v e n ti o nalnati onal accounts,are included,to the extent consistent with soundtheory and practicability, satelliteaccounts. in Aprogrammeto developnational systems integrated of

72

(b) Promote improved environmentaland economic and socialdatacollection.

SVSIEMS NAflONAI"ACCOUNTING B/ STRENGTHFN'NG 8.45 At thc national level, the programme could be dealing with national adoptedmainly by the agencies stawith environmental in close cooperation accounts, with a view to departments, tisticsand naturalresource makers and analysts decision economic national assisting of nationaleconomicplanning. National inin charge stitutions should play a crucial role not only as the estabbut of depositary the system alsoin its adaptation, and continuoususe. Unpaid productivework lishment work andchild careshouldbe included, suchasdomestic where appropriate,in satellite national accountsand couldbea first step Time-use surveys statistics. economic of in the process developingthesesatelliteaccounts.

agenciesshould considerfinancing the developmentof intersectoral data banks to help ensure that national is on development based precise, planningfor sustainable information andis suitedto national reliableandeffective conditions.

COOPERAilON IECHNICAL E/ STRENGTHEN'NG Office of the United NationsSecreta8.50 The Statistical riat, in close collaboration with relevant United Nations for existing mechanisms should strengthen organizations, technical cooperationamong countries.This should also include exchangeof experiencein ttre establishmentof IEEAs, particularly in connection with the valuation of in and naturalresources standardization data non-marketed collection. The cooperationof businessand industry, inand transnationalcorcluding large industrial enterprises porationswith experiencein valuation of such resources, shouldalsobe sousht.

PROCESS AN C) ESTABL/SH/NG ASSESSMENI MEANS IMPLEMENIATION OF 8.46 At the internationallevel, the StatisticalCommission should assembleand review experienceand advisememberStateson technicaland methodological and relatedto the furtherdevelopment implemenissues tation of IEEAs in memberStates. shouldseekto identify and consider 8.47 Governments to measures correctprice distortionsarisingfrom enviaffectingland,water,energyand ronmentalprogrammes other naturalresources. corporations: shouldencourage 8.48 Governments (a) To provide relevant environmental information creditors, reporting to shareholders, through transparent and consumers the authorities, govemmental employees, public : (b) To developand implenrentmethodsand rules for development. for accounting sustaining AND COSTEVALUATION A/ FTNANC/NG has 8.51 The Conferencesecretariat estimatedthe averof age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe activitiesof this programmeto be about$2 million from the international community on grant or concessional esterms. Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude timates only and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actual costsand financialterms,including any will that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand prograrnmesGovernments decideupon for implementation.

/NSI'IUI'ONS 8/ SIRENGIHEN'NG of 8.52 To ensurethe application IEEAs: (a) Nationalinstitutions developing could countries in be strengthenedto ensure the effective integration of environment and developmentat the planning and levels decision-making ; (b) The Statistical Office shouldprovidethe necessary in technicalsupportto memberStates, closecollaboraby process be established to tion with the assessment the S tati sti cal C ommi ssi on; the S tati sti cal Of f ice should provide appropriatesupport for establishing with relevantUnited Nations' IEEAs, in collaboration agenci es.

AND DATA D/ SIRENGIHENING COII.ECIION /NFORMAIION could considerimplement8.49 NationalCiovernments in enhancemenl datacollectionto set ing the necessary in place national IEEAs with a view to contributing Major pragmaticallyto sound economicmanagement. the effortsshouldbe madeto augment capacityto collect data and informationand to environmental and analyse' it integrate with economicdata.includinggender-disaggregateddata.Efforts should also be made to develop Intemationaldonor accounts. physical environmental

73

c/ ENHANCTNG USEOF THE IN FORMAIION TECHN OLOGY 8.53 Guidelines mechanisms and couldbedeveloped and agreedupon for the adaptationand diffusion of information technologies developingcountries.State-of-theto art datamanagenenttechnologies shouldbe adoptedfor the most efficient and widespreaduse of IEEAs.

capacityto collect, store,organize, assess usedatain and decision-making. Training in all areas related to the establishment IEEAs,andat all levels,will berequired, of especiallyin developingcountries. This shouldinclude technical training of those involved in economic and environmental analysis, datacollectionand nationalaccounting,as well as training decisionmakersto usesuch information in a pragmaticand appropriateway.

D/ STRFNGTHEN'NG NAr/ONAL CApACtTy 8.54 Governments, with the supportof the international community, should strengthen national institutional

74

Section2

Conservotion ond Monogement of Resources for Development

Protection theotmosphere of

INTRODUCTION

A) ADDRESSING UNCERTAINTIES: THE IMPROVING THE BASIS DECISION-Iv1AK|NG; SCIENTIFIC FOR

B) PROMOTTNG SUSTATNABLE DEVELOPMENT

is of 9.1 Protection the atmosphere a broad and multidimensional endeavour involving various sectors of described economic activity. The options and measures for in thepresent chapterarerecommended consideration and implementationby Governments and,asappropriate, other bodiesin their efforts to protectthe atmosphere. discussed that many of the issues 9.2 It is recognized in in this chapterare also addressed suchinternational as agreements the 1985 Vienna Convention for the Protectionof the Ozone Layer, the 1987 Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer as amended, 1992United NationsFrameworkConthe vention on Climate Change and other international, including regional,instruments.In the caseof activthat it ities coveredby suchagreements, is understood containedin this chapterdo not the recommendations which exceed to obligeany Government takemeasures the provisionsof these legal instruments. However, are within the framework of this chapter,Governments free to caffy out additional measureswhich are consistentwith thoselegal instruments. 9.3 It is also recognizedthat activities that may be in undertaken pursuit of the objectivesof this chapter with socialand economicdevelshouldbe coordinated mannerwith a view to avoiding opmentin an integrated the impactson the latter,taking into full account adverse for legitimatepriority needsof developingcountries the of economic growth and the achievement sustained of eradication poverty. is 9.4 In this contextparticularreference also madeto programme areaAof chapter of Agenda2l (Promoting 2 development throughtrade). sustainable 9.5 The presentchapterincludes the following fbur programmeareas:

(i) (ii)

Energy development, efficiency and consumption; Transportation;

(iii) Industrial development; (iv) Tenestrial and marine resource development and land use;

C) PREVENTING OZONE STRATOSPHERIC DEPLETION;

D) TRANSBOUNDARY ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTION.

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) ADDRESSTNG UNCERTATNTIES: THE IfrIPROVING THE SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR DECISION.'VIAKING BASIS ACTION FOR 9.6 Concern about climate change and climate varinew ability,air pollutionandozonedepletion created has demands scientific,economicand socialinformation for in to reduce the remaining uncertainties these fields. Better understanding and prediction of the various properties the atmosphere of the affectedecosysand of with andtheirinteractions tems,aswell ashealthimpacts factors.are needed. socio-economic

OBJECTIVES 9.7 The basic objective of this programmearea is to

77

improve the understanding processes of that influence and are influenced by the Earth's atmosphereon a global, regionaland local scale,including,inter alia, physical, chemical, geological, biological, oceanic, hydrological, economicand socialprocesses; build to capacityand enhance international cooperation; to and improve understanding the economic and social of consequences atmospheric of changes and of mitigation and response measures addressing suchchanges.

B) PROMOTING SUSTA|NABTE DEVETOPfrIENT I ) ENERGY DEVELOPMENT, EFFtCtENCY CONSUMPTTON AND

BASIS ACTION FOR 9.9 Energy is essential economicand social develto opmentandimprovedqualityof life. Much of theworld's energy, however,is currentlyproduced andconsumed in ways that could not be sustained technologywere to if remainconstant if overallquantities and wereto increase substantially. needto controlatmospheric The emissions of greenhouse and other gasesand substances will increasingly need to be based on efficiency in energy production, transmiss di stributionand consumption, i on, and on growing relianceon environmentally soundenergy systems, particularlynew and renewable sources of energy.' All energysources will needto be usedin ways that respect atmosphere, the humanhealthand the environmentas a whole. 9.10 The existingconstraints increasing environto the mentallysoundenergysupplies required pursuingthe for path towards sustainable development, particularly in developingcountries, needto be removed.

ACTIVITIES 9.8 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the cooperation the relevantUnited Nationsbodiesand, of asappropri i ntergo ate, vernmentalandnon-governme tal n organizations, the privatesector, and should: (a) Promote researchrelated to the natural processes affectingand being affectedby the atmosphere, well as asthecritical linkages between sustainable development and atmospheric changes, including impactson human health,ecosystems, economicsectors and society; (b) Ensurea more balanced geographical coverage of the Global Climate ObservingSystemand its components, including the Global AtmosphereWatch, by facilitating inter alia. theestablishment operation and , of additionalsystematic observation stations, and by contributingto thedevelopment, utilizationandaccessibility of thesedatabases; (c) Promotecooperation in: (i) The development early detectionsystems of concerningchanges and fluctuationsin the atmosphere; (ii) The establishment improvement capabilities and of to predictsuchchanges fluctuations and and to assess the resultingenvironmental and socio-economic impacts; (d) Cooperate research developmethodologies in to and identify threshold levels of atmosphericpollutants,as well as atmospheric levelsof greenhouse gas concentrations, would cause that dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate systemand the environment as a whole, and the associated ratesof changethat would not allow ecosystems adaptnaturally; to (e) Promote,and cooperate the building of scienin tific capacities for, the exchange scientificdataand of information, and the facilitation of the participation and trainingof experts and technicalstaff,particularly of developingcountries, the fields of research, in data assembly, collection and assessment, systematic and observation relatedto the atmosphere.

OBJECTIVES 9.11 The basicand ultimateobjectiveof thisprogramme areais to reduceadverseeffectson the atmosphere from the energy sectorby promoting policies or prograffrmes, as appropriate, increase contributionof environto the mentally soundand cost-effective energysystems, particularly new andrenewable ones,throughlesspolluting and more efficientenergyproduction, transmission, distribution and use.This objectiveshouldreflecf the need for equity,adequate energysuppliesand increasing energy consumptionin developingcountries,and should takeinto consideration situations the o{'countries are that highly dependent incomegenerated on from the production, processing export,and./or and consumption fcrssil of fuelsandassociated energy-intensive products and/orthe useof fbssilfuels fbr which countries haveserious difficultiesin switchingto alternatives, the situations and clf countries highly vulnerable adverse to effectsof climate change.

ACTIVITIES 9.12 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the cooperation the relevantUnited Nationsbodies_and, of as appropriate, intergovernmental non-governmental and organizations, and the private sector,should: (a) Cooperate identifying and developingeconomin

78

to soundenergysources icalty viablc, environmentally to energysupplies promotethe availabilityof increased efforts,in particularin development supportsustainable r c r le eloping ou n tri e s : (b) Promotethe development the nationallevel of at energy, methodologies making integrated for appropriate for and economicpolicy decisions sustainenvironment iminter alia, throughenvironmental abledevelopment, pactassessments, (c) Promote the research, transferand development, and technologies pracuseof improvedenergy-efficient in technologies all relevant tices,includingendogenous and giving specialattentionto the rehabilitation sectors, with particularattenof modernization power systems, countries; tion to developing transferand use (d) Promotethe research, development, sound and practicesfor environmentally of technologies energysysincludingnew and renewable energysystems, countries; attention developing to tems.with particular scientific, (e) Promcrte development institutional, of the particularlyin decapacities, planningand management velopingcountries. develop,produceand useincreasto ingiy efficientand lesspolluting forms of energy; (f) Review currentenergysupply mixes to determine soundenergy how the contributionof environmentally systernsas a whole. particularly new and renewable in could be increased an economically energvsystems, efficient manner,taking into accountrespectivecountries' unique social, physical,economicand political where characteristics, examiningand implementing, and to measures overcomeany barriersto their appropriate, and development use; (g) Coordinate energyplansregionallyand subregionand study the feasibility of effially, where applicable, soundenergyfrom cient distributionof environmentally energysources; new and renewable (h) ln accordance develwith nationalsocio-economic and, as appriorities,evaluate opmentand environment pr opr iat e, pr o mo te c o s t-e ffe c ti v ep o l i c i e s or prosocialandeconomic includingadministrative, srarnmes, nrcilsLlres, order to improveenergyefficiency; in (i) Build capacityfor energyplanningand progralnme nranagement energy efficiency, as well as for the in introduction,and promotion of new and devekrprnent. of rcnewahle sources energy; (-i) Promote appropriate energyefficiencyandemission at or stanciiirds recommendations the national level,2 that and use of technologies at airnecl the development impacts the environmentl on mininrize adverse (k) Encourage proeducationand awareness-raising and granrrnes the local. national,subregional regional at efficiency environmentally and concerning energy levels s ener gY v s te m s : s c lund

(l) Establish enhance, appropriate, cooperation in as or with the private sector,labelling programmesfor products to provide decision makers and consumerswith information on opportunitiesfor energyefficiency.

2) TRANSPORTATION BASIS ACTION FOR and positive 9.13 The transportsectorhas an essential and role to play in economicand social development, needswill undoubtedlyincrease. Howtransportation sectoris alsoa sourceof atmosever,sincethe transport pheric emissions, there is need for a review of existing transport systems and for more effective design and systems. management traffic and transport of

OBJECTIVES 9.14 The basic objective of this programmearea is to develop and promote cost-effectivepolicies or programmes, appropriate, limit, reduceor control, as to as and appropriate,harmful emissionsinto the atmosphere other adverseenvironmentaleffectsof the transportsecprioritiesaswell as development tor, taking into account and the specificlocal and nationalcircumstances safety aspects.

ACTIVITIES level,with the co9.15 Govemments the appropriate at operationof the relevantUnited Nationsbodiesand, as appropriate,intergovernmentaland non-governmental should: organizations, the privatesector, and cost-effec(a) Develop and promote,as appropriate, tive, more efficient, less polluting and safer transport systems,particularly integratedrural and urban mass soundroad networks, transit,as well asenvironmentally social, taking into account the needs for sustainable economic and developmentpriorities, particularly in developingcountries; (b) Facilitateat the international, regional,subregional of efficient, to andnationallevelsaccess andtransfer safe, includingresource-efticient, lesspolluting transport and particularlyto the developingcountries, technologies, including the implementationof appropriatetraining programmes; (c) Strengthen, appropriate, their effortsat collectas ing, analysingand exchangingrelevantinformationon the relation betweenenvironmentand transport,with observation'of particularemphasison the systematic database; of emissions and the development a transport (d) In accordance develwith nationalsocio-econornic

79

and, as appriorities,evaluate opmentand environment p o l i ci es or propr opr iat e, p ro m o te c o s t-e ffe c ti v e socialandeconomic grammes, includingadministrative, use of transportation in measures, order to encourage on impacts theatmosphere; modesthatminimizeadverse to mechanisms asappropriate, (e) Developor enhance, and urban and planning strategies integratetransporl with a view to planning strategies, regional settlement impactsof transport; reducingthe environmental (0 Study,within the frameworkof the United Nations the andits regionalcommissiotts, feasibilityof convening and the environment. on regionalconferences transport

DEVELOPMENT 3) TNDUSTRTAL FOR BASIS ACTION of for 9.16 Industryis essential theproduction goodsand servicesand is a major sourceof employmentand infor as come,andindustrialdevelopment suchis essential economicgrowth. At the sametime, industryis a major industrial and materialsuser and consequently resource and into the atmosphere the activitiesresultin emissions environmentas a whole. Protectionof the atmosphere and resource inter ctlia,by increasing can be enhanced. materialsefficiency in industry,installingor improving p o l l u t i o n a b a t e m e n tt e c h n o l o g i e sa n d r e p l a c i n g (CFCs) and other ozone-depleting chlorofluorocarbons as with appropriatesubstitutes, well as by substances and by-products. reducingwastes

its (b) Encourageindustry to increaseand strengthen and products processes to capacity developtechnologies, that are safe,are lesspolluting and make more efficient includingenergy; and useof all resources materials, and transferof such (c) Cooperate the development in of and industrialtechncllogies in the development capacparticularly ities to manageand use suchtechnologies, countries; with respectto developing impact (d) f)evelop,improveandapply environmental industrial development; to assessments fostersustainable (e) Promoteefficient use of materialsand resources, taking into accountthe life cyclesof products,in order benefitsof to realize the economicand environmental more efficiently and producing fewer using resources wastes; (0 Supportthe promotion of less polluting and more taking in and efficienttechnologies processes industries, potentialsfor enaccessible into accountarea-specific of sources energy, ergy.particularlysafeand renewable with a view to limiting industrialpollution and adverse impactson the atmosphere.

DEVELOPMENT RESOURCE AND 4) TERRESTRIALMARINE IAND USE AND FOR BASIS ACTION policieswill both affectand and resoutce 9.19 Land-use by changesin the atmosphere.Certainpracbe affected and and marineresources land ticesrelatedto terrestrial qas sinks and increase decreasegreenhouse use can emissions.The lossof biologicaldiversity atmospheric to may reduce the resilienceof ecosystems climatic vari ati ons and ai r pol l uti on damage.A tmospher ic biodiveron can changes haveimportantimpacts forests, as sity, and treshwaterand marine ecosystems, well as Policy objecs, on economicactivitie suchasagriculture. may often divergeandwill need in diffbrentsectors tives manner. to be handledin an intesrated

OBJECTIVES 9.17 The basic objective of this programmearea is to in industrialdevelopment waysthatminimize encourage inter alia, rncteasinrpactson the atmosphereby, adverse ing efficiency in the production and consumptionby and materials,by improving industry of all resources and by developing technologies pollution-abatement soundtechnologies. new,environmentally

OBJECTIVES ACTIVITIES at 9.18 Governments the appropriatelevel, with the United Nationsbodiesand. of cooperation the relevant and ate. asappropri intergovernmental non-governmental should: and organizations. the privatesector. devel(a) In accordance with national socio-economic and.as appriorities, evaluate opmentand enl'ironment pr opr iat e, p ro m o te c o s t-e ffe c ti v ep o l i ci cs or prosocialandeconomic grammes, includingadministrative, in measures, order to minirnizeindustrialpollution and impactson the atntosphere; adverse areaare: of 9.20 The objectives this programme utiliza(a) To promoteterrestrial and marineresource to: practices contribute that liind-use tion andappropriate (i) The reductionof atmospheric pollution and/orthe limitation of anthrcpogenicemissionsof greenhouse gases: (ii) The conservation, and management ensurstainable of appropriate, all sinks for greenu,hcre hancement. gases: house (iii) The conservation use and sustainable of natural resources: and environntental

80

(b) To ensurethat actual and potential atmospheric and ecologicalimand their socio-economic changes pacts are fully taken into account in planning and implementing policies and programmes concerning terrestrial and marine resourcesutilization and landuse practices.

ACTIVITIES 9.21 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the of cooperation the relevantUnited Nationsbodiesand, and intergovefflmental non-governmental asappropriate, should: and organizations, the privatesector, ( a) I n ac c o rd a n c ew i th n a ti o n a l s o c i o -e conomi c and environmentpriorities,evaluateand, development as appr opr ia te ,p ro mo te c o s t-e ffe c ti v ep o li ci es or pr ogr am m es ,i n c l u d i n g a d mi n i s tra ti v e ,s oci al and environmenin economicmeasures, order to encourage practices: tally soundland-use that will dis(b) Implementpoliciesand programmes and polluting land-usepractices courageinappropriate and promote sustainableutilization of terrestrial and marineresources; (c) Considerpromoting the developmentand use of terrestrial and marine resourcesand land-usepractices and changes that will be more resilientto atmospheric fluctuations; and management cooperation (d) Promotesustainable of as and enhancement, appropriate, in the conservation sinks and reservoirs of greenhousegases,including as forestsand oceans, well as other terrestrial, biomass, coastaland marineecosystems. OZONE DEPEnON cl PRTENT|NG STRATOSPHERIC FOR BASIS ACTION 9.22 Analysisof recentscientific datahasconfirmed the growing concernabout the continuingdepletionof the chlorineand ozonelayerby reactive Earth'sstratospheric CFCs.halonsand relatedsubbrominefrom man-made stances. While the 1985 Vienna Convention for the Protectionof the Ozone Layer and the 1987 Montreal that Protocolon Substances Depletethe OzoneLayer (as amendedin London in 1990) were important stepsin internationalaction, the total chlorine loading of the has substances continwith ozone-depleting atmosphere with throughcompliance uedto rise.This canbe changed identifiedwithin the Protocol. the control measures

(a) To realize the objectivesdefined in the Vienna Convention and the Montreal Protocol and its 1990 in includingthe consideration thoseinstruamendments, of needs andconditions the developmentsof the special and the availabilityto them of alternatives ing countries that to substances depletethe ozonelayer.Technologies and naturalproductsthat reducedemandfor thesesubshouldbe encouraged; stances (b) To develop strategies aimed at mitigating the adthe verseeffectsof ultravioletradiationreaching Earth's of surfaceas a consequence depletionand modification ozone layer. of the stratospheric

ACTIVITIES 9.24 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the of cooperation the relevantUnited Nationsbodiesand, and i asappropriate,ntergovernmental non-governmental and orgamzations, the private sector,should: (a) Ratify, accept or approve the Montreal Protocol topay their contributions and its 1990 amendments; wards the Vienna/Montrealtrust funds and the interim multilateralozone fund promptly; and contribute,as a p p r o p r i a t e ,t o w a r d s o n g o i n g e f f o r t s u n d e r t h e Montreal Protocoland its implementingmechanisms, for including making availablesubstitutes CFCs and and substances facilitating the other ozone-depleting to technologies developtransferof the corresponding ing countriesin order to enablethem to comply with the obligationsof the Protocol; (b) Support further expansionof the Global Ozone by System facilitating- throughbilateraland Observing and multilateralfunding - the establishment operation especially stations, observation of additionalsystematic hemisphere; in the tropicalbelt in the southern of assessment (c) Participate activelyin thecontinttous scientificinformationand the healthand environmental implieffects,as well as of the technological/economic ozone depletion;and consider cations of stratospheric further actionsthat prove warrantedand feasibleon the basisof theseassessments, (d) Basedon the results research the effectsof the on of additionalultravioletradiationreachingthe Earth'ssurin remedialmeasures face. considertaking appropriate and marineenvithe fields of humanhealth.agriculture ronment; sub(e) R epl aceC FC s and other ozone-depl eting s t a n c e s ,c o n s i s t e n tw i t h t h e M o n t r e a l P r o t o c o l , t r e c o g n i z i n g h a t a r e p l a c e m e n t ' s u i t a b i l i t ys h o u l d on hol be eval uated i sti cal l yand not si mpl y base d it s or contri buti onto sol vi ng one atmospheri c en vir onmental probl em.

OBJECTIVES areaare: of 9.23 The objectives this progralrune

8l

D) TRANSBOUNDARY ATMOSPHERTC POUUnON BASIS ACTION FOR 9.25 Transboundary pollutionhasadverse air healthimpactson humansand other detrimental environmental impacts, suchas treeandforestlossand the acidification of waterbodies. The geographical distribution atmosof phericpollutionmonitoring networks uneven, is with the developingcountriesseverelyunderrepresented. The lackof reliable emissions dataoutside Europe andNorth Americais a majorconstraint measuring to transboundary air pollution.Thereis also insufficient information on the environmental healtheffectsof air pollution and in otherregions. 9.26 The 1979Conventionon Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution,and its protocols, haveestablished a regionalregimein Europeand North America,based on a review process and cooperativeprogrammesfor systematic observation air pollution,assessment of and inforrnationexchange. Theseprogrammes need to be continuedanclenhanced, and their experience needsto be shared with other resionsof the world.

OBJECTIVES 9.27 The objectives this programme of areaare: (a) To developand apply pollution control and measurementtechnologies stationary for and mobile sources of air pollution and to developalternative environmentally soundtechnologies; (b) To observeand assess systematically sources the and extentof transboundary pollution resultingfrom air naturalprocesses anthropogenic and activities: (c) To strengthen capabilities, the particularlyof developingcountries, measure, to modelandassess fate the andimpacts transboundary of airpollution,through ,inter alia, exchange information and training of experts; of (d) To develop capabilitiesto assess and mitigate transboundary pollutionresultingfrom industrialand air nuclear accidents, natural disasters and the deliberate and/oraccidental destruction naturalresources; of (e) To encouragethe establishment new and the of i mplenientati of existingregionalagreements limir on for ing transboundary pollution; air (0 To develop strategies aiming at the reduction of emissions causingtransboundary pollution and their air effects.

organizations, private sectorand financialinstituthe ti ons,shoul d: (a) Establish and/orstrengthen regionalagreements for transboundary pollution control and cooperate, air particularlywith developing in countries, the areas sysof tematicobservation assessment, and modellingand the development exchange emission and of controltechnologiesfor mobileand stationary sources air pollution. of In this context,greater emphasis shouldbe put on addressing extent,causes, the healthand socio-economic impactsof ultraviolet radiation. acidification the enof vironmentandphoto-oxidantdamage forests other to and vegetation; (b) Establish strengthen or early warningsystems and responsemechanisms for transboundary pollution air resultingfrom industrialaccidents and naturaldisasters andthedeliberate and/oraccidental destruction natural of resources; (c) Facilitatetraining opportunitiesand exchangeof data, information and national and/or regional experiences: (d) Cooperateon regional, multilateral and bilateral bases assess to transboundary pollution,andelaborate air and implementprogrammes identifyingspecificactions to reduce atmosphericemissionsand to addresstheir environmental, economic,socialand othereffects.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF

9.29 Existing legalinstruments havecreated institutional structures which relate to the purposes theseinstruof ments,and relevantwork shouldprimarily continuein those contexts. Governmentsshould continue to cooperate andenhance theircooperation theregionaland at global levels, including cooperationwithin the United Nationssystem.In this contextreference madeto the is recommendations chapter38 of Agenda21 (Internain tionalinstitutional arrangements).

ACTIVITIES 9.28 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the cooperation the relevantUnited Nationsbodiesand, of asappropri i ntergovernmental non-govemmental ate, and

9.30 Countries, cooperation in with the relevantUnited Nations bodies, internationaldonors and non-governmental organizations, should mobilize technicaland financial resourcesand facilitate technical cooperation with developingcountriesto reinforce their technical, managerial,planning and administrativecapacitiesto promotesustainable development and the protectionof the atmosphere, all relevantsectors. in

82

DEVELOPMENT HUMAN RESOURCE programmes con9.3i Educationand awareness-raising development and cerning the promotion of sustainable need to be introduced the protection of the atmosphere at and strengthened the local, nationaland intemational sectors. levelsin all relevant

AND COSI EVALUATION FINANC/At has the secretariat estimated aver9.32 The Conference the of age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing activities under programmearea A to be about $640 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.These are indicative and order-ofonly andhavenotbeenreviewedby estimates magnitude including terms, Actualcosts andfinancial Governments. will any that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand prograffrnes Governmentsdecideupon for implementation. 9.33 The Conference secretariathas estimated the of averagetotal annualcost (1993-2000) implementing

the acti vi ti es of the four-part programme u nder prograrnme area B to be about $20 billion from the terms. international communityon grantor concessional These are indicative and order-of-magnitudeestimates Actual reviewed Governments. by only andhavenot been costs and financial terms, including any that are nonwill dependupon, inter alia, the specific concessional, decideuponfor Governments strategies programmes and implementation. has 9.34 The Conferencesecretariat estimatedthe averof age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe activitiesunderprogrammeareaC to be in the rangeof $160 million to $590 million on grant or concessional estiterms.Theseareindicativeand order-of-magnitude by mates only andhavenot beenreviewed Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,including any that are will depend upon, inter alia, the non-concessional, decide Governments and specific strategies programmes uponfor implementation. secretariat includedcostingfor has 9.35 The Conference and pilot programmesunder paratechnical assistance graphs 9.32 and9.33.

solor ore energysources solorthermol, ond renewoble geothermol, oceon,onimol photovoltoic, wind, hydro,biomoss, of to ond humonpower,os referred in the reports the Committee of ond Utilizotion New ond Renewoble on the Development (see for preporedspecificolly the Conference of Sources Energy, A/CONF.| 51/PC/ 1 I 9 ond A/ AC.218/1992/ 5l,. 2Thi, promotedby or includesstondords recommendotions integrotion orgonizotions. regionol economic

'New

83

10

to opprooch theplonning Integroted of ond monogement londresources

INTRODUCTION

l0.l Land is normallydefinedas a physicalentity in terms of its topographyand spatial nature; a broader the resources: soils, natural view alsoincludes integrative These waterandbiotathatthe landcomprises. minerals, which provide in are components organized ecosystems of to essential the maintenance the a varietyof services systemsand the productive integrity of lif-e-support are Landresources usedin of capacity the environntent. of ways that take advantage all thesecharacteristics. it while the naturalresources Land is a finite resource, supportscan vary over time and accordingto managehuman requireand uses. Expanding ment conditions everincreasing are activities placing ments economic and creatingcompetitionand on pressures land resources, use conflictsandresultingin suboptimal of both landand are If, land resources. in the future,humanrequirements to it manner, is now essential to be met in a sustainable conflictsand move towardsmore effective resolvethese Inteand efficientuseof landand its naturalresources. planning and tnanagement gratedphysical and land-use this.By examway to achieve practical is an eminently it manner, makesit ining all usesof land in an integrated possible minimizeconflicts,to makethemostefficient to and to link socialand economicdevelopment trade-offs thus protectionand enhancement, with environmental developof helpingto achievethe objectives sustainable ment. The essenceof the integratedapproachfinds in expression the coordinationof the sectoralplanning with the various activitiesconcerned and management of aspects land useand land resources. 10.2 The presentchapterconsistsof one programme approachto the planningand manarea,the integrated which dealswith the reorganof agement landresources, of somestrengthening the izationand, wherenecessary,

includingexistingpolicies, structure, decision-making procedures methodsthat and planningand management to placean integrated approach can assistin putting in deal with the operational It land resources. does not which are nlore of aspects planning and management, prowith underthe relevantsectoral dealt appropriately programme dealswith an important grammes.Sincethe for of aspect decision-making sustainable cross-sectoral to a numberof other it development, is closelyrelated programmes that deal with that issuedirectly.

P R O G R A M MA R E A E
TO APPROACH THE PLANNING A) TNTEGRATED AND MANAGEMENTOF LAND RESOURCES FOR BASIS ACTION are 10.3 Land resources usedfor a variety of purposes with oneanother;therewhich interactandmay compete fore. it is desirableto plan and manageall usesin an manner.Integrationshouldtake placeat two integrated on levels,considering, the one hand,all environmental, social and economic factors (including, for example, on andsocialsectors the of impacts the variouseconomic and,on the other,all and naturalresources) environment (i.e.. together components and resource environmental air, water, biota, land and geological and natural refac consideration il itatesappropriate s). source Integrated choices and trade-offs, thus maximizing sustainable to productivity and use. Opportunities aliocateland to or differentusesarisein the courseof major settlement fashionas lands projects in a sequential or development becomeavailableon the market.This in turn provides to opportunities supporttraditionalpatternsof sustain-

84

or able land management to assignprotectedstatusfor di of conservation biological versityor criticalecological services. franteworksand pro10.4 A number of techniques, apcan be combinedto facilitatean integrated cesses supportfor the planproach. They arethe indispensable process, the national and local at ning and management andfor the developor levelsandecosystem arealevels, plansof action. Many of itselements are mentof specific already in place but need to be more widely applied, This programme further developedand strengthened. primarily with providinga fratnework areais concerned the decision-making; contentand that will coordinate not functionsaretherefore includedherebut operational are dealt with in the relevantsectoralprogrammesof 2 Aeenda 1.

OBJECTIVES 10.5 The broadobjectiveis to facilitateallocationof land to the uses that provide the greatestsustainable to and andto promotethe transition a sustainable benefits of management land resources.In doing so, integrated social and economicissuesshould be environmental, t ak en int o c on s i d e ra ti o n .P ro te c te da re a s , pri vate peopleand their property rights,the rightsof indigenous and the ecoand otherlocal communities communities nomic role of women in agricultureand rural develclpshoulcl takeninto account. be ment, amongotherissues, are In more specificterms,the objectives as follows: (a) To review and developpoliciesto supportthe best management of' possibleuseof land and the sustainable by landresources, not laterthan 19961 (b) To improveand strengthen planning. management for by and evaluationsystems land and land resources, not later than 2000; (c) To strengthen n'rechinstitutionsand soordinating 1998; by forlandandlandresources, notlaterthan anisms (d) To createmechanisms facilitatethe active into partivolvement and participationof all concerned, and peopleat the local level, in cularly communities by on decision-making land use and management, not later than 1996.

shouldensure supthat policiesand policy instruments port the bestpossibleland use and sustainable management of land resources.Particularattentionshould be given to the role of agricultural land. To do this, they should: (a) Develop integrated goal-setting and policy formulation at the national,regionaland local levelsthattakes into account environmental,social, demographicand economic issues; (b) Develop policies that encourage land sustainable useand management land resources takethe land of and resourcebase,demographic issuesand the interestsof into account: the localpopulation (c) Review the regulatoryframework,includinglaws, in regulationsand enforcementprocedures, order to identify improvementsneededto support sustainable land useand management land resources restrict and of the transferof productivearableland to other uses; (d) Apply economicinstruments developinstituand the to tional mechanisms incentives encourage best and possibleland use and sustainable management land of resources; (e) Encourage principleof delegating policy-makthe ing to the lowestlevel of public authorityconsistent with effectiveactionand a locally driven approach.

> Sfrengfhening sysfems planning ond monogemenl 10.7 Governmentsat the appropnatelevel, with the support of regional and internationalorganizations, revise planningand should review and, if appropriate, management systems facilitateanintegrated to approach. To do this, they should: (a) Adopt planning and managementsystemsthat facilitate the integrationof environmental components using suchasair, water,landandothernaturalresources, landscape ecologicalplanning (LANDEP) or other approaches that focus on, for example,an ecosystem a or watershed; (b) Adopt strategic frameworksthat allow the integration of both developmental and environmentalgoals; exampl esof these framew orksi ncl ude sustainable l i vel i hood systems,rural devel opment,the Wor ld ConservationStrategy/Caringfor the Earth, primary environmental care (PEC) and others; (c) Establisha general fiamework for land-useand physical planning within which specialized and more plans(e.g.,for protected areas, detailedsectoral agriculture,forests, humansettlements, rural development) can be developed; establish intersectoral consultative bodigs projectplanningand implementation; to streamline (d) Strengthenmanagementsystemsfor land and naturalresources includingappropriate traditional and by

ACTIVITIES EL D IV A ) M A NA G E M EN I-R AT EAC T ITIE S > Developing policies ond policy instruments supportive level. with the at 10.6 Governments the appropriate support of regional and internationalorganizations.

85

practices include of methods; examples these indigenous pastoralism,Hema reserves(traditional Islamic land agriculture; reserves) and terraced (e) Examineand,if necessary, innovativeand establish funding; to flexible approaches programme (f) Compile detailed land capability inventoriesto management land allocation, guidesustainable resources and useat the nationaland local levels. > Promotingopplicotionof oppropriote toolsfor plonning ond monogement 10.8 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the support of national and international organizations, further development should promotethe improvement, of application planningandmanagement andwidespread aptools that facilitate an integratedand sustainable To proachto land and resources. do this, they should: (a) Adopt improvedsystems the interpretation for and of analysis dataon landuseandlandresources; integrated (b) Systematically for and applytechniques procedures the assessing environmental,social and economicimpacts,risks,costsand benefitsof specificactions; (c) Analyse and test methods to include land and values national in functions andlandresources ecosystem accounts.

Bl DATA AND 'NFORMAT/ON > StrengfA ening informotionsystems level,in collabora10. I Governments I attheappropriate and the privatesectorand tion with nationalinstitutions organizations, with thesupport regionalandinternational of fclr should strengthen information systemsnecessauy the futurechanges landuse on and makingdecisions evaluating should needsof bothmenandwomen andmanagement.The To be takeninto account. do this,they should: (a) Strengthen observation and information, systematic systemsfor environmental,economic and assessment social data related to land resourcesat the global, regional,nationaland local levelsandfor land capability patterns; and land-use and management (b) Strengthen coordinationbetweenexistingsectorai and strengthen data systems land and land resources on data; nationalcapacityto gatherand assess (c) Provide the appropriatetechnical information on necessary informeddecision-making land useand for form to all sectorsof the management an accessible in population, and women; especially local communities to (d) Support low-cost, community-managed systems information on the status for the collection of comparable including and processes change of land resources, of soils,forestcover,wildlife, climateand otherelements.

> Roising oworeness level,in collaboraat 10.9 Governments theappropriate tion with national institutionsand interestgroups and organizawith the supportof regionaland international campaignsto tions, should launch awareness-raising alert and educatepeopleconcerningthe importanceof management the and land and land resources integrated role that individualsandsocialgroupscanplay in it. This by should be accompanied provision of the meansto adopt improved practicesfor land use and sustainable management. AND REG/ONAT C) /NIERNAI/ONAI. AND COOPERAIION COORD/NATION > Estoblishing regionol mochinery 10.12Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the support of regional and internationalorganizations, and of shouldstrengthen regionalcooperation exchange informationon land resources. do this, they should: To (a) Study and design regional policies to support prograrnmes land-use for and physicalplanning; (b) Promotethe development land-use of andphysical plansin the countries the region; of (c) Designinformationsystems promotetraining; and (d) Exchange,through networks and other appropriate means,informationon experiences with the processand resultsof integrated and participatoryplanningand management land resources the nationaland local levels. at of

> Promoting public porticipotion level,in collaboraat 10.10Governments the appropriate and with the supportof tion with national organizations should establish regionaland intemationalorganizations, projectsand service s ve s. innovati procedure programmes, of and the thatfacilitate encourage activeparticipation those affected in the decision-makingand implementation process, especially groupsthat havehithertooften been of peopleand excluded,such as women, youth, indigenous and theircommunities otherlocalcommunities.

MEANSOF IMPLEMENTATION A/ FIN,ANC/NGAND COST EVALUATTON 10.13 The Conference secretariathas estimated the aver-

86

of the age total annualcost ( 1993-2000) implementing to of activities thisprogramme beabout$50million fiom the international communityon grant or concessional estiterms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude reviewedby Governments. mates only andhavenot been Actual costsand financialterms,includingany that are will depend upon, inter alia, the non-concessional, decide andprogrammes Governments specificstrategies upon for implementation.

MFANS AND TECHNOIOGICAT B) SC'ENI/F/C

promotethe development the humanresources are of that required to plan and manage land and land resources sustainably. This shouldbe done by providingincentives fbr local initiatives local management and by enhancing capacity,particularly of women, through: (a) Emphasizing and interdisciplinary integrative approaches the curricula schools in and technical, vocaof tionaland university training; (b) Trainingall relevantsectors to concerned dealwith in land resources an integrated mannerl and sustainable (c) Trainingcommunities, services, relevant extension groupsand non-govemmental organcommunity-based izationson land management and approaches techniques appliedsuccessfully elsewhere.

> Enhoncing scientific understonding the of lond resources syslem D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG level,in collabora10. Governments theappropriate l4 at with thc'national and international scientificcomtion nationaland munity and with the supportof appropriate international organizations, shouldpromoteand support research,tailored to local environments, the land on system and the implicationsfor sustainable resources practices. and Priority should development management be given,as appropriate, to: (a) Assessment landpotential of capability ecosysand functions; tem (b) Ecosystemic interactions interactions between and land resources social. and economic and environmental systems; (c) Developingindicatorsof sustainability land for economic, resources, taking into accountenvironmental, social,demographic, culturaland political factors. > StrengtA ng technologicol eni copacity 10.17Governments the appropriate at level, in cooperation with other Governments and with the supportof relevant internationalorganizations, should promote focusedand concerted effortsfor education and training and the transfer of techniquesand technologiesthat planning supportthe various aspects the sustainable of and management process the national, state/provincial at and local levels. > Strength ng in stituti eni ons 10.18Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the support of appropriate international organizations, should: (a) Reviewand,whereappropriate, revisethemandates of institutionsthat deal with land and naturalresources to include explicitly the interdisciplinary integrationof environmental, socialand economicissues; (b) Strengthen coordinatingmechanisms betweeninstitutions that deal with land-use andresources management to facilitate integrationof sectoralconcemsand strategies; (c) Strengthen local decision-making capacityand improve coordination with higherlevels.

> Testing throughpilot proixts resqrch findings level,in collabora10. 5 Governments theappropriate l at scientificcomtion with the nationaland international munity and with the supportof the relevantintemational should researchand test, through pilot organizations, projects, applicabilityof improvedapproaches the the to planningand management land resources, integrated of includingtechnical, socialand institutional factors.

D EV C) HUM A NRE S O U R C E EL OP M EN T > Enhoncing education ond troining 10.16Govemments the appropriate at level,in collaboralocalauthorities. tion with theappropriate non-govemmental orsanizations and internationalinstitutions.should

8'7

ll

ng Comboti deforestotion

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E

OBJECTIVES of 11.2 The objectives this programmeareaare as foll ow s: (a) To strengthen to nationalinstitutions, forest-related of enhance scopeand effectiveness activitiesrelated the develand to the management, conservation sustainable opmentof forests,and to effectivelyensurethe sustainable utilization and production of forests' goods and servicesin both the developedand the developing the countries; the year 2000,to strengthen capacities by to of and capabilities nationalinstitutions enablethemto knowledge for the protectionand acquirethe necessary conservation forests,as well as to expandtheir scope of of enhancethe effectiveness and, correspondingly, programmes activities to and related themanagement and development forests; of (b) To strengthen and improve human, technicaland professional and capabilities skills, as well as expertise to effectively formulateand implementpolicies,plans, on conprogrammes. research projects management, and developmentof all types of servationand sustainable resources, and forest lands inforestsand forest-based from which forestbenefits clusive,as well as otherareas canbe derived.

AND THEMUITIPIE ROTES A) SUSTAINING OF FUNCTIONSOF AtL TYPES FORESTS, LANDS AND WOODLANDS FOREST

FOR BASIS ACTION i 1l. l T he re a re ma j o r w e a k n e s s e sn the pol i ci es, mechanismsadopted to support and methods and economic,socialand developthe multiple ecological, forestsand forest lands. Many cultural roles of trees, countriesare confrontedwith the effectsof developed pollution and fire damageon their forests.More air are and approaches often required effectivemeasures the nationallevel to improve attdharmonizepolicy at formulation, planning and programming;legislative patterns: pardevelopment and measures instruments; women and of the generalpublic, especially ticipation people;involvementof youth; rolesof the indigenous non-governmental private sector,local organizations, of development techand organizations cooperatives; skills and quality of human nical and multidisciplinary forestry extensionand public education;reresources: structures capabilityand support;administrative search coordination, includingintersectcral mechanisms. and and incentivesysand decentralization responsibility and publicrelaof and dissemination information tems; importantto eitsure rational a tions. This is especially and to holisticapproach the sustainable environmenand of tally sounddevelopment forests.The needfor securing the multiple roles of forestsand l'orestlandsthrough has adequate and appropriateinstitutional strengthening been repeatedlyemphasizedin rrrany of the reports, of and decisions recommendations FAO,ITTO, UNEP the World Bank.IUCN andotherorsanizations.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI.REI ACTIVITIES ATED I 1.3 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the organand supportof regional,subregional international institutional enhance izations,should,where necessary, capabilityto promotethe multiple rolesandfunctionsof all types of forests and vegetationinclusive of other resources supporting in relatedlands and forest-based and environmentalconseryasustainable development This should done,whereverpossible be tion in all sectors.

88

and necessary, strengtheningand/or modifying the by and and arrangements, by improving existing structures cooperationand coordination of their respectiveroles. Someof the major activitiesin this regardare asfollows: (a) Rationalizing and strengtheningadministrative str uc t ur es and m e c h a n i s ms i,n c l u d i n g p ro v i s i on of levels of staff and allocationof responsibiladequate provision ities, decentralization decision-making, of of infrastructuralfacilities and equipment,intersectoral coordination and an effective system of comm unic at ion; (b) Promotingparticipationof the privatesector,labour local communities, indigenunions,rural cooperatives, ous people,youth,women,usergroupsand non-governactivities, and acmental organizationsin forest-related within the cessto information and training prograrnmes national context; (c) Reviewing and,if necessary, revising measures and programmesrelevant to all types of forestsand vegetation, inclusive of other related lands and forest-based resources, and relating them to other land usesand development policies and legislation; and promoting adequate legislation and other measuresas a basis against uncontrolledconversionto other types of land uses; (d) Developing and implementing plans and programmes,including definition of national and, if necessary, regional and subregionalgoals, programmesand criteria for their implementation and subsequentimprovement; (e) Establishing,developing and sustainingan effective system of forest extensionand public educationto appreciationand management ensurebetter awareness, of forestswith regardto the multiple roles and valuesof trees.forestsand forest lands; (0 Establishing and/or strengtheninginstitutions for forest educationand training, as well as forestry induscadreof trained and skilled tries, to developan adequate staff at the professional, technicaland vocational levels, with emphasis youth and women; on (g) Establishingand strengthening capabilitiesfor reof search relatedto the different aspects forestsandforest products,for example,on the sustainable management of forests,on biodiversity,on the effectsof airbornepolluby tants, on traditional uses of forest resources local populationsand indigenouspeople, and on improving market returns and other non-market values from the management forests. of

subregional and bilateral agencies, where relevant, should develop adequatedatabases and baselineinformation necessaryfor planning and programme evaluation. Some of the more specific activities include the following: (a) Collecting, compiling and regularly updating and distributing information on land classificationand land use, including data on forest cover, areas suitable for afforestation, endangeredspecies, ecological values, traditional/indigenous land- usevalues,biomassandproand ductivity, correlatingdemographic,socio-economic forest resources information at the micro- and macrolevels, and undertaking periodic analyses of forest prograrnmes; (b) Establishinglinkages with other data systemsand sourcesrelevantto supportingforest management, conservationand development,while further developingor informareinforcing existingsystems suchasgeographic tion systems, appropriate; as (c) Creatingmechanisms ensurepublic access this to to information.

AND REG'ONAI. cJ tNrERN,AilON,At AND COORD'NAI'ON COOPERAI'ON I1.5 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel and institutions should cooperatein the provision of expertiseand other supportand the promotion of international research efforts, in particularwith a view to enhancingtransferof technologyand specializedtraining and ensuringaccess to experiencesand researchresults. There is need for strengthening coordinationand improving the performlatedi nternational organizations anceof exi sting forest-re in providing technicalcooperationand supportto interested countries for the management,conservationand sustainable developmentof forests.

MEANS IMPTEMENTATION OF A' F'NANC|ALAND COSI EVALUATTON I L6 The Conferencesecretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe of activities of this programme to be about $2.5 billion, including about$860 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicestimates only andhavenot ative andorder-of-magnitude been reviewed by Governments. Actual costsand finanwill cial terms, including any that are non-concessional, depend upon, inter alia, the specific sftategies and programmes Govemments decideupon for implementation.

AND 'NFORMAI'ON B) DATA ll.4 Governments at the appropriate level, with the assistanceand cooperation of international, regional,

89

MEANS AND TECHNOLOGICAL 8' SC'FNilF'C and ll.7 The planning,research trainingactivitiesspecified will form the scientific and technologicalmeansfor implementingthe programme,as well as its output. The by systems,methodologyand know-how generated the will help improve efficiency. Some of the programme specificstepsinvolved shouldinclude: (a) Analysingachievements, and socialisconstraints programme formulation and imsues for supporting plementation; (b) Analysing researchproblems and researchneeds, researchplanning and implementation of specific researchprojects; (c) Assessing skill develneedsfor humanresources, opmentand training; (d) Developing, testing and applying appropriate in methodologies/approaches implementing forest programmesand plans.

Bl ENHANCING rHE PROTECnON,SUSTAINABLE AND CONSERVATIONOF AtL ,UIANAGEMENT AND THEGREENINGOF DEGRADED FORESTIS, REHABITITATION, AREAS,THROUGH FOR,EST AND REFORESTATION AFFORESTATION, OI}IER REHABIUTATIVETEANS

FOR BASIS ACNON I I .10 Forestsworldwide havebeenand arebeing threatto and enedby uncontrolleddegradation conversion other humanneeds; increasing influencedby typesoflanduses, agricultural expansion;and environmentallyharmful including, for example, lack of ademismanagement, quate forest-fire control and anti-poaching measures, commerciallogging, overgrazingand ununsustainable regulated browsing, harmful effects of airborne pollutaken by tants,economicincentivesand other measures other sectorsof the economy.The impacts of loss and of degradation forestsare in the form of soil erosion,loss of biological diversity, damage to wildlife habitats and deteriorationof the quality areas, degradation watershed of of life and reductionof the optionsfor development. situation I I .l I The present callsfor urgentandconsistent action for conserving and sustaining forest resources. The greening of suitable areas, in all its component activities,is an effective way of increasingpublic awarenessand participationin protectingand managingforest of resources. shouldincludetheconsideration landuse It and tenurepatternsand local needsand should spell out and clarify the specific objectivesof the different types of greeningactivities.

c)

DEVELOPMENT HUMANRESOURCE

of I1.8 The specificcomponents foresteducationand training will effectively contribute to human resource development.Theseinclude: (a) Launching of graduateand post-graduate degree, programmes; and research specialization (b) Strengthening pre-service, in-serviceand exof at tensionservicetraining programmes the technical a n d v o c a t i o n a ll e v e l s , i n c l u d i n g t r a i n i n g o f t r ainer s / te a c h e rsa n d d e v e l o p i n g c u rr i cul um and , teachingmaterials/methods; (c) Specialtraining for staff of national forest-related organizations in aspectssuch as project formulation, and periodicalevaluations. evaluation

OBJECTIVES areaare as folI l.l2 The objectives this programme of lows: (a) To maintainexistingforeststhroughconservation and sustainand expandareasunder and management, forest and tree cover, in appropriate areas of both dethroughtheconseryavelopedanddeveloping countries, tion of natural forests,protection, forest rehabilitation, regeneration,afforestation,reforestationand tree plantor the ing, with a view to maintaining restoring ecological balance and expanding the contribution of forests to human needsand welfare; (b) To prepareand implement,as appropriate, national forestryactionprogrammes and/orplansfor the management, conservation and sustainabledevelopment of forests. These programmesand/or plans should be i ntegrated w i th other l and uses. In thi s cent ext , country-drivennational forestry action programmes and/or plans under the Tropical Forestry Action Programmearecurrentlybeing implementedin more

D) CAPACTTY-BUlLD'NG ll.9 This prograffrmearea is specifically concerned with capacity-buildingin the forest sector and all progranrme contributeto thatend. In activitiesspecified full capacities, advantage buildingnew andstrengthened and experience. shouldbe takenof the existingsystems

90

than 80 countries, with the supportof the intemational community; (c) To ensuresustainable management and, whereappropriate, conservationof existing and future forest resources; (d) To maintainandincrease ecological, the biological, climatic, socio-cultural and economiccontributionsof forestresources; (e) To facilitate and supportthe effective implementation of the non-legally binding authoritative statement of principlesfor a globalconsensus the management, on conservation sustainable and development all typesof of forests,adoptedby the United Nations Conferenceon Environmentand Development, and on the basisof the implementation theseprinciplesto considerthe need of for andthefeasibilityof all kindsof appropriate intemationally agreedarrangements promoteinternational to cooperation on forestmanagement, conservation sustainable and development all typesof fbrests, of includingafforestation, reforestation and rehabi itation. I

ACTIVITIES A) M A NA G E M EN I-R E IAT E D IV IT IES ACT

11.13 Governments shouldrecognize importance the of categorizing torests,within the frameworkof long-term forest conservation and management policies,into different forest types and setting up sustainable units in every region/watershed with a view to securing conthe servation forests.Governments, of with theparticipation of the private sector,non-governrnental organizations, local community groups,indigenouspeople,women, local government unitsandthe public at large,shouldact to maintain and expand the existing vegetativecover whereverecologically,socially and economicallyfeasible, through technicalcooperationand other forms of support.Major activitiesto be considered include: (a) Ensuringthe sustainable management all forest of ecosystems and woodlands,through improved proper planning. management and timely implementationof silviculturaloperations, includinginventoryandrelevant research, well as rehabilitationof degradednatural as foreststo restoreproductivity and environmental congiving particularattention humanneeds tributions, to for economicand ecologicalservices, wood-based energy, agroforestry, non-timber forest productsand services, watershed soil protection, and wildlife management, and forestgeneticresources, (b) Establishing, expandingand managing,as appropriate to eachnationalcontext,protectedareasystems, which include systemsof conservation units for their

environmental, socialand spiritualfunctionsandvalues, including conservation forestsin representative of ecological systems and landscapes, primary old-growth forests, conservation management wildlife, nomiand of nationof World HeritageSitesunderthe World Heritage Convention, appropriate, as conservation genetic of resources,involvrngin sint andex situmeasures, undertaking and supportivemeasures ensuresustainable to utilization of biologicalresources conservation biologicaldiverand of sity andthetraditionalforesthabitats indigenous of people, forestdwellersand local communities; (c) Undertaking and promoting buffer and transition zone management; (d) Carryingout revegetation appropnate in mountain areas,highlands,bare lands,degraded farm lands,arid and semi-arid lands and coastal areasfor combating desertification preventing and erosionproblemsand for other protective functions and national programmesfor rehabilitationof degradedlands,including community forestry, social forestry, agroforestry and silvipasture, while also taking into account the role of forests as nationalcarbonreservoirs and sinks; (e) Developing industrial and non-industrialplanted forestsin orderto supportand promotenationalecologically soundafforestaticln reforestation/regeneration and programmesin suitable sites, including upgrading of existingplantedforests both industrialandnon-indusof trial and commercialpurposeto increase their contribution to human needsand to offset pressure primary on old-growthforests.Measures shouldbetakento promote and provideintermediate yields and to improve the rate of returns on investmentsin planted forests,through interplanting and underplanting valuablecrops; (0 Developing/strengtheningnationaland/ormaster a planfor plantedforests a priority,indicatin inter alia, as g, the location,scopeand species, and specifyingareasof existing plantedforestsrequiring rehabilitation, taking into account economic the aspect futureplanted for forest development, giving emphasis nativespecies; to (g) Increasing protection forests the of from pollutants, fire, pestsand diseases other human-made and interferencessuchasforestpoaching, mining, unmitigated shifting cultivation and the uncontrolledintroductionof exotic plant and animal species, well as developing as and accelerating research a betterunderstanding for of problemsrelating to fhe management and regeneration of all types of forests;and strengthening and/or establishingappropnate measures assess to and/orcheckinterbordermovementof plantsand relatedmaterials; (h) Stimulatingdevelopmenr urbanforestryfor the of greeningof urban, peri-urbanand rural human settle: ments for amenity,recreation and productionpurposes and for protectingtreesand groves;

9l

for (i) Launchingor improving opportunities participation of all people,including youth, women, indigenous peopleand local communities,in the formulation,development and implementation of forest-relatedprograrnmesand other activities,taking due accountof the local needsand cultural values; 0) Limiting and aiming to halt destructive shifting cultivation by addressingthe underlying social and ecologicalcauses.

AND INFORMAIION B) DATA shouldinvolvecolactivities I l.l4 Management-related lection, compilation and analysisof data/information, including baselinesurveys.Someof the specificactivities includethe following: (a) Carrying out surveys and developing and implementing land-useplans for appropriategreening/plantrehabilitation ing/afforestation/reforestation/forest ; (b) Consolidatingand updating land-useand forest information for management inventory and management planningof wood andnon-woodresources, andland-use of includingdataon shiftingcultivationandotheragents forest destruction; and resources (c) Consolidating informationon genetic as including surveysand studies, relatedbiotechnology, necessary; on (d) Carrying out surveysand research local/indigenous knowledge of trees and forests and their uses to of improvethe planningandimplementation sustainable forest management; (e) Compiling andanalysingresearch dataon species/site usedin plantedforestsand assessing of interaction species the potentialimpact on forestsof climatic change,as well as effects of forests on climate, and initiating in-depth studieson the carboncycle relatingto different foresttypes to provide scientific advice and technicalsupport; (0 Establishinglinkages with other data/information and management useof that relateto sustainable sources to forestsand improving access data and information; to (g) Developingand intensifyingresearch improve knowledge and understandingof problems and natural and rehabilitamechanismsrelated to the management on includingresearch faunaand its intertion of forests, relation with forests; and (h) Consolidating informationon forestconditions and emissions. immissions site-influencing

importance and impact. The international and regional community should provide technical cooperationand other meansfor this progratnmearea. Specific activities of an intemationalnature,in supportof national efforts, shouldincludethe following: (a) Increasing actionsto reducepollutants cooperative impacts affecting the health of trees and transboundary ecosysof and forestsand conservation representative tems; on (b) Coordinatingregional and subregionalresearch air carbon sequestration, pollution and other environmentalissues; information/experi(c) Documentingand exchanging ence for the benefit of countries with similar problems and prospects; and improving the (d) Strengthening coordination the organizations capacity and ability of intergovernmental such as FAO, ITTO, UNEP and UNESCO to provide and conservation technicalsupportfor the management, for includingsupport of development forests, sustainable the negotiation of the InternationalTropical Timber Agreementof 1983,due in 1992193.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSI EVALUATION A) FINANCIAT the has secretariat estimated averI 1.16The Conference age total annualcost (1993-2000)of implementingthe activities of this programmeto be about $10 billion, comincludingabout$3.7 billion from the international terms.Theseare indicmunity on grantor concessional only and have estimates ative and order-of-magnitude Actual costs and not been reviewed by Governments. financialterms,includingany thatarenon-concessional, and will dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies prograrnmes decideupon for implementaGovernments tion.

MEANS AND TECHNOT.OGtCAL 8/ SC/ENilFtC transfer/develplanning,research, I l.l7 Data analysis, activities form an opment of technologyand/or training integralpart of the programmeactivities,providing the scientific and technologicalmeansof implementation. should: Nationalinstitutions (a) Develop feasibility studiesand operationalplanning relatedto major forestactivities; (b) Developandapplyenvironmentally tee sound hnollisted; ogy relevantto the variousactivities and (c) Increase actionrelatedto geneticimprovement

AND REG'ONAI. C/ /NIERNAI/ONAI. AND COORD'NAI'ON ERAIION COOP is areas ataskof global of I L l5 The greening appropriate

92

applicationof biotechnologyfor improving productivity and tolerance environmental to stress and including,for example, tree breeding,seedtechnology,seedprocurement networks,germ-plasmbanks,in vitro techniques, and in situ and ex situ conservation.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENT I l.l8 Essential meansfor effectivelyimplementingthe activitiesincludetrainingand development appropriof ate skills,working facilitiesand conditions, public motivation and awareness. Specificactivitiesinclude: (a) Providing specialized training in planning,management,environmental conservation, biotechnology etc.; (b) Establishing demonstration areas serve models to as and trainingfacilities; (c) Supporting local organizations, corrmunities, nongovernmental organizations privateland owners,in and particular women, youth, farmers and indigenous people/shifting cultivators, through extension and provisionof inputsand training.

products, increasedcontribution to foreign exchange earnings,and increasedreturn on investment.Forest resources, beingrenewable, be sustainably can managed in a manner that is comphtible with environmental conservation. implications theharvesting forest The of of resources the othervaluesof theforestshouldbe taken for fully into considerationin the developmentof forest policies.It is alsopossible increase valueof forests to the throughnon-damaging usessuchas eco-tourism and the managedsupply of geneticmaterials. Concerted action is needed order to increase in people'sperception the of value of forests and of the benefits they provide. The survival of forests and their continued contribution to humanwelfaredepend a greatextenton succeeding to in this endeavour.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING ll.l9 National Governments, the private sector,local organizations/communities, indigenouspeople, labour unions and non-governmental organizations shoulddevelopcapacities, duly supporled relevant by international organrzatrons, implement the prograrune activities. to Suchcapacities shouldbe developed strengthened and in harmony with the programmeactivities. Capacitybuilding activities include policy and legal f r am ewor k s , n a ti o n a l i n s ti tu ti o n b u i l d i n g , human resourcedevelopment, developmentof researchand technology,developmentof infrastructure, enhancement of public awareness etc.

c) PROMOnNG EFFTqENT UTITZATTON AND ASSESSMENT RECOVER TO THE FUtt VATUATIONOF I}IE GOODS AND SERVICES PROVIDED FORESTS, BY FOREST TANDSAND WOODLANDS

OBJECTIVES 11.21The objectives this prograrnme of areaare as follows: (a) To improverecognition the social,economicand of ecologicalvaluesof trees,forestsand forest lands.including the consequences the damagecausedby the of lack of forests;to promotemethodologies with a view to incorporating social,economicand ecologicalvaluesof trees,forestsand forest lands into the nationaleconomic accounting systems; and to ensure their sustainable management a way that is consistent in with land use, environmental considerations development and needs; (b) To promote efficient, rational and sustainable utilization of all types of forests and vegetationinclusiveof otherrelatedlandsand forest-based resources,throughthe development efficientforest-based of processingindustries, value-adding secondaryprocessingand tradein forestproducts, basedon sustainably managedforest resources and in accordance with plans that integrateall wood and non-woodvaluesof forests; (c) To promote more efficient and sustainableuse of forestsand treesfor fuelwood and energysupplies; (d) To promote more comprehensiveuse and economic contributions of forest areas by incorporating eco-tourisminto forestmanagement planning. and

FOR BASIS ACTION 11.20 The vastpotentialof forestsand forestlandsas a major resource development not yet fully realized. for is The improved management forestscan increasethe of productionof goodsand services and, in particular, the yield of wood and non-wood forest products, thus helping to generate additionalemployment and income, additional value through processingand trade of forest

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R EDACTIV ES ELAT ITI 11.22Governments, with the support theprivatesector, of scientific institutions,indigenouspeople, non-gove{nmental organizations, cooperatives and entrepreneurs, whereappropriate, shouldundertake following activthe ities, properly coordinatedat the national level, with

93

from itttetrtational cooperatioll financialand techtrical organizittions: supplystudies. (a) Canying out detailedinvestruc-nt il a d e r n a n dh a r n r o n i z a t i o n n d e t t v i t ' o n n t e n t an r p a c t trees attdtilrestutiliand to analysis rationalize intprove incentive appropriate andestablish zationandto develop arincludingtenurial nleasures. and schemes regulatory itrvesttnent clirnate to rangements. providea favourable and promotebetterltlanageluent; and sound criteria guide(b) Fonrrulating scientitically and conservation sustainable linesfor the tnanagenlent. of developrnent all typesof forests: sound methodsand (c) Improving envit'onntentally which are ecologically practices fbrest harvesting. of pl and rn and e c o n o m i c a l lv i a b l e , c l u d i n g anni ng y s ound storage and use and management improved of equipment, maximizethe to and, if possible, transportation reduce, useof, wasteand improvethe valueof both wood and non-woodfbrestproducts: of (d) Promoting betteruseanddevelopment natuthe ral forestsand woodlands,including planted fbrests, and possible, wherever throughappropriate environmenviableactivities, including andeconomically tally sound practices management otherplantand of and silvicultural animalspecies; process(e) Promoting the andsupporting downstream valueandother products increase to retained ing of forest benefits: (0 Promoting/popularizing non-wood forest products apartfrom fuelwood and other forms of forestresources, fodder, (e.g.,medicinal plants. dyes,fibres,gums.resins, programmes and through rattan, bamboo) culturalproducts, forestactivities,includingresocialforestry/participatory and on search their processing uses; (g) Developing, expanding and/orimprovingtheeffecprocessing industand tiveness efficiencyof forest-based ries, both wood and non-woodbased.involving such and technology improved conversion aspects efficient as residues: and utilization harvesting process of sustainable pr om ot in g u n d e ru ti l i z e ds p e c i e si n n a tural forests al and demonstration commerci ization; through research, for impromoting value-addingsecondaryprocessing proved employment,income and retained value; and promoting/improvingrnarketsfor, and trade in, forest pol pr oduc t sth ro u g h re l e v a n ti n s ti tu ti o n s , i ci es and facilities; (h) Promoting and supportingthe management of i wildlif e, a s w e l l a s e c o -to u ri s m.n c l u di ng farmi ng, and culthe and supporting husbandry and encouraging for tivation of wild species, improvedrural incomeand employment,ensuringeconomic and social benefits without harmful ecologicalimpacts; (i) Promoting appropriatesmall-scaleforest-based

and lor enterprises suppo(ing rural developttrcnt ltlcal entrepreneurship; lor rtrethodtlltlgies a cotnand 0l Itttproving prottroting the prehensive assessment will capture l'ull valueo1' that that w forests, i th a vi ew to i ncl udi ng val uei n th et nar kelof basedpricing structure wood and non-woodbased products; of (k) Harmonizingsustainable development forests and tradepoliciesthat developnrent needs with national sounduseof forest with theecologically arecompatible for the resources, using,fbr example, ITTO Guidelines Management TropicalForests; of Sustainable national (l) Developing,adoptingand strengthening and the programmes assessing economic for accounting valueof forests. non-economic

AND /NFORMAT/ON B) DATA activities and management-related l 1.23The objectives presuppose data and informationanalysis,feasibility informarketsurveys studies, and review of technological include: mation. Someof therelevant activities (a) Undertakinganalysisof supply and demandfor efficiencyin their to forestproducts and services, ensure necessary; wherever utilization, (b) Carrying out investment analysisand feasibility for impacIassessment, studies, includingenvironmental proce ses ssingenterpri ; establi shingfbrest-based (c) Conductingresearch the properties currently of on for underutilizedspecies their promotion and commercialization; (d) Supportingmarket surveysof forest productsfor tradepromotionand intelligence; (e) Facilitating provisionof adequate technological the informationas a measure promotebetterutilizationof to forestresources.

AND c) /NTERNAT/ONAL REG/ONAI AND COORD/NAIION COOPERAIION of organ11.24Cooperation assistance international and communityin technology izationsand the international and promotion of fair terms of transfer,specialization and/or trade,without resortingto unilateralrestrictions bans on forest products contrary to GATT and other and the application of multilateral trade agreements, will help marketmechanisms incentives and appropriate global environmental concerns. Strengthin addressing of ening the coordinationand performance existing internationalorganizations, particular FAO, UNIDO, in UNESCO, UNEP,ITC/UNCTAD/GATT, ITTO andILO,

94

f br pr ov idingt e c h n i c aa s s i s ta n c e d g u i d a n c en thi s l an i programme areais anclther specific activity.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/AI. AND COSTEVALUATION 11. 25 he Confe re n c e e c re ta ri ah a s e s ti mated T s t the average total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of the activities this programme be about$ l8 billion, of to including about $880million from theinternationalcommunityon grantor concessional terms. These indicaare tive andorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewed Govemments. by Actualcosts finanand cial terms,including any that arenon-concessional, will depend upon,in te r a l i a , th e s p e c i fi c s tra te gi es and p r o g r a m m e sG o v e r n m e n t sd e c i d e u p o n f o r i m plementation.

courses,ncl udi ng l ow shpsandstudy i fel i tours, updat e to s ki l l sa n d t e c h n o l o g i c a lo w - h o w n di m p r o v e r o d u c kn p a tivity; (c) Strengthening capability for research, planning, economicanalysis,periodicalevaluations and evaluation,relevant improved to utilization forest of resources; (d) Promoting efficiency and capability privateand of cooperative sectors throughprovisionof facilitiesand i ncenti ves.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING I l . 2 t l C a p a c i t y - b u i l d i n gn c l u d i n gs t r e n g t h e n i no f i, g existing capacity, implicitin theprogramme is activities. Improvi ngadmi ni strati on, i cy and pl ans,nat ional pol i nsti tuti ons, humanresources, research and sci e nt if ic capabilities,technologydevelopment, and penodical evaluations evaluation important and are components of capacity-building,

8/ sC/ENIIFIC AND IECHNOI.OGICAL MEANS 11. 26 he pr og ra m m e c ti v i ti e s re s u p p o sm a j or reT p e a searchefforts and studies, well as improvementof as t ec hnology T hi s s h o u l d b e c o o rd i n a te d y n ati onal . b G ov er nm ent s , c o l l a b o ra ti o n i th a n d s u p p o rted in w by r elev antint er na ti o n ao rg a n i z a ti o n a n d i n s ti tuti ons. l s Someof the specificcomponents include: (a) Researchon propertiesof wood and non-wood products andtheir uses, promoteimprovedutilization; to (b) Development and application environmentally of soundandless-poll ng technology forestutilization; uti for (c) Models and techniquesof outlook analysis and development planning; (d) Scientific investigations the development on and utilizationof non-timberforestproducts; (e) Appropriatemethodologies assess value of to the forestsin a comprehensive manner. Dl ESTABUSHTNG AND/OR STRENGTHENTNG CAPACITIES FORTHEPIANNING, ASSESSMENT AND SYSTEMATIC OBSERVATIONS FORESTS OF AND RETATED PROGRAA/IftIES, PROJECTS AND ACTIVITIES, INCLUDINGCOMMERCIAT TRADE AND PROCESSES

BASIS ACTION FOR l l .29 Assessment systematic and observations essenare tial components long-termplanning,for evaluating of effects, quantitatively qualitatively, for rectifying and and inadequacies. This mechanism, however, one of the is oftenneglected aspects forestresources, of management, conservation development. manycases, and In eventhe basicinformationrelatedto the areaand type of forests, exi sti ngpotenti al andvol umeof harvests l acki ng. I n i many developing countries, thereis a lack of structures and mechanisms carry out thesefunctions. Thereis to an urgent need to rectify this situation for a better understanding therole andimportance forests of of and to realisticallyplan for their effective conservation, management, regenerati on, and sustai nabl e velde opment.

C ) HUM A N S O U R C E VE L O P M EN I RE DE 11.27The success and effectiveness the programme of area depend on the availability of skilled personnel. Specialized trainingis an importantfactorin this regard. New emphasisshould be given to the incorporation of women. Human resourcedevelopment prografflme for implementation,in quantitativeand qualitativeterms, shouldinclude: (a) Developingrequiredspecialized skills to implement the programme,including establishing special trainingfacilitiesat all levels; ( b ) I n t r o d u c i n g / s t r e n g t h e n i nrg f r e s h e rt r a i n i n g e

OBJECTIVES I L30 The objectives this programme of areaare as foll ow s: (a) To strengthen establishsystemsfor the assessor ment and systematic observations forestsand forest of

95

the impacts of prolands with a view to assessing projects activitieson thequalityandextent and grarunes, and land availablefor afforestation, of forestresources, in the land tenure,and to integrate systems a continuing while ensuring and process research in-depthanalysis, of for and improvements planning modifications necessary shouldbe given Specificemphasis anddecision-making. of to the participation rural peoplein theseprocesses; planners, decisionmakers (b) To provide economists, updated with soundandadequate and local communities informationon forestsand forestland resources.

( e ) E s t a b l i s h i n gn e c e s s a r yi n t e r s e c t o r a la n d programme linkages, including improved accessto information,in order to supporta holistic approachto planningand programming.

AND /NFORMAT/ON B) DATA 11.32Reliable data and information are vital to this programme area. National Governments,in collaborawith relevantinternationalorgantion, where necessary. undertaketo improve izations,should, as appropriate, dataand informationcontinuouslyand to ensureits exare change.Major activitiesto be considered asfollows: existing (a) Collecting,consolidating and exchanging information and establishing baseline information on relevantto this programmearea; aspects (b) Harmonizing the methodologiesfor programmes accuinvolving dataandinformationactivitiesto ensure racy and consistency; (c) Undertakingspecialsurveyson, for example,land action; capabilityand suitabilityfor afforestation (d) Enhancingresearch supportand improvingaccess results. of to and exchange research

ACTIVITIES tES ACT|V|T ELATED A) MANAGEMFNT-R I l.3l Governmentsand institutions,in collaboration, with appropriateinternationalagencies wherenecessary, universitiesand non-govemmental and organizations, and should undertakeassessments sysorganizations, of tematic observations forestsand relatedprogrammes improvement. with andprocesses a view to theircontinuous and This shouldbe linked to relatedactivitiesof research possible, built uponexisting be and, management wherever are: Major activitiesto be considered systems. observations (a) Assessing carryingout systematic and and qualitativesituationand changes of the quantitative includendowments, of forestcoverandforestresources of land useand updates its status, ing land classification. nationallevel,and linking this activity, at the appropriate with planning as a basisfor policy and as appropriate, programmeformulation; (b) Establishing oband nationalassessment systematic servation systems and evaluation of programmesand standards, of processes, includingestablishment defrnitions, norrnsand intercalibrationmethods,and the capability for initiating correctiveactionsaswell asimproving theformuand projects; lation and implementationof programmes (c) Making estimates impactsof activitiesaffecting of and conservationproposals,in forestry developments goals, terms of key variables such as developmental of benefitsand costs,contributions foreststo other secconditionsand tors, community welfare,environmental biological diversity and their impacts at the local, rethe to gionaland globallevels,whereappropriate, assess of and changingtechnological financialneeds countries; (d) Developingnationalsystems forestresource asof research and includingnecessary and sessment valuation, the which accountfor, wherepossible, full dataanalysis, range of wood and non-wood forest productsand services, and incorporatingresultsin plans and strategies and of in and.wherefeasible, nationalsystems accounts planning;

AND c/ TNIERNAT/ONAI REG/ONAI AND COORD/NAI/ON COOPERAIION communityshouldextendto the 11.33The international necessary technicaland financoncerned Governments includarea, this for cial support implementing programme of ing consideration the following activities: (a) Establishing conceptual frameworkandformulating a criteria, norrns and definitions for systematic acceptable of and observations assessment forestresources; (b) Establishing and strengtheningnational institufor forest assessment tional coordinationmechanisms activities; observation and systematic (c) Strengtheningexisting regional and global networks for the exchange relevantinformation; of (d) Strengthening capacityand ability and improvthe ing the performanceof existing international organizations, such as the ConsultativeGroup on International Agricultural Research(CGIAR), FAO, ITTO, UNEP, and UNESCO and UNIDO, to providetechnicalsupport guidancein this programmearea.

MEANSOF IMPLEMENTATION A/ FINAN CIAL AND COSI EVALUATION I 1.34 The Conference secretariathas estimated the aver-

96

age total annual cost ( 1993-2000)of implementing the activitiesof this programmeto be about $750 million, including about$230million from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicaonly andhavenot tive andorder-of-magnitude estimates beenreviewedby Govemments.Actual costsandfinanwill cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategies and progfturrmes Governments decideuponfor implementation. I1.35 Accelerating development consists implementof ing the management-related and data/information activities cited above. Activitiesrelatedto global environmental issuesare those that will contributeto global information for assessing/evaluating/addressing environmentalissueson a world-wide basis.Strengthening the capacityof international institutions consistsof enhancingthe technicalstaffand the executingcapacityof severalinternationalorganizationsin order to meet the requirements countries. of

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 11.38The programmeactivities foreseethe need and include provision for human resourcedevelopment in (e.g.,the useof remote-sensing, termsof specialization mappingand statistical modelling),training,technology transfer,fellowships and field demonstrations.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING 11.39National Governments, collaboration in with appropriate international organizationsand institutions, shoulddevelopthe necessary capacityfor implementing this prograrune area.This should be harmonized with capacity-building other programme for areas. Capacitybuilding should cover such aspects policies,public as admi ni strati on,nati onal -l evel i nsti tuti ons, hum an resource skill development, and research capability, technology development,information systems,programme evaluation. intersectoralcoordination and international cooperation.

8/ SC/ENI/F/C AND TECHNOT.OG\CAL MEANS 11.36Assessment systematic and observation activities involve major research efforts,statistical modellingand innovation.Thesehave been internalized technological into the management-related in activities.The activities tum will improve the technological and scientificcontent of assessment periodical evaluations. Some of the and specificscientificand technological components included undertheseactivitiesare: (a) Developing technical, ecological and economic methodsand modelsrelatedto periodicalevaluations and evaluation; (b) Developingdata systems, dataprocessing and statisticalmodelling; (c) Remotesensing and groundsurveys; (d) Developinggeographic informationsystems; (e) Assessing improving technology. and I 1.37 These to be linkedandharmonized with similar are activitiesandcomponents the otherprogramme in areas.

E/ FUND/NG /NTERNAnONAI OF AND REG/ONA COOPERAIION L I I .40 The secretariat theConference estimated of has the averagetotal annualcost (1993-2000)of implementing the activities this programme be about$750million, of to includingabout$530million from theinternational community on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicative andorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, will dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies proand grammes Governments decideuponfor implementation.

97

'lt) I z-

frogile ecosystems: Monoging ond desertificotion drought Comboting

INTRODUCTION

are important ecosystems, l2.l Fragile ecosystems Fragileecosystems and resources. with uniquefeatures include desefts,semi-aridlands, mountains,wetlands, small islandsand certain coastalareas. Most of these naare ecosystems regionalin scope,as they transcend land resource tional boundaries.This chapteraddresses issuesin deserts,as well as arid, semi-arid and dry is mountaindevelopment sub-humidareas.Sustainable in addressed chapterl3; small islandsand coastalareas in are discussed chapter17. in is 12.2 Desertification land degradation arid, semiarid and dry sub-humid areas resulting from various factors, including climatic variations and human activities. Desertificationaffectsabout one sixth of the world's population,70 per centof all drylands,amountand one quarterof the total ing to 3.6 billion hectares, land area of the world. The most obvious impact of poverty,is the in desertification, additionto widespread of of degradation 3.3 billion hectares the total areaof with 73 rangeland, constituting per centof the rangeland a low potentialfor humanand animalcarryingcapacity; on declinein soil fertility and soil structure about47 per cent of the dryland areasconstituting marginal rainfed cropland; and the degradationof inigated cropland, with a high to amounting 30 per centof the drylandareas potential. populationdensityand agricultural shouldbe 12.3 The priority in combatingdesertification for of the implementation preventivemeasures landsthat or are not yet degraded, which are only slightly degraded. areasshouldnot be negdegraded However,the severely and lected. In combatingdesertification drought,the parnaticipation of local communities,rural organizations, and organizations non-governmental tional Governments, is andregionalorganizations essential. intemational

12.4 The following programlne areasare included in this chapter: (a) Strengthening knowledgebaseand developing the for information and monitoring systems regionsproneto desertification drought,includingthe economicand and of socialaspects theseecosystems; (b) Combating land degradation through, inter alia, i ntensi fied soil conservation. afforestationand reforestation activities; (c) Developingand sfrengttrening integrated development of programmes theeradication povertyandpromotionof for proneto desertification; in livelihoodsystems areas altemative (d) Developing comprehensive anti-desertification programmes and integratingthem into nationaldevelopplanning; ment plansand nationalenvironmental (e) Developingcomprehensive drought preparedness affangeincludingself-help and droughrrelief schemes, ments, for drought-prone areas and designing programmesto cope with environmentalrefugees; (0 Encouragingand promoting popular participation focusingon desertification education, andenvironmental of control and management the effectsof drought.

PROG AMM AREAS R E

BASE THE Al STRENGTHENING KNOWTEDGE AND DEVELOPING INFORMATIONAND FOR REGIONSPRONE MONITORING SYSTEMS AND TO DESERTIFICATION DROUGH' INCTUDING ASPECTS OF THEECONOMIC AND SOCIAT THESE ECOSYSTETAS FOR BASIS ACTION of 12.5 The global assessments the statusand rate of by desertification conducted theUnitedNationsEnviron-

98

(UNEP) rn 1977,1984 and 1991have mentProgramme revealedinsufficient basic knowledge of desertification observation world-widesystematic Adequate processes. systemsare helpful for the developmentand implemenThe tation of effective anti-desertificationprograrnmes. capacity of existing international,regional and national institutions, particularly in developing countries, to generateand exchangerelevant information is limited. An integrated and coordinated information and systematic observationsystem basedon appropriatetechnational local and global,regional, nologyandembracing the dynamics of levels is essentialfor understanding It and desertification droughtprocesses. is alsoimportant to measures dealwith desertifiadequate for developing concation and droughtand improving socio-economic ditions.

datasothat ecologicalchangecan analyseenvironmental be monitored and environmentalinformation obtained on a continuingbasisat the nationallevel.

AND TNFORMAnON B) DATA 12.8 Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Review and study the means for measuring the of economicand socialconsequences deserecological, tification and land degradationand introducethe results of these studies internationally into desertificationand practices; assessment land degradation (b) Review and study the interactions between the impactsof climate, droughtand desertisocio-economic fication and utilize the resultsof thesestudiesto secure action. concrete l2.g Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Supportthe integrateddatacollection and research work of programmes related to desertification and drought problems; (b) Supportnational,regional and global programmes networkscarfor integrateddatacollection and research of out assessment soil and land degradation; rying (c) Strengthennational and regional meteorological and hydrologicalnetworks and monitoring systemsto collectionof basicinfbrmation andcomensureadequate munication among national, regional and international centres.

OBJECTIVES 12.6 The objectivesof this programmeareaare: and/or strengthening (a) To promotethe establishment of national environmental information coordination that will act as focal points within Governments centres standfor sectoralministriesand provide the necessary and also to ensurethat ardizationand back-upservices; national environmentalinformation systemson desertification and drought are linked together through a netlevels; regionaland interregional work at subregional, obser(b) To strengthen regionalandglobal systematic vation networks linked to the developmentof national systemsfor the observationof land degradationand causedboth by climate fluctuationsand desertification for by humanimpact,andto identify priority areas action; (c) To establisha permanentsystemat both national and international levels for monitoring desertification with the aim of improving living and land degradation conditionsin the affectedareas.

AND RFG/ONAI C) /NIERNATIONAL AND COORD/NAT/ON COOPERAIION 12.10Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Strengthen regional programmesand international Inter-StateCommitcooperation,suchas the Permanent tee on Drought Control in the Sahel(CILSS),the IntergovernmentalAuthority for Drought and Development Coordina(IGADD), the Southern African Development (SADCC),theArab MaghrebUnion and tionConference other regional organizations,as well as such organizations as the Saharaand SahelObservatory; deserti(b) Establishand/or develop a comprehensive and fication,landdegradation humanconditiondatabase component that incorporatesboth physical and socioThis shouldbe basedon existing economicparameters.

ACTIVITIES IT ACTIV IES ELATED A) MANAGFMENI.R 12.1 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organshould: izations. informa(a) Establishand/orstrengthenenvironmental level; at tion systems the national and local as(b) Strengthen national,state/provincial between and ensurecooperation/networking sessment informationand monitoringsysexistingenvironmental tems, such as Earthwatch and the Saharaand Sahel Observatory; (c) Strengthen capacityof nationalinstitutionsto the

99

and, where necessary, additionalfacilities, such as those of Earthwatchand other information systems internaof tional, regionaland nationalinstitutionsstrengthened for this purpose; (c) Determine benchmarks and define indicators of progressthat facilitate the work of local and regional organizationsin tracking progressin the fight for antidesertification. Particular attention should be paid to indicatorsof local participation.

skills of peopleengaged monitoringand assessing in the issueof desertification drousht. and

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 12.14 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations working on the issue of desertificationand drought,should: (a) Strengthennational and local institutions by providing adequate staffequipment financeforassessins and desertification; (b) Promotethe involvementof the local population, panicularly women and youth, in the collection and utilizationof environmental informationthroueheducation and awareness-buildine.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A' F'NANCTNG AND COSTEVALUATTON 12.11The Conferencesecretariathas estimatedthe average total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of theactivities thisprogramme be about$350million, of to includingabout$175million fromthe international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and havenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsandfinancial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, will depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

B) COTVIBAT|NG LAND DEGRADATTON THROUGH, ,NTER ALTA,INTENSIFIED SOII CONSERVANON, AFFORESTATION AND REFORESTATION ACTIVITIES BASIS ACTION FOR 12.15Desertification affects about 3.6 billion hectares,which is about70 per cent of the total areaof the world's drylandsor nearly one quarter of the global land area.In combatingdesertification rangeland, on rainfed cropland and irrigated land, preventive measures should be launchedin areas which arenot yet affectedor are only slightly affectedby desertification; correctivemeasures should be implementedto sustain the productivity of moderately desertifiedland; and rehabilitative measuresshould be taken to recover severely very severely or desertified drylands. 12.16An increasingvegetationcover would promote andstabilizethehydrological balance thedrylandareas in and maintainland quality and land productivity.Protection of not yet degraded land, applicationof corrective measures and rehabilitationof moderateand severely degraded drylands,including areas affectedby sanddune movements, throughthe introduction environmentally of sound, soci al l y acceptabl e, r and econom ically fai feasibleland-use systems will enhance land-carrying the capacityand maintenance biotic resources fragile of in ecosystems.

B/ SC'ENilFtC AND TECHNOLOG\CAL MEANS 12.12Governments the appropriatelevel, with the at supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations working on the issue of desertificationand drought,should: (a) Undertake and update existing inventories of naturalresources, suchas energy, water,soil, minerals and plant and animal access food, as well as other to resources, suchas housing,employment, health,educationanddemographic distributionin time and space; (b) Develop integrated information systems envifor ronmental monitoring, accountingand impact assessment; (c) Cooperate with internationalbodiesto facilitatethe acquisitionand developmentof appropriatetechnology for monitoring and combating drought and desertification.

c ) HUM A N ES O U R C E VE L O P M EN T R DE 12.13Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations working on the issue of desertificationand drought,shoulddevelopthe technicaland professional

OBJECTIVES 12.17The objectives this programme of areaare: (a) As regardsareasnot yet affected or only slightly affected by desertification, to ensure appropriate management existing natural formations(including of

r 00

forests) for the conservationof biodiversity, watershed protection, of andagriculsustainability their production tural development,and other purposes,with the full participation indigenous people; of (b) To rehabilitatemoderately to severely desertified drylands for productive utilization and sustain their development productivity for agropastoraVagroforestry through,inter alia, soil and waterconservation; (c) To increase vegetation cover and supportmanthe in agement biotic resources regionsaffectedor prone of to desertificationand drought, notably through suchacstry, comstation,agrofore tivities as afforestation/refore retentionschemes; munity forestryand vegetation (d) To improve management forest resources, inof cluding woodfuel,and to reducewoodfuelconsumption and enthroughmore efficient utilization,conseryation hancement, developmentand use of other sourcesof includingalternative sources energy. of energy,

resources, including rangeland, meetboth the needsof to rural populations and conservationpurposes,basedon innovativeor adapted indigenous technologies; (0 Promotein situ protectionand conservation speof cial ecologicalareas throughlegislationand othermeans while ensurfor the purposeof combatingdesertification ing the protectionof biodiversity; (g) Promote and encourageinvestment in forestry developmentin drylandsthrough variousincentives,including legislativemeasures; (h) Promote the development and use of sourcesof pressure ligneous energywhich will lessen on resources, including alternative sourcesof energy and improved stoves.

B) DATA AND TNFORMAT/ON 12.19Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Develop land-use modelsbasedon local practices for the improvementof such practices,with a focus on preventing land degradation. The models should give a better understanding the variety of natural and humanof induced factors that may contribute to desertification. Models shouldincorporatethe interactionof both new and traditionalpracticesto preventland degradation reflect and the resilience the whole ecological of and socialsystem; (b) Develop, test and introduce, with due regard to environmental security considerations, drought-resistant, fast-growingand productiveplant species appropriate to the environment the resionsconcerned. of

ACTIVITIES ELATED IVIT ACT IES A) MANAGEMENI-R level,andwith the at 12.18Governments the appropriate supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Implement urgent direct preventivemeasuresin drylandsthat are vulnerablebut not yet affected,or only (i) drylands, introducing improved by slightlydesertified policiesandpractices moresustainable for land land-use productivity;(ii) appropriate, sound and environmentally economicallyfeasibleagriculturaland pastoraltechnoof logies;and (iii) improvedmanagement soil and water resources; (b) Carry out accelerated afforestationand reforestafast-growing tion programmes, using drought-resistant, and in species, particularnativeones,includinglegumes agroother species, combined with community-based In forestry schemes. this regard,creation of large-scale reforestationand afforestation schemes,particularly of throughthe establishment greenbelts,shouldbe considered,bearingin mind the multiple benefitsof such measures; (c) Implementurgently direct correctivemeasures in drylands,in addition moderately severelydesertified to listed in paragraphl8 (a) above,with a to the measures view to restoring and sustaining their productivity; (d) Promote improved land/water/crop-management in making it possibleto combat salinization systems, existingirrigatedcroplands;and stabilizerainfed croplands and introduce improved soiVcrop-management practice: into land-use systems (e) Promote participatory managementof natural

ci /NIERNAT/ONAL AND REG/ONAI COOPERAIION AND COORD/NAIION 12.20The appropriate UnitedNationsagencies, intemational and regional organizations,non-governmental organizations bilateralagencies and should: (a) Coordinatetheir roles in combating land degradation and promoting reforestation, agroforestryand landmanagement systems affectedcountries; in (b) Supportregionaland subregional activitiesin technologydevelopment dissemination, and trainingandprogrammeimplementationto arrestdryland degradation. 12.21The national Governmentsconcerned,the appropriate United Nations agenciesand bilateral agencies shouldstrengthen coordinating the role in dryland degradationof subregional intergovemmental organizations setup to cover theseactivities,suchas CILSS, IGADD, SADCC and the Arab MaehrebUnion.

l0l

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 12.22The Conference secretariathas estimated the average total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of the activitiesof this programmeto be about $6 billion, including about $3 billion from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative andorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,including any that are non-concessional, will dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies proand grammes Governments decideuponfor implementation.

(b) Supportcommunity-based people'sorganizations, especially farmersand pastoralists.

c) DEVETOPTNG AND STRENGTHENTNG INTEGRATED DEVEIOPMENT PROGRAMMESFOR THE ERADICATION POVERW AND PROMOTION OF OF ATTERNATIVE LIVETIHOOD SYSTEMS AREAS IN PRONETO DESERTIFICATION

BASIS ACTION FOR 12.26In areasprone to desertificationand drought,current livelihood and resource-use systems not able to are maintainliving standards. most of the arid and semiIn arid areas,the traditionallivelihood systems basedon agropastoral systems often inadequate unsustainare and able, particularly in view of the effects of drought and increasingdemographicpressure. Poverty is a major factor in accelerating rate of degradationand deserthe tification. Action is thereforeneededto rehabilitateand improve the agropastoral systems for sustainable managementof rangelands,as well as alternative livelihood systems.

B/ SC/ENI|FtC AND TECHNOTOG\CAL MEANS 12.23Governments the appropriatelevel and local at communities,with the supportof the relevantinternational and regionalorganizations, should: (a) Integrateindigenous knowledgerelatedto forests, forest lands. rangelandand natural vegetationinto reactivitieson desertification drought; search and (b) Promote integratedresearchprogrammeson the protection, restoration conservation waterandland and of resources land-use and management based traditional on wherefeasible. approaches,

OBJECTIVES 12.27The objectivesof this programmeareaare: (a) To createthe capacityof village communitiesand pastoralgroupsto take chargeof their developmentand the management their land resources a socially of on equitableand ecologicallysoundbasis; (b) To i mprove producti on systems i n o r der t o achieve greater productivity within approved programmes conservation nationalresources for of and in the framework of an integrated approachto rural development; (c) To provideopportunities alternative for livelihoods as a basisfor reducingpressure land resources on while at the sametime providingadditionalsources income, of particularly for rural populations,thereby improving their standard livins. of

C) HUM A NR E SOU R C F EL OP M EN T D EV 12.24Governments the appropriatelevel and local at communities,with the supportof the relevantinternational and regionalorgamzations, should: (a) Establishmechanisms ensurethat land users, to particularlywomen,arethe main actorsin implementing improved land use, including agroforestrysystems, in combatingland degradation; (b) Promote efficient extension-service facilities in areasprone to desertification and drought,particularly for training farmers and pastoralists the improved in management land and water resources drvlands. of in

ACTIVITIES D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 12.25Governments the appropriatelevel and local at communities,with the supportof the relevantinternational and regionalorganizations, should: (a) Develop and adopt, through appropriatenational legislation, and introduceinstitutionally, new and envir onm ent all y s o u n d d e v e l o p me n t-o ri e n ted l and-use polic ies : A) MANAGEMENI-R EDACT ITI ELAT IV ES 12.28Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the suppoftof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Adopt policies at the national level regarding a decentralized approachto land-resource management, delegating responsibility rural organizations; to

102

(b) Createor strengthenrural organizatrons charge in of village and pastoralland management; (c) Establish and developlocal, nationaland intersecto toral mechanisms handleenvironmentaland developin of mental consequences land tenure expressed terms of land useandland ownership. Particularattentionshould be given to protecting the property righs of women and pastoraland nomadicgroupsliving in rural arezn; (d) Createor strengthen focusedon village associations (market interest economicactivitiesof commonpastoral gardening,transformationof agriculturalproducts,livestock,herdingetc.); (e) Promote rural credit and mobilization of rural of savings through the establishment rural bankino systems; (l) Develop infrastructure,as well as local production by and marketingcapacity, involving the local people livelihoodsystems alleviate and to promotealternative poverty; (g) Establish revolvingfund for credit to rural entrea preneurs and local groupsto facilitatethe establishment venturesand credit for of cottage industries/business input to agropastoral activities.

(a) Promotecooperationand exchangeof information among the arid and semi-arid land researchinstitutions techniques technologies improveland to concerning and and labour productivity, as well as viable production systems; (b) Coordinateand harmonizethe implementation of programmes and projects funded by the international organorganization and corrununities non-governmental izations that are directedtowards the alleviation of poverty and promotion of an alternativelivelihood system.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 12.31The Conference secretariat estimated costs has the for this programmeareain chapter3 (Combatingpoverty) agricultureand and chapter 14 (Promotingsustainable rural development).

MEANS 8/ SC/ENIFtC AND TECHNOI G|CAL O 12.32 Governments the appropriate level, and with the at supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganand izations,should: (a) Undertakeapplied researchin land use with the institutions; supportof local research (b) Facilitate regularnational,regionaland interregional communication andexchange information experion of and encebetween extension officersandresearchers; (c) Supportand encourage introductionand useof the of technologies the generation alternative for sources of incomes.

AND INFORMAT/ON B) DATA 12.29 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Conductsocio-economic baselinestudiesin order of to have a good understanding the situation in the programme area regarding, particularly, resource and pracland tenure issues,traditional land-management productionsystems; of ticesand characteristics (soil, (b) Conduct inventoriesof natural resources water and vegetation)and their state of degradation, primarilyon theknowledgeof thelocalpopulation based (e.9.,rapid rural appraisal); (c) Disseminateinformation on technical packages conditions economic ecological and adapted thesocial, to of each; (d) Promoteexchangeand sharingof information conlivelihoodswith of cerningthe development alternative regions. other agro-ecological

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRFSOURCE 12.33Governmentsat the appropnatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganand izations. should: (a) Train membersof rural orgamzations managein ment skills and train agropastoralists such special in waterharvesttechniques soil andwaterconservation, as ing, agroforestry irrigation; and small-scale (b) Trainextension agents andofficersin the participatory approach integrated land management. to

AND REG/ONAI. C/ /NIFRNATIONAL AND COORD/NAIION COOPERAIION at level,andwith the 12.30Governments the appropriate supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations. should:

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 12.34Governments the appropriatelevel, with the at

r03

supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizaand to tions,shouldestablish maintainmechanisms ensure into and developmentplans theintegration sectoral national of forpoverty alleviationamong andprogrammes strategies the inhabitantsof landsproneto desertification.

D) DEVETOPTNG COMPREHENSTVE ANN-DESERTIFICATION PROGRA'YTMES AND INTEGRATING THEM INTO NATIONAT DEVETOPftTENT P1ANS AND NATIONAT NTAI PIANNING ENVIRON'VIE

BASIS ACTION FOR 12.35In a numberof developingcountriesaffectedby desertification, the natural resource base is the main process mustrely. resource uponwhich the development with land resources The socialsystems interacting make the problemmuch more complex,requiringan integrated approachto the planning and management land reof sources.Action plans to combat desertificationand droughtshouldincludemanagement aspects environof ment and development, thus conforming with the applans and proach of integratingnational development nationalenvironmental actionplans.

(a) Establish, or strengthen,national and local antidesertificationauthoritieswithin governmentand local executive bodies, as well as local committees/associations of land users,in all rural communities affected, with a view to organizingworking cooperationbetween level (farmers all actorsconcerned, from the grass-roots and pastoralists) the higher levels of government; to (b) Develop national plans of action to combat desertification and, as appropriate,make them integral parts plansand nationalenvironmenof nationaldevelopment tal actionplans; (c) Implement policies directed towards improving providland use,managingcommonlandsappropriately, ing incentivesto smallfarmersandpastoralists, involving women and encouraging private investment in the development drylands; of (d) Ensurecoordinationamong ministries and instituprogrammes nations working on anti-desertification at tional and local levels.

B) DATA AND /NFORMAT/ON 12.38Governments the appropriate at level,andwith the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should promote information exchange and cooperation with respect to national planning and programming among affected countries,inter alin, tlvough networking.

OBJECTIVES 12.36The objectives this programme of areaare: (a) To strengthen nationalinstitutionalcapabilities to develop appropriate anti-desertificationprogrammes and to integratethem into nationaldevelopmentplanning; (b) To develop strategicplanning frameworks for the protectionand management naturalreof development, in sources drylandareas and integrate theminto national plans,including nationalplans to combat development desertification,and environmental action plans in countries most proneto desertification; (c) To initiate a long-term processfor implementing and monitoring strategiesrelated to natural resources management; (d) To strengthenregional and internationalcooperation for combating desertification through,inter alia,the adoptionof legal and otherinstruments.

C/ /NIERNAI'ONAI. AND REG/ONAI. COOPERATION COORD/NAI/ON AND 12.39The relevantinternational organizations, multiI ateralfinancial i n stitutions, non- governmental organizationsand bilateralagencies shouldstrengthen their cooperation assisting in with the preparation desertiof fication control programmesand their integration into nationalplanning strategies, with the establishment of nati onal coordi nati ng and systemati cobs er vat ion mechanisms with theregionalandglobalnetworking and of theseplansand mechanisms. 12.40TheGeneral Assembly, its forty-seventh at session, shouldbe requested establish, to under the aegisof the General Assembly, an intergovernmental negotiating committeeforthe elaborationof an internationalconvention to combatdesertification thosecountries in experiencing seriousdroughtand/ordesertification, particularly in Africa, with a view to finalizing sucha convention by June 1994.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R ELATED ACTIVITIES 12.37Governments the appropriate at level,andwith the supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganand izations. should:

104

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATTON A/ F/NANC/NG 12.41The Conference secretariathas estimated the averagetotal annual cost (1993-2000)of implementing the activities thisprograrnme be about$ 180million, of to including about $90 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicative andorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot Actual costsand finanbeenreviewed by Governments. will cial terms, including any that are non-concessional, depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand progftunmesGovernmentsdecideupon for implementation.

El DEVETOPTNG COTVIPREHENSIVE DROUGHT PREPAREDNESS DROUGHT-REUEF AND SCHE'YTES, INCLUDINGSELF.HEIP ARRANGETIENTS, FOR DROUGHT-PRONE AREASAND DESIGNING PROGRAM'YIES TO COPEWIIH ENVIRONMENTAT REFUGEES

BASIS ACTION FOR 12.45Drought, in differing degreesof frequency and severity,is a recurringphenomenon throughoutmuch of the developingworld, especiallyAfrica. Apart from the human toll - an estimated3 million people died in the mid-1980sbecause droughtin sub-Saharan of Africa the economiccostsof drought-related disasters also are high in terms of lost production, misused inputs and diversion of developmentresources. 12.46 Early-warningsystems forecast to droughtwill make possible the implementation of drought-preparedness schemes.Integratedpackagesat the farm and watershed level, suchasalternativecropping strategies, and water soil conservation promotionof waterharvesting and techniques, could enhance capacityof landto copewith droughtand the provide basic necessities, therebyminimizing the number of environmental refugees and the need for emergency droughtrelief. At the sametime, contingencyarrangements for relief are neededfor periodsof acutescarcity.

B/ sC/ENTIFIC AND IECHNOTOGICAL MEANS 12.42Governments the appropriatelevel, with the at supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Develop and introduce appropriate improved sustainable agricultural pastoral and technologies are that socially and environmentally acceptable and economically feasible; (b) Undertakeapplied study on the integrationof environmental and developmentalactivities into national plans. development

OBJECTIVES C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENI 12.43Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,shouldundertake nationwidemajor anti-deserwithin countries tificationawareness/training campaigns affectedthroughexistingnationalmassmediafacilities, educationalnetworksand newly createdor strengthened people's extension services. This shouldensure access to knowledgeof deserlificationand droughtand to national plansof actionto combatdesertification. 12.47The objectivesof this prograrnmeareaare: (a) To developnationalstrategies fordroughtpreparednessin both the short and long term, aimed at reducing the vulnerability of production systemsto drought; (b) To strengthenthe flow of early-waming information to decision makersand land usersto enablenations to implement strategies drought intervention; for (c) To develop drought-relief schemesand means of coping with environmentalrefugeesand integratethem into national and regional developmentplanning.

ACTIVITIES D) CAPACITY-BUILDING 12.44 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should establishand maintainmechanisms to ensure coordination of sectoral ministries and institutions, including local-levelinstitutionsand appropriate non-governmentalorganizations,in integrating antidesertifrcationprograrrunesinto national development plansand nationalenvironmental actionplans. A) MANAGFMENI-R ELATED IVITI ACT ES 12.48In drought-prone areas, Governments the approat priate level, with the supportof the relevantinternational and regionalorganizations, should: (a) Design strategiesto deal with national food deficiencies in periods of production shortfall. These strategies should deal with issuesof storageand stocks, imports, port facilities, food storage,transportand distribution;

r05

(b) Improve nationaland regionalcapacityfor agrocrop planning. Agromeand meteorology contingency teorology links the frequency,content and regional of with the requirements of coverage weatherforecasts extension; crop planningand agricultural rural for (c) Prepare ruralprojects providingshort-term The households. lossof to employment drought-affected to income and entitlement food is a common sourceof Rural workshelp to generate in distress timesof drought. the incomerequiredto buy food for poor households; wherenecesarrangements, (d) Establish contingency sary,for food and fodderdistributionand water supply; for (e) Establishbudgetarymechanisms providing,at for shortnotice,resources droughtrelief; (f) Establish safety nets for the most vulnerable households.

a n d t h e i r A p p l i c a t i o n s( A G R H Y M E T ) , d r o u g h t monitoring centresand the African Centre of M e t e o r o l o g i c a lA p p l i c a t i o n s f o r D e v e l o p m e n t Inter(ACMAD), as well as the effortsof the Permanent Control in the Sahel State Committee on Drought A (C ILS S ) and the Intergovernmental utho r it y f or (IGADD); Drought and Development (c) SupportFAO programmes and other programmes of for the development nationalearly-warningsystems schemes; and food securityassistance (d) S trengthenand expand the scope of exist ing and the activitiesof appropriate regionalprogrammes suchas the United Nationsorgansand organizations, (WFP), the Office of the World Food Programme (UNDRO ) D R U ni tedN ati ons i saster el i efC oordi nator Office aswell andthe UnitedNationsSudano-Sahelian , l a s o f n o n - g o v e r n m e n t ao r g a n i z a t i o n s a i m e d a t and emergencies. mitigatingthe effectsof drought

AND INFORMAI/ON B) DATA of 12.49 Governments affectedcountries,at the approinternational of priatelevel,with the support therelevant should: and regionalorganizations, forecaststo im(a) Implement research seasonal on prove contingencyplanning and relief operationsand to measures be takenat the farm level, allow preventive varieties andfarmins of suchasthe selection appropriate practices, timesof drought; in (b) Support on appliedresearch waysof reducingwater the lossfrom soils,on ways of increasing water absorptechof tion capacities soils and on water harvesting areas: niquesin drought-prone (c) Strengthennational early-warningsystems,with remoteon particular emphasis the areaof risk-mapping, l s ens ing,ag ro me te o ro l o g i c am o d e l l i n g , i ntegrated and comtechniques multidisciplinarycrop-forecasting analysis. puteri zed food supply/demand MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION A/ FINANC/NG the has secretariat estimated aver12.51The Conference of age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe activities of this programmeto be about $1.2 billion, comincludingabout$ l. I billion from the international terms.Theseareindicamunity on grantor concessional only andhavenot estimates tive and order-of-magnitude beenreviewedby Govemments.Actual costsandfinanwill cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, and dependupon, inter clia, the specificstrategies progruunmes decideuponfor implementation. Governments

MEANS AND TECHNOLOG\CAL 8/ SC/ENr/F/C level anddroughtatthe appropriate 12.52Governments prone communities,with the support of the relevant should: intemational and regionalorganizations, (a) Use traditionalmechanisms copewith hungeras to assista meansof channellingrelief and development ance; (b) Strengthen developnational, regionalandlocal and interdisciplinaryresearchand training capabilitiesfor gies. strate droughrprevention

AND c/ /NTERNAT/ONAL REG/ONAI. AND COORD/NAI'ON ERAI/ON COOP level, with the at 12.50Governments the appropriate and regionalorgansupportof the relevantintemational should: izations, in capacities terms (a) Establish system stand-by of a of foodstock,logisticalsupport,personneland finance to response drought-related for a speedyinternational emergencies; (b) Supportprogrammes the World Meteorological of Organization (WMO) on agrohydrology and agrometeorology, Programmeof the Regional Training the Hydrology and Centrefor Agrometeorology Operational

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRESOURCE 12.53Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the and supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganizations, should:

106

(a) Promotethe training of decisionmakersand land users in the effective utilization of information from systems early-warning ; ( b ) S t r e n g t h e nr e s e a r c ha n d n a t i o n a l t r a i n i n g the capabilities assess impactof droughtandto develop to methodologies forecastdrought. to

D) CAPACTTY-BU|LD|NG 12.54Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the and supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganizations. should: (a) Improve and maintain mechanisms with adequate staff, equipmentand financesfor monitoring drought parameters take preventivemeasures regional,naat to tionaland local levels; (b) Establishinterministerial linkages andcoordinating and units for drought monitoring, impact assessment management drought-relief of schemes.

processes orderto benefitfully planningandexecution in projects; from development (c) To ensure thatthepartners understand another's one needs,objectivesand points of view by providing a varietyof meanssuchas training,public awareness and opendialogue; (d) To supportlocal communities their own effortsin in combatingdesertification, to draw on the knowledge and and experience ttrepopulations of concemed, ensuringthe populations. full participation womenand indigenous of

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENT-R EDACT ELAT tvtTt ES 12.57Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the and supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganizations, should: (a) Adopt policies and establish strucadministrative and imtures for more decentralized decision-making plementation; ( b ) E s t a b l i s h a n d u t i l i z e m e c h a n i s m sf o r t h e consul tati onand i nvol vementof l and usersand f or level to identify enhancing capabilityat the grass-roots and/or contri buteto the i denti fi cati onand pl ann ing of acti on; (c) Define specific programme/projectobjectives in cooperationwith local communities;and design local plansto includesuchmeasures progress, management of therebyproviding a meansof alteringprojectdesignor practices, appropriate; changingmanagement as (d) Introduce legislative, institutionaVorganizational and financial measures secureuser involvementand to access land resources; to (e) Establishand/or expand favourableconditions for the provision of services,such as credit facilities and marketing outlets for rural populations; (0 Develop training programmesto increasethe level of education and participation of people, particularly women and indigenousgroups, through, inter alia, bteracyand the development technicalskills; of (g) Createrural bankingsystems facilitateaccess to to particularlywomen and incredit for rural populations, groups,and to promoterural savings; digenous (h) Adopt appropriate policiesto stimulate privateand public investment.

POPU1AR AND PROTVTOTING F) ENCOURAGTNG AND ENVIRON'YIENTAI PARTICIPATION FOCUSING EDUCATION, ON DESERTIFICATION CONTROLAND MANAGE}IENT OF THE EFFECTS OF DROUGHT

BASIS ACTION FOR and 12.55The experienceto date on the successes failures of programmesand projects points to the need related desertito for popularsupport sustain to activities to fication and drought control. But it is necessary go and idealof popularparticipation beyondthe theoretical to focuson obtainingactualactivepopularinvolvement, rooted in the conceptof partnership.This implies the of sharing responsibilities the mutualinvolvement of and all parties. In this context,this programmeareashould supporting componentof all be considered essential an activities. and desertification-control droueht-related

OBJECTIVES 12.-56 The objectives this programmeareaare: of (a) To develop and increasepublic awareness and and drought,inknowledgeconcerningdesertification education the in cludingthe integration environmental of schools; curriculumof primary and secondary (b) To establishand promotetrue partnershipbetween governmentauthorities, both the national and local at levels, other executing agencies,non-governmental orgamzatrons and land users stricken by drought and giving landusers responsible in the role desertification, a

B) DATA AND 'NFORMAI/ON 12.58Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should:

107

(a) Review,developand disseminate gender-disaggregatedinformation,skills and know-how at all levelson ways of organizingand promotingpopularparticipation; (b) Accelerate development technological the of knowhow, focusing on appropriateand intermediatetechnolo8y; (c) Disseminate knowledge about applied research results on soil and water issues,appropriatespecies, know-how. agriculturaltechniques and technological

activities of this prograrnme to be about $1 billion, including about$500million from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitudeestimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Govemments. Actual costs and financialferms,includingany thatarenon-concessional, will dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies and prograrnmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

AND REG'ONAT C/ INIERNAI/ONAI. AND COORD/NAI/ON COOPERAIION 12.59Governments the appropriate at level,andwith the and supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganizations,should: (a) Developprogrammes supportto regionalorganof izationssuchas CILSS. IGADD. SADCC and the Arab Maghreb Union and other intergovernmentalorganizationsin Africa andotherpartsof the world, to strengthen outreachprogrammesand increasethe participation of non-governmentalorganizationstogether with rural populations; (b) Developmechanisms forfacilitatingcooperation in technology and promotesuchcooperation an element as related technical to of all external assistance activities and projectsin the public or privatesector; assistance (c) Promote collaborationamong different actors in programmes; environment and development (d) Encourage emergence representative the of organizational structures foster and sustaininterorganrzato tional cooperation.

8/ SC'ENilFtC AND TECHNOTOG\CAL MEANS 12.61Governments level,andwith the atthe appropriate supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,shouldpromote the developmentof indigenous know-how and technologytransfer.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENI 12.62 Governments,at the appropriatelevel, and with the support of the relevant international and regional organizations, should: (a) Supportand/or strengthen institutionsinvolved in public education, includingthe local media,schools and communitygoups; (b) Increase level of public education. the

D) CAPACTTY-BUILD|NG 12.63 Governments the appropriate level, and with the at supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should promote membersof local rural organizations and train and appoint more extension officers working at the local level.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AI FINANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 12.60The Conference has secretariat estimated averthe age total annual cost ( 1993-2000)of implementing the

108

1? I vt

frogile Monoging ecosystems: mountoin development Sustoinoble

INT O U TION R D C

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) GENERATING AND STRENGTHENING KNOWTEDGEABOUT THE ECOTOGY AND DEVETOPftTENT }TOUNTAIN SUSTAINABLE OF ECOSYSTEMS

13.1 Mountains are an important source of water, energyand biological diversity. Furthermore,they are a source of such key resourcesas minerals, forest products and agricultural products and of recreation. As a major ecosystemrepresentingthe complex and interrelated ecology of our planet,mountainenvironments are essential the survival of the global ecoto are, however,rapidly system.Mountain ecosystems soil changing. They are susceptibleto accelerated landslides rapidlossof habitatandgenetic and erosion, diversity. On the human side, there is widespread poverty among mountain inhabitants and loss of indigenous k no w l e d g e . As a re s u l t, m o s t gl obal mountain areasare experiencingenvironmentaldegof radation.Hence, the proper management mountain resourcesand socio-economicdevelopment of the peopledeserves immediateaction. 13.2 About 10 per cent of the world's population A dependsdirectly on mountain resources. much larger including and percentage drawson mountainresources, of especiallywater.Mountains are a storehouse biologispecies. cal diversityand endangered 13.3 Two programme areas includedin this chapare ter to further elaborate the problem of fragile ecosystemswith regard to all mountainsof the world. Theseare: (a) Generating strengthening knowledgeaboutthe and ecology and sustainabledevelopmentof mountain ecosystems; (b) Promoting integratedwatersheddevelopmentand livelihoodopportunities. alternative

FOR BASIS ACTION 13.4 Mountains are highly vulnerable to human and natural ecological imbalance. Mountains are the areas most sensitive all climatic changes the atmosphere. in to Specific information on ecology, natural resource potential and socio-economic activities is essential. Mountain and hillside areas hold a rich variety of ecologicalsystems. Becauseof their vertical dimensions, mountains create gradients of temperature, precipitationand insolation. A given mountainslope may includeseveral climatic systems suchas tropi- eachof which cal, subtropical,temperate and alpine representsa microcosm of a larger habitat diversity. There is, however,a lack of knowledgeof mountain e c o s y s t e m s .T h e c r e a t i o n o f a g l o b a l m o u n t a i n is database thereforevital for launching programmes that contribute to the sustainabledevelopment of mountainecosystems.

OBJECTIVES 13.5 The objectives this programmeareaare: of (a) To undertake surveyof the differentforms of soils, a of forest, water use, crop, plant and animal resources mountain ecosystems, taking into accountthe work of existinginternational and regionalorganizations; (b) To maintain and generate database information and management enviand systems facilitatetheintegrated to taking ronmentalassessment mountain ecosystems, of

r09

into account the work of existing international and regionalorganizations ; (c) To improveandbuild theexistingland/water ecologiand technologies agricultural cal knowledgebaseregarding and conservationpracticesin the mountainregionsof the of world, with the participation local communities; (d) To createand strengthen communicationsnetthe for work and information clearing-house existing organwith mountainissues; izationsconcerned (e) To improve coordination of regional efforts to protect fragile mountain ecosystemsthrough the conmechanisms, includingregional of sideration appropriate legal and other instruments; (0 To generateinformation to establishdatabases and information systems facilitate an evaluationof environto in mentalrisksandnaturaldisasters mountainecosystems.

(a) Maintain and establish hydrologrmeteorological, cal andphysicalmonitoringanalysis capabilities and that would encompass climatic diversityas well as water the distributionof variousmountainregionsof the world; (b) Build an inventory of different forms of soils, forests,water use, and crop, plant and animal genetic giving priority to thoseunderthreatof extincresources, shouldbe protectedin situ by tion. . Geneticresources protected areas improvand maintaining establishing and ing traditional farming and animal husbandryactivities programmes forevaluating potential the andestablishing valueof the resources; (c) Identify hazardous areas that aremost vulnerableto snow avaerosion, floods, landslides,earthquakes, lanches and othernaturalhazards; (d) Identify mountainareasthreatened air pollution by from neighbouring industrialand urbanareas.

ACTIVITIES ELATED ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R 13.6 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Strengthen existing institutionsor establishnew a onesat local, nationaland regionallevels to generate multidisciplinary land/water ecologicalknowledgebase on mountainecosystems; (b) Promote policiesthatwould provideincennational tives to local peoplefor the useand transferof environment-friendlytechnologies and farming and conservation practices; (c) Build up the knowledgebaseand understanding by creating mechanismsfor cooperation and information workamongnationalandregionalinstitutions exchange ing on fragile ecosystems; (d) Encourage policies that would provide incentives to farmers and local people to undertakeconservation measures; and regenerative (e) Diversifymountaineconomies, inter alia,by creating and/or strengtheningtourism, in accordancewith integrated management mountainareas; of (0 Integrate forest,rangeland all and wildlife activitiesin ecosystems maintained; are suchaway thatspecificmountain (g) Establish appropriatenatural reservesin representative species-rich sitesand areas. AND COOPERAnON c/ /NTERNAT|ONAL REGIONAI 13.8 National Governmentsand intersovernmental organizations should: (a) Coordinateregional and internationalcooperation and facilitate an exchange information andexperience of among the specializedagencies, World Bank, IFAD the naand other international and regional orgamzations, institutionsand non-govtional Governments, research ernmentalorganizationsworking on mountaindevelopment; (b) Encourage netregional,nationaland international working of people's initiativesandthe activitiesof international,regional and local non-governmental organizations working on mountain development,such as the United NationsUniversity(UNU), the WoodlandMountain Institutes(WMI), the International Centerfor IntegratedMountain Development(ICIMOD), the International Mountain Society (IMS), the African Mountain Associationand the Andean Mountain Association, besidessupportingthose organrzatrons the exchange in of information and experience; (c) Protect fragile mountain ecosystems through the considerationof appropriatemechanismsincluding regionallegal and otherinstruments.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION

B) DATA AND /NFORMATTON 13.7 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternational and regionalorganizations, should: 13.9 The Conference has secretariat estimated averthe age total annualcost (1993-2000) implemeniing of the activities thisprogramme be about$50million from of to the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional

i10

terms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude estrmatesonly andhavenot beenreviewed Governments. by Actual costsand financialterms,including any that are non-concessional, will depend upon, inter alia, the specificstrategies prograffrmes and Governments decide upon for implementation.

8/ SC/ENIIF/C AND TECHNOLOGICAL MEANS 13.10Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,shouldstrengthen scientificresearch and techincludingdiffusion nologicaldevel opmentprogrammes, particularlyin throughnationalandregionalinstitutions, meteorology, hydrology,forestry, soil sciences plant and sciences.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 13.1 Governments the appropriate 1 level,andwith the at supportof the relevantintemationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Launchtrainingandextension prograffunes enviin ronmentally appropriatetechnologiesand practicesthat would be suitableto mountainecosystems; (b) Supporthigher education throughfellowshipsand researchgrants for environmentalstudiesin mountains and hill areas,particularly for candidatesfrom indigenous mountainpopulations; (c) Undertakeenvironmentaleducationfor farmers,in particularfor women, to help the rural populationbetter understandthe ecological issuesregarding the sustainable development mountainecosystems. of

various ways by mountain ecology and the degradation of watershedareas.About 10 per cent of the Earth's populationlives in mountainareaswith higher slopes, while about40 per cent occupiesthe adjacent mediumand lower-watershed areas.There are seriousproblems of ecologicaldeteriorationin thesewatershed areas.For example,in the hillside areasof the Andeancountriesof South America a largeportion of the farming population is now faced with a rapid deteriorationof land resources. Similarly, the mountainand uplandareas the Himalayas, of South-East Asia and Eastand CentralAfrica, which make vital contributionsto agriculturalproduction,arethreatened by cultivation of marginal landsdue to expandingpopulation. In many areasthis is accompanied excessive by livestock grazing,deforestation and lossof biomasscover. 13.14Soil erosioncan havea devastating impacton the vast numbers of rural people who depend on rainfed agriculture in the mountain and hillside areas. Poverty, unemployment, poor health and bad sanitation are widespread.Promoting integrated watersheddevelopmentprogranilnes througheffectiveparticipationof local people is a key to preventingfurther ecological imbalance. An integratedapproachis neededfor conserving, upgrading and using the natural resourcebase of land, water, plant, animal and human resources. addition, In promoting alternativelivelihood opportunities,particularly throughdevelopment employmentschemes of that increase productivebase,will havea significantrole the in improvingthe standard living amongthe largerural of populationliving in mountainecosystems.

OBJECTIVES 13.15The objectives this programmeareaare: of (a) By theyear2000,to developappropriate planland-use ning and management both arableand non-arable for land in mountain-fedwatenhedareas preventsoil erosion,increase to biomassproductionand maintainthe ecologicalbalance; (b) To promote income-generating activities,such as sustainable tourism,fisheries environmentally and sound mining,andto improveinfrastructure socialservices, and in particular to protect the livelihoods of local communitiesand indigenous people; (c) To developtechnical andinstitutional arrangements for affectedcounries to mitigatethe effectsof nanral disasters through hazard-prevention measures,risk zoning, earlywaming systems, plansandemergency evacuation supplies.

D ) CA P A CI T Y - BU tL D tN G 13.12Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should build up nationaland regionalinstitutional basesthat could carry out research, training and dissemination informationon the sustainable of development of the economies frasile ecosvstems. of

B) PROwIOTTNG TNTEGRATED WATERSHED DEVETOPMENT AND ATTERNATIVE TIVETIHOOD OPPORTUNITIES

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-RELATED ACTIVITIES

BASIS FORACTION I 3.l3 Nearly half of the world's population is affected in 1 3 . 1 6G o v e r n m e n t s a t t h e a p p r o p r i a t e l e v e l , w i t h t h e

lil

supportof the relevantinternationaland regionalorganizations, should: (a) Undertake measuresto prevent soil erosion and promoteerosion-control activitiesin all sectors; (b) Establish task forces or watersheddevelopment committees,complementingexisting institutions,to to coordinateintegratedservices supportlocal initiatives in animal husbandry, forestry, horticulture and rural levels; development all administrative at (c) Enhance popularparticipation the management in legislation; throughappropriate of local resources (d) Supportnon-governmental organizations other and private groups assistinglocal organizations and communitiesin thepreparation projectsthat would enhance of participatory development local people; of (e) Provide mechanismsto preservethreatenedareas biologicaldiversity that could protectwildlife, conserve or serveas nationalparks; (0 Develop nationalpoliciesthat would provide incenconservation tives to farmersand local peopleto undertake measures to useenvironment-friendly and technologies; (g) Undertakeincome-generating activitiesin cottage industries,such as the cultivation and agro-processing and processing medicinaland aromaticplants; of (h) Undertake above takinginto account the the activities, needfor full participation women,includingindigenous of peopleandlocal communities, development. in

searchand training institutes such as the Consultative Group on International Agricultural ResearchCenters (CGIAR) and the International Board for Soil Research and Management(IBSRAM), as well as regional reMountainInstitutes search suchastheWoodland centres, and the IntemationalCenter for IntegratedMountain relevant Development, undertaking in appliedresearch to watershed development; (b) Promoteregionalcooperation and exchange data of sharing same the mounandinformationamongcountries tain rangesand river basins,particularlythoseaffected by mountaindisasters floods; and (c) Maintain and establish partnerships with non-governmentalorganizations and other private groupsworking in watershed development.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC|AL AND COSI EVALUATTON 13.19The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe of activities of this programmeto be about $13 billion, includingabout$ 1.9billion from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative and order-of-magnitude only andhavenot estimates Actual costsandfinanbeenreviewedby Governments. will cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies proand grammes Governments decideuponfor implementation. 13.20Fi nanci ng for the promoti on of al t er nat ive livelihoodsin mountainecosystems shouldbe viewedas part of a country'santi-poverty alternative livelihoods or programme, which is also discussed chapter3 (Comin bating poverty) and chapter 14 (Promotingsustainable agriculture and rural development) Agenda21. of

BJ DATA AND /NFORMAI/ON 13.17Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should: (a) Maintain and establishsystematic observationand state provinciallevel or evaluation capacities thenational, at to generateinformation for daily operationsand to assess impacts projects; and of theenvironmental socio-economic (b) Generate livelihoodsand diverdataon alternative at sified productionsystems the village level on annual fisheries, and treecrops,livestock,poultry,beekeeping, vil lageindustrie markets, s, transport income-earning and opportunities, taking fully into accountthe role of women and integrating them into the planningand implementation process.

B/ SC/ENI/F/C AND TECHNICAI. MEANS 13.21Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should: (a) Considerundertakingpilot projectsthat combine environmentalprotection and developmentfunctions with particular emphasis someof the traditionalenvion practices systems ronmentalmanagement or that have a good impacton the environment; (b) Generate technologies specificwatershed for and farm conditionsthrougha participatoryapproachinvolving local men and women, researchers and extension agentswho will carry out experimentsand trials on farm conditions;

c/ /NTERNATTONAL REG/ONAI. AND COOPERAIION 13.18Governments the appropriate at level, with the supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganand izations. should: (a) Strengthen role of appropriateinternationalrethe

112

(c) Promote technologiesof vegetative conservation measuresfor erosion prevention, in .ritu moisture management, improved cropping technology, fodder productionand agroforestry that arelow-cost,simpleand easily adoptedby local people.

(c) Promotelocal awareness preparedness disand for asterprevention and mitigation, combinedwith the latest availabletechnologyfor early waming and forecasting.

D) CAPACTTY-BU|LD|NG DEVELOPMENI C) HUMANRESOURCE 13.22 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantintemationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Promotea multidisciplinary and cross-sectoral approach in training and the disseminationof knowledge to local peopleon a wide rangeof issues, suchas household productionsystems, conservation utilizationof and arable and non-arableland, treatmentof drainagelines and rechargingof groundwater,livestock management, fisheries,agroforestryand horticulture; (b) Develop human resourcesby providing accessto education,health,energyand infrastructure; 13.23Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantintemationaland regional orgwizations, should develop and strengthennational centresfor watershed management encourage comprehensive to a approachto ttreenvironmental, socio-economic, technologi cal, legislative, financialand administrative aspects and provide support to policy makers,administrators,field staff and farmersfor watershed development. 13.24The private sector and local communities, in cooperationwith nationalGovernments, shouldpromote local infrastructure development, includingcommunication networks, mini- or micro-hydro development to supportcottageindustries,and access markets. to

il3

14

Promoti sustoinoble ng ogriculture ond ruroldevelopment

INTRODUCTION

l4.l By the year 2025. 83 per cent of the expected g l o b a l p o p u l a t i o no f 8 . 5 b i l l i o n w i l l b e l i v i n g i n developing countries.Yet the capacity of available resources and technologies satisfythe demandsof to this growing population food andotheragricultural for commoditiesremains uncertain. Agriculture has to producti on m eet t his c h a l l e n g ema i n l y b y i n c re a s i ng , on land already in use and by avoiding further on encroachment land that is onlv mareinallvsuitable for cultivation. 14.2 Major adjustrnents neededin agricultural, are policy, at both naenvironmental and macroeconomic levels,in developed well as tional and international as dev elopin g c o u n tri e s ,to c re a te th e c o n di ti ons for s u s t a i n a b l ea g r i c u l t u r e a n d r u r a l d e v e l o p m e n t (SARD). The major objectiveof SARD is to increase food production a sustainable in way andenhance food s e c u r i t y . T h i s w i l l i n v o l v e e d u c a t i o ni n i t i a t i v e s , utilization of economic incentivesand the developmentof appropriate new technologies. ensuring and thus s t ables up p l i e s f n u tri ti o n a l l ya d e q u a teood, access o f groups,and production to thosesupplies vulnerable by for markets; employment and income generationto alleviate poverty; and natural resourcemanagement protection. and environmental 1-1.3 The priority mustbe on maintaining and improving the capacity of the higher potential agricultural lands to supportan expandingpopulation.However, c ons er v in g n d re h a b i l i ta ti n g e n a tu ra lr esources a th on lower pot e n ti a l a n d si n o rd e rto m a i n ta i nsustai nabl e m an/ landra ti o si s a l s o n e c e s s a ry . h e m ai n tool s of T SARD are policy and agrarianreform, participation, inc om e div e rs i fi c a ti o n ,l a n d c o n s e rv a t i on and i mpr ov edm a n a g e m e no f i n p u ts .T h e s u c c e ss S A R D t of

will dependlargely on the supportand participationof rural people, national Governments,the private sector and internationalcooperation, including technicaland scientific cooperation. 14.4 The following programmeareasare included in this chapter: (a) Agriculturalpolicy review,planningandintegrated programming the light of the multifunctionalaspect in of agriculture,particularly with regardto food securityand sustainable development; (b) Ensuring people's participationand promoting human resource development sustainable for agriculture; (c) Improving farm production and farming systems through diversification of farm and non-farm employment and infrastructure development; (d) Land-resource planninginformationandeducation for agriculture; (e) Land conservation rehabilitation; and (0 Water for sustainable food productionand sustainable rural development; ( g ) C o n s e r v a t i o na n d s u s t a i n a b l eu t i l i z a t i o n o f pl ant geneti c resourcesfor food and sust ainable agri cul ture; (h) Conservation and sustainable utilizationof animal geneticresources sustainable for agriculture, (i) Integrated pestmanagement control in agriculand ture; plant nutritionto increase food produc0) Sustainable tion; (k) Rural energytransitionto enhance productivity; (l) Evaluationof the effectsof ultravioletradiationon plantsand animalscaused the depletionof the stratoby sphericozonelayer.

114

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
POUCYREVTEW A) AGRTCULTURAT PTANNTNG AND INTEGRAIED PROGRATYIMES IHE UGHTOF IHE IN MUTTIFUNCTIONAT ASPECT AGRICULruRE, OF PARTICUTARTY WITH R,EGARD FOOD SECURITY TO DEVETOPMENT AND SUSTAINABI.E

BASIS ACTION FOR 14.5 There is a needto integratesustainable developpolicy analysis with mentconsiderations agricultural and planning in all countries, particularly in developing Recommendations shouldcontributedirectly countries. to development realisticand operational of medium- to long-termplans and programmes, and thus to concrete actions. Supportto and monitoring of implementation shouldfollow. 14.6 The absence a coherent of nationalpolicy framework for sustainable agriculture and rural development (SARD) is widespread is not limited to the developand ing countries.In particularthe economies transition in from plannedto market-oriented systemsneed such a framework to incorporateenvironmentalconsiderations into economic activities, including agriculture. All countriesneedto assess comprehensively impacts the o f s u c h p o l i c i e s o n f o o d a n d a g r i c u l t u r es e c t o r performance,food security,rural welfare and international trading relations as a means for identifying appropriate offsettingmeasures. The major thrust of food securityin this caseis to bring abouta significant production a sustainable increase agricultural in in way and to achievea substantial improvementin people's food andculturallyappropriate entitlement adequate to food supplies. pertaining international 11.1 Soundpolicy decisions to trade and capital flows also necessitate action to overcome: (a) a lack of awareness the environmental of costs incurred by sectoraland macroeconomic policies and (b) hencetheir threatto sustainability; insufficientskills and experience incorporating in issuesof sustainability into policies and programmes; and (c) inadequacyof tools of analysis and monitoring.'

(b) To maintain and develop, as appropriate,operational multisectoral plans, programmes and policy measures, including programmes and measures ento hance sustainable food production and food security within the framework of sustainable development, not later than 1998; (c) To maintainand enhance ability of developing the particularly leastdeveloped countries, the ones.to thempolicy,programming selves manage and planningactivities,not later than 2005.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R EDACTIVITI ELAT ES 14.9 Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganand izations,should: (a) Carry out national policy reviews relatedto food security, including adequate levels and stabilityof food supplyand access food by all households; to (b) Reviewnationalandregionalagricultural policy in relation, inter alia, to foreign trade, price policy, exchangerate policies,agriculturalsubsidies taxes,as and well as organization regional for integration: economic (c) Implement policies to influence land tenure and property rights positively with due recognitionof the minimum size of land-holdingrequired to maintain production and check further fragmentation; (d) Consider demographic trends and population movementsand identify critical areasfor asricultural production; (e) Formulate, introduce monitorpolicies,laws and and regulations incentives and leadingto sustainable agricultural and rural development and irnproved food security and to the development transferof appropriate and farm technologies, including, where appropriate, low-input (LISA) systems; sustainable agricultural (0 Supportnational and regional early waming systems through food-securityassistance schemesthat monitor food supply and demand and factors af-fbctins household access food; to (g) Reviewpolicieswith respect improvingharvestto ing, storage, processing, distributionand marketingof productsat the local, nationaland regionallevels; (h) Formulate and implement integratedagricultural projects that include other natural resourceactivities, suchasmanagement rangelands, of forests, and wildlife, as appropriate; (i) Promotesocialand economicresearch policies and that encourage sustainableagriculture development, particularlyin fragileecosystems denselypopulated and areas;

OBJECTIVES 14.8 The objectives this Programme of areaare: (a) By 1995,to review and, where appropriate, establish a programme integrate to environmental sustainand with policy analysisfor the food and able development policy agriculturesectorand relevant macroeconomic formulationand implementation; analysis,

ll5

C) Identify storageand distributionproblemsaffecting to food availability; supportresearch,where necessary, overcometheseproblemsand cooperatewith producers and distributors to implement improved practicesand systems.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F'NANC'NGAND COSTEVALUATION 14.12The Conference secretariathas estimated the averagetotal annualcost (1993-2000)on implementing the activities of this prograrrme to be about $3 billion, including about$450 million from the internationalcomterms.Theseare indicamunity on grant or concessional only and have not estimates tive and order-of-magnitude reviewed by Governments.Actual costsand financial been will terms,including any that are non-concessional, depend specific stategies and progfttrnmes ulnn, inter alin, the Governmentsdecideupon for implementation.

AND /NFORMAT/ON B) DATA 14.10Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Cooperateactively to expand and improve the inon formation on early waming systems food and agriculture at both regionaland nationallevels; (b) Examine and undertake surveys and researchto establishbaseline information on the status of natural resources relatingto food andagriculturalproductionand on planningin orderto assess impactsof varioususes the and tools of and theseresources, developmethodologies accounting. suchas environmental analysis,

MEANS AND TECHNOLOGTCAL 8/ SC'ENnF'C 14.13Governments the appropriatelevel and with the at supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations should assist farming householdsand communities to apply technologies relatedto improved food productionand security,including storage, monitoring of production and distribution.

AND c/ ,NTERNAT/ONAr. REG'ONAL AND COORD/NAIION COOPERAI'ON suchasFAO, theWorld 14.11 UnitedNationsagencies, Bank, IFAD and GATT, and regional organizations, and bilateraldonoragencies otherbodiesshould,withmandates, assume role in working a in their respective with nationalGovernments the following activities: in (a) Inrplementintegratedand sustainable agricultural development and food security strategiesat the subregional level that use regional production and trade potentials, including organizations regionaleconomic for integration,to promotefood security; (b) Encourage, the context of achieving sustainin able agricultural development and consistent with principleson tradeand agreed relevantinternationally environment, a more open and non-discriminatory trade and the avoidance unjustifiable of tradingsystem with other policies will barriers which together facilitate the further integration of agricultural and policies so as to make them mutually environmental supportive; (c) Strengthen establish national,regionaland inand ternationalsystemsand networks to increasethe understandingof the interactionbetween agriculture and the state of the environment,identify ecologically sound technologiesand facilitate the exchangeof information policies, and techniques and tools of on data sources, analysis. c) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

14.14Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Involve and train local economists, planners and analysts initiate nationalandintemationalpolicy reviews to agriculture; and developframeworksfor sustainable (b) Establish legal measuresto promote accessof women to land and remove biasesin their involvement in rural development.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING 14.15Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should strengthen ministries for agriculture, natural resources and planning.

PEOPIE',S PART|C|PAnON Bl ENSURTNG AND PROMOTING HU'YIAN RESOURCE DEVETOPIIENT FOR SUSTAINABTE AGRICUTruRE

BASIS ACTION FOR 14.16This component bridges policy and integrated

I16

resourcemanagement.The greater the degreeof community control over the resources which it relies,the on greaterwill be the incentivefor economicand human resources development.At the sametime, policy instrumentsto reconcilelong-runand short-runrequirements must be set by nationalGovernments. The approaches providfocus on fosteringself-relianceand cooperation, ing information andsupporting user-based organizations. practices, shouldbe on management Emphasis building agreements changes resourceutilization, the rights for in and dutiesassociated with useof land,waterand fbrests, the functioning of markets,prices, and the accessto information, capital and inputs.This would requiretraining and capacity-building assumegreaterresponsito bilities in sustainable development efforts.'

land and for individuals or conununities to encourage investment land resources, in (d) Developguidelines policiesfor fordecentralization rural developmentthrough reorganizationand strengthening of rural institutions; (e) Develop policies in extension,training, pricing, input distribution, creditandtaxationto ensure necessary incentives and equitable accessby the poor to production-support services; (0 Providesupportservices and training,recognizing the variationin agricultural and circumstances practices by location; the optimal use of on-farm inputs and the minimal use of external inputs; optimal use of local natural resources and management renewableenergy of sources; theestablishment networksthatdealwith and of the exchange of information on alternative forms of agriculture.

OBJECTIVES 14.17The objectivesof this programmeareaare: (a) To promote greaterpublic awareness the role of of people'sparticipation and people'sorganizations, espepeople,local cially women's groups,youth, indigenous communitiesand small farmers,in sustainable agriculture and rural development; (b) To ensure equitableaccess rural people,particuof larly women, small farmers, landlessand indigenous people,to land, water and forest resources and to technologies,financing,marketing,processing distribuand tion; (c) To strengthen and developthe management the and internal capacitiesof rural people'sorganizations and extensionservices and to decentralize decision-makine to the lowestcommunitylevel. B) DATA AND 'NFORMAT/ON 14.19Governments the appropriate at level,andwith the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,shouldcollect,analyse, inforand disseminate mation on human resources, role of Governments, the local communities and non-govemmen or ganizati tal ons in socialinnovationandstrategies rural development. for

C/ /NIERNATIONAL AND REG/ONAI COOPERAIION AND COORD'NAIION 14.20Appropriate internationaland regional agencies should: (a) Reinforce their work with non-governmental organizations collecting and disseminatinginformain participation people's tion on people's organizations, and testingparticipatorydevelopmentmethods,training and e d u c a t i o n f o r h u m a n r e s o u r c e d e v e l o p m e n ta n d strengthening management the structures rural organof izations; (b) Help developinformation availablethrough nongovernmental organizations and promote an international ecological agricultural network to acceleratethe development and implementation ecologicalagriculof ture practices.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENT-R ELATED tVtTtES ACT 14.18Governmentsat the apprclpriate level, with the relevantinternationaland regional organsupportof the izations,should: (a) Developandimproveintegrated agricultural extension servicesand facilities and rural organizatrons and undertake natural resource managementand food security activities, takinginto account differentneeds the of subsistence agriculture as well as market-oriented crops; (b) Review and refocusexisting measures achieve to wider accessto land, water and forest resourcesand ensureequal rights of women and other disadvantaged groups,with particularemphasison rural populations, peopleand local communities; indigenous (c) Assign clear titles, rights and responsibilities for

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AI FINANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 14.21The Conference secretariathas estimated the averagetotal annual cost (1993-2000)of implementing

117

to the activities of this prograrnme be about $4.4 billion, comincluding about$650million from the international terms.Theseare indicamunity on grant or concessional only and have not estimates tive and order-of-magnitude Actual costsand financial beenreviewedby Govemments. will terms,including any that are non-concessional, depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand progftlrnmes decideuponfor implementation. Govemments

MEANS 8/ SCTENTFtC TECHNOT.OG|CAL AND 14.22 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should: (a) Encourage people'sparticipation farm technolon ogy developmentand transfer,incorporatingindigenous ecologicalknowledgeand practices; ( b ) L a u n c h a p p l i e d r e s e a r c ho n p a r t i c i p a t o r y strategies local organmanagement and methodologies, izations.

for demands commoditiesandto avoid further expansion on on to marginal lands and encroachment fragile ecosystems. Increased of externalinputs and developuse productionandfarming systems tend ment of specialized and to increasevulnerability to environmentalstresses market fluctuations. There is, therefore,a needto intensify agriculture by diversifying the production systems for maximum efficiency in the utilization of local rewhile minimizing environmentaland economic sources, risks. Where intensification of farming systemsis not possible,otheron-farm andoff-farm employmentopportunities should be identified and developed, such as and cottageindustries,wildlife utilization, aquaculture fisheries, non-farmactivities, suchaslight village-based manufacturing, farm commodity processing,agrirecreation business, and tourism,etc.

OBJEC-TVES 14.26The objectivesof this programmeareaare: (a) To improve farm productivity in a sustainable manner,aswell asto increase diversification,efficiency,food security and rural incomes,while ensuringthat risks to the ecosystem minimized; are (b) To enhance self-reliance farmersin developthe of ing and improving rural infrastructure,and to facilitate for sound technologies the transferof environmentally integratedproduction and farming systems.including indigenous technologies and the sustainable of biouse processes, logical and ecological includingagroforestry, sustainablewildlife conservationand management, aquaculture, inland fisheriesand animal husbandry; (c) To create farm and non-farm employment opportunities,particularlyamongthe poor and thoseliving in marginal areas,taking into account the alternative livelihood proposalinter alia in drylandareas.

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRESOURCE at level, with the 14.23Governments the appropriate support of the relevant international and regional and techshould provide management organizations, administrators memand nical trainingto government practice groupsin the principles, bersof resource-user in and benefitsof people'sparticipation rural development.

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 14.24 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organstrategies and izations, should introducemanagement for mechanisms, such as accountingand audit services and institutionsfor human rural people'sorganizations administrative and resource and delegate development, financial responsibilities local levels for decisionto making, revenue-raising expenditure. and cl rfripRovrNc FARr/lpRoDUcfloN AND FARftIINGSYSTEMS THROUGH DIVERSIFICATION AND OF FARM AND NON.FAR'YIEMPTOY'VIENT INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R ITI ELATED ACTIV ES 14.27 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternational and regionalorganizations,should: (a) Develop and disseminate farming households to integrated farm managementtechnologies,such as crop rotation,organicmanuringand othertechniques involving reduceduseof agriculnrral multiple techniques chemicals, for sources of nutrients and the efficient utilization of extemalinputs,while enhancing for techniques wasteand by-productutilization and preventionof pre- and postharvestlosses, takingparticular noteof the role of women;

FOR BASIS ACTION 14.25 Agriculture needs to be intensified to meet future

il8

( b) Cr eat e no n -fa rm e m p l o y m e n t o p p o rtuni ti es throughprivate small-scale agro-processing units, rural servicecentre andrelatedi nfrastructural mprovements s i ; (c) Promoteand improve rural financial networks that utilize investment capitalresources raisedlocally; (d) Providethe essential rural infrastructurefor access to agriculturalinputsand services, well as to national as and local markets, and reducefood losses; (e) Initiate and maintain farm surveys.on-farm testing of appropriate and dialoguewith rural comtechnologies munitiesto identify constraints bottlenecks find and and solutions; (0 Analyseandidentifypossibilities foreconomicintegrationof agriculturaland forestryactivities,as well as water and fisheries. and to take effective measuresto encourageforest managementand growing of trees by farmers(farm forestry)asanoption forresourcedevelopment.

beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, will depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmesGovernments decideupon for implementation.

8/ SCTENilFtC AND TECHNOIOG\CAL MEANS 14.31Governments at the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should strengthen research agriculturalproon duction systemsin areaswith different endowmentsand agro-ecological zones, includingcomparative analysis of the intensification,diversificationand different levels of extemal and internal inputs.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENI B) DATA AND /NFORMAnON 14.28Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Analyse the effects of technical innovationsand incentives farm-household on incomeand well-being; ( b) I nit iat e an d ma i n ta i n o n -fa rm a n d o ff-farm programmes collectandrecordindigenous to knowledge. 14.32 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Promote educational and vocational training for farmers and rural communitiesthrough formal and nonformal education; (b) Launch awarenessand training programmes for entrepreneurs, managers,bankers and traders in rural servicingand small-scale agro-processing techniques.

c/ /NTFRNATIONAL REG'ONAI. AND AND COORD/NAI/ON COOPERAIION 14.29Intemationalinstitutions,suchas FAO and IFAD, international agricultural researchcentres,such as CGIAR, andregional centres shoulddiagnose world's the major agro-ecosystems, their extension, ecologicaland socio-economiccharacteristics, their susceptibilityto deterioration and their productivepotential. This could form the basisfor technologydevelopment exchange and and for regionalresearch collaboration.

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 14.33Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should: (a) Improve their organizational capacityto deal with issuesrelated to off-farm activities and rural industry development; (b) Expandcredit facilities and rural infrastructurerelated to processing, transportation and marketing. ptANNtNc, |NFORftIAT|ON Dl IAND-RESOURCE AND EDUCATION FORAGRICUTTURE

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON

BASIS ACTION FOR 14.30The Conferencesecretariat has estimatedthe average total annualcost (1993-2W0)of implementing the activitiesof this programme be about$10 billion, to including about$1.5 billion from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative andorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot 14.34Inappropriate and uncontrolled land uses are a major causeof degradation and depletion of land resources.Presentland use often disregards the actual potentials,carrying capacitiesand limitations of land resources, well as their diversity in space.It is estias

il9

matedthat the world's population,now at5.4 billion, will be 6.25 billion by the tum of the century. The need to food productionto meet the expandingneedsof increase on the populationwill put enormouspressure all natural including land. resources, 14.35Poverty and malnutrition are already endemic in many regions. The destruction and degradation of resource i s a major i ssue. s agriculturalandenvironmental productionandconservingsoil for Techniques increasing and water resourcesare already available but are not applied.A systematicapproach widely or systematically is neededfor identifying land usesand production sysin tems that are sustainable each land and climate zone, including the economic,social and institutional mechafor nisms necessary their implementation.3

nate information, wheneverpossible,on the utilization and of naturalresources living conditions,climate,water and soil factors,and on land use,distribution of vegetautilization of wild plants, tion cover and animal species, yields, costs and prices, and production systems and that affect agricultural social and cultural considerations and adjacentland use; (b) Establish programmes to provide information, promote discussion and encourage the formation of groups. management

AND REGION,AI. C/ INIERNAI'ONAI. AND COORD/NAIION COOPERAI'ON 14.39The appropriate United Nations agenciesand regional organizationsshould: (a) Strengthenor establishinternational,regional and technicalworking groupswith specificterms subregional and budgetsto promotethe integrateduseof of reference for land resources agriculture,planning, data collection and diffusion of simulation models of production and information di ssemination : methodologies (b) Develop internationallyacceptable description of land for the establishmentof databases, usesand multiple goal optimization.

OBJECTIVES of 14.36The objectives this programmeareaare: involve farmers (a) To harmonizeplanningprocedures, data, design collectland-resource in theplanningprocess, define land areas of similar and establishdatabases, capability,identify resourceproblemsand values that to mechanisms needto be takeninto accountto establish encourageefficient and environtnentally sound use of resources: planningbodiesat national (b) To establish agricultural and local levels to decide priorities,channelresources and irnplementprogrammes.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION A/ F/NANC/NG

ACTIVITIES ACT IE ELATED IVIT 5 A) MANAGEMENI-R 14.37 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Establishand strengthenagricultural land-useand planning,management, educationand inland-resource formation at national and local levels; (b) Initiateandmaintaindistrictandvillageagricultural land-resourceplanning, managementand conservation groupsto assistin problem identification,development solutions,and project imof technicaland management plementation. 14.40The Conference secretariathas estimated the averagetotal annualcost (1993-2000)of implementing to the activitiesof this programme be about$ 1.7billion, including about$250 million from the internationalcomterms.Theseare indicmunity on grant or concessional only andhavenot estimates ative andorder-of-magnitude beenreviewedby Governments.Actual costsand finanwill cial terms,including any that are non-concessional, and prodependupon, inter alia, the specific strategies grammesGovernments decideupon for implementation.

MEANS AND TECHNOLOGICAL BJ SC/ENI/F'C 14.41Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Develop databases and geographicalinformation systemsto store and display physical,social and economic information pertaining to agriculture, and the definition of ecological zonesand developmentareas; (b) Selectcombinationsof land usesand production

AND /NFORMAT/ON B) DATA 14.38Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Collect,continuously monitor,updateanddissemi-

120

systems appropriate land units throughmultiple goal to optimization procedures, and strengthen delivery systems and local communityparticipation; (c) Encourage integrated planningat the watershed and landscape levelto reducesoil lossandprotectsurface and groundwater resources from chemicalpollution.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENI 14.42Governments the appropriatelevel, with the at supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganand izations,should: (a) Trainprofessionals planninggroupsat national, and district and village levels throughformal and informal instructional courses, travel and interaction; (b) Generate discussion all levelson policy,developat ment and environmentalissuesrelated to agricultural land use and management, through media programmes, conferences seminars. and

havehadlimited success date.Well planned, to long-term national and regional land conservationand rehabilitation programmes, with strongpolitical supportand adequatefunding,arenow needed.While land-use planning andlandzoning,combined with betterland management, shouldprovide long-termsolutions, is urgentto arrest it land degradationand launch conservationand rehabilitation programmesin the most critically affected and vulnerableareas.

OBJECTIVES 14.45The objectivesof this programmeareaare: (a) By the year 2000,to review and initiate,as appropriate,nationalland-resource surveys, detailingthelocation, extentand severityof land degradation; (b) To prepare and implementcomprehensive policies and prograrrunes leading to the reclamationof degraded lands and the conservation areasat risk, as well as of improve the generalplanning,managelnent utilizaand tion of land resourcesand preserve soil fertility for sustainable agricultural development.

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 14.43Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantintemationaland regionalorganizations, should: (a) Establish land-resource mappingandplanning units at national, districtandvillagelevelsto actasfocal points and links betweeninstitutionsand disciplines,and between Govemments and people; (b) Establishor strengthen Govemmentsand international institutions with responsibilityfor agricultural resource survey,management development; and rationalize and strengthenlegal frameworks; and provide equipmentand technicalassistance. ACTIVITIES A) MA,NAGEMENI-R ELATED ACTtVtTt ES 14.46 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Developandimplementprogrammestoremoveand resolvethe physical,socialand economiccauses land of degradation, such as land tenure, appropriate trading systems and agriculturalpricing structures, which lead to inappropriateland-usemanagement; (b) Provide incentivesand, where appropriateand possible, resourcesfor the participationof local communities in the planning,implementationand maintenance of their own conservation and reclamationprogrammes; (c) Develop and implement programmesfor the rehabilitationof landdegradedby water-logging salinity; and (d) Develop and implement programmes for the progressive of non-cultivated use land with agricultural potentialin a sustainable way.

E) rAND CONSERVATTON AND REHABIL|TAT|ON

BASIS ACTION FOR 14.44Land degradationis the most important environmentalproblemaffectingextensive areas land in both of developed developing and countries. The problemof soil erosion is particularly acute in developing countries, while problemsof salinization, waterlogging, pollusoil tion andlossof soil fertility areincreasing all countries. in Land degradation serious is the because productivityof just when populations hugeareas land is declining of are increasing rapidlyandthedemand the landis growing on to produce more food, fibre and fuel. Efforts to control land degradation, particularlyin developingcountries,

B) DATA AND /NFORMATTON 14.47 Governments,at the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Conductperiodic surveysto assess extentand the stateof its land resources:

121

(b) Strengthenand establish national land-resource databanks,including identificationof the location,extent as and severityof existingland degradation, well asareas and at risk, and evaluatethe progressof the conservation launchedin this regard; rehabilitationprogralrunes (c) Collect and record information on indigenousconservation and rehabilitation practicesand farming sysand extensionprogrammes. tems as a basisfor research

DEVELOPMENI C) HUMANRESOURCE 14.51Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should train field staff and land users in inand of digenous and moderntechniques conservation trai and shoul destabl i sh ni ngf acilit ies rehabi l i tati on for extensionstaff and land users.

AND REG/ONAI. C,| INIERN,AIIONAI. AND COORD'NAIION COOPERAI'ON regional United Nationsagencies, 14.48The appropriate organizations organizations and non-governmental should: (a) Develop priority conservation and rehabilitation and with advisory servicesto Governments programmes regionalorganizations ; (b) Establish regional and subregional networks for scientistsand techniciansto exchangeexperiences, technolsuccessful and developjoint programmes spread rehabilitation. and ogieson land conservation

D] CAPACITY.BUILDING 14.52 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Develop and strengthennational researchinstitutional capacity to identify and implement effective conthat areappropriate servationandrehabilitationpractices physicalconditions the of to theexistingsocio-economic land users; (b) Coordinate land conservation rehabilitation and all with relatedongoing policies,strategies progralnmes and actionplans, prograrnmes, suchas nationalenvironment the Tropical ForestryAction Plan and national development prograrnmes.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATTON A/ F/NANC/NG 14.49The Conferencesecretariathas estimatedthe of total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing average the activitiesof this programmeto be about $5 billion, including about$800million from the internationalcomterms.Theseareindicamunity on grantor concessional only andhavenot estimates tive andorder-of-magnitude beenreviewedby Govemments.Actual costsandfinanwill cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand decideupon for implementaprogrammes Governments tion. FOOD PRODUCTION F) WATERFOR SUSTAINABLE RURATDEVELOP}IENT AND SUSTAINABTE 14.53This programmearea is included in chapter 18 (Protectionof thequality andsupplyof freshwaterresources).prograffuneareaF.

c) coNsERvATloN AND SUSTAINABII t TltlZATloN FOR OF PIANT C#NETrcRESOI.|RCES FOOD AND AGR,rcUtruRE SUSTANABTE

MEANS AND TECHNOLOGICAL 8/ SC/ENI,FtC 14.50Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organto communities izations,shouldhelp farming household and technologies investigateand promote site-specific farming systems that conserve and rehabilitate land, includingconagriculturalproduction, while increasing terracingand mixed cropservationtillage agroforestry, ping.

FOR BASIS ACTION for 14.54Plant geneticresources agriculture(PGRFA) are an essentialresourceto meet future needsfor food. Threats to the security of theseresourcesare growing, developand usegeneticdiversity andefforts to conserve, are underfundedand understaffed.Many existing gene securityand,in someinstances, banksprovideinadequate diversityin genebanksis asgreat the lossof plantgenetic as it is in the field. the 14.55The primary objectiveis to safeguard world's them to use sustainwhile preserving geneticresources ably. This includes the developmentof measuresto facilitate the conservationand use of plant genetic re-

122

areasand use networksof in situ conservation sources, and germ plasma of tools suchas ex situ collecticlns emphasis could be placedon the building banks. Special evaluation capacityfor characterization, of endogenous and utilization of PGRFA, particularly for the minor or crops and other underutilized non-utilizedspecies of food and agriculture,including tree speciesfor action could be aimed at agro-forestry. Subsequent of consolidationand efficient management networks areasand use of tools such as of in situ conservation ex situ collectionsand germ plasmabanks. exist in the capacity 14.56Major gaps and weaknesses of existing national and internationalmechanismsto to assess, study,monitor and useplant geneticresources Existinginstitutional capacity, food production. increase and are structures and programmes generallyinadequate There is geneticerosionof invallargely underfunded. is uablecrop species.Existingdiversity in crop species food producfor not usedto theextentpossible increased wav"* tion in a sustainable

objectivesof sustainable agricultureand rural development in view; (c) Develop multiplication/propagation, exchange facilities for PGRFAs (seedsand and dissemination p l a n t i n g m a t e r i a l s ) ,p a r t i c u l a r l y i n d e v e l o p i n g plantintrocountries andmonitor,controlandevaluate ducti ons; (d) Prepareplans or programmesof priority action on use conservation and sustainable of PGRFA, based,as of appropriate, country studies PGRFA; on (e) Promote systems in cropdiversification agricultural where appropriate, including new plantswith potential value as food crops; (f) Promoteutilization as well as research poorly on known, but potentiallyuseful, plants and crops, where appropriate; (g) Strengthen national capabilitiesfor utilization of PGRFA, plant breedingand seedproductioncapabilities, institutions and farmingcommunities. both by specialized

AND /NFORMATION B) DATA OBJECTIVES areaare: of 14.57The objectives this programme (a) To complete first regeneration safeduplicaand the on tion of existingex situ collections a world-widebasis as soonas possible; (b) To collect and study plants useful for increasing joint activities, includingtrainfood productionthrough ing, within the frameworkof networksof collaboratins institutions; (c) Not later than the year 2000, to adoptpoliciesand strengthenor establishprogrammesfor in situ on-farm use of plant and sustainable and e.r silr.rconservation integrated into genetic for resources food andagriculture, for agriculture; strategies programrnes sustainable and (d) To take appropriatemeasures the fair and equifor table sharing of benefits and results of researchand and in development plant breedingbetweenthe sources usersof plant geneticresources. 14.59Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the and supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganshould: izations, (a) Develop strategies networksof in situ conserfor vation areasand use of tools such as on-f'armex situ germplasm banksand relatedtechnologies; collections, (b) Establish situ basecollectionnetworks; ex (c) Review periodicallyand reporton the situationon and procedures; PGRFA, usingexistingsystems (d) Characterrzeand evaluate PGRFA material colinformation to tacilitate the use of lected,disseminate PGRFA collectionsand assess eeneticvariationin collections.

AND c/ /NTFRNAT/ONAI. REGIONAI AND COCRDINAI/ON COOPERAI/ON 14.60The appropriateUnited Nations agenciesand regionalorganizations should: (a) Strengthen Global Systemon the Conservathe Use of PGRFA by, inter alia, tion and Sustainable acceleratingthe developmentof the Global Information and Early WarningSystem facilitatetheexchange to ways to promotethe transfer of information;developing in of environmentally soundtechnologies, particularto developingcountries; and taking further stepsto realize farmers' ri ghts: (b) Developsubregional, regionalandglobalnetworks of PGRFAin situ in protected areas:

ACTIVITIES IT S ACTIV IE ELATED A) MANAGEMENI-R 14.58Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the and regionalorgansupportof the relevantinternational izations. should: (a) Develop and strengtheninstitutional capacity, and use of for and progranunes conservation structures PGRFA: (b) Strengthenand establishresearchin the public domain on PGRFA evaluationand utilization.with the

123

(c) Prepare periodic state of the world reports on PGRFA; (d) Preparea rolling global cooperativeplan of action on PGRFA: (e) Promote,for l994,the Fourth InternationalTechniUse and Sustainable on cal Conference the Conservation of PGRFA, which is to adopt the first stateof the world report and the first global plan of action on the conservause tion and sustainable of PGRFA; and (0 Adjust the Global Systemfor the Conservation Use of PGRFA in line with the outcome of Sustainable the negotiationsof a conventionon biological diversity'

supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizationsshould: (a) Promote training programmesat both undergradfor sciences levelsin conservation uateandpost-graduate running PGRFA facilities and for the design and implementationof national programmesin PGRFA; (b) Raisethe awareness agriculturalextensionserof vices in order to link PGRFA activitieswith user communities; (c) Developtraining materialsto promoteconservation and utilizationof PGRFAat the local level.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATTON A/ F'NANC'NG 14.61The Conference secretariathas estimated the averagetotal annual cost (1993-2000)of implementing the activitiesof this programmeto be about$600 million, including about$300million from the internationalcomterms.Theseare indicmunity on grant or concessional only andhavenot estimates ativeand order-of-magnitude beenreviewedby Govemments.Actual costsand financial will terms,including any that are non-concessional, depend upofl, inter ali.a, ttre specific sfategies and programmes decideuponfor implementation. Govemments level,with the supat 14.64Governments the appropriate and port of therelevantinternational regional organizations, for nationalpoliciesto providelegalstatus shouldestablish of legalaspects PGRFA,includinglong-term andstrengthen and imcollections fbr financialcommitments germplasm plementation activitiesin PGRFA. of

AND zuSTAINABU UnUZATION H) CONSERVATION FOR RESOURCES OF ANIMAT GENETIC AGRICUTTURE SUSTAINABLE

FOR BASIS ACTION MEANS AND 8' SC'ENTIFIC TECHNOI.OGICAL 14.62 Governments,at the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Develop basic science researchin such areas as plant taxonomy and phytogeography,utilizing recent such as computer sciences,molecular developments, geneticsand in vitro cryopreservation; (b) Develop major collaborativeprojects betweenres ear c h pro g ra m m e si n d e v e l o p e d a n d devel opi ng countries, particularly for the enhancementof poorly crops; known or neglected (c) Promote cost-effective technologies for keeping duplicatesetsof ex situ collections(which can also be usedby local communities); in sciences relationto (d) Developfurtherconservation and technicalmeansto link it with in situ conservation ex situ conservationefforts. 14.65The need for increasedquantity and quality of andfor draughtanimalscallsfor conseranimalproducts to vation of the existingdiversityof animalbreeds meet thosefor use in biotechincluding future requirements, nology. Some local animal breeds,in additionto their value, have unique attributesfor adaptasocio-cultural resistance and specificusesand shouldbe tion, disease by are local breeds threatened extincpreserved.These of exotic breedsand tion as a result of the introduction in of changes livestockproductionsystems.

OBJECTIVES areaare: of 14.66The objectives this programme (a) To enumerate and describeall breedsof livestock in usedin animalagriculture as broada way as possible of programme action; and begin a 1O-year to (b) To establish and implementaction programmes identify breedsat risk, togetherwith the natureof the risk measures and appropriatepreservation ; (c) To establish and implement development protheir in grammes indigenous breeds orderto guarantee for survival, avoiding the risk of their being replacedby prograrnmes. or breedsubstitution cross-breeding

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRESOURCE at 14.63Governments the appropriatelevel and with the

124

ACTMTES ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R ELATED 14.67 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantintemationaland regional organizations, should: (a) Draw up breed preservationplans, for endangered populations, including semen/embryo collection and of storage,farm-based conservation indigenousstock or in situ preservation; (b) Plan and initiate breeddevelopmentstrategies; (c) Select indigenous populations on the basis of for regional importanceand geneticuniqueness, a 1O-year programme, followed by selection an additionalcohort of of indigenousbreedsfor development.

take action to preserveendangered breedsand to seek technical assistance, where necessary.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F'NANC/NGAND COSTEVALUATION 14.70The Conference secretariathas estimated the average total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of to the activitiesof this prograrnme be about$200million, including about $100 million from the internationalcommunity on grantor concessional terms. Theseareindicative and order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Govemments. Actual costs and financial will terms,includingany thatarenon-concessional, depend upon, inter alia, the specific sftategiesand programmes Govemmentsdecideupon for implementation.

AND 'NFORMATTON B) DATA 14.68Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should prepare and complete national inventories of availableanimal geneticresources.Cryogenic and storage could be given priority over characterization evaluation. Training of nationals in conservationand would be given specialattention. assessment techniques B/ SC/ENilFrC AND TECHNOLOGTCAL MEANS 14J1 Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Use computer-based databanksand questionnaires to preparea global inventory/world watch list; (b) Using cryogenic storageof germplasm,preserve risk andothermaterialfrom which senes breedsat serious can be reconstructed.

AND C) 'NIERN,AI/ON,AI. REG/ONAI. COOP ERAI'ONAND COORD'NAIION 14.69The appropriate United Nations and other international and regional agenciesshould: (a) Promotethe establishment regional gene banks of to the extent that they are justified, basedon principles of technicalcooperationamong developingcountries; (b) Process,store and analyseanimal genetic data at of the global level, including the establishment a world watch list and an early warning systemfor endangered breeds;global assessment scientific and intergovernof mental guidance of the programme and review of r egional and n a ti o n a l a c ti v i ti e s ; d e v e l o p ment of (including internamethodologies, norms and standards monitoring of their implementation; tional agreements); and relatedtechnicaland financial assistance; (c) Prepareand publish a comprehensive database of animal genetic resources,describing each breed, its derivation, its relationship with other breeds,effective population size and a concise set of biological and production characteristics ; (d) Prepareand publish a world watch list on farm to animal species risk to enablenationalGovernments at

DEVELOPMENI C) HUMANRFSOURCE 14.72 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Sponsortraining coursesfor nationalsto obtain the necessary expertisefor data collection and handling and for the sampling of geneticmaterial; (b) Enable scientistsand managersto establishan information base for indigenous livestock breeds and promote programmesto develop and conserveessential livestockgeneticmaterial.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING 14,73Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should: (a) Establishin-country facilities for artificial insemination centresand in situbreedingfarms;

125

(b) Promotein-country programmes and relatedphystinfrastructurefor animal livestock conservationand cal national as breeddevelopment, well as for strengthening to take preventive action when breeds are capacities endangered.

ACTIVITIES ES ACT ELATED IVITI A) MANAGFMENI-R 14.76Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Review and reform national policies and the mechanisms that would ensurethe safe and appropriate use of pesticides for example,pesticidepricing, pest price-structure inputsandoutputsand of controlbrigades, policies and action plans; integratedpest-management (b) Develop and adopt efficient managementsystems to control and monitor the incidenceof pestsand disease in agriculture and the distribution and use of pesticides at the country level; (q) Encourage research and development into pesticides that are target-specificand readily degradeinto harmlessconstituentparts after use; (d) Ensure that pesticide labels provide farmers with information about safe handling, appliunderstandable cation and disposal.

ftTANAGEfrlENT PEST rl TNTEGRATED AND CONTROLIN AGRICUTTURE

BASIS ACTION FOR 14.14World food demand projections indicate an increaseof 50 per cent by the year 2000 which will more put estimates thandoubleagainby 2050.Conservative lossescausedby pests pre-harvestand post-harvest between 25 and 50 per cent. Pests affecting animal health also cause heavy losses and in many areas preventlivestockdevelopment. Chemical control of agricultural pests has dominated the scene,but its overusehas adverseeffects on farm budgets,human as healthand the environment, well as on international trade. New pest problemscontinueto develop. Intewhich combinesbiological gratedpest management, and appropriatefarming control, host plant resistance is practicesand minimizes the use of pesticides, the best option for the future, as it guaranteesyields, reducescosts, is environmentallyfriendly and conof tributesto the sustainability agriculture.Integrated pest management shouldgo hand in hand with appropriate pesticide managementto allow for pesticide regulation and control,includingtrade,andfor the safe particularlythose handlingand disposalof pesticides, t hat ar e t oxi c a n d p e rs i s te n t.

AND TNFORMAT/ON B) DATA 14J7 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Consolidateand harmonize existing information that havebeen on and programmes the useof pesticides in restricted differentcountries; bannedor severely (b) Consolidate, informadocumentand disseminate and organicpesticides, tion on biologicalcontrol agents as well as on traditionaland other relevantknowledge and skills regardingalternativenon-chemicalways of controllingpests; (c) Undertakenational surveys to establishbaseline information on the useof pesticidesin eachcountry and the side-effectson human health and environment,and also undertakeappropriateeducation.

OBJECTIVES of 14.75The objectives this programmeareaare: (a) Not later than the year 2000, to improve and andanimalhealthservices, implementplantprotection to including mechanisms control the distributionand and to implementthe International use of pesticides, Code of C o n d u c t o n th e D i s tri b u ti o n and U se of P es t ic ide s : (b) To improve and implement programmes to put practiceswithin the reach integratedpest-management of farmers through farmer networks,extensionservices institutions; and research operational (c) Not laterthantheyear 1998, establish to and and interactivenetworksamongfarmers,researchers pest integrated to services promoteanddevelop extension management.

AND REG/ONAL c/ ,NTERNAilONAT. AND COORD/NAI/ON COOPERAIION and 14.78AppropriateUnitedNationsagencies regional should: organizations (a) Establisha system for collecting, analysingand data on the quantity and quality of pestdisseminating icides usedevery year and their impact on humairhealth and the environment; (b) Strengthenregional interdisciplinary projects and

126

(IPM) networksto establishintegratedpestmanagement demonstratethe social, economic and environmental benefitsof IPM for food and cashcrops in agriculture; (c) Develop proper IPM, comprisingthe selectionof the variety of biological,physicaland culturalcontrols, as well as chemicalcontrols,taking into accountspecific regionalconditions.

tions and regulatorybodiesin the control of pesticides and the transferof technologyfor integrated pestmanagement.

PrANT NUTRTTTON TO J) SUSTATNABTE INCREASE FOOD PRODUCTION

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC'NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 14.79The Conference secretariathas estimated the averagetotal annual cost (1993-2000)of implementing the activitiesof this programme be about$ 1.9billion, to includingabout$285million from theinternational qommunity on grantor concessional terms.Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and have not beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsandfinanwill cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategies and programmesGovernments decideupon for implementation.

BASIS ACTION FOR 14.83 l ant nutri ent depl eti oni s a seri ousproblem P resulting in loss of soil fertility, particularlyin devel opi ngcountri es. mai ntai nsoi l productivit y, To the FAO sustainable lant nutrition programmes p coul d be hel pful . In sub-S aharan fri ca, nutrient A output from al l sources i currentl yexceeds nputs by a factor of three or four, the net loss being estimated a t s o m e l 0 m i l l i o n m e t r i ct o n sp e r y e a r .A s a r e s u l t , more margi nall andsand fragi l e naturalecosyst em s are put under agri cul turaluse, thus creati ngfurt her probl em s. l and degradati on and otherenvi ronmental The i ntegratedpl ant nutri ti on approachai ms at ensuri ng a sustai nabl esuppl y of pl ant nutri ents t o i ncrease future yi el ds w i thout harmi ng the envir onment and soi l producti vi ty. 14.84In many developing populationgrowth countries, ratesexceed3 per cent a year,and nationalagricultural production has fallen behind food demand. ln these countries the goal should be to increaseagricultural production at least percenta year,withoutdestroying 4 by the soil fertility. This will requireincreasing agricultural productionin high-potential areasthroughefficiencyin the useof inputs. Trainedlabour,energysupply,adapted plant nutrientsand soil enrichtools and technologies, ment will all be essential.

8/ SC'ENilFrC AND TECHNOTOG\CAL MEANS 14.80Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantintemational and regionalorganizations,shouldlaunch on-farm research the developin ment of non-chemicalalternativepestmanagement technologies.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 14.81Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantintemationaland regional organizations. should: (a) Prepare and conduct training programmes on approachesand techniquesfor integratedpest management and control of pesticideuse, to inform policy makers, rese archers, non-govemmentalorganization and farmers s ; (b) Train extensionagentsand involve farmers and women's groups in crop health and altemative nonchemicalways of controllingpestsin agriculture.

OBJECTIVES 14.85The objectives this programmeareaare: of (a) Not later than the year 2000,to developand maintain in all countriesthe integratedplant nutrition approach, andto optimizeavailabilityof fertilizerandother plant nutrientsources; (b) N ot l ater than the year 2000, to establ i shand mai ntai n i nsti tuti onaland human i nfrastructur e o t enhanceeffecti ve deci si on-maki ng soi l prod ucon tivity; (c) To develop makeavailable and national intemaand tional know-how to farmers,extension planners agents, and policy makerscln envirclnmentally sound new and existing technologiesand soil-fertility management strategi es for appl i cati oni n promoti ng sustai nable agriculture.

D) CAPACITY.BUILDING 14.82Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantintemational and regionalorganizations,should strengthen nationalpublic administra-

127

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENT-R ELATED ACTIVIT S IE 14.86Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Formulate and apply strategiesthat will enhance soil fertility maintenance meetsustainable to agricultural production and adjust the relevant agricultural policy instrumentsaccordingly; (b) Integrate organic and inorganic sourcesof plant nutrientsin a systemto sustainsoil fertility anddetermine mineral fertilizer needs; (c) Determine plant nutrient requirementsand supply strategiesand optimize the use of both organic and inorganic sources,as appropriate,to increasefarming effi ciency and production; (d) Develop andencourage processes the recyclingof for organicand inorganicwasteinto the soil structure,without harming the environment,plant growth and humanhealth.

the activitiesof this programme be about$3.2 billion, to including about$475 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicativeandorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhave not been reviewedby Gclvernments. Actual costsand financialterms,includingany thatarenon-concessional, will depend upon,inter alia,the specificstrategies and programmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

B/ SC/EN|FIC AND TECHNOLOGTCAL MEANS 14.90Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations.should: (a) Develop site-specifictechnologies benchmark at sites and farmers' fields that fit prevailing socio-economic and ecological conditions through researchthat involvesthe full collaboration local populations; of (b) Reinforce interdisciplinary international research and transferof technologyin cropping and farming systemsresearch, improvedin sirabiomass production techniques, organic residue managementand agroforestry technologies.

B) DATAAND /NFORMAI/ON 14.87Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Assess"national accounts"for plant nutrients,in(inputs)andlosses (outputs) prepare cludingsupplies and balancesheetsand projectionsby cropping systems; (b) Review technicaland economicpotentialsof plant nutrient sources, including nationaldeposits, improved organic supplies,recycling, wastes,topsoil produced from discardedorganicmatterand biological nitrogen fixation.

c) HUTAAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENI 14.91Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternational regionalorganand izations,should: (a) Train extensionofficers and researchers plant in nutrientmanagement, croppingsystems farmingsysand tems, and in economicevaluationof plant nutrientimpact; (b) Trainfarmers andwomen'sgroupsin plantnutrition management, with special emphasis topsoilconservaon tion and production.

C/ /NTERNAI'ONAT AND REGIONAI. COOPERAI/ON,AND COORD/NAI/ON 14.88The appropriate United Nations agencies, such as FAO, the internationalagriculturalresearch institutes,and non-governmental organizations shouldcollaboratein carout information and publicity campaignsabout the rying integrated plant nutrients approach,efficiency of soil productivity and their relationshipto the environment.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING 14.92 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Develop suitable institutional mechanismsfor policy formulationto monitor andguidethe implementation of integrated plant nutritionprogrammes throughan .exteninteractiveprocessinvolving farmers,research, sion services and other sectors society; of (b) Where appropriate, strengthenexisting advisory services andtrainstaff,develop andtestnewtechnologies

MEANSOF IMPLEMENTATION A) F'NANCING AND COSI EVALUATTON

14.89The Conference secretariathas estimated the averagetotal annual cost (1993-2000)of implementing

128

to and of and facilitatethe adoption practices upgrade of maintain productivity theland. full TO TRANSTTTON K) RURArENERGY PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCE

(b) Initiate and promoterural energyprogrammes supported by technical training, banking and relatedinfrastructure; (c) Intensify researchand the development,diversificaneed of takinginto accountthe tion andconservation energy, soundtechnology. for efficient useand environmentally

FOR BASIS ACTION 14.93 Energy suppliesin many countries are not commensuratewith their developmentneedsand are highly priced and unstable. In rural areasof the developing of countries,the chief sources energyarefuelwood, crop manure, together with animal and human residuesand energy. More intensive energy inputs are required for productivity of human labour and for incomeincreased generation. thisend,ruralenergypoliciesandtechnolTo fossil and ogies shouldpromotea mix of cost-effective sourcesthat is itself sustainableand renewableenergy ensures sustainableagricultural development.Rural areasprovide energy suppliesin the form of wood. The full potential of agricultureand agroforestry,as well as as common property resources, sourcesof renewable is far from being realized. The attainment of energy, is rural development intimately linked with sustainable supply patterns.) energy demandand

AND /NFORMAT/ON B) DATA 14.96Governments at the appropriate level, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Collect and disseminate dataon rural energysupply and demand patterns related to energy needs for and agro-industry; households, agriculture (b) Analyse sectoral energy and production data in order to identify rural energyrequirements.

AND REG'ONAL c/ /NTERNAT/ONAI AND COORD/NAI/ON COOPERAIION 14.97The appropriate United Nations agenciesand should, drawingon theexperience regionalorganizations and available information of non-governmentalorganizations in this field. exchangecountry and regional experienceon rural energy planning methodologiesin order to promoteefficient planningand selectcost-effective technologies.

OBJECTIVES areaare: of 14.94The objectives this programme (a) Not later than the year 2000,to initiate andencourage soundenergytransitionin rural of a process environmentally to energysources, strucfrom unsustainable communities, energy sourcesby making available tured and diversified of alternativenew and renewablesources energy; (b) To increasethe energy inputs available for rural needsthrough planning householdand agro-industrial transferand development; and appropriatetechnology favouring (c) To implementself-reliantruralprogrammes and energysources of renewable development sustainable efficiency. improved energy

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION A/ F/NANCING 14.98The Conference secretariathas estimated the of averagetotal annualcost (1993-2000) implementing to the activitiesof this programme be about$ 1.8billion, comincludingabout$265million from theinternational munity on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicaonly and havenot tive and order-of-magnitude estimates Actual costsand finanbeenreviewedby Governments. will cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, and prodepend upon, inter alict,the specificsfrategies grafflmesGovemmentsdecideupon for implementation.

ACTIVITIES ACT IE ELATED IVIT S A) MANAGEMENI-R 14.95Governmentsat the appropriatelevel. with the supportof the relevantintemationaland regionalorganshould: izations. of (a) Promote pilot plansandprojects consisting elecbiomass, and trical,mechanical thermalpower(gasifiers, that solar driers.wind-pumpsand combustionsystems) are appropriateand likely to be adequatelymaintained;

MEANs AND TECHNOLOGTCAL 8/ SC/ENr/F'C 14.99Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations, should:

129

(a) Intensify public and private sector researchin developingand industrializedcountrieson renewable sourcesof energyfor agriculture; (b) Undertakeresearch and transferof energytechnologiesin biomassand solarenergyto agriculturalproducactivities. tion and post-harvest

animal life in affectedregions,as well as its impact on agriculture, and to develop, as appropriate, strategies aimed at mitigating its adverseeffects.

ACTIVITIES IV I MAN EM AG ENI-RET ED ACT IT ES AT

DEVELOPMENT c) HUMANRESOURCE 14.100Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organpublic awareness rural energy of izations,shouldenhance the problems,stressing economicand environmentaladvantagesof renewableenergy sources.

14.104In affectedregions,Govemmentsat the appropriate level, with the support of the relevant international and regional organizations,should take the necessary through institutionalcooperation,to facilitate measures, and evaluationregarding the implementationof research ultraviolet radiationon plant and the effectsof enhanced animal life, as well as on agricultural activities, and considertaking appropriateremedialmeasures.

D) CAPACITY-BUtLD\NG level, with the at l4.l0l Governments the appropriate supportof the relevantinternationaland regional organizations,should: (a) Establish national institutional mechanismsfor that would imrural energy planning and management prove efficiency in agricultural productivity and reach level; the village and household (b) Strengthenextension services and local organfornew and andprogrammes to izations implementplans renewablesourcesof energy at the village level.

OF tl EvAruATloN oF rHE EFFECTS UITRAVIOLET RADIATIONON PtANNi AND ANIMATS CAUSED OF BY THE DEPTETION ITIE STRATOSPHERIC OZONE IAYER

FOR BASIS ACTION 14.102The increaseof ultraviolet radiation as a conseozone layer quenceof the depletionof the stratospheric is a phenomenonthat has been recorded in different regions of the world, particularly in the southernhemiit sphere.Consequently, is important to evaluateits effects on plant and animal life, as well as on sustainable agriculturaldevelopment.

in in oreo ore presented of the issues this progromme poverty). chopter3 (Comboting in 8 in oreoore discussed chopter of theissues thisprogromme in ond (lntegroting ond environmeni development decision-moking) in for cooperotion mechonisms internoiionol ond chopter32 (Notionol in countries). copocity$uilding developing in ore presented chopter lO (lntegroted of the issues of to ond monogement londresources). opprooch lhe plonning 4The oreo ore relotedto someof the octivities thisprogromme of diversity). of in octivities chopter15 (Conservotion biologicol 5The oreo ore reloiedto someof the octivities thisprogromme of of in ociivities chopter9 (Protection the otmosphere). 3sor" 2sor"

'Some

OBJECTIVE areais to underof 14.103The objective this programme take research to determine the effects of increased ozone ultraviolet radiation resulting from stratospheric layer depletion on the Earth's surface,and on plant and

r30

t5

diversity Conservotion biologicol of

INTRODUCTION

15.1 The objectivesand activities in this chapter of Agenda 2l are intendedto improve the conservationof use biologicaldiversityand the sustainable of biological resources, well as to supportthe Conventionon Bioas logical Diversity. goodsand services 15.2 Our planet'sessential depend populaon the variety and variability of genes,species, Biological resourcesfeed and tions and ecosystems. clothe us and provide housing,medicinesand spiritual The naturalecosystems forests,savanof nourishment. nahs,pastures and rangelands, deserts, tundras,rivers, lakes and seascontain most of the Earth's biodiversity. Farmers'fields and gardensare also of greatimportance while genebanks,botanicalgardens, zoos asrepositories, and other germplasmrepositoriesmake a small but significant contribution. The currentdeclinein biodiversity is largely the result of human activity and represents a seriousthreatto human development.

to benefits.Urgentanddecisiveactionis needed conserve with a view andmaintaingenes, species ecosystems, and to the sustainablemanagementand use of biological resources. forthe assessment, studyandsysteCapacities matic observationand evaluationof biodiversity needto be reinforced at national and internationallevels.Effective national action and internationalcooperationis required for the in situ protectionof ecosystems, the ex for and situ conservation biological and geneticresources of functions.The particifor the enhancement ecosystem of pation and support of local communities are elements essential to the successof such an approach. Recent advancesin biotechnology have pointed up the likely potential for agriculture,health and welfare and for the environmentalpurposes the geneticmaterialcontained of At in plants,animalsandmicro-organisms. the sametime, it is particularly important in this context to stressthat States have the sovereign right to exploit their own biological resources pursuant to their environmental policies.as well as the responsibilityto conservetheir biodiversityand use their biological resources sustainably,and to ensurethat activitieswithin their jurisdiction or control do not causedamageto the biological diversity of other Statesor of areasbeyond the limits of national jurisdiction.

P R C G R A M MA R E A E
OBJECTIVES CONSERVATION BIOTOGICALD]VERSITY OF 15.4 Governments at the appropriate level, with the cooperationof the relevant United Nations bodies and regional, intergovernmentaland non-governmental organizations,the private sector and financial institutions, and taking into considerationindigenouspeople and their communities, as well as social and economic factors,should: (a) Press forthe early entry into force of the Convention particion BiologicalDiversity,with the widestpossible pation;

BASIS ACTION FOR 15.3 Despitemounting efforts over the past 20 years, the lossof the world's biologicaldiversity,mainly from pollution and the habitat destruction, over-harvesting, introduction foreignplantsand animals, inappropriate of constitute capital a hascontinued. Biologicalresources asset with great potential for yielding sustainable

r3r

(b) Develop national strategies the conservationof for biologicaldiversityand the sustainable of biological use resources; (c) Integrate strategies the conservation biologifor of cal diversity and the sustainable use of biological resources into national development strategiesand/or plans; (d) Takeappropriate measures the fair andequitable for sharing of benefits derived from researchand development anduseof biologicalandgenetic resources, including biotechnology,between the sourcesof those resources and thosewho usethem; (e) Carry out country studies,as appropriate, the on conservation biological diversity and the sustainable of useof biologicalresources, includinganalyses relevant of costs and benefits,with particularreferenceto socioeconomicaspects; ( 0 P r odu c e re g u l a rl y u p d a te d w o rl d reports on biodiversitybasedupon nationalassessments; (g) Recognizeand foster the traditional methods and the knowledge of indigenouspeople and their communities, emphasizingthe particular role of women, relevantto the conservation biological diversity and of the sustainable of biological resources, use and ensure the opportunity for the participation of those groups in the economicand commercial benefitsderived from the useof suchtraditionalmethodsand knowledgell (h) Implement mechanismsfor the improvement, generation, development and sustainable of biotechuse nology and its safe transfer,particularlyto developing countries, taking account the potential contribution of biotechnology theconservation biologicaldiversity to of and the sustainable of biologicalresources;2 use (i) Promotebroaderinternationaland regionalcooperation in furtheringscientificandeconomicunderstanding of the importanceof biodiversity and its functions in ecosystems; () Develop measures arrangements implement and to the rights of countriesof origin of geneticresources or countriesproviding geneticresources, definedin the as Conventionon Biological Diversity, particularly developing countries, benefitfrom the biotechnologito cal developmentand the commercial utilization of productsderivedfrom suchresources.2'3

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGFMENT-R ELATED ACTtVtTtE S 15.5 Governments the appropriate at levels.consistent with nationalpoliciesandpractices, with the cooperation of therelevantUnitedNationsbodiesand,asappropriate, intergovernmental organizations and,with the supportof

indigenouspeople and their communities,non-governmental organizations and other groups, including the business scientificcommunities, consistent and and with the requirementsclf internationallaw, should, as appropriate: (a) Developnewor strengthen existingstrategies, plans or programmesof action for the conservation biologiof cal diversity and the sustainable use of biological resources, taking account education of and trainingneeds;a (b) Integratestrategies the conservation biologifor of cal diversity and the sustainableuse of biological and geneticresources into relevantsectoralor cross-sectoral plans,programmes policies,with particularreference and to the special importanceof terrestrialand aquatic biological and geneticresources food and agriculture;s for (c) Undertakecountry studiesor use other methodsto identify components biological diversity importantfor of its conservation and for the sustainable of biological use ascribevalues to biological and geneticre.resources, sources, identify processes activitieswith significant and impactsupon biological diversity,evaluatethe potential economicimplicationsof the conservation biological of diversityandthe sustainable of biologicalandgenetic use resources, and suggest priority action; (d) Takeeffectiveeconomic,socialandotherappropriate incentive measures encourage conservationof to the biologicaldiversityand the sustainable of biological use resources, including the promotion of sustainable production systems, suchas traditionalmethodsof agriculture, agroforestry,forestry, range and wildlife management,which use,maintainor increase biodiversity;s (e) Subject to national legislation, take action to respect, record,protectandpromotethe widerapplication of the knowledge,innovationsand practicesof indigenous and local communitiesembodyingtraditional lifestylesfor the conservation biologicaldiversityandthe of sustainable of biologicalresources, use with a view to the fair and equitablesharing of the benefitsarising, and promotemechanisms involve thosecommunities, to including women,in the conservation management and of ' ecosystems; (0 Undertakelong-term researchinto the importance of biodiversityfor the functioningof ecosystems the and role of ecosystems producing goods, environmental in services othervaluessuppoftingsustainable and development, with particular reference to the biology and reproductive capacities of key terrestrial and aquatic species, includingnative,cultivated culturedspecies; and new observationand inventory techniques; ecological conditionsnecessary biodiversityconservation for and continuedevolution;and socialbehaviourand nutrition habits dependenton natural ecosystems, where women play key roles. The work should be undertakenwith the

132

widest possibleparticipation,especiallyof indigenous peopleand their communities, includingwomen;l (g) Take action where necessary the conservation for of of biological diversity through the in silu conservation and natural habitats,as well as primitive ecosystems cultivars and their wild relatives,and the maintenance and recovery of viable populationsof speciesin their naturalsurroundings, and implementex situ measures, preferablyin the sourcecountry.In situ measures should include the reinforcement terrestrial,marineand aquatic of protected inter alia, vulnerable and areasystems embrace, and ecosystems, such freshwater otherwetlands coastal and as estuaries, coral reefsand mangroves;o (h) Promote the rehabilitation and restoration of and and damagedecosystems the recoveryof threatened species; endangered (i) Develop policiesto encourage conservation the of use of biological and biodiversity and the sustainable geneticresources privatelands; on 0) Promote environmentally sound attd sustainable developmentin areasadjacentto protectedareaswith a view to furtheringprotectionof theseareas; ( k ) I nt r oduc e a p p ro p ri a tee n v i ro n me n ta li mpact procedures proposedprojectslikely to fbr assessment have significant impacts upon biological diversity, providing fbr suitableinformation to be made widely whereappropriate, availableandfor publi c participation, of the and encourage assessment the impactsof relevant policiesand programmes biologicaldiversity; on (l) Promote,where appropriate,the establishment and strengtheningof national inventory, regulation or management and control systemsrelatedto biological level; resources, the appropnate at (m) Take measuresto encourage a greater understanding and appreciationof the value of biological diversity, as manifestedboth in its componentparts and provided. in the ecosystem services

(b) Develop methodologies with a view to undertaking systematicsampling and evaluationon a national basis of the componentsof biological diversity identified by meansof country studies; (c) Initiate or further developmethodologies begin and or continue work on surveysat the appropriatelevel on the statusof ecosystems and establishbaselineinformaincluding those tion on biological and geneticresources, in terrestrial,aquatic,coastaland marine ecosystems, as well as inventoriesundertakenwith the participationof peopleand their communities; local and indigenous (d) Identify and evaluatethe potential economic and social implications and benefitsof the conservation and sustainable of terrestrialand aquaticspeciesin each use country,building upon the resultsof country studies; (e) Undertakethe updating,analysisand interpretation of data derived from the identification, sampling and evaluationactivities describedabove; (0 Collect, assess and make available relevant and reliable information in a timely manner and in a form suitable for decision-makingat all levels, with the full suppoftand participationof local and indigenouspeople and their communities.

CI /NIERNAIIONAI. AND REG'ONAI. COOPERAI'ONA ND COORDINAIION 15.7 Governments at the appropriate level, with the cooperationof the relevant United Nations bodies and, as appropriate, intergovemmental organizations,and, with the suppofi of indigenous people and their communities, non-governmentalorganizationsand other groups, including the businessand scientific communities,and consistent with the requirements interof nationallaw, should,as appropriate: (a) Considerthe establishment strengthening naor of tional or internationalcapabilitiesand networks for the exchange of data and information of relevanceto the conservationof biological diversity and the sustainable use of biological and geneticresources;7 (b) Produceregularlyupdatedworld reportson biodiversity based uponnationalassessments all counties; in (c) Promotetechnicaland scientific cooperationin the field of conservationof biological diversity and the sustainable use of biological and genetic resources. Specialattentionshouldbe given to the development and strengthening nationalcapabilitiesby meansof human of resource including development institution-building, and the transfer of technology and/or development of research and managementfacilities, such as herbaria, museums,gene banks, and laboratories,related to the conservation biodiversitv:8 of

B) DATA AND INFORMAI/ON level, consistent 15.6 Governments the appropriate at with nationalpoliciesandpractices, with the cooperation of therelevant UnitedNationsbodiesand,asappropriate, intergovernmental organizations, with the support and of non-governindigenouspeopleand their cclmmunities, and other groups, including the mental organrzatrons with and and business scientificcommunities, consistent law, should,as approof the requirements international priate:7 (a) Regularly'collate, evaluate and exchange informaof tion on the conserl'ation bioiogical diversity and the use resources: sustainable of bioloeical

r33

(d) Without prejudiceto the relevantprovisionsof the Conventionon Biological Diversity, facilitate for this relevantto the conchapterthe transferof technologies use servation biologicaldiversityand the sustainable of that of biologicalresources technologies makeuseof or geneticresources cause significant no to and damage the in environment, conformity with chapter34, and recog8 includesbiotechnology,2' nizing that technology (e) Promotecooperation betweenthepartiesto relevant internationalconventionsand action plans rn'iththe aim of strengtheningand coordinating efforts to conserve use biologicaldiversityand the sustainable of biological resources: (0 Strengthensupport for international and regional instruments,programmesand action plans concerned with the conservationof biological diversity and'the sustainable of biologicalresources; use (g) Promote irnproved internationalcoordinationof measures the effectiveconservation management fclr and of endangered/non-pest migratory species,including levels of supportfor the establishment and appropriate managementof protectedareasin transboundarylocat ions : (h) Promotenational efforts with respectto surveys, datacollection, sampling and evaluation, the mainand tenance genebanks. of

(c) Improved and diversified methodsfor ex situ conservationwith a view to the long-term conservationof genetic resources of importance for research and development.

DEVELOPMENI C) HUMANRESOURCE 15.10Thereis a need,whereappropriate, to: (a) Increase numberand/ormakemore efficient use the of trainedpersonnel scientificand technologicalfields in relevant to the conservationof biological diversity and the sustainable of biologicalresources; use (b) Maintain or establish programmes scientificand for technicaleducationand training of managers profesand sionals, especially developing in countries, measures on of for theidentification,conservation biologicaldi versity and the sustainable of biologicalresources; use (c) Promote and encourageunderstandingof the importanceof the measures required for the conservation of biologicaldiversityandthe sustainable of biologiuse cal resources all policy-making and decision-making at levelsin Governments, business ente{prises lending and institutions, the and promoteandencourage inclusionof programmes. thesetopicsin educational

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 15.8 The Conference has secretariat estimated averthe age total annualcost ( 1993-2000) implementingthe of activitiesof this chapterto be about$3.5 billion, including aboutS1.75billion from the international community terms. Theseareindicativeand on grantor concessional order-of-rnagnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financial will terms, including any that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies proand grammes Governments decideuponfor implementation.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING 15.11Thereis a need,whereappropriate, to: (a) Strengthenexisting institutions and/or establish new onesresponsible the conservation biological for of diversityandto considerthe development mechanisms of suchas nationalbiodiversityinstitutes centres; or (b) Continueto build capacityfor the conservation of biologicaldiversityand the sustainable of biological use resources all relevantsectors; in (c) Build capacity, especially within Governments, business enterprisesand bilateral and multilateral development agencies, integrating for biodiversityconpotential cerns, benefits opportunity and costcalculations into project design, implementationand evaluation processesr well asfor evaluating impacton biologias the cal diversityof proposed projects; development (d) Enhancethe capacity of governmentaland private institutions, at the appropriatelevel, responsiblefor protected area planning and managementto undertake intersectoralcoordination and planning with other governmental institutions, non-governmentalorganizationsand, where appropriate, peopleand indigenous their communities.

8/ S C' F N IF tC N D T EC H N O T .OG\C AL N S A MFA includethe need l-5.9 Specificaspects be addressed to to develop: (a) Efficient methodologies baselinesurveysand for inventories, well as for the systematic as samplingand of resources; evaluation biological (b) Methodsand technologies the conservation for of diversity andthe sustainable of biological biological use resources:

134

the ond chopter26 (Recognizing strengthening role of 24 people ond indigenous ondtheir communities) chopter (Globol ond equilobledevelop oction for women towords sustoinoble ment). 2See of sound choptrr16 {Environmentolly monogement biotechnology). Diversity on 2 (Use terms) theConvention Biologicol of of includes following the definitions: "Country originof geneticresources" which meons country the of in conditions. possesses those geneticresources in situ "Countryproviding meons countrysupplythe genetic resources" including ing geneiic resources collectedfrom in sifu sources, populotions bothwild ond domesticoted species, tokenfrom or of which moy or moy not hove originotedin thot ex situsources, country. 3Arti.l"

rsee

4See chopter36 {Promoting publicoworeness ond educotion, troining). ogriculture ond rurol chopter14 (Promoting sustoinoble development) chopter1 I (Comboting ond deforestotion). 6See chopter17 {Protection the oceons, kindsof seos, of oll oreos including ond semi-enclosed ond coostol seos, enclosed rotionol useond development theirliving of ond the protection, resources). ZSee for chopter (lnformotion decision-moking). 40 SSee of soundtechnology, choprer (Tronsfer environmentolly 34 ond cooperotion copocity-building). 5See

i35

1A I \,,

sound Environmentolly monogement of biotechnology

INTRODUCTION

is of l6.l Biotechnology the integration the new techniquesemergingfrom modern biotechnologywith the of well-established approaches traditional biotechnolknowledge-intensive an ogy.Biotechnology, emerging for field, is a set of enablingtechniques bringing about specific man-madechangesin deoxyribonucleicacid (DNA), or genetic material, in plants, animals and leadingto useful productsand techmicrobial systems, nologies.By itself, biotechnologycannot resolveall the fundamental problems of environment and development,so expectationsneed to be temperedby it to realism. Nevertheless, promises makea significant contribution in enabling the development of, for example, better health care, enhancedfood security through sustainableagricultural practices, improved supplies of potable water, more efficient industrial d e v e l o p m e n t p r o c e s s e sf o r t r a n s f o r m i n g r a w methodsof afforestamaterials,supportfor sustainable and detoxification of hazardous tion and reforestation, wastes.Biotechnology also offers new opportunities f o r g l o b a l p a r t n e r s h i p s ,e s p e c i a l l y b e t w e e n t h e (which include countriesrich in biological resources andinvestgeneticresources) lackingthe expertise but throughbiotechmentsneededto apply suchresources nology and the countriesthat have developedthe technological expertiseto transformbiological resources development.l of so thatthey servethe needs sustainable of Biotechnologycan assistin the conservation those techniques.The through,for example,ex sitr.r resources programmeareassetout below seekto fosterinternationally agreedprinciplesto be appliedto ensurethe enviof ronmentally sound management biotechnology,to engenderpublic trust and confidence,to promote the of applications biotechnolof development sustainable

ogy and to establishappropriateenabling mechanisms, especiallywithin developingcountries,through the following activities: (a) Increasingthe availability of food, feed and renewable raw materials: (b) Improving human health; (c) Enhancingprotectionof the environment; (d) Enhancing safety and developing international for mechanisms cooperation; (e) Establishingenablingmechanisms the developfor ment and the environmentally sound application of biotechnology.

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
Al TNGREASTNG AVAttABtUW OF FOOD, THE FEED AND RENEWABTE RAW }IATERIALIi

BASIS ACTION FOR 16.2 To meet the growing consumption needs of the global population, the challengeis not only to increase food supply,but also to improve food distribution significantly while simultaneously developingmore sustainaproducble agriculturalsystems. Much of this increased tivity will need to take place in developingcountries.It will require the successful and environmentally safe applicationof biotechnologyin agriculture,in the environmentandinhumanhealth Mostof theinvestment care. in modern biotechnologyhas been in the industrialized and human resource world. Significantnew investments development will be required in biotechnology, especially in the developingworld.

r36

OBJECTIVES keepingin are 16.3 The following objectives proposed, mind the need to promote the use of appropriatesafety measures basedon programmeareaD: (a) To increase the optimumpossible extenttheyield to by species, of major crops, livestock,and aquaculture of using the combinedresources modernbiotechnology imand conventional plant/animal/micro-organism provement,including the more diverseuse of genetic both hybrid and original.' Forest material resources, to product yields should similarly be increased, ensure use the sustainable of forests;' (b) To reducethe need for volume increases food, of feed and raw materials by improving the nutritional of value (composition) the sourcecrops,animalsand lossesof and to reducepost-harvest micro-organisms, plant and animalproducts; pest,disease and (c) To increase use of integrated the crop managementtechniquesto eliminate overdepenenvirontherebyencouraging denceon agrochemicals, agricultural practices; mentaily sustainable (d) To evaluatethe agricultural potential of marginal lands in comparison with other potential uses and to develop, where appropriate,systems allowing for productivityincreases; sustainable (e) To expand the applicationsof biotechnologyin forestry, both for increasing yields and more efficient utilization of forestproductsandfor improving afforestatechniques.Efforts shouldbe contion and reforestation centratedon speciesand productsthat are grown in and are of value particularly for developingcountries; (0 To increasethe efficiency of nitrogen fixation and with of by mineralabsorption the symbiosis higherplants micro-organisms; (g) To improve capabilitiesin basic and applied sciof encesand in the management complex interdiscipliprojects. nary research

ACNVMES ACT IES ELATED IVIT A) MANAGEMENI-R level,with theassis16.4 Governments atthe appropriate and and tanceof international regionalorganizations with organizations, private the the supportof non-govemmental shouldimand scientificinstitutions, sectorand academic proveboth plant and animalbreedingand micro-organisms throughthe useof traditionalandmodernbiotechnologies, outputto achievefood agricultural to enhance sustainable securiry,particularly in developingcountries,with due regardto the prior identification of desiredcharacteristics before modification, taking into account the needs of culturalandenvironmental farmers. socio-economic. the

impactsof modificationsandtheneedtopromotesustainpayingparticular able socialandeconomicdevelopment, attentionto how the useof biotechnologywill impact on of the maintenance environmentalintegrity. theseentitiesshould: 16.5 More specifically, (a) Improve productivity,nutritional quality and shelflife of food and animal feed products,with effortsincludlosses; ing work on pre- and post-harvest (b) Furtherdevelopresistance diseases and pests; to (c) Develop plant cultivars tolerant and/or resistantto and from stressfrom factors such as pestsand diseases abioticcauses; (d) Promotethe use of underutilizedcrops of possible future importance for human nutrition and industrial supply of raw materials; (e) Increasethe efficiency of symbiotic processes that agriculturalproduction; assistsustainable (0 Facilitate the conservationand safe exchange of plant, animal and microbial germ plasmby applying risk procedures, including imassessment management and proved diagnostictechniquesfor detectionof pestsand diseases better methodsof rapid propagation; by (g) Develop improved diagnostictechniquesand vacand for cines for the prevention and spreadof diseases rapid assessment toxins or infectious organismsin of productsfor human use or livestock feed; (h) Identify more productive strains of fast-growing trees,especiallyfor fuel wood, and developrapid propagation methodsto aid their wider dissemination and use; (i) Evaluate the use of various biotechnology techniques to improve the yields of fish, algal and other aquaticspecies; outputby sfengthening sustainable agricultural 0 ) Promote the and broadening capacityand scopeof existingresearch throughencourthe criticalmass centres achieve necessary to into and agement monitoringof research the developmentof biologicalproducts processes productiveandenvironand of while mentalvaluettratareeconomically sociallyfeasible, and into account; taking safetyconsiderations (k) Promote the integration of appropriateand traditional biotechnologiesfor the purposesof cultivating geneticallymodified plants,rearinghealthy animalsand protectingforest geneticresources; (l) Develop processesto increasethe availability of materials derived from biotechnology for use in food, feed and renewableraw materialsproduction.

B) DATA AND /NFORMAT/ON 16.6 The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) Considerationof comparative assessments the of potential of the different technologiesfor food produc-

137

the tion, togetherwith a systemfor assessing possible effects of biotechnologies on international trade in agriculturalproducts ; (b) Examination the implicationsof the withdrawal of of subsidiesand the possible use of other economic to costsassociated instruments reflectthe environmental with the unsustainable of agrochemicals; use (c) Maintenance and development of data banks of information on environmental and health impacts of organisms facilitaterisk assessment; to (d) Acceleration of technology acquisition,transfer and adaptationby developing countries to support national activities fhat promote food security.

including about $50 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and havenot Actual costsand finanbeenreviewedby Governments. cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, will dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategies and programmesGovemmentsdecideupon for implementation.

MEANS' B/ SC/ENI/F/C AND TECHNOLOGICAL

DEVELOPMENI C) HUMANRESOURCE in 16.9 Training of competentprofessionals the basic and applied sciencesat all levels (including scientific personnel, workers)is one technicalstaff and extension of the most essentialcomponentsof any programmeof this kind. Creatingawareness the benefitsand risks of of biotechnology essential. is Given the importance good of managementof research resourcesfor the successful completion of large multidisciplinary projects, continuing programmes formal training for scientists of should include managerial training. Training programmes shouldalsobe developed, within the contextof specific projects,to meetregionalor nationalneedsfor comprehensivelytrainedpersonnel capableof using advanced technologyto reducethe "brain drain" trom developing to developedcountries.Emphasisshould be given to encouraging collaboration between andtrainingof scientists,extensionworkersand usersto produceintegrated systems. Additionally"specialconsideration shouldbe given to the execution of programmesfor training and exchangeof knowledgeon traditionalbiotechnologies and for training on safetyprocedures.

AND c/ TNTERNAT/ONAr. REGTONAT. AND COORDINAI/ON COOPERATION 16.7 Governments at the appropriate level, with the support of relevant international and regional organizations, should promote the following activities in conformity with international agreementsor illrangementson biologicaldiversity,as appropriate: (a) Cooperationon issuesrelatedto conservation of, access and exchange germ plasm;rights associated to of with intellectual property and informal innovations,including farmers' and breeders'rights; accessto the and bio-safety; benefitsof biotechnology; (b) Promotion of collaborative researchprogrammes, especiallyin developingcountries, supportactivities to outlinedin this programmearea,with particularreference peopleandtheir with local andindigenous to cooperation of communitiesin the conservation biological diversity use as and sustainable of biologicalresources, well asthe fostering of traditional methodsand knowledge of such groupsin connection with theseactivities; (c) Acceleration technology transfer and of acquisition, adaptation developingcountriesto supportnational by activities that promote food security, through the for and sustainable development systems substantial of productivity increases that do not damageor endanger a localccosystems: (d) Development of appropriate safety procedures basedon programmearea D, taking accountof ethical considerations.

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 16.10Insti tuti onal upgradi ng or other appr opr iat e measures will be needed build up technical, manageto rial. planningandadministrative capacities thenational at level to supportthe activitiesin this programmearea. Such measures should be backed up by intemational, scientific,technicaland t'inancial adequate assistance to facilitate technicalcooperation and raise the capacities of the developingcountries.ProgrammeareaE contains further details.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ FTNANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 16.8 The Conferencesecretariat has estimatedthe averagetotal annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of the activitiesof this programmeto be about $5 billion,

* S e ep o r o g r o p h16 . 6 o n d 1 6 . 7 . s

138

B) tfrIPROVrNGHUMAN HEALTH

FOR BASIS ACTION 16.ll The improvementof human health is one of the The deteriomost important objectivesof development. ration of environmentalquality, notably air, water and washazardous soil pollution owing to toxic chemicals, tes, radiation and other sources,is a matter of growing concern.This degradationof the environmentresulting from inadequateor inappropriate development has a direct negative effect on human health. Malnutrition, lack of good-quality poverty,poor human settlements, sanitationfacilities add to potable water and inadequate the problemsof communicableand non-communicable the diseases.As a consequence, healthand well-being pressures. to of peopleare exposed increasing

OBJECTIVES 16.12The main objective of this programmearea is to contribute,through the environmentallysoundapplic_ation of biotechnologyto an overall healthprogramme,to:) (a) Reinforce or inaugurate (as a matter of urgency) diseases; programmes helpcombatmajorcommunicable to of all (b) Promote goodgeneralhealthamongpeople ages; (c) Develop and improve programmesto assist in of i specfic treatment andprotectionfrom major non-communicablediseases; (d) Develop and strengthenappropriatesafety procedures basedon programmearea D, taking into account ethicalconsiderations ; for (e) Createenhanced capabilities carryingout basic and appliedresearchand for managinginterdisciplinary research.

ogies, with a view to baning the use of those that are unsafe for the purposesof experimentation;ensure that drugs and technologiesrelating to reproductivehealth are safe and effective and take account of ethical considerations; (d) Improve, systematically sample and evaluate drinking-water quality by introducing appropriate including diagnosisof water-borne specific measures, pathogens and pollutants; (e) Develop and make widely availablenew and improved vaccines against major communicablediseases that are efficient and safe and offer protection with a including intensifyingefforts minimum numberof doses, directedat the vaccinesneededto combat common disof eases children; (0 Develop biodegradabledelivery systemsfor vaccines that eliminate the need for presentmultiple-dose of facilitatebettercoverage thepopulationand schedules, reducethe costsof immunization; (g) Develop effective biological control agentsagainst vectors, such as mosquitoes and disease-transmitting resistant variants, taking account of environmental protectionconsiderations ; (h) Usingthetoolsprovidedby modembiotechnology, new drugsand develop, inter alia,improveddiagnostics, and delivery systems; improved treatments (i) Develop the improvement and more effective utilizationof medicinalplantsand otherrelatedsources; to 0) Develop processes increasethe availability of for materialsderivedfrom biotechnology, usein improving humanhealth.

B) DATA AND /NFORMAI/ON 16.14The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) Research assess comparative social,environthe to of mentaland financialcostsand benefits differenttechhealthcarewithin a nologiesfor basicand reproductive frameworkof universalsafetyandethicalconsiderations; (b) Development of public education programmes directed at decision makers and the general public to of and understanding the relative encourageawareness to according andrisksof modernbiotechnology, benefits ethicaland culturalconsiderations.

ACTIVITIES IES ELATED ACTIVIT A) MANAGEMENI-R 16.13Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the of assistance intemationaland regional organizations, and academic and scientificinstitutions, the pharmaceutical industry,should, taking into accountappropriate safetyand ethicalconsiderations: programmes for (a) Developnationalandinternational of identifying and targetingthosepopulations the world most in need of improvement in general health and from diseases; protection (b) Develop criteria for evaluatingthe effectiveness activities; and the benefitsand risks of the proposed sampling (c) Establish enforcescreening, systematic and procedures drugsand medicaltechnolfor and evaluation

AND cl ,NTERNAT/ONAI REGTONAI AND COORD/NAI/ON COOPERAIION with thesupport levels, at 16.l 5 Governments theappropriate should: and of relevantinternational regionalorganizations, (a) Develop and strengthenappropriatesafety proce-

r39

dures basedon programmearea D, taking into account ethicalconsiderations ; (b) Supportthe development nationalprogrammes, of particularlyin developingcountries,for improvements protection in general health,especially from major communicablediseases, common diseases children and of -tran disease smittins factors.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 16.19Training and technologytransferis needed the at globallevel,with regionsandcountries havingaccess to, and participationin exchange information and experof, tise,particularlyindigenousor traditionalknowledgeand relatedbiotechnology. is essential createor enhance It to endogenouscapabilitiesin developing countries to enable them to participate actively in the processes of biotechnology production. The training of personnel could be undertaken threelevels: at (a) That of scientistsrequired for basic and productorientedresearch; (b) That of health personnel(to be trained in the safe use of new products)and of sciencemanagers required for complexintermultidisciplinary research; (c) That of tertiary-leveltechnical workersrequired for delivery in the field.

OF MEANS IMPLEMENTATION 16.16To achievethe abovegoals,the activitiesneedto be implementedwith urgency if progresstowards the controlof majorcommunicablediseases be achieved is to by the beginningof thenext century. The spread some of diseases all regions of the world calls for global to measures. more localizeddiseases, For regionalor naThe tionalpolicieswill bemoreappropriate. achievement of goalscalls for: (a) Continuous international commitment; (b) Nationalprioritieswith a definedtime-frame; (c) Scientificand financialinput at globalandnational levels.

D) CAPACTTY-BU|LD|NG',

cl ENHANCTNG PROTECnON rHE ENURONMEM OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON l6.ll The Conferencesecretariat has estimatedthe total annual average cost(1993-2000) implementing of the activities thisprogramme be about$ 14 billion, of to including about $130 million from the international communityon grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude estimates only and havenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costs and financialterms,includingany thatarenon-concess ional, wi l l d e p e n d u p o n , i n te r a l i a , the speci fi c strategies and programmesGovernmentsdecide upon for implementation. BASIS ACTION FOR 16.20Environmental protection anintegralcomponent is of sustai nabl edevel opment. The envi r onm entis threatenedin all its biotic and abiotic components: animals, plants, microbes and ecosystems comprising biological diversity;water,soil and air, which form the physicalcomponents habitats of andecosystems; all and the interactions betweenthe components biodiversity of and their sustaining habitatsand ecosystems. With the continued increasein the use of chemicals,energy and noffenewable resources an expanding global populaby tion, associated environmentalproblems will also increase.Despite increasingefforts to prevent waste accumulationand to promoterecycling,the amountof environmental damage caused overconsumption, by the quantities waste generated thedegree unsustainof and of able land useappearlikely to continuegrowing. 16.21The needfor a diverse genetic pool of plant,animal and microbial germ plasm for sustainable development is well established. Biotechnology one of many tools is that can play an importantrole in supportingthe rehabilitation of degraded ecosystems landscapes. and This may be done throughthe development new techniques of for reforestat and affores ation,germplasmconservation, ion t andcultivationof new plantvarieties. Biotechnol,ogy can
*Seeprogromme oreo E

B/ SC/ENilFtC AND TECHNOLOGTCAL MEANS 1 6 . 1 8 e l l - c o o r d i n a t e dm u l t i d i s c i p l i n a r y e f f o r t s W involving cooperation betweenscientists, financialinstitutions and industries will be required. the global At level. this may mean collaborationbetweenresearch institutionsin differentcountries,with funding at the intergovernmental level,possiblysupported similar by c ollabor a ti o n a t th e n a ti o n a l l e v e l . R esearchand development will alsoneedto be strengthened. support togetherwith the mechanisms providing the transfor fer of relevanttechnology.

140

also contributeto the study of the effects exertedon the remaining organismsand on other organismsby organinto ecosvstems. isms introduced

OBJECTIVES is 16.22The aim of this programme to prevent,halt and throughthe approprireverseenvironmentaldegradation in ate useof biotechnology conjunctionwith othertechas nologies,while supportingsafetyprocedures an integral componentof the programme.Specific objectives as include the inauguration soon as possibleof specific programmeswith specific targets: (a) To adoptproductionprocesses making optimal use by of natural resources, recycling biomass,recovering energyand minimizingwastegeneration;6 (b) To promote the use of biotechnologies, with emphasison bio-remediationof land and water,wastetreatment, soil conservation,reforestation,afforestationand 8 land rehabilitation;7' (c) To apply biotechnologiesand their products to protectenvironmental integritywith a view to long-term ecologicalsecurity.

(g) Developapplications increase availabilityof to the planting material for land rehabilitation stress-tolerant and soil conservation; (h) Promote the use of integrated pest management basedon thejudicious useof bio-controlagents; (i) Promotethe appropriate of bio-fertilizerswithin use national feftrlizer programmes; relevantto the 0) Promotethe use of biotechnologies and scientificstudyof biologicaldiversity conservation and the sustainable of biologicalresources; use (k) Develop easily applicable technologiesfor the treatment sewage and organicwaste; of (l) Develop new technologies rapid screeningof for for organisms usefulbiologicalproperties; (m) Promotenew biotechnologies tappingrnineral for manner. resources an environmentallv in sustainable

B) DATA AND INFORMAI/ON access both to 16.24Stepsshould be taken to increase and existinginformationaboutbiotechnology to facilities basedon global databases.

ACTIVITIES ACT IES ELATED IVIT A) MANAGEMENT.R 16.23Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the support of relevant international and regional organizations, the private sector, non-governmentalorganshould: izationsandacademic and scientificinstitutions, (a) Develop environmentallysound alternativesand g for i mprovements environmentallydamagin production processes; (b) Developapplications minimizetherequirement for to unsustainable syntheticchemicalinput andto maximize ttre use of environmentally appropriate products, including naturalproducts(seeprografirmeareaA); (c) Developprocesses reduce wastegeneration, treat to waste before disposal and make use of biodegradable materials; (d) Develop processes recoverenergyand provide to animal feedandraw materials renewableenergysources, from recyclingorganicwasteand biomass; (e) Develop processes remove pollutantsfrom the to oil including accidental spills,rvhereconenvironment, ventionaltechniques not availableor are expensive, are inefficientor inadequate; (0 Develop processes increasethe availability of to varieties, for plantingmaterjals, particularlyindigenous and reforestation and to improve use in affcrrestation yieldsfrom forests; sustainable

AND REG/ONAI c/ /NIERNAilONAT AND COORD/NAIION COOPERAIION 16.25Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the support of relevant internationaland regional organizations. should: (a) Strengthenresearch,training and development capabilities,particularly in developingcountries,to suppoftthe activitiesoutlinedin this programme area; (b) Develop mechanisms scalingup and dissemifor of nating environmentallysound biotechnologies high environmental importance, especiallyin the shortterm, may have limited even though those biotechnologies commercialpotential; (c) Enhance includingtransferofbiotechcooperation, nology, between participatingcountries for capacitybuilding; (d) Develop appropriate safety proceduresbased on programme area D, taking accountof ethical considerations.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC'NG AND COSTEVALUATION has estimatedthe 16.26The Conferencesecretariat of averagetotal annualcost (1993-2000) implementing the activitiesof this programmeto be about $ I billion,

141

comincludingabout$10 million from the international grant or concessional Theseareindicaterms. munity on only and havenot estimates tive and order-of-magnitude Actual costsand finanbeenreviewedby Governments. will cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, strategies and prodependupon, inter alia, the specific grarnmes decideupon for implementation. Governments

8/ S C/ E N IIF ICN D T EC H N O L OGICME A N S ' A AL

primary considerationof the organism,building on the principle of familiarity, appliedin a flexible framework, and taking into accountnationalrequirements recognizis ing that the logicalprogression to startwith a step-bystepandcase-by-case approach, alsorecognizing but that a experiencehas shown that in many instances more comprehensive approachshould be used,basedon the experiences the first period, leading, inter alia, to of complementary considerstreamlining categorizing; and and ationof risk assessment risk management; classiand ficationinto contained or release theenvironment. to use

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRESOURCE 16.21The activities for this programme area will increasethe demand for trained personnel. Support for for needsto be increased, existingtrainingprogrammes example,at the universityand technicalinstitutelevel, as well as the exchangeof trained personnelbetween countries and regions. New and additional training programmes for for alsoneedto be developed, example, Thereis alsoanurgentneed and technical supportpersonnel. of to improvethe level of understanding biologicalprinciples and their policy implicationsamongdecisionmakers in Governmenls, financialandotherinstin:tions. and

OBJECTIVES 16.30The aim of this programme areais to ensure safety in biotechnologydevelopment,application,exchange and transfer through intemational agreementon principles to be appliedon risk assessment management, and with particular reference to health and environmental public parconsiderations, includingthe widestpossible ticipationand taking accountof ethicalconsiderations.

ACTIVITIES 16.31The proposedactivitiesfor this programmearea call for close internationalcooperation. They should build uponplanned existingactivitiesto accelerate or the environmentally sound application of biotechnology, especially developing in countries.*"

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING will needto havetherespon16.28Relevant institutions (political,finansibility for undertaking, thecapacity and cial and workforce)to undertake, above-mentioned the to activitiesand to be dynamicin response new biotech(seeprogramme areaE). nologicaldevelopments

A) MANAGEMENT-R EDACT tTl tV ES ELAT 16.32Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the support of relevant internationaland regional organizations, the private sector, non-governmentalorganizationsand academic should: and scientificinstitutions, (a) Make the existingsafetyprocedures widely available by collectingthe existinginformationand adapting it to the specificneeds differentcountries andregions; of (b) Furtherdevelop,as necessary, existingsafety the procedures promote sci enti fi c devel o pm entand to categori zati on n the areasof ri sk assessm ent i and r i s k m a n a g e m e n t( i n f o r m a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s ;
"Environmentolly poper No. 55, entitled See reseorch sound monogement biotechnology: of sofetyin biotechnology---cssessment 19921, prepored the ond monogement risk"(Februory of by UnitedNotionsConference Environment Development ond on secretoriot tokeoccount comments to modeot thethirdsession of of the Preporotory Committee the UnitedNotionsConference for o n E n v i r o n m e n tn d D e v e l o o m e n t n o o r t l l o f d o c u m e n t o o A/CONF.151 the of /PC/67, whichincorporoted findings theod hocworkshop Senior-level of Experts Assessing Monoging on ond Biotechnology Risks, heldin London Junel99l . in

Dl ENHANCTNG SAFETY AND DEVELOPTNG FOR INTERNATIONAT'VIECHANISMS COOPERATION

BASIS ACTION FOR 16.29There is a need for further developmentof interprinciples risk assessment mannationallyagreed on and which should of agementof all aspects biotechnology, build upon thosedevelopedat the nationallevel. Only when adequate transparent saf-ety border-control and and procedures in place will the community at large be are able to derive maximumbenefitfrom. and be in a much betterpositionto, acceptthe potentialbenefltsand risks principlescould of biotechnology.Severalfundamental including underlie many of these safety procedures,
* S e ep o r o g r o p h1 6 . 2 3o n d 1 6 . 2 5o b o v e s

t42

procedures assessingsksandconditions databases; for ri ofrele ase;establ i shmentofsafetycondi t ion s;moni tori ng and inspections,taking account of ongoing national, regional and international initiatives and avoiding duplicationwhereverpossible); (c) Compile, update and develop compatible safety proceduresinto a framework of internationally agreed principlesasa basisfor guidelines be appliedon safety to in biotechnology, includingconsideration the needfor of and feasibility of an international agreement,and promote information exchange as a basis for further development,drawing on the work already undertaken by international otherexpertbodies; or (d) Undertaketraining prograrnmes the nationaland at regionallevelson the applicationof the proposed technical guidelines; (e) Assist in exchanging informationaboutthe procedures required for saf'ehandling and risk management and about the conditionsof releaseof the productsof biotechnology, and cooperatein providing immediate assistance casesof emergencies in that may arise in conjunctionwith the useof biotechnology products.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANCING AND COSTEVALUATTON 16.35The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000)of implementingthe activitiesof this prograrnmes be about$2 million from to the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude estimatesonly andhavenot beenreviewed Governments. by Actual costsand financial terms,including any that are non-concessional, will depend upon, inter alia, the specificstrategies programmes and Govemmentsdecide uponfor implementation.

8/ SCtENn AND TECHNOLOGTCAL Frc MEANS

C) HUMAN RESOURC E DEVELOPMFNI

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG B) DATA AND /NFORMAilON' 16.36Adequateinternationaltechnicaland financial assistance should be provided and technicalcooperation to developingcountriesfacilitated in order to build up technical, managerial, planningand administrative capacitiesat the national level to support the activitiesin this programme area(seealsoprogramme areaE).

c/ /NTERNAT|ONAL REG/ONAI AND COOPERAIION AND COORD/NAI/ON 16.33Governmentsat the appropriatelevel, with the slrpportof the relevantintemationaland regional organizations,shouldraise awareness the relativebenefits of and risks of biotechnology. 16.34Furtheractivitiesshouldincludethefollowing (see alsopara. 16.32): (a) Organizing oneor moreregionalmeetings between countries to identify further practical stepsto facilitate international cooperation bio-safety; in (b) Establishingan internationalnetwork incorporating national.regionaland global contactpoints; (c) Providing direct assistance upon requestthrough the internationalnetwork, using information networks, databases information procedures; and (d) Considering needfor and feasibilityof internathe tionally agreedguidelineson safety in biotechnology releases, includingrisk assessment risk management, and and consideringstudying the feasibility of guidelines whichcouldfacilitate national lesislation liabilitvand on c om pens at ion.

El ESTABLTSHTNG ENABUNG MECHAN|STVIS FOR THE DEVETOP'VIENT AND THE ENVIRON}IENTALIY SOUND APPLICATION BIOTECHNOLOGY OF

BASIS ACTION FOR 16.37The accelerated development and applicationof biotechnologies, particularly in developing countries, will require a major effort to build up institutionalcapacitiesat the nationalandregionallevels.In developing countries,enabling factors such as training capacity, know-how, researchand development facilities and funds, industrial building capacity,capital (including venturecapital)protection intellectual of propertyrights, and expertisein areas including marketing research, technologyassessment, socio-economic assessment and safetyassessment frequentlyinadequate. are Efforts will

S e ep o r o g r o p h s6 . 3 2o n d I 6 . 3 3 . 1

S e ep o r o g r o p h 6 . 3 2 . 1

143

therefore needto be madeto build up capacities these in andotherareas andto matchsucheffortswith appropriate levels of financial support.There is thereforea need to strengthen the endogenous capacitiesof developing countriesby means of new internationalinitiatives to support reseerchin order to speedup the developrnent and application both new andconventional of biotechnologies to servethe needsof sustainable development at t he loc a l , n a ti o n a l a n d re g i o n a l l e v el s. N ati onal mechanisms allow forinformedcommentby public to the with regard to biotechnology researchand application shouldbe part of the process. 16.38Someactivitiesat the national, regionalandglobal levelsalreadyaddress issues the outlinedin programme areas B, C and D, as well asthe provisionof adviceto A, individuai countries on the developmentof national guidelinesand systems the implementation those for of guidelines. Theseactivitiesaregenerallyuncoordinated, howev er, i n v o l v i n g ma n y d i ffe re n t organi zati ons, priorities. constituencies, time-scales, funding sources andresource constraints. Thereis a needfor a muchmore cohesiveand coordinated approach harness to available resources the most effective manner. As with most in new technologies. researchin biotechnologyand the application its findingscould havesignificant of positive andnegativesocio-economic well asculturalimpacts. as Theseimpactsshouldbe carefullyidentifiedin the earliestphases the development biotechnology order of of in to enableappropriate management the consequences of of transferring biotechnology.

pation in the economic and commercialbenefitsarisine from developments biotechnology;n in (b) To identify ways and meansof enhancingcurrent efforts,building whereverpossibleon existingenabling mechanisms,particularly regional, to determine the precise nature of the needs for additional initiatives, particularly in respectof developing countries, and to develop appropriate response strategies,including proposalsfor any new internationalmechanisms; (c) To establishor adapt appropriatemechanismsfor safetyappraisal risk assessment the local,regional and at and international levels,as appropriate.

ACTIVITIES Al MANAGEA4ENT-R ELATED ACTtVtTt ES 16.40Governments at the appropriate level, with the support of internationaland regional organizations,the private sector, non-governmentalorganizations and academicand scientific institutions,should: (a) Developpoliciesand mobilizeadditionalresources to facilitate greateraccess the new biotechnologies, to particularlyby and amongdevelopingcountries; (b) Implementprogrammes creategreaterawareness to of the potential and relative benefits and risks of the environmentally sound application of biotechnology amongthe public and key decisionmakers; (c) Undertakean urgent review of existing enabling mechanisms, programmes and activitiesat the national, regional and global levels to identify strengths, weaknessesand gaps, and to assessthe priority needs of developingcountries; (d) U ndertake an urgent fol l ow -up and cr it ical review to identify ways and means of strengthening endogenous capacities within and among developing countriesfor the environmentallysoundapplicationof biotechnology,including,asafirst step, waysto improve existing mechanisms, particularlyat the regional level and, as a subsequent step,the consideration possible of new international mechanisms, suchasregionalbiotechnology centres, (e) Develop strategic plans for overcoming targeted constraintsby means of appropriateresearch,product development and marketing; (0 Establish additional quality-assurance standardsfor biotechnology applications products, and wherenecessary.

OBJECTIVES 16.39The objectives as follows: are (a) To promote the development and application of biotechnologies, with specialemphasison developing countries, by: (i) Enhancingexistingefforts at the national,regional and globallevels; (ii) Providingthe necessary supportfor biotechnology, particularly researchand product development, the at national.regionaland international levels; (iii) Raising public awareness regardingthe relative beneficialaspects and risks relatedto biotechnology, of to contributeto sustainable development; (iv) Helping to createa favourable climate for investm e n t s , i n d u s t r i a l c a p a c i t y - b u i l d i n ga n d d i s t r i b u tion/marketing; (v) Encouraging exchange scientists the of among all countriesand discouraging "brain drain"; the (vi) Recognizing and fosteringthe traditionalmethods and know'leclge indigenouspeoplesand their comof munitiesand ensuringthe opportunityfor their partici-

B) DATA AND /NFORMAI/ON 16.41The following activities should be undertaken: facilitation of access existine information disseminato

144

tion systems,especiallyamong developingcountries; improvement of such accesswhere appropriate;and considerationof the development of a directory of information.

AND REGIONAI. C/ /NIERNATIONAL AND COORDINAI/ON COOPERAI'ON 16.42 Governmentsat the appropriate level, with the of assistance intemationaland regional organizations, should develop appropriatenew initiatives to identify based specificproblemsand on priority areas research for particularlyby new biotechnologies, facilitateaccess to amongrelevantundercountries, and amongdeveloping takings within those countries, in order to strengthen capacitiesand to support the building of endogenous research and institutionalcapacityin thosecountries.

as andpost-doctoral, well asby the trainingof technicians to and supportstaff, with particularreference the generaservices, design, tion of trainedmanpowerin consultant engineering and marketing research. Training programmesfor lecturerstraining scientistsand technologists in advanced researchinstitutions in different countries throughout the world will also need to be developed, and systemsgiving appropriaterewards, and incentives recognition scientists technologists to and will needto be instituted(seepara. 16.44). Conditions of servicewill also need to be improved at the national and nurture level in developingcountriesto encourage trainedmanpowerwith a view to retainingthatmanpower locally. Society should be informed of the social and and applicationof cultural impact of the development biotechnology.

D) CAPACITY-BUtLDtNG MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION A/ FTNANC'NG the has secretariat estimated aver16.43The Conference of age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe to activitiesof this programme be about$5 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional estiterms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude by mates only andhavenot beenreviewed Governments. Actual costsand financial terms, including any that are will depend upon, inter alia, the non-concessional, decide Governments and specificstrategies programmes upon for implementation. 16.46Biotechnology research and development is undertakenboth under highly sophisticatedconditions and at the practicallevel in many countries. Efforts will be needed to ensure that the necessaryinfrastructure extensionand technologyactifacilities for research, basis. Global and vities areavailableon a decentralized and regionalcollaborationfor basicandappliedresearch and will also needto be further enhanced development every effort should be made to ensurethat existing national and regional facilities are fully utilized. Such and it should institutions alreadyexist in somecountries and be possible makeuseof themfor trainingpurposes to joint researchprojects. Strengthening universities, of institutionsfor the technicalschoolsand local research and development biotechnologies extensionservices of will needto be developed, especially for theirapplication in developingcountries.

AL A B ' S C/ F NI I F I C N D T EC H N O L OGICME AN S 16.44Workshops,symposia, seminarsand other examongthe scientificcommunityat the regional changes will need and global levels,on specificpriority themes, makingfull useof the existingscientific to be organized, in manpower eachcountryfor bringing andtechnological aboutsuchexchanges.

diversity). 15 Seechopter (Conservotion biologicol of

2See ond rurol sustoinoble ogriculture chopter14 (Promoting development). 3See deforestotion). chopterI i (Comboting

D EV RE C) HUM A N S OU R C E EL OP M EN T 16.45Personneldevelopmentneeds will need to be developed trainingprograrnmes identifiedandadditional at the national,regionaland global levels,especiallyin developing countries.These should be supportedby postgraduate increasedtraining at all levels, graduate,

4See soundtechnology, of chopter34 (Tronsfer environmentolly cooperotion copocity-building). ond sSee humonheolth condichopter (Protecting promoting 6 ond tions). 6See of chopter21 {Environmentolly soundmonogement solid issues!. wostes ond sewoge+eloted

145

'See

chopler l0 (lntegroted opproochto the plonningond monogement londresources). of

SSee chopterI B (Protection thequolity of ond supply freshwoter of resources: opplicotion integroted of opprooches the develop to ment,monogement useof woter resources) ond . 9See chopter26 (Recognizing strengthening role of ond the indigenous people ond theircommunities).

146

17

Protection theoceons, kinds seos, of oll of including enclosed semi-enclosed ond seos, rotionol ond coostol oreosond theprotection, useond development theirlivingresources of

INTRODUCTION

needsand ultimately depends the technologytransfer on and financial resourcesrequired and made available to them.

17.1The marine environment- including the oceans and all seas and adjacent coastal areas - forms an integratedwhole that is an essentialcomponent of the global life-supportsystemand a positiveassetthat preInternasentsopportunitiesfor sustainable development. tional law, as reflected in the provisions of the United NationsConventionon the Law of the Seal'2referredto in this chapterof Agenda 21, setsforth rights and obligations of States and provides the international basis upon which to pursue the protection and sustainable developmentof the marine and coastalenvironmentand This newapproaches marineand its resources. requires to coastal area managementand development,at the national, subregional,regional and global levels, approachesthat are integratedin content and are precautionary and anticipatory in ^ambit, as reflected in the following programme areas:' (a) Integrated managementand sustainabledevelopment of coastal areas,including exclusive economic
ZONCS;

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A} INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT AND SUSTAINABTE DEVETOPftIENT COASTAT AND MARINE AR.EAS, OF

rNcruDrNG ExctustvE EcoNolilczoNEs

BASIS ACI-ION FOR

(b) Marine environmental protection; (c) Sustainable and conservation marine livins use of resources the high seas; of (d) Sustainable and conservation marineliving of use jurisdiction; resources undernational (e) Addressingcritical uncertainties the managefor ment of the marineenvironment and climatechange; (f) Strengthening international,including regional, and coordination; cooperation (g) Sustainable development small islands. of 17.2 The implementation developingcountriesof by with the activitiessetforth below shallbe commensurate their individual technologicaland financial capacities for and priorities in allocatingresources development

17.3 The coastal areacontainsdiverse and productive habitatsimportant for human settlements, development and local subsistence. More than half the world's population lives within 60 km of the shoreline, this could and rise to three quarters by the year 2020. Many of the world's poor are crowded in coastal areas.Coastal resourcesare vital for many local communities and inpeople.The exclusiveeconomiczone(EEZ) is digenous also an important marine area where the Statesmanage the developmentand conservationof natural resources for the benefit of their people.For small island Statesor countries,theseare the areasmost availablefor development activities. 17.4 Despitenational,subregional, regionaland global efforts,currentapproaches the management marine to of and coastalresources havenot alwaysproved capableof achieving sustainabledevelopment, and coastal resourcesand the coastal environment are being rapidly degradedand erodedin many parts of the world.

OBJECNVES 17.5 Coastal Statescommit themselves integrated to

1 47

management and sustainabledevelopment of coastal areasand the marine environment under their national jurisdiction.To this end,it is necessary inter alia: to, (a) Providefor an integratedpolicy and decision-makto including all involved sectors, promote ing process, of compatibilityand a balance uses; (b) Identify existingand projectedusesof coastalareas and their interactions; (c) Concentrateon well-defined issues concernins coastalmanagement; in (d) Apply preventiveand precautionaryapproaches including prior project planning and implementation, of observation the impactsof and assessment systematic major projects; (e) Promote the development and application of methods, such as national resourceand environmental in that reflect changes value resultingfrom accounting, usesof coastaland marine areas,including pollution, and lossof resources habitatdestruction; marineerosion, (0 Provide access, far as possible,fbr concerned as to individuals.groupsand organizations relevantinformation and opportunitiesfor consultationand participaat tion in planning and decision-making appropriate levels.

ACTIVITIES ACTIVITIES ELATED A) MANAGEMENI-R or establishing, Stateshouldconsider l7 .6 Eachcoastal g, coordinating wherenece ssarystrengthenin appropriate (suchas a high-levelpolicy planningbody) mechanisms development and management sustainable for integrated at of coastaland marine areasand their resources, both should the local and nationallevels. Such mechanisms with the academic as include consultation, appropriate, organizations, and private sectors,non-governmental resource usergroups,andindigenous local communities, could people. Such nationalcoordinatingmechanisms provide,inter alia, for: (a) Preparationand implementationof land and water useand sitingpolicies; (b) Implementation integratedcoastaland marine of developmentplans and managementand sustainable levels; programmes appropriate at (c) Preparation coastalprofiles identifying critical of ar eas ,in c l u d i n g e ro d e d z o n e s ,p h y s i cal processes, dev elop m e n tp a tte rn s ,u s e r c o n fl i c ts and speci fi c priorities for management, systematic (d) Prior environmental impact assessment, and observation follow-up of majorprojec8,includingthe in of incorporation results decision-making; systematic (e) Contingencyplansfor humaninducedand natural

including likely effects of potential climate disasters, plans rise, as well as contingency changeand sea-level for degradationand pollution of antllopogenic origin, including spills of oil and othermaterials; espe(0 Improvement of coastal human settlements, cially in housing,drinking water and treatmentand disand industrialeffluents; posalof sewage, solid wastes (g) Periodicassessment the impactsof externalfacof tors and phenomenato ensure that the objectives of developmentof and sustainable integratedmanagement coastalareasand the marine environmentare met; (h) Conservationand restoration of altered critical habitats; (i) Integration of sectoralprogrammeson sustainable tourism,fishagriculture, for development settlements, ing, ports and industriesaffecting the coastalarea; 0) Infrastructure adaptationand alternative employment; (k) Human resource and training; development (l ) P ubl i c educati on,aw areness and inf or m at ion programmes; and (m) Promotingenvironmentally soundtechnology practices sustainable ; of (n) Development implementation and simultaneous environmentalquality criteria. l7.7 CoastalStates,with the supportof international measures shouldundertake upon request, organizations, to maintain biological diversity and productivity of marine speciesand habitatsunder nationaljurisdiction. Inter alia, these measuresmight include: surveys of species marine biodiversity,inventoriesof endangered and critical coastaland marine habitats;establishment and supportof scienof and management protectedareas; of tific research and dissemination its results.

AND /NFORMAI/ON B) DATA where necessary, shouldimprove 17.8 CoastalStates, and assess useinformatheir capacityto collect,analyse, includingenvironuse tion for sustainable of resources, mental impacts of activities affecting the coastal and marine areas. Information for managementpurposes shouldreceivepriority supportin view of the intensity and magnitude of the changesoccurring in the coastal to, To andmarineareas. thisend,it is necessary inter alia: and (a) Developandmaintaindatabases assessment for managementof coastal areasand all seasand their resources; (b) Develop socio-economic indiand environmental cators; (c) Conductregularenvironmental of assessment the of stateof the environtnent coastaland marineareas;

148

(d) Prepareand maintain profiles of coastal area resources, activities, uses, habitats and protected areas basedon the criteriaof sustainable development; (e) Exchangeinformation and data. 17.9 Cooperation with developing countries, and, whereapplicable, subregional regionalmechanisms, and should be strengthenedto improve their capacities to achievethe above.

States,upon request, theseefforts, asindicatedabove, in devotingspecialattentionto developingcountries.

C) HUMA,N RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 17.15CoastalStatesshould promote and facilitate the organization of education and training in integrated coastaland marine management and sustainable devel(including opmentfor scientists, technologists, managers community-based managers)and users,leaders,indigenous peoples, fisherfolk, women and youth, amongothers. Management and development, well asenvironmental as protectionconcerns and local planningissues. shouldbe incorporatedin educationalcurricula and public awarenesscampaigns, with dueregardto traditionalecological knowledgeand socio-cultural values. 17.16International whethersubregional, organizations, regionalor global, asappropriate, shouldsupportcoastal States, upon request,in the areasindicatedabove,devoting specialattentionto developingcountries.

AND C' 'NTERNATIONAL REG'ONAI. E COOP RATION AND COORD/NAI/ON 17.10The role of international cooperation and coordination on a bilateral basisand, where applicable,within a s u b r e g i o n a l ,i n t e r r e g i o n a l , r e g i o n a l o r g l o b a l framework,is to supportand supplement nationalefforts of coastalStatesto promote integratedmanagement and sustainable developmentof coastaland marine areas. l7.ll States should cooperate,as appropriate,in the preparationof national guidelinesfor integratedcoastal zonemanagement development, and drawing on existing Aglobal conference exchange experience. to experience in the field could be held before 1994.

D) CAPACITY.BUILDING 17.17Full cooperation should extended, be uponrequest, to coastal Statesin their capacity-building efforts and, whereappropriate, capacity-building shouldbe included in bilateral and multilateral developmentcooperation. CoastalStates may consider, inter alia: (a) Ensuringcapacity-building the local level; at (b) Consultingon coastaland marineissues with local administrations, business the community,the academic sector, resource usergroupsand the generalpublic; (c) Coordinatingsectoralprogrammes while buildins capacity; (d) Identifying existing and potential capabilities, facilities and needs for human resourcesdevelopment and scientific and technologicalinfrastructure, (e) Developingscientificandtechnological means and research; (0 Promotingand facilitating human resourcedeveiopment and education; (g) Supporting"centresof excellence"in integrated coastaland marine resourcemanagement; (h) Supportingpilot demonstration programmesand projectsin integratedcoastaland marine management.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F'NANC'NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 17.12The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe of activities thisprogramme be about$6 billion includof to ing about $50 million from the internationalcommunity on grantor concessional terms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitudeestimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Govemments.Actual costs and financial terms, including any that are non-concessional, will dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategies and programmesGovernments decideupon for implementation.

B/ SC/ENIIFIC AND TECHNOLOGICAL MEANs 17.13States should cooperatein the developmentof necessary coastalsystematic observation, research and informationmanagement systems. They shouldprovide access and transferenvironmentallysafetechnologies to andmethodologies sustainable for development coastof al and marineareas developingcountries. to They should alsodeveloptechnologies endogenous and scientificand technologic capacities. al 17.14International organizations, whethersubregional, regionalor global, asappropriate, shouldsupportcoastal

B) r anrnE ENV|RoNMENTAT PROTECTTON

BASIS FORACTION 17.18 Degradation of the marine environment can result

149

from a wide range of sources.Land-basedsourcescontribute 70 per cent of marine pollution. while maritime a t r ans por t a n d d u mp i n g -a t-s e a c ti v i ti es contri bute per centeach.The contaminants posethe greatest that l0 marineenvironment are,in variableorderof threatto the importance apd depending on differing national or sewage, nutrients,syntheticorganic regionalsituations, s e d i me n ts ,l i tte r a n d p l a s ti cs,metal s, c om pound s , oil/hydrocarbons polycyclicaromatic and radionuclides, (PAHs).Many of the polluting substances hydrocarbons originating from land-basedsources are of particular sincethey exhibit at concernto the marineenvironment persistence bioaccumulation and the sametime toxicity, in the food chain. There is currentlyno global scheme marinepollution from land-based sources. to address 17.19Degradation the marine environmentcan also of result from a wide rangeof activitieson land. Human land use,construction coastalinfrastrucof settlements, tourism ture, agriculture,forestry,urban development, and industry can affect the marineenvironment. Coastal erosionand siltationare of particularconcern. 11.20Marine pollution is also causedby shipping and sea-based activities.Approximately600,000tons of oil eachyear as a resultof normal shipping enterthe oceans With respect and operations, accidents illegaldischarges. gas activities,currently machinery to offshore oil and space dischargesare regulated internationally and six have regionalconventions controlplatformdischarges to been under consideration. The nature and extent of environmentalimpactsfrom offshoreoil explorationand productionactivitiesgenerallyaccountfor a very small proportionof marinepollution. 17.21A precautionaryand anticipatory rather than a reactiveapproach necessary preventthedegradation is to inter alia,the of the marineenvironment.This requires, immeasures, environmental adoptionof precautionary pact assessments, clean production techniques,recyconstruction and/or cling,wasteauditsandminimization, improvementof sewagetreatmentfacilities, quality management criteriafor the properhandlingof hazardous and approach damaging to substances, a comprehensive impacts from air. land and water. Any management framework must include the improvementof coastal and the integrated management and human settlements of areas. development coastal

degradation the marine environmentso as to maintain of and improve its life-supportand productivecapacities. To this end, it is necessary to: (a) Apply preventive, precautionaryand anticipatory approachesso as to avoid degradationof the marine environment,as well as tc reducethe risk of long-term or irreversibleadverseeffectsupon it; (b) Ensure prior assessment activities that may have of significant adverseimpactsupon the marine environment, (c) Integrateprotectionof the marineenvironmentinto relevant general environmental, social and economic policies; development (d) Develop economicincentives, where appropriate, to apply clean technologiesand other meansconsistent with the internalizationof environmentalcosts,such as the polluter pays principle, so as to avoid degradation of the marine environment: (e) Improve the living standards coastalpopulations, of particularly in developingcountries,so as to contribute to reducing the degradationof the coastal and marine environment. 17.23 Statesagreethat provision of additional financial resources,through appropriate international mechanisms, as well as accessto cleaner technologiesand would be necessary supportaction relevantresearch, to by developingcountries implementthis commitment. to

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R ELATED ACTIVITI ES D Prevention, reductionand control of degrodotionof the morine envi nment rom I ond-bosedoctiviti ro f es 17.24 ln carryingout their commitrnentto dealwith degradationof the marineenvironment from land-based activities, Statesshould take action at the national level and, where appropriate, theregionalandsubregional at levels,in conceft with actionto implementprogamme areaA,andshouldtake accountof the Monffeal Guidelines the Protection the for of Marine Environmentfrom l,and-Based Sources. 17.25To this end,States, with the supportof the relevant international environmental, scientific,technicaland financialorganizations, shouldcooperate, inter alia, to: (a) Consider updating, strengthening extending and the Montreal Guidelines,as appropriate; (b) Assess effectiveness existingregionalagreethe of ments and action plans, where appropriate,with a view to identifying means of strengtheningaction, where necessary, prevent,reduceand control marine degrato dationcaused land-based by activities; (c) Initiate and promote the developmentof new regional agreements, where appropriate;

OBJECTIVES with the provisionsof the in 17.22States, accordance United Nations Conventionon the Law of the Sea on protectionand preservation the marineenvironment, of with their policies, in commit themselves, accordance priorities and resources, prevent,reduceand control to

r50

(d) Developmeansof providing guidance technolon ogies to deal with the major types of pollution of the from land-based marineenvironment sources. accordins to the bestscientificevidence; (e) Developpolicy guidance relevantglobal fundfor ing mechanisms; (f) Identify additional steps requiring international cooperation. 17.26The UNEP GoverningCouncil is invited to conan vene,as soonas practicable. intergovernmental meeting on protectionof the marine environmentfrom landbasedactivities. 17.27As concernssewage,priority actionsto be consideredby States may include: (a) Incorporatingsewageconcernswhen formulating or reviewing coastal developmentplans, including plans; humansettlement ( b ) B u i l d i n g a n d m a i n t a i n i n gs e w a g et r e a t m e n t with nationalpoliciesandcapacfacilitiesin accordance ities and international cooperation available; (c) Locating coastaloutfalls so as to maintain an acceptablelevel of environmentalquality and to avoid exposingshellfisheries, waterintakesand bathingareas to pathogens; (d) Promoting environmentally soundco-treatments of domesticand compatibleindustrialeffluents,with the introduction, wherepracticable, controlson the entry of of effluentsthat are not compatiblewith the system; (e) Promotingprimary treatment municipalsewage of discharged rivers,estuaries the sea,or othersoluto and tions appropriate specificsites; to (0 Establishingand improving local, national, subregional and regional, as necessary, regulatory and monitoring programmesto control effluent discharge, using minimum sewageeffluent guidelinesand water quality criteria and giving due consideration the to characteristics receivins bodiesand the volume and of type of pollutants. 17.28As concernsother sourcesof pollution, priority actionsto be considered States may include: by (a) Establishing improving,asnecessary, or regulatory and monitoring programmesto control effluent dischargesand emissions, including the development and application control and recyclingtechnologies; of (b) Promotingrisk and environmental impact assessmentsto helpensure acceptable levelof environmental an quality: (c) Promoting assessment and cooperationat the regional level, where appropriate, with respectto the pollutants input of point source from new installations; (d) Eliminating the emissionor discharge organoof halogen compounds that threaten to accumulateto levelsin the marineenvironment; dangerous

(e) Reducingthe emissionor discharge other synof theticorganiccompounds that threaten accumulate to to dangerous levelsin the marineenvironment; (0 Promoting controls over anthropogenic inputs of nitrogenand phosphorus entercoastal waterswhere that such problems as eutrophicationthreatenthe marine environment its resources; or (g) Cooperatingwith developingcountries,through financialandtechnological support, maximizethebest to practicablecontrol and reductionof substances and wastesthat aretoxic, persistent liable to bio-acculnuor late and to establish environmentally soundland-based wastedisposal alternatives seadumping; to (h) Cooperating the development in and implementation of environmentally soundland-usetechniques and practices reduce to run-offto water-courses estuaries and which wouldcause pollutionordegradation themarine of environment; (i) Promotingthe useof environmentally lessharmful pesticides fertilizersandalternative and methods pest for control, and considering prohibitionof thosefound the to be environmentally unsound; 0) Adopting new initiatives at national, subregional and regionallevelsfor controllingthe input of non-point pollutants, source whichrequirebroadchanges sewage in and wastemanagement, agriculturalpractices, mining, constructionand transportati on. 17.29As concernsphysical destructionof coastaland marineareas causing degradation the marineenvironof ment,priority actionsshouldincludecontrolandprevention of coastal erosionand siltationdueto anthropogenic factorsrelatedto, inter alia,land-use and construction techniques practices.Watershed and pracmanagement tices should be promotedso as to prevent,control and reducedegradation the marineenvironment. of > Prevention, reductionond controlof degradotionof the marine envi nment from seo-bosedactivit-ts ro e 17.30States,acting individually,bilaterally,regionally or multilaterallyand within the frameworkof IMO and other relevantinternational whethersuborganizations, regional, regionalor global,asappropriate, shouldassess the needfor additionalmeasures address to desradation of the marineenvironment:

A) FROMSHIPPING, BY:

(i) Supporting widerratification andimplementation of relevantshippingconventions and protocols; (ii) Facilitatingthe processes (i), providing support in to individualStates upon request help them overcome to the obstacles identifiedbv them:

t5t

(iii) Cooperatingin monitoring marine pollution from (e.g.,aerialsurfrom illegal discharges ships,especially provisions MARPOL di scharge veillance), andenforcing more rigorously, (iv) Assessing stateof pollution caused shipsin by the particularlysensitive identihedby IMO andtaking areas wherenecesapplicablemeasures, action to implen-rent sary, within such areas to ensure compliance with regulations; generallyaccepted international (v) Takingactionto ensure respect areas of designated economiczones, within their exclusive States, by coastal law, in order to protectand with international consistent such as coral reefs preserverare or fragile ecosystems, and mangroves; (vi) Consideringthe adoptionof appropriate rules on to ballastwater discharge preventthe spreadof nonorganisms; indigenous (vii) Promoting by charting navigational safety adequate as and ship-routittg, appropriate; of coasts regula(viii) Assessing needfor stricterinternational the and tionsto furtherreducethe risk of accidents pollution from cargoships(includingbulk caniers); (ix) EncouragingIMO and IAEA to work togetherto of complete consideration a code on the carriage of ships; inadiatednuclearfuel in flaskson boarcl (x) Revisingand updatingthe IMO Codeof Safetyfor Nuclear Merchant Ships and consideringhow best to implementa revisedcode; (xi) Supporting ongoingactivitywithin IMO regardthe measures reducins for of ing development appropriate air pollution from ships; ( x ii) S u p p o rti n gth e o n g o i n g a c ti v i ty w i thi n IMO regarding the development of an international regime governingthe transponation hazardous of and noxious substances carriedby shipsandfurtherconsideringwhether under established fundssimilarto theones thecompensation in the Fund Conventionwould be appropriate respectof otherttranoil; pollutiondamage by caused substances

PORTS, BY: D) FROM (i) Facilitating facilities ofportreception establishment for the collection of oily and chemical residuesand garbage from ships,especiallyin MARPOLspecial areas, and promoting the establishmentof smaller scale facilitiesin marinasand fishing harbours. other competentUnited 17.31IMO and as appropriate, Nations organizations, when requestedby the States the where appropriate, stateof concerned, shouldassess, shipping,such as marine pollution in areasof congested with a view to ensuring heavilyusedinternational straits, compliance with generally acceptedinternationalregulations, particularly those related to illegal discharges with the provisionsof Part III from ships,in accordance on of the United NationsConvention the Law of the Sea. to 17.32Statesshouldtake measures reducewater pollution causedby organotincompoundsused in antifouling paints. on ratifyingtheConvention 17.33States shouldconsider Response and Cooperation, Oil PollutionPreparedness, of which addresses, inter alia, the development contingency plans on the national and internationallevel, as appropriate,including provision of oil-spill response includingits possible rnaterial and trainingof personnel, extension chemicalspill response. to cooperation 17.34Statesshould intensify international regional to strengthenor establish,where necessary, response and/or,as appropriate, oiVchemical-spill centres mechanisms cooperationwith relevant subregional, in organizations and, regionalor global intergovernmental organizations. whereappropriate, industry-based

B) DATA, AND 'NFORMAilON and in accordance 17.35Statesshould,as appropriate, with the meansat their disposaland with due regardfor their technical and scientific capacity and resources, make systematic observations the stateof the marine on environment.To this end, Statesshould, as appropriate, consider: (a) Establishingsystematicobservationsystemsto quality,includingcauses measure marineenvironmental and effectsof marinedegradation, a basisfor manageas ment; (b) Regularly exchanginginformation on marine degradationcausedby land-based and sea-based activities and on actions to prevent, control and reduce such degradation; (c) Supporting and expanding international programmes systematic suchas the mussel for observations watch prograrnme, building on existing facilities with specialattention developingcountries; to

DUMPING, BY; B) FROM (i) Supportingwider ratification,implementation and participation relevantConventions dumpingat sea, in on including early conclusionof a future strategyfor the London Dumping Convention; par(ii) Encouraging LondonDumpingConvention the steps stopoceandumpingand to ties to take appropriate of substances incineration hazardous :

BY: PI,ATFORMS, OIL C) FROM OFFSHOREANDGAS (i) Assessing to existing regulatorymeasures address the emissions and safetyand assessing need discharges, for additionalmeasures:

152

(d) Establishing clearing-house marinepollution on a control information, including processes and technologiesto address marinepollution control and to support andothercountries their transferto developing countries with demonstrated needs; (e) Establishing globalprofileanddatabase providing a information on the sources,types, amounts and effects of pollutantsreachingthe marineenvironmentfrom landand sea-based sources; basedactivitiesin coastalareas (f) Allocating adequate funding for capacity-building and training programmesto ensurethe full participation in in countries, particular, anyintemational of developing schemeunderthe organsand organizations the United of Nationssystem thecollection, for analysis useof data and and information.

identify those that cannot be adequatelycontrolled and to provide a basisfor a decisionon a time schedule for phasingthem out as soonas practicable; (0 Establishmentof a clearing-house information for on rnarine pollution control, including processes and technologiesto addressmarine pollution control, and support for their transfer to developing and other countrieswith demonstrated needs.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENI 17.38Statesindividually or in cooperationwith each other and with the supportof internationalorganizations, whether subregional,regional or global, as appropriate, should: (a) Provide training for critical personnelrequiredfor protectionof the marine environmentas the adequate identified by training needs' surveys at the national, regionalor subregional levels; (b) Promotethe introduction of marine environmental protectiontopics into the curriculum of marine studies programmes; (c) Establishtraining coursesfor oil- and chemicalpersonnel, cooperation, spill response in whereappropriate,with the oil and chemicalindustries; (d) Conduct workshopson environmentalaspects of port operations and development; (e) Strengthen and provide securefinancing for new international and existing specialized centresof professionalmaritimeeducation; (0 Throughbilateral supandmultilateral cooperation, port and supplement nationalefforts of developing the countries as regardshuman resourcedevelopmentin relationto prevention reduction degradation the and of of marineenvironment.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION A/ F/NANC/NG has estimatedthe 17.36The Conferencesecretariat average total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of the activitiesof this programrleto be about$200million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicative and order-of--magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Actualcosts andfinancial terms, including Governments. will any that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter and programrnes Governalia, the specific strategies mentsdecideupon for implementation.

MFANS AND 8/ SCTENT/F/C TECHNOT.OG\CAL 1 7 . 3 7 a t i o n a l , s u b r e g i o n a la n d r e g i o n a l a c t i o n N programmes will, whereappropriate, requiretechnology transfer,in conformity with chapter 31, and financial parlicularly where developingcountriesare resources, including: concerned. (a) Assistance industries identifyingand adopting in to pollutioncontroltechcleanproduction cost-eff'ective or nologies; (b) Planningdevelopment and application low-cost of sewage installationand treatment and low-maintenance for technologies developing countries; (c) Equipmentof laboratories observesystematically to humanand otherimpactson the marineenvironment; (d) Identification appropriate andchemical-spill oilof control materials,including low-cost locally available for materials techniques, and suitable pollutionemergeng ci esin dev elopin c o u n tri e s . (e) Study of the use of persistent organohalogens that are liable to accumulatein the marine environmentto

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING 17.39Nationalplanningandcoordinating bodiesshould be given the capacityand authorityto review all landbased activities and sources pollutionfor their impacts of on the marine environment and to proposeappropriate control measures. 17.40Researchfacilities should be strengthened or, whereappropriate, developed developingcountriesfor in systematic observation marinepollution,environmenof tal impact assessment development control recand of ommendationsand should be managed and staffed by local experts. 17.41Specialarrangements will be neededto provide adequatefinancial and technical resourcesto assist

r53

and solvingproblems in countries preventing developing the with activitiesthat threaten marineenviassociated ronment. 17.42An intemationalfunding mechanismshould be treatcreatedfor the applicationof appropriatesewage ment technologiesand buildittg sewage treatment loansfrom facilities,including grantsor concessional international agenciesand appropriateregional funds, at replenished leastin part on a revolvingbasisby user fees. 17.43ln carrying out theseprogrammeactivities,particular attention needs to be given to the problems of developingcountriesthat would bear an unequalburden or of because their lack of facilities,expertise technical capacities.

OBJECTIVES and to commit themselves the conservation 17.46States on use sustainable of marine living resources the high to: seas.To this end,it is necessary (a) Developand increase potentialof marineliving the resources meet human nutritional needs,as well as to goals; social,economicand development (b) Maintain or restorepopulations marine species of yield at levelsthatcanproducethe maximumsustainable as qualified by relevant environmental and economic factors, taking into considerationrelationshipsamong species; fish(c) Promotethe development useof selective and that minimize wastein the catch ing gearand practices of target speciesand minimrze by-catch of non-target species; (d) Ensureeffective monitoring and enforcementwith respect fishing activities; to marinespecies; (e) Protectand restoreendangered (f) Preserve habitatsand other ecologicallysensitive areas; (g) Promote scientific researchwith respectto the in marineliving resources the high seas. 17.47Nothing in paragraph 17.46 above restricts the right of a State or the competenceof an international to as organization, appropriate, prohibit, limit or tegulate the exploitation of marine mammals on the high seas States more strictly thanprovidedfor in that paragraph. shall cooperatewith a view to the conservationof shall marine mammalsand, in the caseof cetaceans, i n parti cul ar w ork through the appropr iat eint er managefor nationalorganizations their conservation, ment and study. 17.48The ability of developingcountriesto fulfil the above objectivesis dependentupon their capabilities, including the tinancial, scientific and technological and Adequate financial,scientific means theirdisposal. at shouldbe providedto support cooperation technological actionby them to implementtheseobjectives.

OF c) SusrArNABrE usE AND CONSERVATION OF fiTAHNE LIVING RESOURCES THE I{IGH SEAS

FOR BASIS ACTION 11.44Over the last decade,fisherieson the high seas have considerablyexpandedand currently represent 5 approximately per cent of total world landings. The provisionsof the United Nations Conventionon the Law of the Sea on the marine living resourcesof the with high seassetsforth rights and obligationsof States respect to conservationand utilization of those resources. inof 17.45However,management high seasfisheries, cluding the adoption, monitoring and enforcement of in is measures, inadequate many effectiveconservation areas and some resourcesare overutilized. There are exfishing, overcapitalization, problemsof unregulated controls, cessivefleet size, vesselreflaggingto escape and insufficiently selectivegear, unreliabledatabases between States.Action by lack of sufficientcooperation Stateswhose nationalsand vesselsfish on the high s eas ,as w e l l a s c o o p e ra ti o na t th e bi l ateral , subparregional,regional and global levels, is essential ticularly for highly migratory speciesand straddling stocks. Such action and cooperationshould address as in inadequacies fishing practices, well as in biologiof fisheriesstatistics and improvement cal knowledge, shouldalsobe on for systems handlingdata.Emphasis that multi-speciesmanagementand other approaches take into account the relationshipsamong species, but also in depletedspecies, especiallyin addressing or identifyingthe potentialof underutilized unutilized populations.

ACTIVITIES lTt ELAT A) MANAGEMENT-R EDACTIV ES 17.49States should take effective action, including where appropriate bilateral and multilateral cooperation, global levels,to ensure regionaland at the subregional, with that high seasfisheriesare managedin accordance on the the provisionsof the United NationsConvention they should: Law of the Sea.In particular, (a) Give f'ull effect to theseprovisionswith regardto fisheriespopulationswhoserangeslie both within and stocks); beyondexclusiveeconomiczones(straddling

154

(b) Give full effect to theseprovisionswith regardto highly migratoryspecies; (c) Negotiate,where appropriate,internationalagreementsfor the effective management and conservation of fishery stocks; (d) Define and identify appropriate management units; 17.50Statesshould convene,as soon as possible,an intergovernmentalconference under United Nations auspices, taking into accountrelevantactivities at the subregional, regionaland global levels,with a view to promotingeffectiveimplementation the provisions of of the United NationsConventionon the Law of the Seaon straddlingfish stocksand highly rnigratorylish stocks. The conference, drau,ing,inter alia, on scientific and technical studiesby FAO, should identify and assess existing problems related to the conservationand management suchfish stocks,and considermeansof of improving cooperation fisheriesamong States,and on formulate appropriaterecofilrnendations. The work and the resultsof the conference should be fully consistent with the provisions the United NationsConvention of on theLaw of theSea, particularthe in rightsandobligations of coastalStates and States fishing on the high seas. 17.51States should ensure thatfishingactivities vesby sels flying their flags on the high seastake place in a mannerso as to minimizeincidental catches. 17.52States shouldtake effectiveactionconsistent with international to monitorandcontrolfishingactivities law by vessels flying their flags on the high seasto ensure compliancewith applicableconservation and management rules,including full, detailed,accurate and timely reportingof catches and effort. 17.53States shouldtakeeffectiveaction,consistent with international law, to deterreflaggingof vessels their by nationals a means avoidingcompliance as of with applicable conservationand managementrules for fishing activitieson the high seas. 17.54States shouldprohibitdynamiting, poisoning and othercomparable destructive fishing practices. 17.55States shouldfully implement General Assembly resof ution 461215 large-scale on pelagrc drift-netfishing. 17.-56 Statesshouldtake measures increase availato the bility of marineliving resources humanfood by reducing as wastage, post-harvest lossesand discards, and improving tech iques of processi distribu n ng, tion and transportation.

the conservation sustainable of the marinelivine and use resources the high seas; of (b) Exchangeon a regular basisup-to-datedata and informationadequate fisheries for assessment; (c) Developand shareanalyticaland predictivetools, suchas stockassessment bioeconomic and models; (d) Establishor expand appropriatenronitoring and programmes. assessment

c/ /NIERNAI/ONAL AND REGIONAI COOPERAIION AND COORDINAI/ON 17.58States, through bilateraland multilateralcooperation and within the frarnewclrkof subregionaland regional fisheriesbodies,as appropriate, and with the supportof other intemationalintergovernmental agencies, should assess high seasresourcepotentialsand develop profiles of all stocks(targetand non-target). 17.59Statesshould, where and as appropriate, ensure adequate coordinationand cooperation enclosed in and semi-enclosed seasand betweensubregional, regional and global intergovemmental fisheries bodies. I 7.60 Effectivecooperation within existingsubregional, regionalor globalfisheries bodiesshouldbe encouraged. Where suchorganizations not exist,States do should,as appropriate, cooperate establish to suchorganizations. 17 .61 States with aninterest ahigh seas in fisheryregulated by an existing subregionaland/or regional high seas fisheries organization whichtheyarenot members of should be encouraged join thatorganization. to whereappropriate. 17.62States recognize: (a) The responsibility theInternational of WhalingCommission fbr the conservation and marlagement whale of stocksand the regulationof whaling pursuant the 1946 to International Convention the Regulation Whaling; tbr of (b) The work of theIntemational WhalingCommission Scientific Cornmitteein carrying out studiesof large whalesin particular, well as of othercetaceans; as (c) The work of otherorganizations, suchas the InterAmericanTropicalTunaCommission theAgreement and on Small Cetaceans theBaltic andNorth Seaunderthe in Bonn Convention, the conservation, in management and studyof cetaceans othermarinemammals. and 17.63States should cooperatefor the conservation, management studyof cetaceans. and

A B ) DA T A ND / NF O R M AT ION MEANS I,\\PLEMENTATION OF 17.57States. with the supporlof international organizations, whether subregional, regionalor global, as appropriate, shouldcooperate to: (a) Promoteenhanced collectionof datanecessary for Aj F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 17 .64 The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe of

r55

to activitiesof this programme be about$12 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional estiterms.Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude reviewed Governments. by only andhavenot been mates Actual costsand financial terms,including any that are will depend upon, inter alia, the non-concessional, Governmentsdecide and specific strategies programmes upon for implementation.

17.69Special support, including cooperationamong States, will be needed to enhancethe capacitiesof countries theareas dataandinformation, in of developing means, and humanresource scientificand technological developmentin order to participateeffectively in the utilization of high seas conservationand sustainable marineliving resources.

AL A 8/ S C/ E NIF tC N D T EC H N O L OG| CME AN S with the supportof relevantinternational 17.65States, shoulddevelopcollabowherenecessary, organizations, rative technical and researchprograffImesto improve of of understanding the life cyclesandmigrations species including identifying critical areas found on the high seas, and life stages. with the supportof relevantinternational 17.66States, whether subregional,regional or global, organizations, should: as appropriate, (a) Develop databases the high seasmarine living on and resources fisheries: (b) Collect and correlatemarine environmentaldata data,includingthe with high seas marineliving resources broughtaboutby impactsof regionaland globalchanges and by humanactivities; naturalcauses programmesto (c) Cooperatein coordinatingresearch to provide the knowledge necessary managehigh seas resources.

OF Dl susrArNABtE usE AND CoNSERVATION UNDER MARINE TIVING RESOURCES NATIONATJURISDICTION

BASIS ACTION FOR 17.70Marine fisheriesyield 80 to 90 million tons of 95 fish and shellfishper/year, percentof which is taken from waters under nationaljurisdiction. Yields have nearly fivefold over the past four decades. increased The provisionsof the United Nations Conventionon of the Law of the Sea on marine living resources the exclusive economic zone and other areasunder national jurisdiction set forth rights and obligationsof and utilization of Stateswith respectto conservation thoseresources. provide an important 17.71Marine living resources and their useis often of source proteinin many countries and to of majorimportance localcommunities indigenous providefood and livelihoodsto people. Such resources utilized,offer inmillions of peopleand, if sustainably creasedpotentialto meet nutritional and social needs, particularly in developingcountries.To realize this potential requiresimproved knowledgeand identification of marine living resourcestocks, particularly of use and unutilizedstocksand species, of underutilized new technol ogi es,better handl i ng and pr ocessing and improvedquality and facilities to avoid wastage, training of skilled personnelto manageand conserve of effectivelythe marine living resources the exclusive economiczone and other areasunder nationaljurisdicmanageshouldalsobe on multi-species tion. Emphasis ment and other approachesthat take into account the amongspecies. relationships jurisdiction in undernational 17.72Fisheries many areas face mounting problems. including local overfishing, unauthorizedincursionsby foreign fleets, ecosystem fleet sizes, and degradation, overcapitalization excessive of underevaluation catch. insufficiently selectivegear, and increasingcompetition beunreliable databases, fishing, and between tween artisanal and large-scale fishing and othertypesof activities. and 17.73Problems extendbeyondfisheries.Coralreef's and habitats, suchasmangroves othermarineandcoastal integrated are estuaries, amongthe most highly diverse,

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRESOURCE at development the nationallevel 17.67Humanresource at strouldbe targeted both developmentand management including training in high seas of high seasresources, resource assessment. and fishing techniques in high seas to cadresof personnel deal with high seas strengthening and enviand management conservation related resource and inspectors ronmentalissues, and training observers to be placedon fishing vessels.

D) CA P A C IT Y -BU IL D IN G 17.68States,with the support, where appropriate,of w r elev ant in te rn a ti o n a lo rg a n i z a ti o n s , hether subto regional,regionalor global,shouldcooperate develop for structures moniand institutional systems or upgrade as toring, control and surveillance, well as the research popuof capacityfor assessment marineliving resource lations.

156

and productive of the Earth's ecosystems. They often serve important ecological functions, provide coastal protection, and are critical resourcesfor food, energy, tourism and economic development. In many parts of the world, such marine and coastal systemsare under from a varietv of sources.Lroth stressor are threatened human and natural.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R ELATED IVITI S ACT E 17.78States shouldensure that marineliving resources of the exclusiveecononriczone and other areasunder nationaljurisdiction are conserved and managedin acof cordance with the provisions the UnitedNationsConventionon the Law of the Sea. 17.79States,in implementingthe provisionsof the UnitedNationsConvention theLaw of the Sea,should on addressthe issues of straddling stocks and highly migratory species,and, taking fully into account the objectivesetout in paragraph 17,74, access the surplus to of aliowablecatches. 17.80CoastalStates,individually or through bilateral and/ormultilateralcooperation and with the support,as appropriate international of organizations, whethersubregional,regionalor global,shouldinter alia: (a) Assessthe potential of marine living resources, includingunderutilized unutilizedstocksand species, or by developinginventories,where necessary, their for conservation and sustainable use' (b) Implement strategiesfor the sustainable use of marineliving resources, taking into accountthe special needs interests small-scale and of fisheries, local artisanal communitiesand indigenous peopleto meethuman nutritional and other development needs; (c) Implement,in particularin developingcountries, mechanismsto develop rnariculture,aquacultureand small-scale, deep-sea oceanicfisherieswithin areas and jurisdictionwhereassessments undernational show that marineliving resources potentiallyavailable; are (d) Strengthen their legal and regulatoryframeworks, whereappropriate, uding manage incl ment,enforcement andsurveillance capabilities, regulate related to activities to the abovestrategies: (e) Takemeasures increase availabilityof marine to the living resources human food by reducing wastage, as post-harvest lossesand discards.and improving techniquesof processing, distributionand transportation; (0 Develop and promote the use of environrnentally sound technology under criteria compatible with the sustainable use of marine living resources, including assessment the environmentalirnpactof major new of fishery practices; (g) Enhancethe productivity and utilization of their marineliving resources food and income. for 17.81C oastal S tates shoul d expl ore the scope f or expandingrecreational and tourist activities basedon marine living resources, including those fbr providing alternative sources income.Such activitiesshouldbe of compatiblewith conservation developand sustainable ment policiesand plans.

OBJECTIVES 17.74CoastalStates,particularlydevelopingcountries and Stateswhose economiesare overwhelminglydependent theexploitation themarineliving resources on of shouldobtainthe full of their exclusive economiczones, from sustainable utilization socialandeconomic benefits within their exclusiveecoof marine living resources nomic zonesand other areasunder nationaljurisdiction. 17.75States commit themselves the conservation to and sustainable of marineliving resources use undernational jurisdiction. To this end, it is necessary to: (a) Developandincrease potentialof marineliving the resources meet human nutritional needs,as well as to goals; social,economicand development (b) Takeinto accounttraditionalknowledgeand interestsof local communities, small-scale artisanal flsheries peoplein development managernent and indigenous and programmes; (c) Maintain or restorepopulations marinespecies of at yield as levelsthat can producethe maximum sustainable qualifiedby relevant and environmental economicfactors, taking into consideration relationships amongspecies; (d) Promotethe development useof selective fishand ing gear and practices that minimize wastein the catch of target speciesand minimize by-catch of non-target species; (e) Protectand restoreendangered marinespecies; (0 Preserverare or fragile ecosystems, well as as habitats and otherecologicallysensitive areas. 17.76Nothing in paragraphI1.15 aboverestrictsthe right of a coastalStateor the competence an interof nationalorganization, appropriate, prohibit,limit to as or regulate the exploitation of marine marrunalsmore strictly than providedfor in that paragraph. Statesshall cooperatewith a view to the conservationof marine mammalsand in the caseof cetaceans shallin particular work throughthe appropriate international organizations for their conservation, management study. and 17.71The ability of developingcountriesto fulfil the above objectivesis dependentupon their capabilities, including the financial, scientific and technological meansat their disposal. Adequatefinancial, scientific and technologicalcooperationshould be provided to supportactionby them to implementtheseobjectives.

157

of shouldsupportthe sustainability 17.82Coastal States artisanal fisheries.To this end, they should, small-scale as appropriate: (a) Integrate small-scaleartisanaltisheries developplanning,taking into account ment in marineandcoastal repreencouraging and, whereappropriate, the interests s ent at iono f fi s h e rme n , s m a l l -s c a l efi sherw orkers, people; and indigenous women,local communities (b) Recognize rightsof small-scale fishworkers and the peopleandlocal comthe special situationof indigenous munities,includingtheir rights to utilizationand protecbasis; on tion of their habitats a sustainable (c) Developsystems the acquisitionand recording for of traditionalknowledgeconcerningmarine living reand promotethe incorporation and environment sources systems. of suchknowledgeinto management 17.83CoastalStatesshouldensurethat, in the negotiaon of agreements tion and implementation international of the developmentor conservation marine living rethe of sources, interests local communitiesand indigenous people are taken into account,in particulartheir right to subsistence. of with the support, appropriate, as 17.84CoastalStates, of should conduct analyses internationalorganizations itr the potentialfor aquaculture marineand coastalareas under nati o n a l j u ri s d i c ti o n a n d a p p l y appropri ate safeguards to the introductionof new species. as poisoning and shouldprohibitdynamiting, 17.85States fishing practices. destructive othercomparable exhibitshouldidentifymarineecosystems 17.86States ing high levelsof biodiversityandproductivityandother limiand shouldprovidenecessary critical habitatareas through,inter alia, desigtationson use in theseareas. nation of protectedareas. Priority shouldbe accorded, to: as appropriate, (a) Coral reef ecosystems; (b) Estuaries; (c) Temperate tropicalwetlands, includingmangroves; and (d) Seagrass beds: (e) Other spawningand nurseryareas.

(c) Develop and shareanalyticaland predictivetools, models; suchas stockassessment bioeconomic and (d) Establishor expand appropriatemonitoring and programmes assessment ; (e) Complete or update marine biodiversity, marine living resourceand critical habitat profiles of exclusive economiczonesand otherareasundernationaljurisdiction, taking account of changesin the environment and humanactivities. broughtaboutby naturalcauses

AND REG'ON,AI c/ /NTERNAilONAT. AIION AND COORD'NAI'ON COOPER 17.88States, throughbilateraland multilateralcooperation, and with the support of relevant United Nations and other internationalorganizations,should cooperate to: (a) Developfinancialand technicalcooperation ento hance the capacities developingcountriesin smallof aquaculfisheries, well asin coastal as scaleandoceanic ture and mariculture; (b) Promotethecontributionof marineliving resources to eliminate malnutrition and to achievefood self-suffialia,by minimizing ciencyin developing countries,inter post-harvest lossesand managingstocksfor guaranteed yields: sustainable (c) Develop agreedcriteria for the use of selective fishing gearand practices minimize wastein the catch to of target speciesand minimize by-catch of non-target species; (d) Promote seafoodquality, including through nafor in systems seafood, order to tional quality assurance promote accessto markets, improve consumer confidenceand maximizeeconomicreturns. ensure 17.89Statesshould, where and as appropriate, in and coordinationand cooperation enclosed adequate regional semi-enclosed seasand between subregional, fisheriesbodies. and global intergovernmental 17.90States recognize: (a) The responsibility of the InternationalWhaling and management of Commissionfor the conservation whale stocks and the regulation of whaling pursuantto the 1946International Conventionfor the Resulationof Whaling; (b) The work of the International WhalingCommission Scientific Committee in carrying out studies of large whalesin particular, well as of othercetaceans; as (c) The work of other organizations, such as the InterAmericanTropicalTunaCommissionandtheAgreement on Small Cetaceans the Baltic andNorth Seaunderthe in management and Bonn Convention, theconservation, in study of cetaceans and other marine mammals.

AND /NFORMAT/ON B) DATA individuallyor throughbilateralandmulti17.87States, and with the support,as appropriate, lateralcooperation whether subregional, of internationalorganizations, regional global,should: or (a) Promoteenhanced of collectionand exchange data for use and necessary the conservation sustainable of the jurisdiction; undernational marineliving resources (b) Exchangeon a regular basis up-to-datedata and for informationnecessary fisheriesassessment;

r58

17.91States should cooperatefor the conservation, management studyof cetaceans. and

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 17.92The Conference secretariathas estimated the averagetotal annual cost (1993-2000)of implementing the activitiesof this programmeto be about $6 billion, including about$60 million from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative andorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewed Governments. by Actualcosts will depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategies and programmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

resourcesand to encourageequitableparticipationoflocal communities, small-scale workers.womenand fish indigenous people; (c) Introduce topics relating to the importanceof marine living resources educational in curricula at all levels.

D) CAPACTTY-BUILD|NG 17.95CoastalStates,with the supportof relevantsubregional,regionaland global agencies, where appropriate,should: (a) Develop researchcapacitiesfor assessment of marineliving resource populations and monitoring; (b) Provide support to local fishing communities,in particularthosethat rely on tishing for subsistence, indigenouspeopleand women, including,as appropriate. the technicaland financialassistance organize, to maintain, exchangeand improve traditional knowledge of marine living resourcesand fishing techniques,and upgradeknowledgeon marineecosystems; (c) Establish sustainable aquaculturedevelopment strategies, includingenvironmental management supin port of rural fish-farmingcommunities; (d) Developand strengthen, wherethe needmay arise, institutionscapableof implementingthe objective and s activitiesrelatedto the conseruation manasement and of marineliving resources. 17.96S peci alsupport,i ncl udi ngcooperati on ong atn States,will be neededto enhancetl-recapacitiesof devel opi ng countri esn the areas dataand i nfb r m ai of ti on, sci enti fi cand technol ogi cal meansand hum an resourcedevel opmenti n cl rderto enabl e theln t o participate effectivelyin the conservation sustainand able use of marine livinc resourcesunder national jurisdiction.

8/ SCrENrrFtC AND TECHNOIOG\CAL MEANS 17.93States,with the supportof relevantintergovernmental organizations, appropriate,should: as (a) Provide for the transferof environmentally sound technologiesto develop fisheries, aquacultureand particularlyto developingcountries; mariculture, (b) Accord specialattentionto mechanisms transfor ferring resourceinformation and improved fishing and aquaculture technologies fishing communitiesat the to local level; (c) Promotethe study,scientific assessment useof and appropriatetraditional management systems; (d) Considerobserving, appropriate, FAOACES as the Codeof Practicefor Consideration Transferand Introof duction of Marine and Freshwater Organisms; (e) Promotescientificresearch marineareas paron of ticular importancefor marine living resources, such as areasof high diversity,endemismand productivity and migratorystopover points.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENI 17.94States individually,or throughbilateraland multilateral cooperation and with the supportof relevantinternational organizations, whethersubregional, regional or global, as appropriate, shouldencourage provide and supportfor developingcountrtes, inter alia, to:. (a) Expand multidisciplinaryeducation,training and research marine living resources, on particularlyin the socialand economicsciences; (b) Create training opportunities at national and re(includingsubsistence) gional levelsto supportartisanal fisheries,to develop small-scaleuse of marine living

E) ADDRESSTNG CR|T|CAT UNCERTATNTTES FOR THE'VIANAGEMENT THEMARINE OF ENVIRONMENT AND CLIIAATE CHANGE

BASIS ACTION FOR 17.97The marineenvironment vulnerableand sensiis tive to climate and atmosphenc changes. Rationaluse and developmentof coastalareas,all seasand marine resources, well asconservation the marineenvironas of ment, requiresthe ability to determinethe presentstate of thesesystemsand to predict future conditions.The high degree uncertainty present of in infbrmationinhibits effective managementand limits the ability to make predictions assess and environmental change. Systematic

t59

collection of data on marine environmentalparameters will be needed to apply integrated managementapproachesand to predict effects of global climate change phenomena, suchasozonedepletion, and of atmospheric and the marine environment. on living marine resources In order to determinethe role of the oceansand all seas in driving global systems and to predict natural and human-inducedchangesin marine and coastalenvironand disments,the mechanisms collect, synthesize to seminateinformation from researchand systematicoband servationactivitiesneedto be restructured reinforced considerably. aboutclimatechange 17.98T'here manyuncertainties are in and particularlyabout sealevelrise. Small increases damage significant havethepotentialof causing sealevel strategies Response and to smallislands low-lying coasts. shouldbe basedon sounddata.A long-termcooperative researchcommitment is neededto provide the data required for global climate models and to reduce uncertainty. Meanwhile, precautionarymeasuresshould be undertaken diminish the risks and effects,particularly to on small islands and on low-lying and coastal areasof the world. ultravioletradiationderivedfrom ozone 17.99Increased depletionhas been reportedin some areasof the world. of An assessment its effects in the marine environment is neededto reduceuncertaintyand to provide a basisfor action.

ACTIVITIES IV ES A) MANAGEMENT-R EDACT ITI ELAT inter alia: shouldconsider, l7.l0l States (a) Coordinating national and regional observation programmesfor coastal and near-shorephenomenarelated to climate change and for researchparameters essential for marine and coastal managementin all regions; (b) Providing improved forecasts marineconditions of for the safety of inhabitantsof coastalareasand for the efficiency of maritime operations; (c) Cooperating with a view to adopting special measuresto cope with and adapt to potential climate of rise, including the development changeand sealevel globally accepted methodologies for coastal vulneramodelling and responsestrategies bility assessment, particularly for priority areas,such as small islandsand low-lying and critical coastalareas; (d) Identifying ongoing and planned programmesof with systematic observation the marineenvironment, of priorities establishing activitiesand a view to integrating for to address critical uncertainties oceansand all seas; (e) Initiating a programmeof research determinethe to levelsof ultraviolet increased marinebiological effectsof ozonelayer rays due to the depletionof the stratospheric possibleeffects. the and to evaluate 17.lO2Recognizingthe importantrole that oceansand play in attenuating potential climatechange,IOC all seas with competent UnitedNationsbodies, andotherrelevant and having the resources experthe supportof countries and assessments systemtise, shouldcarry out analysis, oceans a carbonsink. as of atic observation the role of

OBJECIIVES with provisions of the States,in accordance 17.100 United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea on to commit themselves immarine scientific research, prove the understanding the marine environmentand of To its role on global processes. this end, it is necessary to: (a) Promote scientific research on and systematic observation of the marine environment within the including limits of nationaljurisdiction and high seas, interactionswith atmosphericphenomena,such as ozonedepletion; (b) Promoteexchange dataandinformationresulting of from scientific researchand systematicobservationand from traditional ecological knowledge and ensure its andthepublic at thenational availabilityto policy makers level; (c) Cooperate of with a view to the development standard inter-calibratedprocedures,measuring techniques, capabilitiesfor scientific data storageand management researchon and systematicobservation of the marine environment.

B) DATA AND 'NFORMAIION shouldconsider, inter alia: 17.103 States (a) Increasing internationalcooperationparticulariy with a view to strengthening nationalscientificandtechand nol ogi cal capabi l i ti esfor anal ysi ng,asse ssing predictingglobal climateand environmental change; (b) Supporting role of the IOC in cooperation with the in WMO, UNEP and other internationalorganizations the collection,analysisand distributionof data and information from the oceans and all seas, including as appropriate,through the Global Ocean Observing System, giving special attentionto the need for IOC to develop fully the strategy for providing training and for countries throughits technicalassistance developing Training, Education and Mutual Assistance(TEMA) programme;

r60

(c) Creating national multisectoralinformation bases, and systematic observacovering the resultsof research tion prograrnmes; (d) Linking these databases existing data and to information services and mechanisms.such as World WeatherWatch and Earthwatch; (e) Cooperating with a view to the exchangeof data and archivingthroughthe and informationand its storage world and regional data centres; (0 Cooperating ensure participation developfull of to ing countries,in particular,in any internationalscheme of underthe organsand organizations the United Nations systemfor the collection,analysisand use of data and information.

AND REG'ONAICi 'NIERNAIIONAT AND COORD/NAI/ON COOPERAI'ON 17.lM Statesshould considerbilaterally and multilaterally and in cooperation with international orgamzations, whether subregional,regional, interregionalor global, where appropriate: (a) Providingtechnicalcooperation developingthe in for capacityof coastaland islandStates marineresearch observation and for using its results; and systematic (b) Strengthening existing national institutionsand internationalanalysis and creating, where necessary, predictionmechanisms orderto prepare in andexchange analyses forecasts and regionalandglobaloceanographic and and to provide facilities for internationalresearch training at national, subregionaland regional levels, whereapplicable. 17.105In recognition ofthe valueof Antarcticaas area an for the conduct of scientific research,in particular reto the search essential understanding global environment, States carryingout suchresearch activitiesin Antarctica should, as provided for in Article III of the Antarctic Treaty,continueto: (a) Ensure that data and information resulting from such researchare freely available to the international community; (b) Enhance of scientificcomaccess the international agencies the United Nations of munity and specialized to such data and information,including the encouragement of periodicseminars and symposia. 106 States high-levelinter-agency, 17. shouldstrengthen regionaland global coordination, approas subregional, priate,and review mechanisms developand integrate to observation networks.This would include: systematic (a) Review of existingregionaland global databases; (b) Mechanisms developcomparable compatible and to validatemethodologies techniques, and measurements,

organrze regular scientific reviews, develop options for corrective measures,agreeon formats for presentation and storage, and communicatethe information gathered to potentialusers; (c) Systematicobservationof coastal habitatsand sealevel inventories marinepollutionsources changes, of and reviewsof fisheries statistics; (d) Orgamzation periodic assessments oceanand of of all seas and coastalareastatus and trends. 17.107 Internati onalcooperati on,through rel e vant organi zati ons w i thi n the U ni ted N ati ons syst em , should support countries to develop and integrate regi onal systematic long-termobservat programmes, ion when applicable, into the RegionalSeasProgrammes in a coordinated fashionto implement,whereappropriate, subregional,regional and global observing systems basedon the principle of exchangeof data. One aim shouldbe the predictingof the effectsof climate-related emergencies existing coastalphysical and socioon economicinfrastructure. 17.108Basedon the resultsof research the effectsof on the additionalultravioletradiationreachingthe Earth's surface,in the fields of human health,agricultureand marine environment,Statesand international organizati ons shoul d consi der taki ng appropri ateremedial measures.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 11.109 The Conference secretariathas estimatedthe average total annualcost ( 1993-2000) implementing of the activities this programme Lre of to aboutS750million, includingabout$480million from theinternational community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and havenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsandfinancial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, will dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies proand grammes Governments decideuponfor implementation. l7.l l0 Developed countries shouldprovidethe financing for the further development and implementation of the GlobalOceanObservins Svstem.

8/ SC/ENIIFIC AND IECHNOI.OGICAL MEANS l7.l1l To address critical uncertainties throughsystematiccoastal marineobservations research, and and coastal procedures States shouldcooperate thedevelopmentof in thatallow forcomparable analysis soundness data. and of They shouldalsocooperate a subregional regional on and

r6t

basis,through existing programmeswhere applicable, share infrastructureand expensive and sophisticated procedures and equipment,develop quality assurance jointly. Special attention develop human resources of shouldbe given to transf-er scientificandtechnological and means to support States, particularly knowledge of in countries, the development endogenous developing capabilities. when shouldsupport, organizations l7.l12 International requested,coastal countries in implementing research projectson the effectsof additionalultraviolet radiation.

both within and outside including regional,institutions, the United Nations system,with competencein marine issues, and thereis a needto improve coordinationand strengthenlinks among them. It is also important to ensurethat an integratedand multisectoralapproachto marineissues pursuedat all levels. is

OBJECTIVES with in 17.117 Statescommit themselves. accordance prioritiesandresources, promoteinstituto theirpolicies, tional arrangements necessary supportthe implemento in tation of theprograrnme areas this chapter.To this end, it is necessary, appropriate,to: as (a) Integrate relevant sectoral activities addressing environment and development in marine and coastal regionaland global levels, areasat national,subregional, as appropriate; (b) Promote effective information exchange and, where appropriate, institutional linkages between bilateral and multilateral national,regional, subregional and interregionalinstitutions dealing with environment in and development marineand coastalareas; (c) Promotewithin the United Nations system,regular intergovernmental review and consideration of environment and developmentissueswith respectto marine and coastalareas: (d) Promote the effective operation of coordinating mechanismsfor the componentsof the United Nations and deveiopsystemdealingwith issues environment of ment in marine and coastalareas,as well as links with relevantinternational bodies. development

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRESOURCE l7. ll3 S t a te s ,i n d i v i d u a l l y o r th ro u g h b i l ateral and multilateral cooperation and with the support, as appropriate,of international organizationswhether regional or global. should develop and subregional, programmes,particularly implement comprehensive in developing countries, for a broad and coherent approachto meeting their core human resourceneeds in the marine sciences.

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG as orestablish necessary, 17.114 States shouldstrengthen oceanographic comandtechnological nationalscientific or equivalentbodies to develop, supportand missions coordinatemarine scienceactivities and work closely organizations. with international and reshould use existing subregional l7.l15 States whereapplicable, developknowto gional mechanisms, information, exchange ledgeof the marineenvironment, and observationsand assessments, organizesystematic facilities and of scientists, make the most effective use in They shouldalsocooperate the promotion equipment. researchcapabilities in developing of endogenous countries.

AC-IIVITIES IVITI S E A) MANAGEA/ENI-R ED ACT ELAT

GLOBAL 17.1 The General l8 Assemblyshouldprovideforregular within the United Nationssystem,at the consideration, intergovernmentallevel of general marine and coastal matters, issues, includingenvironment anddevelopment and and should requestthe Secretary-General executive and organizations to: headsof United Nationsagencies (a) Strengthencoordination and develop improved arrangements amongthe relevantUnited Nationsorganizationswith major marine and coastalresponsibilities, including their subregional regionalcomponents; and (b) Strengthencoordination between those organizai tions and otherUnited Nationsorganizations.nstitutions trade agencies dealingwith development, andspecialized as and otherrelatedeconomicissues, appropriate;

INCIUDING |NTERNATIONAL, F) STRENGTHENTNG AND COORDINATION REGIONAL,COOPERATION

FOR BASIS ACTION 17.116 is recognizedthat the role of international It national efforts. is andsupplement cooperation to support Implementationof strategiesand activities under the and programmeareasrelativeto marineand coastalareas at seasrequireseffective institutional arrangements naregionaland global levels,as approtional. subregional, priate. There are numerous national and international,

162

(c) Improverepresentation UnitedNationsagencies of dealing with the marine environmentin United Nations systemwide coordinationefforts; (d) Promote, where necessary,greater collaboration betweenthe United Nations agenciesand subregional and regional coastaland marine programmes; (e) Develop a centralized system to provide for informationon legislation andadviceon implementation of legal agreementson marine environmentaland development issues. 17.119 States recognize that environmentalpolicies should deal with the root causesof environmental degradation,thus preventing environmental measures from resultingin unnecessary restrictionsto trade.Trade policy measures environmental for purposes shouldnot constitute meansof arbitraryor unjustifiable a discrimination or a disguisedrestrictionon international trade. Unilateralactionsto dealwith environmental challenges outsidethejurisdiction of the importing country should be avoided. Environmental measures addressing internationalenvironmental problemsshould,asfar aspossible, be based on an international consensus.Domestic measures targetedto achievecertain environmentalobjectives may need trade measures render them effecto tive. Shouldtradepolicy measures found necessary be for the enforcementof environmental policies, certain principlesand rules shouldapply. Thesecould include, inter alia, the principleof non-discrimination; printhe ciple that the trademeasure chosenshouldbe the least trade-restrictive necessary achievethe objectives; to an obligation to ensure transparencyin the use of trade measures related to the environment and to provide adequatenotificationof nationalregulations; and the needto give consideration the specialconditionsand developto ment requirements developingcountriesas they move of towardsintemationally agreed environmental objectives.

B) DATA AND 'NFORMAT/ON l7.l2l States should,whereappropriate: (a) Promote exchangeof information on marine and coastalissues; (b) Strengthenthe capacity of internationalorganizations to handleinformation and supportthe development of national,subregionaland regional data and information systems, whereappropriate. This couldalsoinclude networks linking countrieswith comparableenvironmentalproblems; (c) Furtherdevelopexistinginternational mechanisms such as Earthwatchand GESAMP.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 17.122The Conference secretariathas estimatedthe average total annualcosr (1993-2000) implementing of the activitiesof this prograinme be about$50 million to from the international community on grant or concessional terms. These are indicative and order-of'-magnitude estimates only and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actualcosts andflnancialterms,including any that are non-concessional, depend upon,inter will alia, the specific strategiesand programmesGovernmentsdecideupon for implementation.

B/ SCIENI/F/C AND TFCHNO/OGtCALMEANS, HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENI CAPACITY. AND BUILDING ll.l23 The means of implementationoutlined in the other programmeareason marine and coastalissues, underthe sections scientificandtechnological on means, humanresource development and capacity-building are entirelyrelevantfor this programme areaas well. Additionally, Statesshould, through internationalcooperation, developa comprehensive programmefor meetingthe core humanresource needs marinesciences all levels. in at Gl st sTAtNABtE DEVETOPMENT SrvrAUFIANDS OF

SUBREGIONAL REGIONAL AND 17.120States shouldconsider, appropriate: as (a) Strengthening, extendingwherenecessary, and intergovernmental regionalcooperation, RegionalSeas the Programmes UNEP,regionaland subregional of fisheries organizations regionalcommissions; and (b) Introduce,where necessary, coordinationamong relevantUnited Nationsand othermultilateralorganizations at the subregional and regional levels, including consideration co-locationof their staff; of (c) Arrangefor periodicintraregional consultations; (d) Facilitateaccess and use of expertiseand techto nology throughrelevantnationalbodiesto subregional and regionalcentres and networks,suchas the Regional Centres Marine Technology. for

BASIS ACTION FOR 17.124Small islanddevelopingStates, and islandssupporting small communitiesare a specialcase both for environmentand development. They are ecologically fragile and vulnerable. Their small size, limited resources,geographi cdi spersi onand i sol ati on fr om markets, placethem at a disadvantage economically and

r63

preventeconomies scale.For small islanddeveloping of States oceanand coastalenvironment of strategic the is importance and constitutesa valuable development resource. 17.125 Their geographic isolationhasresultedin their habitationby a comparativelylarge number of unique species flora and fauna,giving them a very high share of of global biodiversity.They also have rich and diverse cultureswith specialadaptations islandenvironments to and knowledge of the sound managementof island resources. llJ26 Small islanddevelopingStates have all the environmentalproblemsand challenges the coastalzone of in concentrated a limited land area.They areconsidered extremely vulnerableto global warming and sealevel rise, with certain small low-lying islandsfacing the increasingthreatof the loss of their entire nationalterritories.Most tropical islandsare also now experiencing the more immediateimpactsof increasing frequencyof with climate cyclones,stormsand hurricanes associated change. Thesearecausing major set-backs their socioto economicdevelopment. 17.127Becausesmall island developmentoptions are limited, thereare specialchallenges planningfor and to implementing sustainabledevelopment.Small island developingStateswill be constrained meetingthese in without the cooperation challenges and assistance the of international communitv.

OBJECTIVES 17J28 States commit themselvesto addressingthe problems of sustainable developrnent small island of developing States. this end,it is necessary: To (a) To adoptand implementplansand programmes to supportthe sustainable development and utilization of their marine and coastalresources, including meeting essential humanneeds, maintaining biodiversityand improving the quality of life for islandpeople; (b) To adopt measures which will enablesmall island developing Statesto cope effectively, creatively and with environmental sustainably changeand to mitigate impacts and reduce the threats posed to marine and coastalresources.

(a) Studythe specialenvironmental anddevelopmental characteristics small islands,producingan environof mental profile and inventory of their natural resources, critical marinehabitatsand biodiversity; (b) Develop techniques determiningand monitorfor ing the carryingcapacityof smallislands underdifferent development assumptions resource and constraints; (c) Prepare medium- and long-termplansfor sustainable developmentttrat emphasizemultiple use of resources, integrateenvironmentalconsiderations with economicand planningand policies,define measures mainsectoral for taining cultural and biologicaldiversity and conserve endangered species critical marinehabitats; and (d) Adapt coastalarea management techniques, such as planning, siting and environmentalimpact assess(GIS), ments,using Geographical InformationSystems suitableto the specialcharacteristics small islands, of taking into accountthe traditionaland culturalvaluesof indigenous peopleof islanCcountries; (e) Review the existinginstitutional arrangements and identify and undertakeappropriateinstitutional reforms essentialto the effective implementationof sustainable plans,includingintersectoral development coordination and communityparticipation the planningprocess; in (f) Implementsustainable plans,includdevelopment ing thereview andmodificationof existingunsustainable policiesand practices; (g) Based on precautionaryand anticipatory approaches,design and implement rational response strategies addressthe environmental,social and ecoto nomic impactsof climate changeand sealevel rise, and prepare appropriate plans; contingency (h) Promote environmentally sound technology for sustainable development within small islanddeveloping States and identify technologies shouldbe excluded that because their threatsto essential of islandecosvstems.

B) DATA AND /NFORMATTAN 17.130Additional informationon the geographic, environmental,cultural and socio-economic characteristics of islandsshouldbe compiledand assessed assist the to in planningprocess.Existingislanddatabases shouldbe expandedandgeographic infbrmationsystems developed and adapted suit the specialcharacteristics islands. to of

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGFMFNI-R ELATED IVIT S ACT IE 17.129 Small islanddeveloping with the assistStates, anceas appropriate the international of communityand on thebasisof existingwork of nationalandinternational organizations, should:

c/ /NTERNATIONAL REG/ONAI. AND COOPERAIION AND COORDINAI/ON 17.131 Small islanddeveloping with the support, States, as appropriate,of international organizations,whether

164

subregional,regional or global, should develop and strengtheninter-island,regional and interregionalcoincludingperiodic operationand informationexchange, development on regionalandglobalmeetings sustainable of small island developingStateswith the first global developmentof small conferenceon the sustainable States, be held in 1993. to island developing whethersubregional, organizations, 17 .132 International the regionalor global, must recognrze specialdevelopStates and of mentrequirements smallislanddeveloping give adequatepriority in the provision of assistance, particularly with respectto the developmentand implans. plementation sustainable of development

be modified to meet these needs and special training programmes islandmanagement developedin integrated and development. Local planning should be integrated in educational curriculaof all levelsandpublic awareness of campaignsdevelopedwith the assistance non-governmentalorganizations indigenous and coastalpopulations.

D) CAPACTTY-BU|LDING 17.136The total capacity of small island developing Stateswill always be limited. Existing capacity must to thereforebe restructured meetefficiently the immediate needs for sustainabledevelopment and integrated management. At the same time, adequateand appropriate assistance from the internationalcommunity must be directed at strengtheningthe full range of human resourcesneeded on a continuous basis to implement sustainable developmentplans. that the 17 .137 New technologies canincrease outputand should rangeof capabilityof the limited humanresources be employed to increase the capacity of very small populationsto meet their needs. The developmentand application of traditional knowledge to improve the developcapacity of countriesto implement sustainable ment shouldbe fostered.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION A/ F/NANCING 17.133The Conlerence secretariathas estimatedthe of averagetotal annualcost ( 1993-2000) implementing programme be about$ 130million, to theactivitieso1'this comincluding about$50 million from the international terms.Theseareindicamunity on grantor concessional estimates only andhavenot tive and order-of-magnitude Actual costsand finanbeenreviewedby Governments. will cial terms, including any that are non-concessional, depend upon, inter aliu. ttre specific strategiesand progfturrmes decideupon for implementation. Govemments

ME 8/ S C/ E NI I F I A N D IE C H N IC AT AN S C 17.134 Centres for the developmentand diffusion of means and scientificinformationand adviceon technical island developing technologiesappropriateto small of to especiallywith reference the management States, zoneandmarine zone,theexclusive economic thecoastal as resources,should be establishedor strengthened, appropriate. a regionalbasis. on

D EV C) HUM A NRE S O U R C E EL OP M EN T i7.135 Since populationsof srnall island developing specializations, Statescannot maintain all necessary management developand coastal trainingfor integrated or of rnentshouldaim to producecadres managers scienthe ableto integrate and tists,engineers coastalplanners in manv factors that need to be considered integrated Resource usersshouldbe prepared coastalmanagement. and protectionfunctions to executeboth management and to apply the polluter paysprinciple and supportthe should Educationalsystems training of their personnel.

'References to the UnitedNotionsConvenlion the Low of the on the of Seoin thischopter Agendo2l do notpreiudice position of to with respect signoture, rotificotion or occession of ony Stote to theConvention. 2R"f"r"n.", on to the UnitedNolionsConvention the Low of the the of Seoin thischopter Agendo2l do not preiudice position of chorocler. Stotes whichview the Convention hovingo unified os

3Norhing in the progromme oreos of this choptershouldbe involvedin o the interpreted preiudicing rightsof the Stotes os oreos or of dispute sovereignty in the delimitotion the moritime of concerned.

r65

IB

Protection thequolity of ond supply freshwoter of resources: Applicotion integroted of opprooches to thedevelopment, monogement useof ond
woter resources

INTRODUCTION

l8.l Freshwater resources an essential are component of part the Earth'shydrosphere and an indispensable of all terrestrial ccosystems. The freshwater environmentis characterized thehydrological by cycle,includingfloods and droughts, which in someregionshavebecomemore extreme and dramatic in their consequences. Global climate change and atmosphericpollution could also have an impact on freshwater resourcesand their availability and. through sea-levelrise, threatenlowlying coastal areasand small islandecosystems. 18.2 Water is neededin all aspects life. The general of objective is to make certain that adequatesuppliesof waterof goodqualityaremaintained the entirepopufor lation of this planet,while preserving hydrological, the biologicaland chemicalfunctionsof ecosystems, adapting humanactivitieswithin the capacitylimits of nature andcombating vectors water-related of Innovative diseases. technologies, including the improvement indigenous of technologies,are needed to fully utilize limited water resource andto safeguard s resourceagai pollution. those s nst 18.3 The widespread gradualdestruction agscarcity, and gravated pollution of freshwater resources many world in regions. alongwith theprogressive encroachment incomof patibleactivities. demandintegrated waterresources planningandmanagement. Suchintegration mustcoveralltypes freshwaterbodies,including both surface of interrelated water and groundwater, and duly considerwater quantity and quality aspects.The multisectoralnature of water resources development the contextof socio-economic in development must be recognized, well as the multias interestutilizationof waterresources water supplyand for san itation,agriculture, industryurbandevelopment, hydropower generation, inland fisheries,transportation, recreation.lorvandflat landsmanasement otheractivities. and

Rational water utilization schemes the development for of surface and undergroundwater-supply sourcesand other potential sourceshave to be supportedby concurrent water conservation and wastage minimization measures. Priority, however, must be accordedto flood prevention and control measures, well as sedimentaas tion control, where required. 18.4 Transboundary water resources and their useare of great importance to riparian States.In this connection, cooperation among those States may be desirable in conformity with existing agreementsand/or other relevant arrangements, taking into accountthe interests of all riparian Statesconcerned. 18.5 The following programmeareasare proposedfor the freshwatersector: (a) Integratedw ater resourcesdevel opm entand management; (b) Water resources assessment; (c) Protection of water resources,water quality and aquaticecosystems; (d) Drinking-watersupplyand sanitation; (e) Water and sustainable urban development; (0 Water for sustainablefood production and rural development; (g) Impactsof climatechangeon water resources.

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) TNTEGRATED WAIER RESOT RCES DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGE'YIENT

BASIS ACTION FOR 18.6 The extentto which water resources development contributesto economic productivity and social well-

166

being is not usually appreciated, althoughall social and rely heavilyon thesupplyandquality economic activities of freshwater.As populations and economic activities grow, many countriesare rapidly reachingconditions of waterscarcity orfacing limits to economic development. Water demandsare increasingrapidly, with 70-80 per cent required for irrigation, less than 20 per cent for industryand a mere6 per centfor domesticconsumption. The holistic managementof freshwater as a finite and vulnerableresource, and the integrationof sectoralwater plans and prograffnnes within the framework of national importance economicand socialpolicy, areof paramount for action in the 1990sand beyond. The fragmentation of responsibilitiesfor water resourcesdevelopment among sectoralagenciesis proving, however, to be an even greaterimpediment to promoting integratedwater managementthan had been anticipated.Effective implementationandcoordinationmechanisms required. are

based an approach full public participation, on of including that of women, youth, indigenous peopleand local policy-makingand communitiesin water management decision-making; (d) To identify and strengthen develop,as required, or in particular in developingcountries,the appropriate institutional,legal and financial mechanisms ensure to that water policy and its implementationare a catalyst for sustainable socialprogress and economicgrowth. 18.10In the case transboundary waterresources, of there is a needfor riparian Statesto formulate water resources prepare water resourcesaction programmes strategies, and consider,where appropriate,the harmonizationof those strategies and action prograrnmes. 18.1 All States, I accordingto their capacityand available resources, throughbilateralor multilateralcooperation, and including the United Nations and other relevant organizations asappropriate, could setthe following targets:

OBJECTIVES 18.7 The overall objectiveis to satisfythe freshwater needs all countries their sustainable of for development. management based 18.8 Integrated water resources is on the perception of water as an integral part of the a ecosystem, naturalresource a socialand economic and good, whose quantity and quality determinethe nature have to be of its utilization.To this end,water resources protected,taking into accountthe functioning of aquatic in ecosystems the perennialityof the resource, order and to satisfy and reconcileneedsfor water in human activpriority ities. In developingand using water resources, has to be given to the satisfactionof basicneedsand the of Beyondthese requirements, safeguarding ecosystems. however,water usersshould be chargedappropriately. 18.9 Integrated water resources management, including the integrationof land- and water-related aspects, should be carried out at the level of the catchment basin or Four principal objectivesshouldbe pursued, sub-basin. as follows: (a) To promote a dynamic, interactive, iterative and multisectoralapproachto water resources management, including the identificationand protectionof potential sources freshwater of supply,that integrates technological. socio-economic. environmentaland human health considerations; (b) To plan for the sustainable rationalutilization, and protection,conservation of and management water resources based communityneedsandprioritieswithin on policy; theframeworkof national economic development (c) To design, implement and evaluateprojects and programmes that are both economically efficient and socially appropriatewithin clearly defined strategies,

A) BYTHEYEAR 2000: (i) To have designedand initiated costedand targeted national action programmes,and to have put in place appropriatein stitutionalstructure andlegal instruments s ; (ii) To haveestablished programmes efficientwater-use to attain sl.rstainable resourceutilization patterns;

B) BY YEAR THE 2025: (i) To have achieved subsectoraltargets of all freshwater programmeareas. It is understoodthat the fulfilment of the targetsquantified in (A) (i) and (ii) abovewill dependupon new and additional financialresources will be madeavailable that to developingcountriesin accordance with the relevant provisionsof GeneralAssemblyresolution 44/228.

ACTIVITIES 18.12All States, accordingto their capacityand available resources,and through bilateral or multilateral cooperation,including the United Nations and other relevantorganizations appropriate, as could implement the following activities to improve integrated water resources management: (a) Formulation of costedand targetednational action plansand investment programmes; (b) Integration measures theprotection conserof for and vation of potentialsources freshwater of supply,including theinventorying waterresources, land-use with planning, of forest resourceutilization,protectionof mountainslopes and riverbanksand otherrelevantdevelopmentand conservation activities;

\67

(c) Developmentof interactive databases, forecasting models, economic planning models and methods for watermanagement planning,includingenvironmenand tal impact assessment methods; (d) Optimizationof water resources allocation under physicaland socio-economic constraints; (e) Implementation of allocation decisions through d e m a n d m a n a g e m e n t ,p r i c i n g m e c h a n i s m sa n d regulatorymeasures; (0 Flood and drought management,including risk anaiysisand environmental socialimpactassessment, and (g) Promotion of schemesfor rational water use through public awareness-raising, educationalprogrammes andlevyingof watertariffsandothereconomic instruments: (h) Mobilizationof waterresources, particularlyin arid and semi-aridareas: (i) Promotion of international scientific research cooperation freshwater on resources; 0) Developmentof new and alternativesourcesof water-supplysuch as seawaterdesalination,artificial groundwater recharge, use of marginal-quality water, waste-water reuseand waterrecycling; (k) Integrationof water (includingsurfaceand underground water resources) quantity and quality management: (l) Promotionof waterconservation throughimproved water-use efficiencyand wastage minimizationschemes for all users. includingthe development water-saving of devices; (m) Support to water-usergroups to optimize local water resources management: (n) Development of public participatory techniques and their implementationin decision-making, particulzuly the enhancementof the role of women in water planningand management; resources (o) Development and strengthening, appropriate, as of including mechanisms cooperation, where appropriate, at all levelsconcerned, namely: (i) At the lowestappropriate level,delegation water of resources management, generally, thatlevel,in accordto ancewith nationallegislation, includingdecentralization of government services to local authorities, private enterprises communities; and (ii) At the national level, integratedwater resources planning and management the framework of the nain tional planning processand, where appropriate, establishment of independent regulationand monitoring of freshwater. basedon nationalleeislationand economic measures: (iii) At the regionallevel, consideration, where appropriate, of the harmonization national strategies of and actionprogrammes:

(iv) At the global level, improved delineationof responsibilities, division of labour and coordinationof intemational organizationsand prograrnrnes, including facilitating discussionsand sharing of experiencesin areasrelatedto water resources management; (p) Disseminationof information, including operational guidelines,and promotion of educationfor water users, includingthe consideration the UnitedNations by of a World Water Day.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ FINANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 18.13The Conferencesecretariat has estimatedthe averagetotal annualcost (1993-2000)of implementing the activitiesof this programmeto be about$ I l5 million from the international community on grant or concessional terms. These are indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actualcostsandfinancialterms,including any that are non-concessional, will depend upon, inter alia, the specitlc strategiesand programmesGovernments decideupon for implementation.

B/ SC/ENIIFIC AND TECHNOLOGICAL MFANS 1 8 . 1 4 h e d e v e l o p m e n to f i n t e r a c t i v e d a t a b a s e s , T forecasting methods and economic planning models appropriate the taskof managingwaterresources an to in efficient and sustainable manner will require the application of new techniquessuchas geographical information systems and expert systemsto gather, assimilate, analyse and display multisectoral information and to optimize decision-making. addition,the development In of new and altemativesources water-supply of and low-cost watertechnologies requireinnovativeappliedresearch. will This will involve the transfer, adaptation and diffusion of new techniquesand technoiogy among developing countries, as well as the developmentof endogenous capacity, thepurpose beingableto dealwith theadded for of dimensionof integrating engineering, economic,environmental and social aspects water resources of management and predictrngthe effectsin temrsof human impact. 18.15Pursuant the recognitionof water as a socialand to economicgood, the various availableoptions for charging water users(including domestic,urban,industrialand agricultural water-user groups)haveto be further evaluated and field-tested.Furtherdevelopment requiredfor economic is instrumentsthat take into account opportunity costs and environmental externalities. Field studies thewillingness on to pay shouldbe conducted rural and urban situations. in

168

18.16Water resourcesdevelopmentand rnanagement should be planned in an integratedmanner,taking into accountlong-termplanningneedsas well as thosewith horizons; thatis to say,they shouldincorporate nuurower economic and social considerations environmental, include the rebasedon the principle of sustainability, quirements all usersas well as thoserelating to the of hazardsand prevention and mitigation of water-related develintegral part of the socio-economic constitutean A for opmentplanningprocess. prerequisite the sustainvulnerableresource of ablemanagement waterasa scarce is the obligation to acknowledgein all planning and developmentits full costs. Planning cclnsiderations proenvironmental should reflect benefitsinvestment, tection and operationcosts,as well as the opportunity use the alternative of water. costsreflecting mostvaluable burdenall benefiActual chargingneednot necessarily of ciaries with the consequences thoseconsiderations. should,however,reflect as far as Chargingmechanisms possibleboth the true cost of water when used as an to economicgoodandthe ability of the communities pay. 18.17The role of wateras a social,economicand lifegood shouldbe reflectedin demandmanagesustaining throughwaterconand ment mechanisms implemented and servationand reuse.resourceassessment financial instruments. 18.18The setting afreshof priorities for private and public investmentstrategies shouldtake into account (a) maximum utilization of existing projects, , t h r o u g h m a i n t e n a n c e r e h a b i l i t a t i o na n d o p t i m a l and cleantechnologies; operation; (b) new or alternative (c) environmentally and sociailybenignhydropower.

framework for water developmentand managementat any level, whetherintemational, nationalor local, need to ensurethat the meansexist to build thosecapacities. The meanswill vary from caseto case.They usually include: (a) Awareness-creation programmes,including mobilizingcommitment and supportat all levelsand initiatins global and local action to promote suchprograrnmes; (b) Training of water managers all levelsso that they at have an appropriateunderstandingof all the elements necessary their decision-making; for (c) Strengthening training capacitiesin developing of countries; (d) Appropriatetrainingof the necessary professionals, workers; includingextension (e) Improvementof careerstructures; (f) Sharing of appropriateknowledge and technology, both for the collection of data and for the implementation planneddevelopment, includingnonof polluting technologiesand the knowledge neededto extract the best performancefrom the existing investment system.

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG integrated I 8.21 Institutionalcapacityfor implementing water management should be reviewedand developed when there is a clear demand.Existing administrative will often be quite capableof achievinglocal structures water resources management, the needmay arisefor but forexample, new institutions based upontheperspective, councils of river catchmentareas, district development and local community committees.Although water is managed variouslevelsin the socio-political at system, demand-drivenmanagementrequires the development of water-related institutionsat appropriate levels, taking into account the need for intesration with land-use management. 18.22In creatingthe enablingenvironmentfor lowestthe appropriate-levelmanagement, role of government includesmobilizationof financialandhumanresources, legislation,standard-setting other regulatoryfuncand tions,monitoringand assessment the useof waterand of land resources and creatingof opportunities public for participation. International agencies donorshavean and importantrole to play in providingsupport developing to countriesin creatingthe required enablingenvironment This should for integratedwater resources management. include, as appropriate,donor supportto local levels in indeveloping countries,including community-based stitutions,non-govemmental and organizations women's groups.

RE ES C) HUM A N S OU R C D EV EL OP M EN I management to of l8.19 The delegation waterresources educatingand level necessitates the lowest appropriate staff trainingwatermanagement atall levelsandensuring that women participateequally in the educationand training programmes.Particular emphasishas to be placedon the introductionof public participatory techof niques,including enhancement the role of women. peopleand localcommunities. Skills youth,indigenous functionshave to relatedto variouswater management be developedby municipal governmentand water authorities,as well as in the private sector,local/national cooperative corporas, non-governmental organizations. groups. Education thepublic of tionsandotherwater-user regardingthe importanceof water and its proper manis agement alsoneeded. principles, need communities 18.20To implementthese Those who establishthe to have adequatecapacities.

169

ASSESST,IENT B) WATERRESOURCES

BASIS ACTION FOR includingthe identi18.23Waterresources assessment, fication of potential sourcesof fieshwater supply,comextent, prisesthe continuing determination sources, of and and dependability quality of waterresources of the Such ashuman activitiesthat affect thoseresources. constitutes practicalbasisfor their susthe sessment for and tainablernanagement a prerequisite evaluation There is, of the possibilitiesfor their development. however, growing concern that at a time when more preciseand reliableinformationis needed aboutwater resources, hydrologic servicesand relatedbodiesare lessablethanbeforeto providethis information,especially informationon groundwaterand water quality. Major impediments the lack of financialresources are for water resources assessment, fragmentednature the of hydrologicservices and the insufficientnumbersof qualified staff. At the sametime, the advancingtechis nology for datacapture and management increasingfor ly difficult to access developingcountries.Establishment of national databases however, vital to is, water resources and to mitigation of the assessment and pollueffectsof floods, droughts,desertiflcation t ion.

(d) To have all countriesestablishthe institutional arrangementsneeded to ensure the efficient collection, processing, retrievaland dissemination users to storage. of information aboutthe quality and quantityof available w ater resources at the l evel of catchrnent sand groundwateraquifersin an integratedmanner; (e) To have sufficient numbers of appropriately qualified andcapable by staffrecruitedandretained water resources assessment agenciesand provided with the training and retraining they will need to carry out their responsibilities successfully. 18.26All States, and according theircapacity available to resources, and through bilateral or multilateral cooperation,includingcooperation with theUnited Nationsand otherrelevant as could setthe organizations, appropriate, following targets: (a) By the year 2000, to have studied in detail the feasibility of installing water resourcesassessment services; (b) As a long-term target, to have fully operational services hydrometric availablebasedupon high-density networks.

ACTIVITIES I 8.27 All States, according theircapacity available and to resources, and through bilateral or multilateral cooperation. including the United Nations and other relevant organizations appropriate, as could undertake followthe ing activities:

OBJECTIVES 18.24Basedupon the Mar del Plata Action Plan, this programmeareahas been extendedinto the 1990sand the beyondwith the overallobjectiveof ensuring assessment andforecasting the quantityand qualityof water of in resources, order to estimatethe total quantity of water resources availableand their future supplypotential,to their currentquality status, predictpossible determine to conflicts betweensupply and demandand to provide a scientificdatabase rational water resources fbr utilization. 18.25Five specificobjectives havebeensetaccordingly, as follows: (a) To make availableto all countrieswater resources assessment technology that is appropriate their needs, to inespective of their level of development.including methodsfor the impactassessment climatechange of on freshwater: (b) To have all r,:ountries, accordingto their financial means.allocateto waterresources financial assessment resources line with the economicand socialneeds in for water resources data; (c) To ensurethat the assessment informationis fully utilized in the development of water management policies;

A) INSTITUTIONAL FRAIvIEWORK: (:t Establishappropriatepolicy fiameworks and national priorities; ( i i ) E s t a b l i s h a n d s t r e n g t h e nt h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l capabilities of countries, including legislative and regulatory arrangements, that are required to ensurethe adequateassessment their water resources of and the provisionof flood and droughtforecasting services; (iii) Establishand maintaineffectivecooperation the at nationallevel betweenthe variousagencies responsible forthe collection. storage analysis hydrologicdata; and of (iv) Cooperate the assessment transboundary in of water resources, subject the prior agreement eachriparian to of Stateconcemed:

B) DATA SYSTEMS: (i) Reviewexistingdata-collection networks andassess their adequacy, including those that provide real-time datafor flood and droughtforecasting; (ii) Improve networksto meet accepted guidelines for

170

the provision of data on water quantity and quality for surface and groundwater,as well as relevant land-use data; (iii) Apply standardsand other means to ensure data comparibility; (iv) Upgrade facilities and proceduresused to store, processand analysehydrologic data and make suchdata and the forecasts derivedfrom them availableto potential
USCTS;

Actual costsand finanbeenreviewed by Governments. will cial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, and prodependupon, inter alia, the specific strategies grammesGovernments decideupon for implementation.

MEANS B' SCIENI/F/C AND IECHNOI.OGICAL 18.29 Importantresearch needsinclude (a) development of global hydrologic models in supportof analysisof waterresources impactandof macroscale climatechange (b) assessment; closing of the gap between terrestrial hydrology and ecology at different scales,including the processes critical water-related behindlossof vegetation and land degradation and its restoration; and (c) studyof genesis, in closing the the key processes rvater-quality gap between hydrologic flows and biogeochemical processes. research modelsshouldbuild uponhydroThe logic balancestudiesand also include the consumptive useof water.This approachshould also, when appropriate, be applied at the catchmentlevel. necessi tateshe t 18.30W ater resourcesassessment strengthening existingsystems technologytransfer, of for adaptationand diffusion, and the developmentof new as technologyfor useunderfield conditions, well as the developmentof endogenous capacity.Prior to inaugurating the above activities, it is necessaryto prepare cataloguesof the water resourcesinformation held by governmentservices,the private sector,educationalinand local water-use organizations stitutes,consultants, others.

(v) Establishdatabases the availabilityof all types on of hydrologicdataat the nationallevel; (vi) Implement"data rescue"operations, example, for establishment national archivesof water resources; of (vii) Implement appropriatewell-tried techniquesfor the processing hydrologicdata; of (viii) Derivearea-related from pointhydrologic estimates data: (ix) Assimilateremotelysensed dataand the use,where appropriate.of geographicalinformation systems;

DISSEMINATION: C} DATA (i) Identify the needfor water resources datafor various planningpurposes; (ii) Analyse and presentdata and information on water in resources the forms requiredforplanning andmanagedevelopment for and ment of countries'socio-economic use in environmental protection strategiesand in the projects; design and operationof specific water-related (iii) Provideforecasts wamingsof flood anddrought and to the generalpublic and civil defence;

AND D} RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT: (i) Establish or strengthenresearchand development programmesat the national, subregional,regional and assesslevelsin supportof waterresources international mentactivities; (ii) Monitor research activitiesto enand development sure that they make full useof local expertiseand other forthe needs and local resources that they areappropriate of the countrv or countriesconcerned.

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRESOURCE 18.31Water resourcesassessment requiresthe establishmentand maintenance a body of well-trainedand of motivated staff sufficient in number to undertake the above activities. Education and training programmes designedto ensurean adequatesupply of thesetrained personnelshould be establishedor strengthened the at local,national,subregional regionallevel.In addition, or the provision of attractiveterms of employment and career paths for professionaland technical staff should Human resource needsshouldbe monibe encouraged. tored periodically,including all levels of employment. Planshave to be established meet thoseneedsthrough to education and training opportunities and international programmesof coursesand conferences. 18.32Becausewell-trainedpeople are particularlyimportant to water resourcesassessment and hydrologic forecasting, personnel matters should receive special attention in this area.The aim should be to attract and

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATION Ai F/NANC'NG has estimatedthe 18.28The Conferencesecretariat total annualcost (1993-2W0)of implementing average to the activitiesof thisprogramme be about$355million, comincludingabout$145million from the international grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicamunity on only and have not estimates tive and order-of-masnitude

171

retain personnelto work on water resources assessment who are sufficient in number and adequate their level in of educationto ensurethe effective implementationof the activitiesthat are planned.Educationmay be called for at both the nationaland the internationallevels,with adequate terms of employmentbeing a national responsibility. I 8.33 Recommended actionsinclude: (a) Identifying educationand training needsgearedto the specificrequirements countries; of (b) Establishing strengthening and education trainand ing programmes water-related on topics,within an environmentaland developmental context, for all categories of staffinvolvedin waterresources assessment activities, usingadvanced educational technology, whereappropriate,and involving both men and women; (c) Developingsoundrecruitment, personnel and pay policiestor staff of nationaland local wateragencies.

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLD\NG 18.34The conductof waterresources assessment the on basisof operationalnationalhydrometricnetworksrequiresan enablingenvironment all levels.The followat ing national supportaction is necessary enhanced for nationalcapacities: (a) Review of the legislativeand regulatorybasisof water resources assessment: (b) Facilitation of close collaborationamong water s ec t or age n c i e s ,p a rti c u l a rl y b e tw e e n i nformati on producers and users; (c) Implementationof water management policies based upon realisticappraisals waterresources of conditions and trends; (d) Strengtheningof the managerialcapabilitiesof water-user groups,includingwomen,youth, indigenous people and local communities,to improve water-use efficiencyat the local level. cl PRoTECTTON WATERRESOURCES, OF WATER QUALITYAND AQUATIC ECOSYSIE'YIS

Major problemsaffecting the water quality of rivers and lakes arise,in variable order of importanceaccordingto different situations,from inadequatelytreateddomestic sewage, inadequate controlson the discharges indusof trial waste waters, loss and destruction of catchment areas,ill-consideredsiting of industrialplants,deforestation, uncontrolled shifting cultivation and poor agriculturalpractices. This givesrise to the leachingof nutrients and pesticides.Aquatic ecosystems are disturbed and living freshwater resourcesare threatened. Undercertain circumstances, aquatic ecosystems also are affectedby agriculturalwaterresource development projects such as dams,river diversions, water installations and irrigation schemes. Erosion,sedimentation, deforestationand desertification have led to increased land degradation, and the creationof reservoirs has,in some cases. resulted adverse in effectson ecosystems. Many of these problems have arisen from a development model that is environmentally destructive and from a lack of public awareness educationabout surf'ace and and groundwater resource protection.Ecologicaland humanhealtheff'ects the measurable are consequences, althoughthe meansto monitor them are inadequate or non-existent many countries. in Thereis a widespread lack of perceptionof the linkagesbetweenthe development, management,use and treatment of water resources and aquatic ecosystems. preventiveapA proach, where appropriate,is crucial to the avoiding of costlysubsequent measures rehabilitate, to treatand developnew water supplies.

OBJECTIVES 18.36The complex interconnectedness freshwater of systems demands freshwater that management holistic be (taking a catchmentmanagement approach)and based on a bal ancedconsi derati on the needsof people of a n d t h e e n v i r o n m e n t .T h e M a r d e l P l a t a A c t i o n P l a n h a s a l r e a d yr e c o g n i z e dt h e i n t r i n s i c l i n k a g e b e t w e e nw a t e r r e s o u r c e e v e l o p m e n t r o j e c t sa n d d p t h e i r s i g n i f i c a n tp h y s i c a l , c h e m i c a l , b i o l o g i c a l , heal th and soci o-economi c repercussi ons. over The all environmental healthobjectivewas set as follows: "to evaluatethe consequences which the varioususers of water have on the environment, supportmeasures to aimed at controlling water-related diseases, and to protectecosystems".' 18.37The extent and severityof contamination unof saturated zonesand aquifershave long been underestimatedowing to therelativeinaccessibility aquifers of and the lack of reliableinformationon aquifersystems. The protectionof groundwater thereforean essential is element of water resource management.

BASIS ACTION FOR 18. 35 r es h w a te ri s a u n i ta ry re s o u rc e .Long-term F developmentof global freshwater requires holistic managementof resourcesand a recognition of the interconnectedness the elementsrelated to freshof water and freshwater quality. There are f'ew regions of the world that are still exemptfrom problemsof loss of potentialsources freshwatersupply,degraded of water qualityandpollutionof surface groundwater and sources.

172

18.38Three objectiveswill have to be pursued concurrently to integrate water-qualityelementsinto water resource management: (a) Maintenanceof ecosystemintegrity, according to a managementprinciple of preservingaquatic er-osystems, includingliving resources, of effectivelyprotecting and them from any fonn of degradation a drainage on basinba.sis; (b) Public healthprotection,a task requiringnot only the provision of safe drinking-waterbut also the control vectorsin the aquaticenvironment; of disease (c) Human resources development, key to capacitya building and a prerequisitefor implementing waterquality management. 18.39All States, accordingto their capacityand available resources, throughbilateralor multilateralcooperation, including the United Nations and other relevant organizationsas appropriate,could set the following targets: (a) To identify the surfaceand groundwaterresources thatcouldbe developed useon a sustainable for basisand othermajor developable water-dependent resources and, simultaneously, initiateprogrammes theprotection, to for conservation and rational use of these resources a on sustainable basis; (b) To identifyall potential sources water-supply of and prepareoutlines for their protection,conservation and rationaluse; (c) To initiateeffectivewaterpollution prevention and controlprogrammes, based an appropriate on mixture of pollution reduction-at-source strategies, environmental impact assessments enforceable and standards major for point-source discharges high-risknon-pointsources, and commensurate with their socio-economic development; (d) To panicipate, far asappropriate, international as in water-quality monitoringand management programmes suchastheGlobalWaterQualityMonitoring Programme (GEMSAV'ATER),the UNEP Environmentally Sound Managementof Inland Waters (EMINWA), the FAO regional inland fishery bodies,and the Conventionon Wetlands of International Importance Especially as WaterfowlHabitat(RamsarConvention); (e) To reducethe prevalence water-associated of diseases,starting with the eradicationof dracunculiasis (guineaworm disease) (river blindand onchocerciasis ness)by the year 2000; (0 To establish,according to capacitiesand needs, biological.health,physicaland chemicalquality criteria for all water bodies (surfaceand groundwater), with a view to an ongoingimprovementof waterquality: (g) To adoptanintegrated approach environmentally to sustainable management water resources, of including the protection of aquatic ecosystemsand freshwater livine resources:

(h) To put in place strategiesfor the environmentally sound managementof fieshwater and related coastal e c o s y s t e m s i,n c l u d i n g c o n s i d e r a t i o n f f i s h e r i e s , o aquaculture,animal grazing,agricultural activities and biodiversity.

ACTIVITIES 18.40All States, accordingto their capacityand available resources,and through bilateral or multilateral cooperation, includingUnitedNationsandotherrelevant clrganizations appropriate,could implement the folas lowing activities:

A) WATER RESOURCES PROTECilON CONSERVATION: AND (i) Establishment and strengthening technicaland of institutionalcapacities identify and protectpotential to sources water-supply of within all sectors society; of (ii) Identificationof potentialsources water-supply of and preparationof national profiles; (iii) Preparationof national plans for water resources protectionand conseruation; (iv) Rehabilitationof important,but degraded, catchment areas, particularlyon small islands; (v) Strengthening administrative of and legislative measures prevent to encroachment existingandpotenon tially usablecatchment areasl

B)WATER POLLUTTON PREVENTIONCONTROL: AND (i) Applicationof the "polluter pays" principle,where appropriate. allkindsof sources, to including on-site and off-si te sani tati onl (ii) Promotionof the construction treatment of facilities for domestic sewageand indr"lstrial effluents and the developmentof appropriatetechnologies, taking into accourltsoundtraditionaland indigenous practices; (iii) Establishment standards the dischargeof of for effluentsand fcrrthe receivingwaters; (iv) Introduction theprecautionary of approach waterin quality management, whereappropriate, with a focuson pollution minimization and preventionthrough use of new technologies, productandprocess pollution change, reduction at source and effluent reuse,recycling and recovery.treatment and environmentally safedisposal; (v) Mandatoryenvironmental impactassessment all of major water resourcedevelopment projectspotentially impairing water quality and aquaticecosystems, combined with the delineationof appropriateremedial measures and a strengthened control of new industrial installations.solid waste landfills and infrastructure development projects;

173

(vi) Use of risk assessment risk management and rn reachingdecisions this areaand ensuringcompliance in with thosedecisions; (vii) Identificationand applicationof bestenvironmental practices reasonable to avoiddiffusepollution, at cost namely, through a limited, rational and planned use of (pestnitrogenousfertilizers and other agrochemicals icides,herbicides) agriculturalpractices; in (viii) Encouragement and promotion of the use of adequately treatedand purified waste watersin agriculture, industry and other sectors; aquaculture,

(ii) Rehabilitation programmes for agricultural lands and for otherusers, takinginto account equivalent action for the protection and use of groundwaterresources important for agricultural productivity and for the biodiversityof the tropics: (iii) Conservation and,protection wetlands(owing to of their ecological and habitat importance for many species), takinginto account socialandeconomic factors; (iv) Control of noxiousaquaticspecies that may destroy someother water species;

C} DEVELOPMENT APPLICATIONCLEAN AND TECHNOLOGY: OF (i) Control of industrial waste discharges, including low-wasteproductiontechnologies and water recirculation, in an integrated mannerand throughapplication of precautionary measures derivedfrom a broad-based lifecycle analysis; (ii) Treatmentof municipal wastewater for safereuse in agriculture and aquaculture; (iii) Development biotechnology, of inter alia, for waste productionof biofertilizers treatment, and otheractivities; (iv) Developmentof appropriatemethodsfor water pollution control,taking into accountsoundtraditionaland practices; indigenous

F} PROTECNON OFFRESHWATER RESOURCES: LIVING (i) Controlandmonitoringof waterquality to allow for the sustainable development inland fisheries; of (ii) Protection ecosystems of from pollutionand degradation for the development of freshwater aquaculture projects;

G) MONITORTNG SURVETLLANCE AND OFWATER RESOURCES ANDWATERS RECEIVING WASTES: (i) Establishment networksfor the monitoring and of continuoussurveillance watersreceivingwastesand of of point and diffusesources pollution; of (ii) Promotionandextension the application enviof of ronmentalimpact assessments geographical informaof tion systems; (iii) Surveillance pollution sources improve comof to pliancewith standards regulations to regulate and and the issue discharge permits: of (iv) Monitoring of the utilization of chemicalsin agriculture that may have an adverseenvironmentaleffect; (v) Rational land use to prevent land degradation, erosionand siltationof lakesand other waterbodies:

D) GROUNDWATER PROTEOTON: (i) Developmentof agriculturalpracticesthat do not degradegroundwaters; (ii) Application of the necessary measures mitigate to salineintrusioninto aquifersof smallislandsand coastal plainsas a consequence sealevel of rise or overexploitation of coastal aquifers; (iii) Prevention aquiferpollution throughthe regulaof tion of toxic substances permeate groundandthe that the es t ablis hm e n t f p ro te c ti o n z o n e s i n g r oundw ater o rechargeand abstractionareas; (iv) Designandmanagement landfillsbased of uponsound hydrogeologicinformation and impact assessment, using the bestpracticable bestavailable and technology; (v) Promotionof measures improve the safetyand to integrityof wells and well-head areas reduceintrusion to of biological pathogens and hazardous chemicalsinto aquifersat well sites; (vi.; Water-quality monitoring,asneeded, surface of and groundwaterpotentially affectedby sites storing toxic and hazardous materials:

H} DEVELOPMENT OFNATIONAL INTERNATIONAL AND LEGAL INSTRUMENTS MAY REQUIREDPROTECT AUALIW THAT BE TO THE RESOURCES, OFWATER ASAPPROPRIATE, PARTICULARLY FOR: (i) Monitoring and control of pollution and its effects in nationaland transboundary waters; (ii) Controlof long-range atmospheric transport polof l utants: (iii) Control of accidentaland/or deliberatespills in nationaland/ortransboundary water bodies: (il') Environmental impact assessment.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION

E) PROTECTON OFAQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS. (i) Rehabilitationof polluted and degradedwater bodiesto restoreaquatichabitatsand ecosystems; 18.41The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the agetotal cost( 1993-2000) irrplementingthe activities of

174

to of this programme be about$1 billion, includingabout $340 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicative andorder-ofmagnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewedby including Governments. Actualcosts andfinancialterms, will any that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmesGovernmentsdecideupon for implementation.

anduse,particularlyin urbanareas, theestablishment and of nationaland regionaltechnicaland engineeringcourses on the subjects water-qualityprotectionand control at of on existingschools andeducation/training courses water resources protectionand conservation laboratoryand for groups. field technicians, women and otherwater-user

D) CAPACTTY-BU|LD|NG AND TFCHNOLOGICAL MEANS B/ SC/ENr/F/C proresearch 18.42States shouldundertake cooperative jects to developsolutionsto tecltnicalproblemsthat are appropriatefor the conditions in each watershedor country. States should consider strengtheningand developingnationalresearch centreslinked throughnetworks and supportedby regional water researchincentres stitutes.The North-Southtwinning of research instituwater research and field studies international by tions shouldbe actively promoted.It is importantthat a minimum percentageof funds for water resource development projects is allocated to researchand particularlyin externallyfundedprojects. development, 18.43Monitoring and assessment complex aquatic of involving systems oftenrequiremultidisciplinary studies in severalinstitutions and scientists a joint programme. Int er nat ional wa te r-q u a l i ty p ro g ra m m e s ,s u ch as GEMSflVATER, should be oriented towards the waterquality of developingcountries.User-friendlysoftware (GIS)andGlobal InformationSystems andGeographical (GRID) methods Resource InformationDatabase should and for analysis interpretation be developed thehandling, of monitoring data and for the preparationof management strategies. 18.46The effective protectionof water resources and ecosystems from pollution requiresconsiderable upgrading of most countries'presentcapacities. Water-quality management programmesrequire a certain minimum infrastructureand staff to identify and implement technical solutionsand to enforceregulatoryaction.One of the key problemstoday and for the future is the sustained operation and maintenanceof thesefacilities. In order gainedfrom previousinvestments not to allow resources to deterioratefurther, immediate action is required in a numberof areas.

Dl DRTNKTNG-WATER Suppry AND SANTTATTON BASIS ACTION FOR 18.47Safewater-supplies environmental sanitation and improvinghealth arevital for protecting environment, the poverty.Safewateris alsocrucialto many andalleviating traditionaland cultural activities.An estimated80 per cent of all diseasesand over one third of deaths in developingcountriesare caused the consumption of by contaminated water,andon average much asone-tenth as of eachperson'sproductivetime is sacrificedto waterrelated diseases. Concerted efforts during the 1980s brought water and sanitation services to hundreds of millions of the world's poorestpeople.The most outin standing these of effortswasthe launching 1981of the InternationalDrinking WaterSupplyandSanitationDecade,which resultedfrom the Mar del PlataAction Plan adopted theUnitedNationsWaterConference by in1977. The commonly agreedpremisewas that "all peoples, whatevertheir stage development their socialand of and economicconditions,have the right to have access to drinking waterin quantities of a qualityequalto their and basic needs".2 The target of the Decadewas to provide safedrinking-water and sanitationto underserved urban and rural areasby 1990, but even the unprecedented progressachievedduring the Decadewas not enough. One in threepeoplein the developingworld still lacks two mostbasicrequirements healthanddignity. for these It is alsorecognized that humanexcretaand sewage are importantcauses the deterioration water quality in of of

DEVELOPMENI C) HUMANRESOURCE should be adopted for 18.44Innovative approaches professional managerial stafftrainingin orderto cope and with changing needs and challenges.Flexibility and adaptabilityregardingemergingwater pollution issues Trainingactivitiesshould underbe shouldbe developed. taken periodicallyat all levels within the organizations responsible water-quality for management, innovaand of adoptedfor specificaspects tive teachingtechniques water-qualitymonitoring and control, including development of training skills, in-servicetraining,problemsolvingworkshops and refresher trainingcourses. 18.45Suitable approaches includethe strengthening and improvement the humanresource of capabilities local of in Governments managingwater protection,treatment

175

developingcountries,and the introductionof available technologies, ludingappropri technologies, the inc ate and construction sewagetreatmentfacilities could brinB of significantimprovement. OBJECTIVES 18.48The New Delhi Statement (adopted the Global at Consultation on Safe Water and Sanitation for the 1990s ,whi c h w a s h e l d a t N e w D e l h i from l 0 to 14 September 1990)formalizedthe needto provide,on a sustainable basis, accessto safe water in sufficient quantitiesand proper sanitationfor all, emphasizing the "some for all ratherthan more for some" approach. Four guiding principles provide for the programme objectives: (a) Protection the environment of and safeguarding of health through the integrated managementof water resources liquid and solid wastes; and (b) Institutionalreforms promoting an integratedapproach and including changesin procedures, attitudes and behaviour,and the full participationof women at all levelsin sector institutions; (c) Cornmunity management services,backed by of measures strengthen to localinstitutions implementing in and sustaining waterand sanitation programmes; (d) Soundfinancialpractices, achieved throughbetter management existing assets, of and widespread use of appropri technologies. ate 18.49Past experiencehas shown that specific targets shouldbe set by each individual country.At the World Summit for Children,in September 1990,heads State of or Governmentcalled for both universalaccess waterto supplyandsanitation theeradication guineaworm and of diseaseby 1995. Even for the more realistic target of achievingfull coveragein water-supply 2025, it is by estimated that annualinvestments mustreachdoublethe currentlevels.One realisticstrategy meetpresent to and future needs,therefore,is to develop lower-cost but adequate services canbe implemented sustained that and at the communitylevel.

(ii) Sanitary disposal of excreta and sewage, using appropriatesystemsto treat waste waters in urban and rural areas; (iii) Expansion of urban and rural water-supplyand development expansion rainwatercatchment and of systems, particularly on small islands,in addition to the reticulated water-supply system; (iv) Building and expansion,where appropriate,of sewage treatment facilitiesand drainage systems; (v) Treatmentand saf-e reuseof domesticand industrial wastewaters in urban and rural areas; (vi) Control of water-associated diseases: B) PEOPLE |NST|TUT|ONS: AND (i) Strengthening the functioningof Govemments of in water resourcesmanagementand, at the same time, giving of f ull recognitionto the role of local authorities; (ii) Encouragement waterdevelopment manageof and mentbasedon a participatory approach, involving users, planners and policy makersat all levels; (iii) Applicationof the principlethat decisions to be are takenat the lowestappropriate level,with public consultation and involvement of users in the planning and implementation waterprojects; of (iv) Humanresource developmentat levels,including all specialprogramlnes women; for (v) Broad-based education programmes, with particular emphasis hygiene,local management risk reducon and ti on; (vi) International support mechanismsfor programme funding,implementation and follow-up;

ACTIVITIES I 8.50 All States, according theircapacity available to and resources, and throughbilateralor multilateralcooperation, including the United Nations and other relevant organizations appropriate, as could implementthe following activities:

A) ENVIRONMENT,AND HEALTH: (i) Establishmentof protected areas for sourcesof drinking-watersupply;

C} NATIONAL COMMUNITY AND MANAGEMENT: (i) Supportand assistance communities managing to in their own systems a sustainable on basis; (ii) Encouragement the local population,especially of w omen, youth. i ndi genouspeopl e and l o cal com munities. watermanagement; in (iii) Linkages betweennational water plans and community management local waters; of (iv) Integration of community managementof water within the contextof overallplanning; (v) Promotionof primary healthandenvironmental care at thelocallevel,includingtrainingfbrlocal communities in appropriatewater management techniquesand primary health care; (vi) Assistance serviceagencies becomingmore to in cost-eff-ective responsive consumer and to needs; (vii) Providing of more attentionto underserved rural and low-incomeperiurbanareas; (viii) Rehabilitation defectivesystems, of reductionof wastage and sa{'e reuseof water and wastewater;

176

(ix) Programmesfor rational water use and ensured operationand maintenance; (x) Research development appropriate and of technical solutions; (xi) Substantial increase in urban treatment capacity with increasing loads; commensurate

(b) Utilization of traditional and indigenouspractices, as far as practicable, to maximize and sustain local involvement; (c) Assistance country-level to technical/scientific institutes to facilitate curricula development to support fields critical to the water and sanitationsector.

D) AWARENESS CREATTON AND INFORMATION : PUBLIC /PARTICIPATION (i) Strengthening sectormonitoring and information of management subnational nationallevels; at and (ii) Annual processing,analysis and publication of monitoringresultsat nationaland local levelsas a sector management and advocacy/awareness creationtool; (iii) Use of limited sector indicators at regional and global levelsto promotethe sectorand raisefunds; (iv) Improvement sectorcoordination, planningand of o im plem ent at io n ,w i th th e a s s i s ta n c e f i m p roved the to monitoring and information management, increase particularlyin communitycapacity, sector'sabsorptive projects. self-help based

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 18.53To effectivelyplan and manage water-supply and sanitationat the national,provincial, district and community level,andto utilizefundsmosteffectively, trained professional technical within and staffmustbe developed eachcountryin sufficientnumbers. do this,countries To plans, taking must establishmanpowerdevelopment into considerationpresentrequirementsand planned developments.Subsequently, the development and performance of country-level training institutions should be enhanced that they can play a pivotal role so in capacity-building. is also importantthat countries It provide adequatetraining fbr women in the sustainable maintenance equipment,waterresource management of s and environmental sanitation.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATTON A/ F/NANC/NG

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING has estimatedthe 18.51The Conferencesecretariat total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of average the activities of this progranuneto be about $20 billion, comincludingabout$7.4 billion from the international terms.Theseare indicmunity on grantor concessional estimates only andhavenot ative andorder-of-magnitude Actual costsand financial beenreviewedby Governments. will terms,including any that arenon-concessional, depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand prografirmes Governments decideupon for implementation. 18.54The implementation water-supply and sanitaof To tion programmes a nationalresponsibility. varying is degrees, responsibi ty for thei mplementation projects Ii of to and the operatingof systems shouldbe delegated all administrative levels down to the community and individual served. This also meansthat nationalauthorities, together with the agencies and bodies of the United Nations system and other external support agencies providing support to national programmes,should to at developmechanisms procedures collaborate all and is levels.This is particularlyimportantif full advantage to be taken of community-basedapproaches and selfrelianceastoolsfcrrsustainability. This will entaila high degree communityparticipation, of involving women,in planning,decision-making, implementatheconception, for tion andevaluation connected with projects domestic water-supply and sanitation. 18.55Overall nationalcapacity-building all adrninisat trativelevels,involving institutional development, coordination, human resources,community pafticipation, health and hygiene educationand literacy, has to be to connection both developed according its fundamental with any efforts to improve health and socio-economic development through water-supply and sanitation and with their impact on the humanenvironment. Capacity-

MFANS B/ 5C/ENI/F/C AND TECHNOT.OGICAL the acceptability sustainand 18.52To ensure feasibility, plannedwater-supply services, adoptedtechability of nologies should be responsiveto the needsand constraints imposedby the conditions of the community Thus, designcriteria will involve technical, concerned. health, social. economic, provincial, institutional and factorsthat determine characteristics, the environmental magnitude and cost of the planned system. Relevant international support programmes should addressthe inter alia: concerning, developingcountries (a) Pursuit of low-cost scientific and technological means,as far as practicable;

177

building should thereforebe one of the underlying keys Institutionalcapacityin implementationstrategies. to have an importance building should be considered comequalto that of the sectorsuppliesand equipment This can be ponentso that funds can be directedto both. formuat undertaken the planningor programme/project of objecby lation stage, accompanied a cleardetlnition tives and targets.In this regard,technicalcooperation among developing countries,owing to their available and wealthof infbrmation and experience the needto avoid "reinventing wheel",is crucial.Sucha course proved has the already. in many countryprojects cost-effective URBAN DEVETOPE) WATER AND SUSTAINABLE A/TENT FOR BASIS ACTION 18.56Early in the next century,more than half of the By world's populationwill be living in urban areas. the year 2025,that proportion will have risen to 60 per cent, comprisingsome5 billion people.Rapid urbanpopulation growth and industrializationare putting severe protecon and strains the waterresources environmental needs attention of tion capabilities many cities.Special on of to be givento thegrowingeff'ects urbanization water and and demands usage to the criticalrole playedby locai and municipal authoritiesin managingthe supply,use and overall treatment water,particularlyin developing of countriesfor which specialsupportis needed.Scarcity of freshwater resourcesand the escalating costs of impacton new resources havea considerable developing national industrial,agriculturaland human settlement and development economicgrowth.Bettermanagement including the elimination of of urban water resources, patterns. makea substancan consumption unsustainable tial contributionto the alleviation of poverty and improvementof the healthand quality of life of the urban and rural poor. A high proportion of large urban agglomerations locatedaroundestuaries in coastal and are leads to pollution from zones. Such an arrangement combinedwith overmunicipalandindustrial discharges and threatens exploitationof availablewater resources the marine environmentand the supply of freshwater resources.

the actionsto ensure continuedsupplyof affordablewater for presentand future needsand to reversecurrenttrends of resourcedegradation and depletion. to 1S.58All States, according their capacityand available resources, throughbilateralor multilateralcooperation, and including the United Nations and other relevantorganizations as appropriate, could setthe following targets: (a) By the year 2000, to have ensuredthat all urban residentshave accessto at least 40 litres per capita per day of safe water and that 75 per cent of the urban population are provided with on-site or community facilitiesfor sanitation; (b) By the year 2000, to have established applied and quantitative and qualitative discharge standardsfor municipaland industrialeffluents; (c) By the year 2000,to haveensured that 75 per cent in of solid waste generated urban areasis collected and safeway. of recycledor disposed in an environmentally

ACTIVITIES and 18.59All States, according theircapacity available to resources,and through bilateral or multilateral cooperation, including the United Nations and other relevant could implementthe folorganizations appropriate, as lowing activities:

RESOURCES DEPLETION, FROM A) PROTECnON WATER OF POLLUTION DEGRADATION: AND (i) Introduction of sanitary waste disposal facilities basedon environmentallysoundlow-cost and upgradabletechnologies; (ii) Implementation urban storm-waterrun-off and of programmes; drainage (iii) Promotion recyclingandreuse wastewaterand of of solidwastes; (iv) Control of industrial pollution sourcesto protect water resources; (v) Protectionof watersheds with respectto depletion and degradationof their forest cover and from harmful upstream activities; (vi) Promotion of researchinto the contribution of waterresources development; foreststo sustainable (vii) Encouragement the bestmanagement practices of with a view to minimizing for the useof agrochemicals their impact on waterresources;

OBJECTIVES objectiveof this programmeis 18.57The development to supportlocal and central Govemments'efforts and and productt-r capacities sustainnationaidevelopment of tivity through environmentallysound management for water resources urbanuse.Supportingthis objective and is the identiflcation andimplementation strategies of RESOURCES: B) EFF|C|ENT EaU|TABLE AND ALLOCATTON OFWATER (i) Reconciliationof city development planning with of the availabilityand sustainability waterresources; (ii) Satisfaction the basicwater needsof the urban of population;

178

(iii) Introductionof water tariffs, taking into accountthe circumstances, eachcountry andwhereaffordable,that in reflect the marginal and opportunity cost of water,especially for productiveactivities;

nical back-upavailablewhen required; (vi) Consideration of the merits and practicality of rehabilitating existing malfunctioning systems and of correctingoperation and maintenance inadequacies.

C) INSTITUTIONAL/LEGAL/MANAGEMENT REFORMS: (i) Adoption of a city-wide approachto the management of water resources; (ii) Promotion at the national and local level of the plansthat give dueconsideration elaboration land-use of to waterresources development; (iii) Utilizationof the skillsandpotential non-governof mental organizatrons, private sectorand local people, the the taking into account public's and strategic interests in water resources;

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 18.60The Conference secretariathas estimated the averagetotal annual cost (1993-20A0)of implementing the activitiesof this programmeto be about$20 billion, including about $4.5 billion from the international community on grantor concessional terms.These indicative are and order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed Governments. by Actualcosts frnancial and ternls, includingany thatarenon-concessional, depend will upon, inter alia, the specific strategies programmes and Govemmentsdecideuponfor implementation.

D) PROMOTIONPUBLIC OF PARTICIPATION: (i) Initiationof public-awareness campaigns encourto agethe public'smove towardsrationalwaterutilization; (ii) Sensitization the public to the issueof protecting of water quality within the urbanenvironment; (iii) Pronrotion public participation the collection, of in recyclingand eliminationof wastes;

8/ SC'ENilFtC AND TECHNOLOGTCAL MFANS 18.61The 1980s saw consi derabl e progressi n t he development and applicationof low-cost water-supply and sanitation technologies. The programmeenvisages continuationof this work, with particularemphasis on development appropriate of sanitation wastedisposal and technologies low-income high-densityurban settlefor ments. There should also be international information exchange,to ensurea widespreadrecognitionamong sectorprofessionals the availability and benefitsof of appropriatelow-cost technologies. The public-awarenesscampaigns will also includecomponents overto come userresistance second-class to services emphaby sizing the benefitsof reliability and sustainability.

E) SUPPORT TOLOCAL CAPAC|TY-BU|LD|NG: (i) Developrnent legislation of and policiesto promote investmentsin urban water and waste management, reflecting the major contribution of cities to national economicdevelopment; (ii) Provisionof seedmoney and technicalsupportto the local handlingof materialssupplyand services; (iii) Encouragement, theextentpossible, autonomy to of and financial viability of city water. solid waste and sewerage utilities; (iv) Creationand maintenance a cadreof professionof als and semi-professionals, water, waste-water for and solid wastemanagement; F) PROVISION OF ENHANCED ACCESS TO SANITARY SERVICES: (i) Implementationof water, sanitationand waste programmes management focusedon the urbanpoor; (ii) Making available of low-cost water-supplyand sanitation technology choices; (iii) Basing of choiceof technologyand servicelevels on userpreferences willingnessto pay, and (iv) Mobilizationand facilitationof the activeinvolvement of women in water management teams; (v) Encouragement equipment local waterassoand of ciations and water committeesto managecommunity water-supply systems and communallatrines, with tech-

c) H U MA N E S OU R C E V E LOP ME N T R DE 18.62Implicit in virtuallyall elements thisprogramme of is the needfor progressive enhancement the training of andcareer development personnel all levelsin sector of at institutions. Specificprogramme activitieswill involve the training and retentionof staff with skills in community involvement, low-cost technology,financial management, and integratedplanning of urban water resourcesmanagement.Special provision should be madefor mobilizing andfacilitatingthe activeparticipation of women,youth,indigenous peopleand local communitiesin water management teamsand for supporting the development water associations of and water committees,with appropriate training of such personnel as

179

Specialeducation secretaries caretakers. and treasurers, for and training programmes women shouldbe launched and with regardto the protectionof waterresources water quality within urban areas.

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 18.63In combination with human resourcedevelopandmanlegislative of ment,strengthening institutional, agementstructuresare key elementsof the programme. to for A prerequisite progressirt enhancingaccess water of services the establishment an instituis and sanitation tional framework that ensuresthat the real needs and populations potentialcontributionsof currentlyunserved planning.The multiarereflectedin urbandevelopment sectoralapproach,which is a vital part of urban water linkagesat requires institutional management, resources includes the nationaland city levels,andthe programme planninggroups. intersectoral proposals establishing for Proposalsfor greater pollution control and prevention dependfor their successon the right combinationof backed by adeeconomic and regulatory mechanisnts, by quatemonitoring and surveillanceand supported enissues the on environmental hancedcapacityto address part of local Governments. 18.64Establishmentof appropriatedesign standards, is anddischarge consents therewater-quality objectives programmealso fore amongthe proposedactivities.The for the support strengthening capabilityof water includes and for developingtheir autonagencies and sewerage omy and financial viability. Operationand maintenance of existing water and sanitationfacilities have been in recognized entailing a seriousshortcoming many as countries.Technicaland financial supportare neededto inadequacies build up and correctpresent help countries the capacity to operate and maintain rehabilitated and new systems.

FOOD PRODUCTION Fl WATERFOR SUSTATNABLE AND RURATDEVETOPMENT FOR BASIS ACTION deof 18.65Sustainability food productionincreasingly pendson soundand efficientwateruseand conservation primarily of inigation development practices consisting and management,including water managementwith inland respectto rain-fedareas,livestockwater-supply, Achieving food securityis a fisheriesand agro-forestry. high priority in many countries,and agriculturemust not but also save only provide food for rising populations, water for other uses.The challengeis to develop and

apply water-savingtechnology and managementmethenablecommunities ods and,throughcapacity-building, to introduceinstitutionsandincentivesfor therural popufor lation to adopt new approaches, both rain-fed and irrigatedagriculture.The rural populationmust alsohave better accessto a potablewater-supplyand to sanitation one, taskbut not an impossible It services. is an immense provided appropriate policies and programmes are adoptedat all levels- local, nationaland international. While significant expansionof the area under rain-fed the agriculturehasbeenachievedduring the pastdecade, productivityresponse sustainability irrigationsysof and by temshavebeenconstrained problemsof waterlogging and salinization. Financial and market constraintsare also a commonproblem.Soil erosion,mismanagement and and overexploitationof naturalresources acutecompetition for water have all influenced the extent of poverty, hungerand famine in the developingcountries.Soil erosioncausedby overgrazingof livestock is also often responsiblefor the siltation of lakes. Most often, the neither is of development irrigation schemes supported identifyinghydroimpactassessments by environmental of within watersheds interbasin logic consequences of transfersnor by the assessment social impacts on peoples river valleys. in of of 18.66The non-availability water-supplies suitable quality is a significantlimiting factor to livestockproduction in many countries,and improper disposal of result in animal wastes can in certain circumstances andanimals. pollutionof water-supplies forboth humans The drinking-water requirementsof livestock vary acin and cordingto species the environment which they are kept. It is estimated that the current global livestock is drinking-waterrequirement about60 billion litresper day this and, basedon livestockpopulationgrowth estimates, is daily requirement predictedto increaseby 0.4 billion future. litres per annum in the foreseeable fisheriesin lakes and streamsare an 18.67Freshwater important sourceof food and protein. Fisheriesof inland watersshouldbe so managed to maximizethe yield of as aquatic food organismsin an environmentallysound manner.This requiresthe conservationof water quality and quantity, as well as of the functional morphology of the aquaticenvironment.On the other hand, fishing and the may themselves damage aquaticecosysaquaculture shouldconform to guidetem; hencetheir development levels of production lines for impact limitation. Present from inland fisheries,from both fresh and brackish water, are about 7 million tons per year and could increaseto 16 million tons per year by the year 2000; however, any this rise. increase environmental in sffess couldjeopardizn

r80

OBJECTIVES principleslor holistic and inte18.68The key strategic grated environmentallysound management water reof sourcesin the rural context may be set forth as follows: (a) Watershouldbe regarded a finite resource having as an economicvaluewith significantsocialand economic implications reflecting the importance of meeting basic needs; (b) Local cornmunities mustparticipate all phases in of water management, ensuring the full involvement of women in view of their crucial role in the practical and day-to-daysupply,management useof water; (c) Water resource managementmust be developed set within a comprehensive of policies for (i) human and distribuhealth; (ii) food production,preservation tion; (iii) disastermitigation plans; (iv) environmental protectionandconservation the naturalresource base; of (d) It is necessary recognize to and activelysupport the role of rural populations,with particularemphasison women. on 18.69An International Action Programme Waterand Agricultural Development(IAP-WASAD) Sustainable has been initiated by FAO in cooperation with other The main obiective of the internationalorganizations. Action Programmeis to assistdevelopingcountriesin planning,developingand managingwater resources on an integratedbasisto meet presentand future needsfor agriculturalproduction,taking into accountenvironmental considerations. 18.70The Action Programmehas developeda framework for sustainable water use in the agricultural sector and identified priority areas for action at national, regional and global levels. Quantitativetargetsfor new inigation development, improvement of existing irrigation schemesand reclamationof waterloggedand salinized lands through drainage for 130 developing on countries estimated thebasisof food requirements, are zonesand availabilityof water and land. agro-climatic for and 18.71FAO globalprojections irrigation,drainage waterprogrammes the year 2000 for 130 by small-scale developingcountriesare as follows: (a) 15.2 million (b) of hectares new irrigation development; l2 million of hectaresof improvement/modernization existing (c) installedwith drainage schemes; 7 million hectares and water control facilities;and (d) l0 million hectares waterprogrammes and conservation. of small-scale 18.72The developmentof new irrigation areasat the level may give rise to environmental above-mentioned of in concerns sofar asit impliesthedestruction wetlands, waterpollution,increased sedimentation a reduction and Therefore, new irrigationschemes should in biodiversity. impactassessment, be accompanied anenvironmental by in upon the scaleof the scheme, casesignifidepending

When cantnegativeenvironmentalimpactsareexpected. consideringproposalsfor new irrigation schemes, consideration shouldalsobe given to a morerationalexploitation, and an increasein the efflciency or productivity, of any existing schemes capableof serving the same localities. Technologies for new irrigation schemes shouldbe thoroughly evaluated, including their potential conflictswith otherland uses. The activeinvolvement of water-usergroupsis a supportingobjective. 18.73It shouldbe ensured of that rural communities all countries, according to their capacities and available resources of and taking advantage internationalcooperation as appropriate,will have accessto safe water in sufficientquantitiesand adequate sanitationto meettheir health needsand maintain the essentialqualitiesof their local environments. 18.74The objectiveswith regardto water management for inland fisheriesand aquaculture includeconservation of water-quality and water-quantity requirements for optimum productionand preventionof water pollution by aquaculturalactivities.The Action Programmeseeks to assistmember countriesin managingthe tlsheriesof inland watersthroughthe promotion of sustainable managementof capturefisheriesas well as the development of environmentally soundapproaches intensification to of aquaculture. 18.75The objectiveswith regardto water management for livestock supply are twofold: provision of adequate amountsof drinking water and safeguarding drinkingof water quality in accordancewith the specific needsof differentanimal species. This entailsmaximum salinity tolerancelevels and the absence pathogenicorganof isms.No globaltargets be setowing to largeregional can and intra-countryvariations.

ACTIVITIES 18.76All States, accordingto their capacityand available resources,and through bilateral or multilateral cooperation, including the United Nations and other relevant organizationsas appropriate,could implement the following activities:

A) WATER-SUPPLY ANDSANTTATTON FOR UNSERVED POOR: THE RURAL (i) Establish nationalpoliciesandbudgetprioritieswith regardto increasing servicecoverage; (ii) Promoteappropriatetechnologies; (iii) Introduce suitable cost-recoverymechanisms, taking into accountefficiencyandequity throughdemand management mechani : sms (iv) Promotecommunity ownershipand rights to watersupply and sanitation facilities;

r8t

(v) Establish monitoringand evaluationsystems; (vi) Strengthenthe rural water-supply and sanitation sectorwith emphasison institutional development,efficient managementand an appropriate framework for financingof services; (vii) Increase hygieneeducationand eliminatedisease foci: transmission (viii) Adopt appropriate technologiesfor water treatment; (ix) Adopt wide-scaleenvironmentalmanagement vectors: to measures control disease

(vi) Minimize adverseeffects from agriculturalchemipestmanagement; cals by useof integrated (vii) Educatecommunitiesabout the pollution-related impacts of the use of fertilizers and chemicalson water quality, food safetyand human health;

PROGMMMES: DEVELOPMENT E)WATER RESOURCES (i) Developsmall-scale for irrigationand water-supply humans livestockandfor waterandsoilconservation; and (ii) Formulate large-scale and long-term irrigation developmentprogrammes, taking into accounttheir effects on the local level, the economyand the environment; (iii) Promotelocal initiativesfor the integrated development and management water resources; of (iv) Provide adequate technicaladvice and supportand of enhancement institutionalcollaborationat the local communitylevel; (v) Promote a farming approach for land and water of management takesaccount the levelof education, that the capacity to mobilize local communitiesand the ecosystemrequirements arid and semi-aridregions; of (vi) Plan and develop multi-purposehydroelectric power schemes, making sure that environmentalconcernsare duly takeninto account:

EFFTCTENCY: Bl WATER-USE (i) Increaseof efficiency and productivity in agricultural water use for better utilization of limited water resources: (ii) Strengthenwater and soil managementresearch underirrigationand rain-fedconditions; (iii) Monitor andevaluate irrigationprojectperformance to ensure,inter alia, the optimal utilization and proper of maintenance the project; (iv) Support groupswith a view to improving water-user performanceat the local level; management (v) Supportthe appropriate use of relatively brackish water for irrigation;

F} SCARCE WATER RESOURCES AAANAGEMENT: AND SALINITY cl WATERLOGGING, CONTROL DRAINAGE: (i) Introducesurface to in drainage rain-fedagriculture pr ev ent te mp o ra ry w a te rl o g g i n g a n d fl oodi ng of lowlands; (ii) Introduce in artificialdrainage inigatedandrain-fed agriculture; (iii) Encourage conjunctiveuseof surfaceand groundstudies; water,includingmonitoringand water-balance (iv) Practise drainagein irrigatedareasof arid and semiarid regions; (i) Develop long-term strategies and practical implementation programmesfor agricultural water use under scarcityconditionswith competingdemandsfor water; (ii) Recognize wateras a social,economicand strategic good in inigation planningand management; (iii) Formulate specializedprogrammesfocused on with emphasison food scarcity drought preparedness, safeguards; and environmental (iv) Promoteand enhance reusein agriculwaste-water ture;

MANAGEMENT: D) WATER.OUALITY (i) Establishand operatecost-effectivewater-quality for monitoringsystems agriculturalwateruses; (ii) Preventadverse effectsof agriculturalactivitieson and waterqualityfor othersocialandeconomicactivities on wetlands,inter alia, through optimal use of on-farm input andthe minimizationof the useof externalinput in agriculturalactivities; (iii) Establishbiological,physicaland chemicalwaterand quality criteriafor agriculturalwater-users for marine and riverineecosystems; (iv) Minimize soil run-off and sedimentation; (v) Dispose properlyof sewage from humansettlements produced intensive livestockbreeding; by andof manure

FOR LIVESTOCK: G} WATER-SUPPLY (i) Improve quality of water available to livestock, limits; taking into accounttheir tolerance (ii) Increase quantityof water sources availableto the livestock,in particularthose in extensivegrazing systhe needed travel to tems,in orderto both reduce distance aroundwatersources; for waterandpreventovergrazing (iii) Preventcontamination water sources with anirnal of in excrement order to preventthe spreadof diseases, in particularzoonosis; (iv) Encourage through multiple use of water-supplies promotionof integrated systems; agro-livestock-fishery (v) Encouragewater-spreading for schemes increas-

182

ing waterretention extensive of grasslands stimulate to forage production and preventrun-off;

financial terms, including any that are non-concessional, will depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategies programmes and Governments decideupon for implementation.

H} INLAND FISHERIES; (i) Developthe sustainable management fisheries of as part of nationalwaterresources planning; (ii) Study specificaspects the hydrobiologyand enof vironmentalrequirements key inland fish species of in relationto varying waterregimes; (iii) Prevent mitigatemodificationof aquatic or environments by other usersor rehabilitateenvironments subjected to suchmodificationon behalf of the sustainable use and conservation biological diversity of living of aquaticresources; (iv) Develop and disseminate environmentallysound water resources development and management methodologiesfor the intensification fish yield from inland of waters; (v) Establishand maintainadequate systems the for collection and interpretation data on water quality of and quantity and channel morphology relatedro the state and managementof living aquatic resources, including fisheries; 8/ SC'ENIIFIC AND IECHNOIOGICA,L A4FANS 18.78There is an urgentneed for countriesto monitor waterresources water-quality, and waterandland useand crop production;compile inventories type and extent of of agricultural water developmentand of present and future contributionsto sustainable agricultural development; evaluatethe potentialfor fisheriesand aquaculture development; and improvethe availabilityand dissemination of data to planners,technicians, farmersand fishermen.Priority requirements research as follows: for are (a) Identification of critical areas for water-related adaptive research; (b) Strengtheningof the adaptive researchcapacities of institutions developingcountries; in (c) Enhancement translationof water-related of farming andfishingsystems research results into practical and accessibletechnologiesand provision of the support neededfor their rapid adoptionat the field level. 18.79Transferof technology, both horizontaland vertical, needsto be strengthened. Mechanismsto provide credit, input supplies,markets,appropriatepricing and jointly by countries transportation mustbedeveloped and extemal supportagencies. Integratedrural water-supply i nfrastructure, ncluding facilitie s for water-related i edu cation and training and supportservices agriculture, for shouldbe expanded multiple usesand shouldassist for in developingthe rural economy.

I) AOUACULTURE DEVELOPMENT: (i) Develop environmentally sound aquaculture technologies that are compatible with local, regional and nationalwaterresources management plansandtakeinto consideration socialfactors: (ii) Introduceappropriate aquaculture techniques and relatedwaterdevelopment management and practices in countriesnot yet experienced aquaculture; in (iii) Assess environmental impactsof aquaculture with specific reference commercialized to culture units and potentialwaterpollution from processing centres; (iv) Evaluateeconomicfeasibilityof aquaculture rein lation to alternativeuse of water,taking into consideration the use of marginal-quality water and investment andoperational requi rements.

C ) H U MA N E S OU R C E V E LOP ME N I R DE 18.80 ducati on and trai ni ng of human resour ces E shouldbe activelypursued the nationallevel through: at (a) assessment currentandlong-termhumanresources of management and training needs;(b) establishment a of nationalpolicy for human resources development; and (c) initiationandimplementation trainingprogrammes of for staffat all levelsaswell asfbr farmers. The necessary actionsare as follows: (a) Assesstraining needsfor agriculturalwater management; (b) Increase formal and informal trainingactivities; (c) Develop practical training coursesfor improving the ability of extensionservicesto disseminate technologiesand strengthen farmers'capabilities, with special reference small-scale to producers;

MEANS IMPLEMENTAIION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND CCSTEVALUATTON 18.77The Conferencesecretariat has estimatedthe average total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of theactivities thisprogramme be about$ 13.2billion, of to includingabout$4.5 billion from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actual costsand

r83

(d) Train staff at all levels,including farmers,fishermen and membersof local communities,with particular to reference women; (e) Increasethe opportunitiesfor career development and of the to enhance capabilities administrators officers at all levels involved in land- and water-management programmes.

D) CA P A C IT Y .BU IL D IN G 18.81The importanceof a functional and coherentinstitutionalframework at the national level to promote agriculturaldevelopmenthas water and sustainable ln generallybeenfully recognizedat present. addition, an adequatelegal framework of rules and regulations should be in place to facilitate actions on agricultural smalldrainage,water-qualitymanagement, water-use, and the functioningof waterwater programmes scale Legislationspecific associations. users'and fishermen's the needsof the agriculturalwater sectorshould be to forthe legislation with, andstemfrom. general consistent Actions shouldbe purof management water resources. suedin the following areas: policiesrelatedto agri(a) Improvement water-use of culture, fisheries and rural developmentand of legal frameworksfor implementingsuchpolicies; if and (b) Review,sftengthening restructuring, required, their capacities in institutions orderto enhance of existing activities,while recognizingthe need to in water-related level; at waterresources the lowestappropriate manage of where necessary, (c) Review and strengthening. structure,functional relationshipsand organizational linkages arnong ministries and departmentswithin a given ministryl (d) Provisionof specificmeasures requiresupport that inter alia, through longinstitutional strengthening, for term programmebudgeting,staff training, incentives, mechanisms; and coordination mobility, equipment (e) Enhancement involvementof the privatesector, of and development in whereappropriate, humanresource provisionof infrastructure; technologies (0 Transfer existingandnew water-use of and for mechanisms cooperation information by creating amongnationaland regionalinstitutions. exchange

certaintiesincreasegreatly at the regional, national and local levels, it is at the national level that the most important decisions would need to be made. Higher precipitation would lead to and decreased temperatures water demands; water suppliesand increased decreased in thequality of freshwater deterioration they might cause bodies, putting strains on the already fragile balance betweensupply and demandin many countries.Even thereis no guarantee whereprecipitationmight increase, of year when it could be that it would occur at the time used;in addition,theremight be a likelihoodof increased will often causethe intruflooding. Any rise in sealevel smallislandsandcoastal waterinto estuaries, sionof salt this areas; flooding of low-lying coastal aquifersand the at greatrisk. puts low-lying countries 18.83The Ministerial Declaration of the SecondWorld Climate Conferencestatesthat "the potential impact of suchclimate changecould posean environmentalthreat of an up to now unknown magnitude... and could even threaten survival in some small island Statesand in The Conlow-lying coastal,arid and semi-aridareas".3 most important imferencerecognizedthat among the pactsof climate changewere its effectson the hydrologic cycle and on water managementsystemsand, through in Increase incidence systems. on these, socio-economic and droughts,would cause such as floods of extremes, The Conincreased frequencyand severityof disasters. of the necesferencethereforecalled for a strengthening sary researchand monitoring programmesand the extheseactionsto changeof relevantdataand information, and international be undertakenat the national,regional l evel s.

OBJECTIVES I 8.84 The verv natureof thistopiccallsfirst andforemost of for more information about and greaterunderstanding into may be translated the threatbeing taced.This topic the following objectives,consistentwith the United NationsFrameworkConventionon Climate Change: (a) To understand and quantify the threatof the impact resources; of climate changeon freshwater (b) To facilitate the implementation of effective naas tional countermeasures, and when the threatening impact is seenas sufficiently confirmed to justify such action; (c) To study the potentialimpactsof climate changeon areasprone to droughtsand floods.

G) rrriPAcTsOF CUMATECHANGE ON WATERRESOURCES FOR BASIS ACTION to with respect the prediction 18.82Thereis uncertainty of climate changeat the global level. Although the un-

ACTIVITIES and to according theircapacity available 18.85 All States, resources,and through bilateral or multilateral cooper-

r84

ation, including the United Nations and other relevant organizationsas appropriate,could implement the following activities: (a) Monitorthehydrologicregime,includingsoil moisture, groundwaterbalance,penetrati and transpiration on of water quality, and related climare factors, especially in the regionsandcountriesmost likely to sufferfrom the adverse effects climatechange of andwherethelocalities vulnerableto theseeffects shouldthereforebe defined; (b) Developandapplytechniques methodologies and for assessing potentialadverse the effectsof climate change, throughchanges temperature, in precipitation sealevel and rise,on freshwater resources the flood risk: and (c) Initiate case-studies establish to whetherthereare linkagesbetween climatechanges the currentoccurand rences droughtsand floods in certainregions; of (d) Assess resultingsocial,economicand environthe mentalimpacts; (e) Developand initiate response strategies counter to theadverse effects thatareidentified, includingchanging groundwater levels,and to mitigatesalineintrusioninto aquifers; (0 Develop agriculturalactivitiesbasedon brackishwater use; (g) Contribute theresearch to activitiesunderway within the framework of currentinternationalprograffunes.

climate change as a basis for developing remedial measures a complextask.Extensive is research necesis sary in this area and due accounthas to be taken of the work of the Intergovernmental Panelon Climate Change (IPCC), the World Climate Programme, International the Geosphere-Biosphere Programme (IGBP) and other relevantintemationalprogrammes. 18.88The development implementation response and of strategies requires innovative of technological use means and engineering solutions,including the installationof flood and droughtwarningsystems the construction and of nerv water resourcedevelopmentprojects such as dams, aqueducts,well fields, waste-watertreatment plants,desalination works, levees,banks and drainage channels. There is also a needfbr coordinated research networkssuchas theInternational Geosphere-Biosphere Programme/Global Change System for Analysis, Researchand Training (IGBP/START) network.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENI 18.89 The developmental work and innovationdepend for their success good academictraining and staff on motivation.Intemationalprojectscan help by enumerating alternatives, eachcountryneeds establish but to and implementthe necessary policiesandto developits own expertise the scientificand engineering in challenges to be faced,as well as a body of dedicated individualswho are able to interpretthe complex issuesconcemedfor thoserequired makepolicy decisions. to Suchspeciahzed personnel needto betrained, hiredandretained service, in so that they may servetheir countries thesetasks. in

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF Ai FINANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 18.86The Conferencesecretariat has estimatedthe average total annualcost (1993-2(n0)of implementing the activities thisprogramme be about$ 100million, of to includingabout$40 million from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actual costs and financialterms,includingany that arenon-concessional, will dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies and programmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING 18.90Thereis a need,however,to build a capacityat the national level to develop,review and implementresponse sfrategies. Consffuction of major engineeringworks and installationof forecastingsystemswill require significant sffengthening the agenciesresponsible, of whether in the public or the private sector. Most critical is the requirement for a socio.economic mechanism canreview predictions that of the impact of climate change and possible response judgemenls decisions. sfrategies makethenecessary and and
'Report of the United Notions WoterConference, del Ploto, Mor l4-25 Morch 1977 lUnitedNotions publicotion, SolesNo. E.77.1.'.A.12), one,chopter section porogroph pori l, C, 35. 2lbid., portone,chopter resolution l, ll. 3a/$/Ogo/Add.l, onnexlll, preomble, porogroph 2.

8/ SC/ENTIFrc ANDTECHNOI.OGICAL MFANS 18.87Monitoring of climate changeand its impact on freshwaterbodies must be closely integratedwith national and international programmes monitoringthe for environment, particularthoseconcerned in with the atmosphere, discussed as underother sections Agenda of 21, andthe hydrosphere, discussed as underprogramme area B above. The analysisof data for indication of

185

19

of monogement toxic sound Environmentolly of prevention illegol including chemicols, products trofficin toxicond dongerous internotionol

INTRODUCTION

to is use 19.1 A substantial of chemicals essential meet and economic goals of the world community the social that they can be and today's best practice demonstrates mannerand with a high widely in a cost-effective used However,a greatdealremainsto be done degreeof safety. of ensurethe environmentallysound management to chemicals, within the principles of sustainable toxic and development improvedquality of life forhumankind. Two of the major problems, particularly in developing countries,are (a) lack of sufficient scientific information of for the assessment risks entailedby the use of a great for and (b) lack of resources asnumber of chemicals, for of chemicals which dataare at hand. sessment to with gravedamage 19.2 Grosschemicalcontamination, outcomes, humanhealth,geneticstucturesandreproductive and the environment,has in recent times been continuing within someof the world's most imporlant industrialareas. and development will requiremajor investment Restoration The long-rangeeffectsof pollution, exof new techniques. and tendingevento the fundamentalchemicerl physicalpro and of cesses the Eafth'satrnosphere climate,arebecomrng only recently and the importanceof thoseeffects understood only recentlyaswell. is becomingrecognized bodiesare numberof international 19.3 A considerable In involved in work on chemicalsafety. many countries work programmesfor the promotion of chemical safety as implications, arein place.Suchwork hasinternational Hownationalboundaries. risks do not respect chemical of ever. a significant strengthening both national and an to effortsis needed achieve environmeninternational of soundmanagement chemicals. tally areasare proposed: 19.4 Six programme internationalassess(a) Expanding and accelerating ment of chemicalrisks;

(b) Harmonization of classification and labelling of chemicals; (c) Information exchange on toxic chemicals and chemicalrisks; (d) Establishment risk reductionprogrammes; of (e) Strengtheningof national capabilities and capacof ities for management chemicals; traffic in toxic and (0 Prevention illegal international of products. dangerous In addition. the short final subsectionG deals with the enhancementof cooperation related to several programme areas. for are 19.5 The six programmeareas togetherdependent their successfulimplementationon intensive international work and improved coordinationof current international activities,as well as on the identificationand applicationof technical,scientific,educationaland fiTo countries. in nancialmeans, particularfor developing varying degrees,the progralruneareas involve hazatd (basedon the intrinsic properties chemiof assessment (including assessment expoof cals), risk assessment and risk management. sure),risk acceptability 19,6 Collaborationon chemical safety between the United Nations EnvironmentProgramme(UNEP), the InternationalLabour Organisation(ILO) and the World Health Organization (WHO) in the International Programme on ChemicalSafety (IPCS) should be the nuon cooperation environmentally cleus for international should All of soundmanagement toxic chemicals. effor-ts Cooperationwith this be madeto strengthen programme. other programmes,suchas thoseof the Organisationfor Economic Cooperationand Development (OECD) and the EuropeanCommunities(EC) and other regional and governmentalchemical programmes,should be promoted. 19.7 Increasedcoordinationof United Nations bodies involved in chemiand other internationalorganizations shouldbe furtherproand cals assessment management

r86

moted. Within the framework of IPCS, an intergovernmentalmeeting,convened the ExecutiveDirector of by UNEP,was held in London in December1991to further explorethis matter(seeparas.19.75and 19.76). 19.8 The broadest possible awareness chemicalrisks of is a prerequisite achievingchemicalsafety. for The principle of the right of the community and of workers to know those risks should be recognized. However, the right to know the identity of hazardous ingredients should be balancedwith industry'sright to protectconfidential businessinformation. (Industry, as referred to in this chapter,shall be taken to include large industrialenterprisesand transnational corporations well asdomestic as industries.)The industrv initiative on responsible care and product stewardship shouldbe developed and promoted.Industry shouldapplyadequate standards operof ationin all countries ordernotto damaee in humanhealth and the environment. 19.9Thereis international concernthat paft of the internationalmovementof toxic and dangerous productsis being carried out in contravention existing national of legislation international and instruments, thedetriment to of the environmentand public health of all countries, particularlydeveloping countries. 19.10In resolution 441226 22 December1989,the of GeneralAssemblyrequested eachregionalcommission, within existingresources, contribute the prevention to to of the illegal traffic in toxic and dangerous productsand wastesby monitoring and making regionalassessments of that illegal traffic and its environmental and health implications. The Assemblyalsorequested regional the commissionsto interact among themselves and to cooperate with the United Nations Environment Progralnme,with a view to maintainingefficient and coordinatedmonitoring and assessment the illegal traffic of in toxic and dangerous productsand wastes.

over 95 per cent of total world production) is rather limited, as most are usedin very small amounts. However, a seriousproblem is that even for a great number of chemicalscharacterized high-volume producby tion, crucial datafor risk assessment often lacking. are Within the framework of the OECD chernicalsprogramme such data are now being generated for a number of chemicals. 19.12Risk assessment resource-intensive. is It couldbe made cost-effective strengthening by international cooperation and better coordination. thereby making the bestuseof available resources avoidingunnecessary and duplicationof effort. However,eachnationshouldhave a critical mass of technical staff with experiencein toxicity testing and exposureanalysis,which are two importantcomponents risk assessment. of

OBJECTIVES 19.I The objectives this programmeareaare: 3 of (a) To strengthen international assessment. risk Several hundredpriority chemicalsor groupsof chemicals, including major pollutants and contaminanrs global of significance, shouldbe assessed the year 2000,using by currentselection and assessment criteria: (b) To produceguidelines acceptable for exposure a for greaternumber of toxic chemicals, basedon peer review and scientificconsensus distinguishing between health-or environment-based exposure limits and thoserelatingto socio-economic factors.

ACTIVIIIES A) MANAGEMENI-R ELATED ACTIV ES ITI 19.14Governments, throughthe cooperation relevant of international organizations industry, and whereappropriate,should: (a) Strengthen and expand programmes chemical on risk assessment within the United NationssystemIPCS (UNEP,ILO. WHO) andtheFoodandAgricultureOrganizationof the United Nations(FAO), rogether with other organizations, including the Organisation Economic for Cooperationand Development(OECD), based on an agreed approach data-quality to assurance, application of assessment criteria, peer review and linkages to risk management activities,taking into accountthe precautionary approach; (b) Promote mechanismsto increase collaboration among Governments,industry, academiaand relevant non-governmental organizations involved in the various aspects risk assessment chemicals of of and relatedprocesses, particularthe promoting and coordinatingof in

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) EXPANDTNG AND ACCETERATTNG INTERNATIONAT ASSESS'IAEM CHETATAIRISKS OF l9.l I Assessing risksto humanhealthandthe envithe ronment hazardsthat a chemical may causeis a prerequisite to planning for its saf'eand beneficial use. Among the approximately100,000 chemicalsubstances in commerceand the thousands substances natural of of origin with which humanbeingscomeinto contact, many appear pollutantsand contaminants food, commeras in cial productsand the variousenvironmental media.Fortunately, (some1,500 exposure mostchemicals to cover

187

of to activities improveunderstanding themechresearch of toxic chemicals; of anisms action (c) Encourage development procedures the for of the reports on of their assessment exchangeby countries for with clther countries usein nationalchemichemicals programmes. cal assessrnent

AND /NFORMAT/ON B) DATA of the through cooperation relevant 19.15Governments, whereappropriza organi ti onsandindttstry, i nternational ate,should: of (a) Give high priority to hazard assessment chemias cals,thatis, ot ttreirintrinsicpropefties the appropriate basisfor risk assessment: building, (b) Generate for datanecessary assessment, of interulia, on programmes IPCS(UNEP WHO, ILO), programmes FAO, OECD anciEC and on established particiIndustryshould andGovernments. otherregions pateactively. pro19.16Industryshouldprovidedatatbr substances of cificallyfor the assessment ded spe ducedthat are nee potentialrisks to human health and the environment. national to Suchdatashouldbe madeavailable relevant bodiesand other and international authorities competent parties and involvedin hazard risk assessment, interested possibleextent to the public also, and to the greatest claimsof confidentiality. legitimate takinginto account

testing by industry and researchinstitutions.The cost the to projections the address needs strengthen capacities of relevant United Nations bodies and are based on in currentexperience IPCS.It shouldbe notedthat there to costs, olten not possible quantify,that areconsiderable are not included.Thesecomprisecoststo industry and dataunderlying the the of Governments generating safety of assessments coststo Governments providingbackand statements to ground documentsand draft assessment IPCS, the InternationalRegister of Potentially Toxic (IRPTC) and OECD. They also includethe Chemicals work in non-UnitedNations bodies cost of accelerated suchas OECD and EC. the has secretariat estimated aver19. The Conf-erence 19 the of age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing to of activities this prograntme be about$30million from the intemationalcommunitv on grant or concessional estiterms.Theseareindicativeand order-of-magnitude mates only andhavenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsanclfinancial terms,including any that are will depend upon, inter alia, the non-concessional, decide Governments and specificstrategies programmes uponfor i nrpl cnrentati on.

AL B i 5C /E N IFtCA N D TE C H N OLOG\CME A NS in effortsshouldbe launched order 19.20Major research as of chemicals work lor to improvemethods assessntent and towardsa commonframeworkfor risk assessffIent to andepidemifor toxicological improveprocedures r-rsing on of the datato predict effbcts chemicals human ological so health and the environntent. as to enabledecision policiesandmeasures reduce to makers adoptadequatc to bv ri sksposed cherrri cal s. 1 9 . 2 1 c t i ri t i e si n c l u d e : A (a) S trengtheni ng alt research nsafe/saf' er er nat ives cl and to toxrcchemi cal s poseanunrcasonab le ot her that or w ' i se unmanageablri sk to thc cnvi ronntent hum an e toxi c. persi ste nt and bioheal thand to thosethat are c he adequately ona accumulative nd that cannot trol l ed; (b) Promotionof research iind validationof, methtin. for ods consti tuti nga rcpl accrnent those using t est (thus rcducingthe use ol' animalsfor testing animals purposes ): (c) Promotion relevant with studies of epidemiological relationship a a vie$' to establishin-s canse-and-ef1-ect of to and the occurrence betweenexposure chemicals certaindiseases: (d) P romoti onof ecotoxi col ogi cal studieswit h t he to the ai m of assessi ng ri sks of chemi cal s t he environment.

A CJ / NI E R N AIION AI N D R F G ION A. AN CO O P E R AIION D C O OR D /N AI/ON clf throughthecooperation relevant I 19. 7 Governments, whereappropriand organizations industry, international ate.should: (a) Developcriterialor priority-setting cherricals for n'ith respcct assessment; to of globalconcern and (b) Revicu' strategies 1-orexposureassessment monitoring to allclrvfor the best use o1' environnrental of s. compatibility dataand resource to ensure available t o e n c o u r a g cc o h e r e n tn a t i o n a l a n d i n t e r n a t i o n a l ltt. for stratesies that assessnte

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF Al F/NANC/AIAND COST EVALUATION 1 9 . 1 8M o s t o f t h e d a t a a n d m e t h o d s f o r c h e m i c a l r i s k arc assessment generatedin the developedcountries and an expansion and acceleration of the assessmentwork in u'ill call for a considerableincrease researchand safety

r88

DE C) HUM A NRE S O U R C E VE L O P M EN T with the participation organizations, 19.22lnLemational organizations, of Governmentsand non-governmental projectsinvolving shouldlaunchtrainingand education risk. in orderto womenand children,who are at greatest and particularlydevelopingcountries, enablecountries, assessto make maximum nationaluse of international risks" mentsof chemical

OBJECTIVES 19.27A globally harmonizedhazard classificationand compatible labelling system, including material safety shouldbe symbols, datasheets easilyunderstandable and available,if feasible,by the year 2000.

ACTIVITIES IVITI ES ELAT A) MANAGEMENI-R EDACT

D) CA P A CT TY-B U tL D IN G presbuildingon past, organizations, 19.23lnternational work, shouldsupport countries, entandfutureassessment particularlydevelopingcountries.in developingand capabilities nationaland at risk strengthening assessillent r egional lev el s tc l m i n i m i z e , a n d a s fa r a s p ossi bl e and use control and prevent,risk in the manufacturing Technicalcooperchemicals. and hazardclus of toxic at ion and f ina n c i a l s u p p o rt o r o th e r c o n tr i buti ons aimed at expandingand should be given to ac-tivities assessment the accelerating nationaland international and controlof chemicalrisks to enablethe bestchoice of chemicals.

of 19.28Governments, throughthe cooperation relevant and intemationalorganizations industry,whereappropriate, shouldlauncha project with a view to establishing and elaboratinga harmonizedclassificationand compatible labelling system for chemicalsfor use in all United Nations official languagesincluding adequate pictograms. Such a labelling systemshouldnot lead to the imposition of unjustified trade barriers. The new to systemshoulddraw on curent systems the greatest extent possible;it should be developedin steps and shouldaddress subjectof compatibility with labelsof the variousapplications.

B) DATA AND /NFORMAI/ON OF B) HARMONTZATION CLASSIFICATION OF AND LABELLING CHEMICATS 19.29Internationalbodies including, inter alia. IPCS (UNEP, ILO, WHO), FAO, the InternationalMaritime (IMO), the United NationsCommitteeof Organization Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods and OECD, in cooperationwith regional and national auand labellingand thoritieshaving existingclassification shouldestabsystems, other information-dissemination groupto: lish a coordinating (a) Evaluateand, if appropriate, studiesof undertake to and existinghazardclassification informationsystems establishgeneralprinciplesfor a globally harmonized system; (b) Developand implementa work plan for the establishment of a globally harmonizedhazardclassification of system. The plan shouldincludea description thetasks andassignment for deadline completion to be cornpleted, group; in of tasksto the participants the coordinating (c) Elaboratea harmonizedhazard sysclassification tem: (d) Draft proposalsfor standardization hazardcomof munication terminologyandsymbolsin ordertoenhance risk management chemicalsand facilitateboth interof national trade and translation of information into the language; end-user's (e) Elaborate harmonized labellingsystem. a

FOR BASIS ACTION and labellingof chemicals the dissemi19.24Adequate suchasICSCs(International nationof saletydatasheets written materials, ChemicalSafetyCards)and sin-rilarly are andenvironment, hazards health to on based assessed how to andmostefficientway of indicating the simplest saf-ely. handleand usechemicals goods,includ19.25For the safetransporlof dangerous withscheme elaborated ing chemicals, comprehensive a in the United Nations systemis in currentuse. This of the scheme mainly takesinto account acutehazards c hem ic als . and 19.16Globally harmonizedhazard classil'ication the to are labelling systerns notyetavailable promote safe or inter aliu. ar the workplace in the use of chernicals, can be tnadefor difof honre.Classification chemicals tool in purposes and is a particularlf itnportant l-erent labelling systems. Thereis a needto der.'elop establishrng lline systems, and hazard classiflcation labe harmonized buildingon ongoingwork.

r89

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A A / F / NA N C IAL N DC OS I EV AL U AT T ON has secretariat includedthe tech19.30The Conference in to costsrelated this programme estinical assistance the areaE. They estimate matesprovidedin programme for total annualcost (1993-2000) strengthening average to organizations be about $3 rnilliort from international the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional estiand order-of-magnitude terms.Theseare inclicative by mates only andhavenot beenreviewed Governments. Actual costsand financialterms.including any that are will depend upon, inter alia, the non-concessional, decide Governments and specificstrategies programmes upon for irnplernentation.

D EV R B ) HUM A N E SOU R C E EL OP M EN I and institutionsand non-govern19.31Governments of with the collaboration approprirnentalorganizations. programmes the UnitedNations, of and ateorganizations should launch training coursesand infonnationcamand paignsto lacilitatcthe understanding useof a new labellingsyscompatible and classification harmonized t em f or c he mi c a l s .

c ) c A P A C tT Y-B U tL D tN G for nationalcapacities manageic).32In strengthening and i mi I nent o1'c h e m i c a l s . n c l u d i n g d e v e l o p ment and to, plementation andadaptation newclassification of, be should of the systems. creation tradebarriers labelling of and and avoided thelimitedcapacities resources a large particularly countries, developing numberof countries. should takeninto tull be suchs.vsterns, for implementin-r account.

guidelinesadoptedby Governmentswith a view to increasingchemical safety through the exchangeof information on chemicals.Special provisions have been included in the guidelineswith regard to the exchangeof i nformati on on banned and sever ely restricted chemicals. of countries chemicals 19.35The exportto developing that have beenbannedin producingcountriesor whose use has been severelyrestrictedin some industrialized countrieshas been the subjectof concern,as some itnsafeuse, owing portingcountries lack theability to ensure for infrastructure controlling the irnporto inadequate of tormulationand disposal tation,distribution.storage, chemicals. this issue,provisionsfor Prior 19.36In order to address were introducedin Informed Consent(PIC) procedures (UNEP) and in the Inter1989in the London Guidelines nationalCodeof Conducton the Distnbutionand Useof P esti ci des(FA O). In addi ti on a j oi nt FAO / UNEP programmehas been launchedfor the operationof the of includingthe selection for PIC procedures chemicals, and prepto chemicals be includedin the PIC procedure The ILO arationof PIC decisionguidancedocuments. between convention callsfor communication chemicals exporting and importing countries when hazardous of havebeenprohibitedfor reasons safetyand chemicals healthat work. Within the GeneralAgreementon Tariffs have been and Trade (GATT) framework, negotiations on a pursued with a view to creating bindinginstrument in restricted the domestic productsbannedor severely market. Further, the GATT Council has agreed,as statedin its decisioncontainedin Clll{l25l, to extend of the mandate the working groupfor a periodof three months, to begin from the date of the group's next meeting, and has authorized the Chairman to hold to on consultations timing with respect conveningthis meeti ng. of the 19.37Notwithstanding importance thePIC proceis on exchange allchemicals necessary. dure,information

EXCHANGE ON TOXIC c) TNFoRMATTON RISKS AND CHEMICAL CHEMICATS

FORACTION BASIS 19.33 The lollowing activitics. related tci infbrrnation exchange on the benefits as well as the risks associated u'ith the use of chemicals, are ainted at enhancing the sound management of toxic chemicals through the exchange of scientific, technical,economic ancllegal inforrtraticltt. i 9.3-1The London Guidelines for the Exchange of Inforn'rationon Chemicals in International Trade are a set of

OBJECTIVES areaare: of 19.38The objectives this programme (a) To promoteintensified of exchange intormationon amongall involved use and emissions chemicalsafety, parties: (b) To achieve the year 2000,if possible, parfull by of ticipation in and implementation the PIC procedure, i ncl udi ng possi bl emandatoryappl i cati onst hr ough in legally binding instruments contained the Amended Code London Guidelines and in the FAO International gained the of Conduct,taking into accclunt experience wrthin the PIC procedure.

r90

ACTIVITIES A,) MANAGEMENT-R ELATED tVtT ACT tES 19.39Governments and relevantintemational organrzations with the cooperation industryshould: of (a) Strengthen national institutionsresponsiblefor information exchange toxic chemicalsand promotethe on creation of national centreswhere these centresdo not exist: (b) Strengthen internationalinstitutionsand networks, suchasIRPTC, responsible information exchange for on toxic chemicals; (c) Establishtechnical cooperationwith, and provide information to, other countries,especiallythose with shortages technical of expertise, includingtrainingin the interpretation relevanttechnicaldata,suchasEnvironof mental Health Criteria Documents, Health and Safety Guides and International Chemical SafetyCards (publishedby IPCS); monographs the Evaluationof Caron cinogenicRisks of Chemicals Humans(published to by the International Agency for Researchon Cancer (IARC)); and decision guidancedocuments(provided throughtheFAOfuNEPjointprogrammeon PIC), aswell as thosesubmitted industryand other sources; by (d) Implementthe PIC procedures soonas possible as gained,invite relevant and, in the light of experience internationalorganrzations, suchas UNEP, GATI FAO, WHO and others,in their respective areaof competence to considerworking expeditiously towardsthe conclusion of legally binding instruments.

19.41UnitedNationsorganizations shouldprovide,as far as possible,all international informationnaterial on toxi c chemi cal sn al l U ni tedN ati onsol fi ci al lani guages.

AND REG/ONAI. C/ /NIERNAIIONAI. COOPERAIION AND COORD/NAI/ON 19.42 Governments and relevantinternationalorganrzations with the cooperation industryshouldcooperate of in establishing, strengthening expanding, approand as priate,the networkof designated nationalauthorities for exchangeof information on chemicalsand establisha technical exchangeprogrammeto produce a core of trainedpersonnel within eachparticipating country.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF F/NANC/NG AND COSI EVALUATION 19.43The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of the activities thisprogramme be about$ l0 rnillion from of to the internationalcornmunity on grant or concessional terms.Theseareindicativeandorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financialterms,including any that are non-concessional, will depend upon, inter alict, the specificstrategies programmes and Govemrnents decide upon for implementation.

B) DATA AND /NFORMATTON 19.40Governments and relevantintemational organizations with the cooperation industryshould: of (a) Assistin the creation nationalchemicalinformaof tion systems developing in countries andimproveaccess to existinginternational systems; (b) Improve databases and information systemson tox ic c hem ic al s , s u c h a s e mi s s i o n i n v e n to ry prograntmes, throughprovisionof trainingin theuseof those systems well assoftware, as hardware andotherfacilities; (c) Provide knowledge and information on severely restricted bannedchemicals importingcountries or to to enablethem to judge and take decisionson whetherto import,andhow to handle, thosechemicals establish and joint responsibilities tradeof chemicalsbetweenimin porting and exportingcountries; (d) Provide data necessary assess risks to human to health and the environmentof possiblealternatives to bannedor severelv restricted chemicals.

D) ESTABUSHi/IENT R|SK REDUCTTON OF PROGRATAMES BASIS ACTION FOR 19.44There are often alternativesto toxic chernicals currentlyin use.Thus,risk reduction can sometimes be achieved usingotherchemicals evennon-chemical by or technologies. classic The example risk reduction the of is substitution harmless lessharmfulsubstances of or for harmfulones. Establishment pollutionprevention of proceduresand settingstandards chemicals eachenfbr in vironmentalrnedium,including food and water,and in consumer goods, constitute another example of risk reduction. a wider context.risk reductioninvolves In broad-based approaches reducing the risks of toxic to chemicals, taking into account entirelife cycle of the the chemicals. Suchapproaches couldencompass bothregLrlatory and non-regulatory measures, suchas promotion products technologies, of theuseof cleaner pollution and prevention procedures programffles, and emission inven-

191

tories, product labelling, use limitations,economicinreguprocedures safehandlingandexposure for centives, that lations,and the phasingout or banningof chemicals risks to poseunreasonable otherwiseunmanageable and human health and the environmentand of thosethat are and whose use toxic, persistentand bio-accumulative controlled. cannotbe adequately 19.45In the agriculturalarea,integratedpest management, including the use of biological control agentsas is to to alternatives toxic pesticides, one approach risk reduction. 19.46Other areas of risk reduction encompassthe preventionof poisonprevention chemicalaccidents, of of and the undertaking toxicovigilance ing by chemicals of of and coordination clean-upand rehabilitation areas by damaged toxic chemicals. thatOECD mem19.41The OECD Councilhasdecided nationalrisk or shouldestablish strengthen ber countries reduction programmes.The InternationalCouncil of (ICCA) hasintroduced initiatives ChemicalAssociations regarding responsiblecare and product stewardship and of aimedat reduction chemicalrisks.The Awareness at for Preparedness Emergencies Local Level (APELL) programmeof UNEP is designedto assistdecision personnel improvingcommunity in makersandtechnical installationsand in preparing awareness hazardous of on plans.ILO haspublished Codeof Practice a response and is prethe preventionof major industrialaccidents paring an internationalinstrument on the prevention of for industrialdisasters eventualadoptionin 1993.

OBJECTIVES areaisto eliminate 19.48The objective theprogramme of risks and, to the extent or unacceptable unreasonable economicallyfeasible,to reducerisks posed by toxic involvapproach by chemicals, employingabroad-based ing a wide rangeof risk reductionoptionsand by taking lifeprecautionary measures derivedfrom a broad-based cycle analysis.

ACTIVITIES ACT ELATED IVITIES A) MANAGEMFNI-R of 19.49Governments, throughthe cooperation relevant whereappropriand international organizations industry, ate.should: (a) Consider adopting policies based on accepted as producerliability principles,whereappropriate, well and life-cycleapproaches anticipatory as precautionary, turing,trade, managemen covering manufac t. to chemical use transport, and disposal;

(b) Undertakeconcertedactivitiesto reducerisks for toxic chernicals, taking into accountthe entirelife cycle both of the chemicals. Theseactivitiescould encompass regulatory measures, suchaspromoartdnon-regulatory tion of the use of cleanerproductsand technologies; productlabelling;uselimitations; emissioninventories; economicincentives; and the phasingout or banningof and toxic chemicals that posean unreasonable otherwise risk or unmanageable to the environment humanhealth and and thosethat aretoxic, persistent bio-accumulative controlled; and whoseusecannotbe adequately (c) Adopt policies and regulatoryand non-regulatory measures identify, and minintize exposureto, toxic to chemicalsby replacingthem with lesstoxic substitutes and ultimately phasingout the chemicalsthat pose unrisk reasonable and otherwiseunmanageable to human health and the environmentand those that are toxic, persistent and whose use cannot and bio-accumulative be adequately controlled: (d) lncrease for needs standetfortsto identify'national ard setting and implementation in the context of the FAO/WHO Codex Alimentarius in order to minimize adverse effectsof chemicals food; in (e) Develop nationalpoliciesand adoptthe necessary regulatory framework for prevention of accidents, preparedness response, and inter alia, throughland-use on planning,permit systems and reportingrequirements and accidents, work with the OECD/UNEPinternational directory of regionalresponse centresand the APELL programme; (0 Promoteestablishment strengthening, approas and prompt priate,of national poisoncontrolcentres ensure to of and adequate diagnosis treatment poisonings; and (g) Reduceoverdependence the use of agricultural on l int chemi cal s throughai ternati vearmi ng pract ices. egratedpestmanagement other appropriate means; and (h) Requiremanufacturers, importersand othershanwith thecooperation dling toxic chemicals develop, to of producersof such chemicals.where applicable,emergencyresponse procedures preparation ofon-siteand and plans; response otf-siteemergency (i) Identify, assess, reduceand rninimize,or eliminate as far as feasible by environmentallysound disposal practices, risks fiom storage outdated of chemicals. 19.50Industryshouldbe encouraged to: (a) Develop an internationallyagreedupon code of principles for the management trade in chemicals, of recognizingin particularthe responsibilityfor making informationon potential risksandenvironmenavailable practices thosechemicals tally sounddisposal if become wastes,in cooperation with Governments and relevant agencies intemationalorganizations and appropriate of the United Nationssvstem:

192

(b) Develop applicationof a "responsiblecare" approach by producersand manufacturers towards chemical products,taking into accountthe total life cycle of suchproducts; (c) Adopt, on a voluntarybasis, communityright-toguidelines, know programmes basedon international includingsharingof informationon causes accidenof and ihem. tal and potentialreleases meansof preventing andreporting annualroutineemissions toxic chemion of of cals to the environmentin the absence host country requirements.

B) DATA AND /NFORMAI/ON 19.51Governments, throughthe cooperation relevant of internationalorganizations industry,whereappropriand ate,should: (a) Promoteexchange informationon nationaland of regionalactivitiesto reducethe risksof toxic chemicals; (b) Cooperatein the development communication of guidelines on chemical risks at the national level to promote informationexchangewith the public and the understanding risks. of

whensuchexporthasreceived prior writtenconsent from the importingcountryor is otherwise accordance with in the PIC procedure; (g) Encourage national rvorktclharmonize andregional evaluationof pesticides : (h) Promote and develop mechanisrns for the saf-e production, management useof dangeroLls and materials, formulating programmesto substitutefor thenr sal-er alternatives, whereappropriate; (i) Formalize networks ernergency response centres; of industry,with the help ol'rnultilateral 0t Encourage cooperation. phase as appropriate, dispose to ont of. and any banned chemicals that are still in stockor in usein an environmentally soundmanner. includingsaf'e reuse, where approved and appropriate.

MEANSOF IMPLEMENTATION A/ F/NANC/AL AND COSI EVALUATION 1 9 . 5 3 T h e C o n t e r c r t c c s e c r e t a r i a th a s i n c l u d e d m o s t costs relatedto this prograr"nme estimatesprovided for in -fhey programme areasA and E. estinlateother requirements for training and strcngthening thc cinergcncy and poison control centres to be about $'l rnillion annually from the international community on grant or concessional terms. These are indicative and order-of-nragnitude estimates only and have not been reviewed by G o v e r n m e n t s . c t u a l c o s t s a n d f i n a n c i a l t e r r n s .i n c l u d A i n g a n y t h a t a r e n o n - c o n c e s s i o n a l w i l l c l e p e n dL r p o n , . irtter alia, the specific strategiesand programmes Governments decide upon lbr inrplernentation.

AND REGIONA/ c/ INTERNAT/ONAI AND COORD/NAI/ON COOPERAIION 19.52Governments, o1'relevant throughthe cooperation whereappropriinternational organizations industry, and ate,should: (a) Collaborateto developcommon criteria to deterfor mine which chemicalsare suitablecandidates concertedrisk reductionactivities; (b) Coordinate concerted risk reductionactivities; (c) Develop guidelinesand policiesfor the disclosure importers and others using toxic by manufacturers, chemicalsof toxicity information declaring risks and emergency response arrangements: (d) Encouragelarge industrial enterprises including whertransnational corporations and other enterprises policiesdemonstrating everthey operate introduce to the commitment, with reference to the environmentally sound management toxic chemicals, adoptstandards to of of operation equivalent or not lessstringent thanthose to existingin the countryof origin; (e) Encourage and supportthe development and adoption by small- and medium-sized industriesof relevant procedures risk reductionin their activities; for (0 Develop regulatory and non-regulatorymeasures aimedat preventing exportof chemithe and procedures withdrawn or cals that are banned,severelyrestricted, not approved healthor environmental for reasons. except

B/ SCIENI/F/C ND IECHNOTOGICAL EANS A M 19.54 Governments. in cooperatiorlri,ith relevant international organizaticlns and programrnes,shoulcl: (a) Promote technology that would mininrize release of, and exposure to. toxic chemicals in all countries; (b) Carry out national reviews, as appropriate.of previously acceptedpcsticidcswhose acceptance was based on criteria now recognizedas insufficie-nt outdatedand or of their possiblc rcplacement with othe'r pest control rnethods. particr-rlarlv the case of pesticides that are in toxic. persistentand/or bio-accumulative.

E) STRENGTHENTNG OF NAnONAT CAPABTUnES AND CAPACITIESFOR MANAGE'VIENT OF CHEMICATS

BASIS FORACTION 1 9 . 5 5 M a n y c o u n t r i e sl a c k n a t i o n a ls v s l c m st o c o p e w i t h

r93

countrieslack scientificmeansof chemicalrisks. N4ost of collectingevidence misuseand of judging the impact because the of of toxic chemicalson the environment, of difficultiesinvolvedin thedetection manyproblematic chemicals and systematically trackingtheir flow. Significantnew uses amongthepotential are hazards human to ln health and the environmentin developingcountries. with systems placethereis an urgent in several countries needto make thosesystems more efficient. for 19.56Basic elements soundmanagement chemiof (b) calsare: (a) adequate legislation, informationgather(c) for ing and dissemination, capacity risk assessment (d) of andinterpretation, establishment risk management policy,(e) capacity implementation enforcement, for and (f) capacityfor rehabilitation contaminated of sitesand poisonedpersons,(g) eff'ectiveeducationprogrammes and (h) capacityto respondto emergencies. placewithin a 19.57As management chemicals of takes numberof sectors relatedto variousnationalministries. experiencesuggests that a coordinatingmechanismis es s ent ial .

(e) Develop nationaland local capabilities prepare to for and respondto accidents taking into accountthe by UNEP APELL programmeand similar programmes on preparedness responsc, accidentprevention, and wherc appropriate, includingregularlytested updated and crnergencyplans; (0 Develop,in cooperation with industry, erlrergency procedures, response identifying meansand equiprnent to in industriesand plants necessary reduceinrpactsol' accidents.

B) DATA AND /NFORMAT/ON 19.60Governments should: (a) Direct informationcampaigns suchasprogranlmes providinginformation aboutchemicalstockpiles. environmentallysaf.er alternatives and emissioninventories that could alsobe a tool for risk reductionto the general public to increase awareness probletns chenical the of of safety; (b) Establish,in conjunctionwith IRPTC, national registers databases, and including sa{'ety information, tbr chemicals: (c) Generate field monitoring datafor toxic chernicals of high environmental importance; (d) Cooperate with international r.vhere organizations, appropriate, monitorandcontroleff-ectively generto thc ation. manufacturing, distribution,transp(rr-tation aud disposal activities relatingto toxic chenricals. foster to preventiveand precautionaly approaches and ensure compliance with safetymanagement rules.and provide accurate reportingof relevantdata.

OBJECTIVE 19.58By the year 2000, nationalsystems environfor mentally sound management chemicals,including of legislationand provisionsfor implementation and enforcement, should in placein all countries theextent be to possible.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R ACTIVITIES ELATED 19.-59 whereappropriate with the colGovernments, and laboration relevantintergovemmental of organizations. agencies progranlmes the United Nationssystem, and of should: (a) Promoteand supportmultidisciplinary approaches to chemicalsafetyproblems; (b) Consider the need to establishand strengthen, whereappropriate, nationalcoordinating a mechanism to provide a liaison tor all partiesinvolved in chemical (fbr example, safetyactivities agriculture, environment, education, i ndustry, labour, health, police, transportation, economic research institutions, civil defence, aff'airs, and poisoncontrolcentres); (c) Developinstitutional nrechanisms the ntanagefbr mentof chemicals. includineeffectivemeans enforceof ment; (d) Establish whereapproand developor strengthen, priate,networksof emergency response includcentres, ing poisoncontrolcentres:

c/ /N IE R N A TTONA N D R E G/ON A r AL AND COORD/NAI/ON COOPERAI/ON 19.61Governments, with thc cooperation internaof tionalorganizations, whereappropriate. shctuld: (a) Prepareguidelines, where not alreadl'available, with adviceandcheck-lists enactins for lesislation the in chemicalsaf'ety field: (b) Supportcountries, particularlydevelopingcountries, in developing and further strengthening national legislation and its implementation; (c) Consider adoption communityri-eht-to-know of or other public information-dissemination programlt"les. whenappropriate, possible reduction as risk tools.Appropriate internationalorganizations, particularIJNEP in (ECE)and OECD,theEconomic forEurope Cornmission parties,shouldconsider possibility other interested the of developing guidance a document theestablishntcnt on

194

wherefeasible,of intemationally fu) Promotetranslation, Governments' for of suchprogrammes useby interested into on documents chemicalsaf'ety local languages prepzfed 'rhe on shoulclbuild existingworkon accidents docun-rent variouslevelsof regionalactivitiesrelatedto und ,upport anc linc lr idenew g u i d a n c e c l n to x i c e mi s s i o ni nventori es ge' gy technolo transferand information exchan a ndr is k c om m u tri c a ti o n .S u c h g u i d a n c e s h o ul di ncl ude definitionsand dataeleof harmonization requirements, and allow sharingof data mentsto promoteunitormity DE C / H U MA NR E S OU R C E V E LOP ME N T internationallY; and future risk assessment (d) Build on past.present should: organizations I 9.64 International work at an internationallevel, to support countries' for developingcountries (a) Enhance technicaltraining particularly developingcountries'in developingand of in relationto risk management chemicals; at capabilities nationaland risk strengthening orr.rr,.r.ttnt activities supportfor research (b) Promoteandincrease and regionallevelsto rninimizerisk in themanufacturing for grantsand fellowships at the local level by providing us eof t ox icc hern i c a l s : institutionsactivein disresearch studiesat recognized ( e) P r om ot e i m p l e me n ta ti o no f U N E P' s A P E I-L for ciplinesof importance chemicalsafetyprogrammes' use pelrticular, of an OECD/UNEP programmcancl.in centres; lg.65Governmentsshouldorganize,incollabcrration response of emergency directory international in with industryand trade unions,training programmes particularlydevelop(fl Cooperate with all countries, reemergency inclr"rding of the management chemicals, i ing c ot t nt r ies , n th e s e tti n g u p o f a n i n s ti tuti onal of targetedat all levels.In all countriesbasicelesponse, level and the development at mechanism the national mentsof chemicalsafetyprinciplesshouldbe included of toolsfor management chemicals; appropriate production in the primary educationcurricula' atall courses levelsof (;; Arrangc information working on chemicalsafetyissues: aimedat stafluse-. irncl to (h) Devclop mechanisms make maximum use in OF F) PREVENTION ltLEGAt INTER'NATIoNAL PR'oDucrs countriesofinternationallyavailableinformation; rirarrtc lN Toxlc ANDDANGERoUS promote principlesfor accident (i) Invite UNEP to lg.66Thereiscumentlynoglobalinternationalagreefor aud prerctttion.prepareclness response Governments' products(toxic ment on traffic in toxic and dangerous on builcling ILO, OECD andECE and industry thepublic. thosethat are banned'sevproductsare and dangerous work in this area. erely restricted,withclrawnor not approvedfor use or and in saleby Governments orderto protectpublichealth
MEANSOF IMPLEMENTATION A l F / N A N C / N GA N D C O S T E V A L U A T T O N lg.62.fheConlerencesecretariathasestimatedtheaverthe age total annual cost (1993-2000) of implementing programme in developing countries to activities of this from the bc abour $600 million, inclu<ling $150 rnillion cOmmunity cln grant or concessional terms. international estimates Thcse are indicative and order-of-magnitude not beenreviewed by Governments'Actual only and have are noncosts and financral ternls. including any that will clepend Llpon' inter alia' the specific cottcsssional. upon for :tnttegies anrJprogramnles Govemments decide irrplettti:ntation.

theenvironment).However,thereisinternationalconcernthati l l egal i nternati onal traffi ci nthesepr oduct sis detrimentaltopublichealthandtheenvironment'parby ticularly in developingcountries'as acknowledged and441226. 421183 the GeneralAssemblyin resolutions Illegal traffic refers to traffic that is carried out in contraventionof a country'slaws or relevantinternational to alsorelates transbounThe legalinstruments. cclncern productsthat are not carried dary movementsof those adopted intemationally with applicable out in accordance guidelinesandprinciples.Activitiesunderthisprogrammeareaareintencledtoimprclvedetectionand preventionof the traffic concerned' l g.6TFurtherstrengtheni ngofi ntemati onal andr egional to is cooperaticln ncederJ preventillegal transboundary products' Furtherof toxic and clangerous -ou.*.nt more.capaci ty-bui l di ngatthenati onal l evelisneededt o i mprove moni tori ng and enforcementcapa bilit ies penalol involving recognition the fact that appropriate tiesmayneedtobeimposeclunderaneffectiveenforcein Other activitiesenvisaged the presment programme. 19'39(d))will paragraph under (for entchapter example, objectives' these to alsocontribute achieving

C B / S C / F N T / F /A N D r E c H N o t o G l c A L M E A N S should: clrganizations I c).6r Itttctrlatiotral ( i l ) P r o t r l o t c t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n ta n d s t r e n g t h e n i n go f of adet t n a t i o l a l l u b o t ' i t t o r i e s0 e n s L l r e h e a v a i l a b i l i t y regarding the imqLlatctrittionalcontrol in all countries and potlation. ttrltnttf'acture use of chemicals:

195

OBJECTIVES 19.68The ob-jectives the programme of are: (a) To reinlbrccnationalcapacities detectand hait to ani; illegal attempt to introclucetoxic and dan_{erous prodLrcts the tcnitory of any State" contravention into in cll'nationallegislation and rele.vant intemational legal instruments: ( b) ' I o a s s i s ta l l c o u n tri c :sp a rti c u l a r l ydevel opi ng . countries. clbtaining irppropriate in all information concerningillegaltrafllc in toxic and dangerous products.

c/ /NTERNAT|ONAL RFG/ONAL AND COOPERAI/ON AND COORDINAI/ON 19 2 Furtherstrengthening internationalandregional .7 of cooperation neededto preventillegal transboundary is movementof toxic and dangerclus products. 19.73l'he regional commissions,in cooperationwith and relying upon expertsupportand advicefrom UNEP and other relevantbodiesof the United Nations,should monitor, on the basis of data and information provided by Governments,and on a continuous basis make regional assessments the illegal traffic in toxic and of dangerous products andits environmental, economic and health implications,in each region, drawing upon the resultsandexperience gainedin thejoint UNEP/ESCAP preliminaryassessment illegal traffic, expected be of to completedin August 1992. 19.74Governments and international organizations, as appropriate, shouldcooperate with developing countries in strengthening their institutional and regulatory capacities in orderto preventillegal import andexportof toxic and dangerous products. G) ENHANCE'YIENT INTERNATTONAL OF COOPERATION RETATING SEVERAT TO OF THE PROGRAMMEAREAS 19.75A meetingof government-designated experts, held in London in f)ecember 1991.made recommendations for increased coordination amongUnitedNationsbodies and otherinternational organizations involved in chemical risk assessment management. and Thatmeeting called for the takingof appropriate measures enhance role to the of IPCS and establishan intergovernmental forum on chemicalrisk assessment management. and 19.76To further considerthe recommendations the of Londonmeetingandinitiateactionon them,asappropriate. the ExecutiveHeadsof WHO, ILO and UNEP are invited to convenean intergovernmental meetingwithin one year,which could constitute first meetingof the the i ntergovernmental forum.

ACTIVITIES I A) MANAGFA4FNRELATED CTIVITIES A 19.69 Gove-rnnlents.according to their capacities and available lesolrrces and ivith the cooperation of the U n i t e d N a t i o n s a n d o t h e r r c l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s .a s appropriate,should: (a) Adopt, where nr-cessary. and implernent legislation to prevent the illegal inrpofi and export of toxic and dangerousprr.lclrrct s: (b) [)evekrp appropriatc national enforcelnent prog r a m r n e st o m o n i t o r c o m p l i a n c e w i t h s r - r c he g i s l a t i o n , l and detcct and cleterviolations through appropriate penaltics.

B ) D A T AA N D / N F O R M A T / O N 1 9 . 7 0 G o v e r n m e n t ss h o u l d d e r , ' e l o pa s a p p r o p r i a t e . a . n tional alert systenl\ to assistin detecting illegal traffic in toxic and dangerous prodr.rcts; local cornr-nunities. and o t h e r sc o u l d b e i n v o l v c c li n t h c o p e r a t i o n f s u c ha s y s t c m . o 19.7 Governrnentsshoulrl cociperate thc exchangeof | in i n lirrnration on i I I egaI tmn sbounclaryrnovernents of tox i c lrnclclangerous pnrdLrcls ancl should make such infomration a'u'ailable appropriateL.lnitcdNations bodies. such to a s L l N l r P a n d t h e r e s i o n a lc o m m i s s i o n s .

196

20

of sound Environmentolly monogement hozordous internotionol of prevention illegol including wostes, wostes trofficin hozordous

INTRODUCTION

cooperatewith the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), with a view to maintaining efficient of monitoring and assessment the illegal and coordinated productsand wastes. traffic in toxic and dangerous

treat20J Effective control of the geueration,storage, recoveryanddispotransport, ment,recyclingandreuse, sal of hazardouswastesis of paramountimportancefor protectionand naturalreproperhealth,environmental This development. and sourcemanagement, sustainable and participationof will require the active cooperation and Governrnents industry. community, the international Industry, as referredto in this paper,shall include large corporaincluding transnational industrial enterprises, tions and domesticindustry. wastes of of 20.2 Prevention the generation hazardous and the rehabilitation of contaminatedsites are the key elements, and both require knowledge, experienced and technicaland people,facilities,financial resources scientificcapacities. 20.3 The activitiesoutiined in the presentchapterare very closelyrelatedto, and have implicationsfor, many of the progralnmeareasdescribedin other chapters,so that an overall integratedapproachto hazardouswaste is management necessary. 20.4 There is internationai concern that part of the internationalmovement of hazardouswastesis being of carriedout in contravention existingnationallegislation and internationalinstrumentsto the detrimentof the particuand public healthof all countries, environment countries. larly developing of 20.5 In sectionI of resolution441226 22 December each regional 1989, the General Assembly requested to commission,within existingresources, contributeto the preventionof the illegal traffic in toxic anddangerous by productsand wastes monitoringand makingregional of assessments that illegal traffic and its environmental alsorequestedthe The Assembly andhealthimplications. and to regionalcommissions interactamongthemselves

OVERALL OBJECTIVE 20.6 Within the framework of integrated life-cycle the overall objective is to prevent to the management, of possible, and minimize,thegeneration hazardextent in wastes, well as to managethosewastes sucha as ous way that they do not cause harm to health and the environment.

TARGETS OVERALL 20.7 The overall targetsare: (a) Preventingor minimizing the generation hazerdof part of an overall integratedcleanerproous wastesas eliminating or reducingto a minimum duction approach; wastes,consistmovementsof hazardous transboundary environmentally sound and efficient manent with the that environmenand ensuring of agement thosewastes; hazardouswaste managementoptions are tally sound pursued to the maximum extent possible within the country of origin (the self-sufficiencyprinciple). The movementsthat take place should be on transboundary environmental and economic grounds and based upon concemed; betweenthe States agreements (b) Ratification theBaselConvention onthe Control of Movementsof HazardousWastesand of Transboundary of elaboration related their Disposalandthe expeditious protocol on liability and compenprotocols, suchas the sation, mechanismsand guidelines to facilitate the implementation the BaselConvention; of (c) Ratification and full implementationby the counof tries concerned the BamakoConventionon the Ban on the Import into Africa andthe Control of Transbound-

197

ary Movement of HazardousWasteswithin Africa and the expeditious elaboration a protocolon liability and of compensation; (d) Elimination of the export of hazardous wastesto countries that, individually or through international prohibit the import of suchwastes, agreements, suchas, the contractingpartiesto the Bamako Conventicln, the fourth Lom6 Conventionor other relevantconventions. wheresuchprohibitionis providedfor. 20.ti The following programmeareasare included in this chapter: (a) Promotingthe prevention andminimizationof hazardouswaste; (b) Promoting and strengthening institutionalcapacities in hazardous wastemanagement; (c) Promotingand strengthening international cooperation in the management transboundary of movements of hazardous wastes: (d) Preventing illegal international traffic in hazardous wastes.

OBJECTIVES 20.1I The objectives this programmeareaare: of (a) To reduce the generationof hazardouswastes,to the extent teasible,as part of an integratedcleanerproduction approach; (b) To optimize the useof materialsby utilizing, where practicable andenvironmentally sound, residues the from productionprocesses; (c) To enhance knowledgeand information on the economics of prevention and managementof hazardous wastes. 20.12To achievethoseobjectives,and therebyreduce the impactand costof industrialdevelopment, countries that canafford to adoptthe requisitetechnologies without detrimentto their development shouldestablish policies that include: (a) Integration of cleaner production approaches and hazardous wasteminimization in all planning,and the adoptionof specific goals; (b) Promotion of the use of reguiatory and market mechanisms; (c) Establishment an intermediate goal for the sta, of bilizationof the quantityof hazardous wastegenerated; (d) E stabl i shment l ong-term programm esand of policiesincluding targetswhereappropriate reducing for the amount of hazardouswaste produced per unit of manufacture; (e) Achievement a qualitative of improvement waste of streams, mainly throughactivities aimedatreducing their hazardous characteri stics ; (0 Facilitationof the establishment cost-effective of policies and approaches hazardouswaste prevention to and management, taking into considerationthe stateof developmentof eachcountry.

PROGRAMME EAS AR
A) PROI OTING THEPREVENTTON AND MINIMIZATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE BASIS ACTION FOR 20.9 Human healthand environmental quality are undergoing continuous degradationby the increasing amountof hazardous wastesbeing produced. There are increasingdirect and indirect costs to society and to individual citizens in connectionwith the generation, handling and disposal of such wastes.It is therefore crucial to enhanceknowledge and information on the economics prevention of and management hazardous clf wastes,including the impact in relationto the employment and environmental benefits.in ordertclensure that the necessary capital investmentis made availablein programmes development througheconomicincentives. Oneof thefirstprioritiesin hazardous wastemanagement is minimization, partof a broader as approach changing to industrialprocesses consumer patterns and throughpollution prevention and cleanerproductionstrategies. 20. 10A m on g th e mo s t i mp o rta n t fa c to rs i n these strategies the recoveryof hazardous is wastesand their tranformation into usefulmaterial.Technology application, modificaticlnand development new low-waste of technoklgiesare thereforecurrently a central focus of hazardous wasteminirnization.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGFMENI-R EDACTIVITI ELAT ES 20J3 The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) Governmentsshouldestablishor modify standards or purchasing specificationsto avoid discrimination against recycledmaterials, providedthat thosematerials are environmentally sound; (b) Governments, accordingto their possibilitiesand with the help of multilateralcooperation,shouldprovide economicorregulatoryincentives, whereappropriate, to stimulateindustrialinnovationtowardscleanerproduction methods, encourage to industryto investin preventive and/orrecyclingtechnologies as to ensureenviso ronmentallysoundmanagentent all hazardous of wastes, including recyclable wastes,and to encouragewaste mi ni mi zat on i nvestments: i

198

and devel(c) Governments shouldintensifyresearch for alternatives proopmentactivitieson cost-effective that and substances currentlyresult in the genercesses wastes that poseparticularproblems ation of hazardoLts for environmentallysound disposal or treatment,the that of possibilityof ultimatephase-out thosesubstances risk unmanageable or present unreasonable otherrvise an and are toxic. persistentand bio-accumulativeto be Emphasisshould be as considered soon as practicable. given to alternativesthat could be economically accountries; cessible developing to (d) Governments,according to their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the cooperationof the United Nations and other relevant organizationsand industries, as appropriate,should support the establishment of domestic facilities to handle hazardous wastesof domesticorigin, (e) Govemmentsof developedcountriesshould prosoundtechnologies of mote the transfer environmentally and know-how on clean technologiesand low-waste productionto developingcountriesin conformity with chapter34, which will bring about changesto sustain with industry shouldcooperate Governments innovation. whereapproguidelines codes conduct, of and to develop priate" leading to cleaner production through sectoral tradeindustryassociations: (f) Governmentsshould encourageindustry to treat, recycle, reuse and disposeof wastesat the source of generation,or as close as possiblethereto, whenever and when it is wastegeneration unavoidable hazardous efficient for is both economicallyand environmentally industryto do so; assess(g) Governments technology shouldencourage assessfor ments, examplethroughthe useof technology mentcentres; (h) Governments should promote cleanerproduction of throughthe establishment centresproviding training soundtechnologies; andinformationon environmentally (i) Industry should establishenvironmentalmanagement systems,including environmentalauditing of its sites, orderto identify where in production distribution or is of the installation cleanerproductionntethods needed; (j) A relevant and competentUnited Nations organwith other ization should take the lead, in cooperation for the to organizations, developguidelines estimating to costsand benefitsof variousapproaches the adoption of cleanerproductionand wasteminimizationand enviof ronmentally sound management hazardouswastes, sites, takinginto of includingrehabilitation contaminated the account.where appropriate, report of the l99l Naiexpertson an robi meeting of government-designated includand an actionprogramme, strategy international ing technicalguidelinesfor the environmentallysound

wastes;in particularin the management hazardous of context of the work of the Basel Convention,being developed underthe UNEP secretariat; (k) Governments that lay regulations shouldestablish the ultimate responsibilityof industriesfor envidown wastes their of sounddisposal the hazardous ronmentally generate. activities

B) DATA AND /NFORM,AI/ON 20.14The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) Governments, assisted internationalorganizaby the should establishmechanismsfbr assessing tions, informationsystems: value of existing (b) Governments nationwideand reshouldestablish cleargional information collection and dissemination for Government ing-houses and networksthat are etrsy institutions and industry and other non-governmental and use; to organizations access (C) Ittternationalorganizations, through the {JNEP shoulcl crprograntme altd ICPICI. CleanerProduction
tend and strengthetl existilrg \vslettrs lirt'tolleeliolt r';

cleanerproductioninformation: (d) All UnitedNations should organs organizations and of promotethe use and dissemination informationc.olnetwork: lectedthroughthe CleanerProduction (e) OECD should,in cooperation with otherorganizasurveyof, anddissemia tions,undertake comprehensive in of nateinformationon, experiences membercountries and incentive adopting economic regulatory schemes and for waste management for mechanisms hazardous wastef rom such that theuseof cleantechnologies prevent being generated; (0 Governments to industries be transshouldencourage parcntin their operations providerelevantinformation eurd by to thecommunities mightbe affected thegeneration, that wastes. of management disposal hazardous and

AND cJ INTERNATONAT" REG/ONAI AND COORD/NAI/ON CCOPERAIION shouldencour20.1 International/regional cooperation 5 age the ratificationby Statesof the Basel and Bamako of Conventionsand promote the implementation those for will be necessary Regional cooperation Conventions. in of the development similar conventions regionsother In than Africa. if so required. additionthereis a needfor regionaland naeffectivecoordinationof international Another activity protional policies and instruments. posed is cooperatingin monitoring the effects of the wastes. management hazardous of

199

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F'NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 20.16The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000)of implementingthe activitiesof this programmeto be about $750 million from the international community on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actualcosts andfinancialterms, including will any that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand prograrrunesGovernmentsdecideupon for implementation.

(c) All sectors society prodshoulddevelop of cleaner uction awareness and prornclte campaigns dialogueand partnership with industryand other actors.

D ) C A P A C TTY -B U tLD tN G 20.19The following activities be should undcrtaken: (a) Governments developing in of countries, cooperation with industry and with the cooperation approof priateinternational organizations, invenshould develop toriesof hazardous wasteproduction. orderto identify in their needswith respectto technologytransferand implementation measures the soundmanagement of for of hazardous wastes andtheir disposal: (b) Governments shouldincludein nationalplanning and legislation integrated an approach environmental to protection,driven by preventionand sourcereduction criteria,takinginto account "polluterpays"principle, the and adopt programmes hazardous for wastereduction, includingtargets and adequate environmental control; (c) Governments shouldwork with industry/ sectoron by-sector production cleaner wasteminand hazardous imizationcampaigns, well ason the reduction such as of wastes and otheremissions; (d) Governments should take the lead in establishing and strengthening, appropriate, as national procedures for environmental i mpact assessnlent, ngintoaccount taki the cradle-to-grave approach the management hazto of ardous wastes, orderto identilyoptionsfor minimizing in the generation hazardous wastes,thror"rgh of saf'er handling, storage, disposal and destruction: (e) Governments. collaboration in u,ith industryand appropriate intemationalorganizations, shoulddevelop procedures monitoringthe applicationof the cradlefor to-grave approach. includingenvironmental audits; (0 Bilateraland multilateraldevelopment assistance agenci esshoul d substanti al l y ncreasefu nding f or i cleaner technologv transfer developing to countries, includingsmall-and medium-sized enterprises.

8/ S C/ E N IIF IC D T EC H N O IOG| C AL N S AN MFA 20J7 The following activitiesrelatedto technologydevelopmentand research shouldbe undertaken: (a) Governments,according to their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the cooperationof the United Nations and other relevant organizations. and industries, appropriate, as should significantlyincrease financial support fcrr cleaner technologyresearchand prograrrunes, development includingthe useof biotechnologies; (b) States, with the cooperation international of organizationswhereappropriate, shouldencourage industryto promoteand undertake research into thephase-out the of processes posethe greatest that environmentalrisk based wastes generated; on hazardous ( c ) S t ate s s h o u l d e n c o u ra g ei n d u s tr y to devel op schemes integrate cleaner to production the approach into designof productsand management practices: (d) States shouldencourage industryto exercise environmentallyresponsible care through hazardous waste reduction and by ensuringthe environmentallysound reuse,recycling and recovery of hazardous wastes,as well as their final disposal.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 20.18 The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) Governments, internationalorganizations and industryshouldencourage industrial trainingprogrammes, incorporating hazardous wastepreventionand minimizationtechniques and launchingdemonstration projects at the local level to develop"success stories"in cleaner production; (b) Industryshouldintegratecleanerproductionprinciples and caseexamples into trainingprogrammes esand projects/networks sector/country tablishdemonstration by ;

B) PRO'VIOTING AND STRENGTHENTNG INSTITUTIONAT CAPACITIES HAZARDOUS IN WASTEMANAGEMENT BASIS ACTION FOR 20.2AMany countries lack the national capacity to handleand manage hazardous wastes. This is prirnarily due to inadequate infiastructure. deficiencies regulain tory frameworks. insufficient education ti'aining and programmes and lack of coordination between difl-erent the ministries institutions and involvecl various in aspects of

200

In thereis a lack of knowwastemanagement. addition, and contarnination pollution ledgeaboutenvironmental health risk from the exposureof and the associated and womenandchildren. ecosyspopulations, especially of wastes; assessment risks;and the tems to hazardous of Stepsneedto be takenimmecharacteristics wastes. at diatelyto identify populations high risk and to take One of the main where necessary. remedialmeasures, sound manageprioritiesin ensuringenvironmentally eduis ment of hazardous wastes to provideawareness, coveringall levelsof cation and trainingprogrammes proresearch There is also a needto ttndertake society. wastes, grammesto understand natureof hazardclus the effectsand to to identify their potentialenvironmental to develop technologies safely handle those wastes. of the Finally, there is a neecito strengthen capacities of for that are responsible the management institutions wastes. hazardous

ACTIVITIES ELATED ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R 20.22The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) Governments invenshould establish ntaintain and inventories, hazardous of including tories, computerized sites,as well as of wastesand their treatment/disposal and contaminated sitesthat requirerehabilitation, assess exposure and risk to humanhealthand the environment: requiredto clean they shouldalso identify the measures Industryshouldmakethenecessary up thedisposal sites. informationavailable ; (b) Governments, organizaindustryand international and in tions shouldcollaborate developingguidelines and for easy-to-implement methods the characterization wastes: classification hazardous of (c) Governments and shouldcarryout exposure health residingnear uncontrolled assessments populations of hazardous wastesitesand initiateremedialmeasures; (d) International shoulddevelopimproved organizations national decisionhealttr-based criteria,takinginto accclunt of and in makingprocesses, assist the preparation practical minimizationand fbr technicalguidelines the prevention, wastes; of safehandlingand disposal hazardous (e) Governments developing shouldencountries of courage interdisciplinaryand intersectoralgroups, in and agenwith international organizations cooperation related activities training andresearch cies,to implement waste prevention controlofhazardous and to evaluation, health risks. Such groups should serve as models to developsimilarregionalprogrammes; (0 Governments, and accordingto their capacities available resourcesand rvith the cooperationof the as and UnitedNations otherrelevantorganizations appropriate, should encourageas far as possiblethe estabfacilities for lishment of combined treatment/disposal industries; wastes srnallhazardous in andmedium-sized (g) Governments should promote identificationand wastesin collaboration clean-upof sitesof hazardolrs Technolwith industryand international organizations. for be shoulcl available this ogies, expertise financing and with the purpose, far aspossible as andwhenappropriate of application the "polluterpays"principle: (h) Governments should ascertainthat their military conform to their nationallyapplicable establishments environmentalnorms in the treatmentand disposalof hazardous wastes.

OBJECTIVES areaare: in 20.21The obiectives this programme (a) To adopt appropriate legislativeand coordinating, measures the nationallevel for the environat regulatory inwastes, of mentally soundmanagement hazardous and of cludingtheimplementation international regional conventions; pro(b) To establish publicawareness information and waste issuesand to ensurethat grammeson hazardous are basic educationand training programmes provided for industryand govemmentworkersin all countries; programmes (c) To establish research comprehensive wastes countries: in on hazardous (d) To strengthen to serviceindustries enablethem to wastes, and to build up international handlehazardous networking, (e) To develop in capacities all developing endogenous and train statfat all levelsin envito countries educate wastehandling andmonihazardous ronmentally sound soundmanagement; toringand in environmentally (f) To promote human exposLlre with reassessment wastesitesand identifythe rernedial spectto hazardous requircd: measures (g) To facilitate assessmcnt impacts andrisksof of the wastes humanhealthandthe environment on hazardous procedures. methodologies, appropriate b1'establishing guidelines standards: and criteriaand/oreflluent-related (h) To improve knowledge regarding the effbcts of wastes humanhealthandthe environment; on hazardous (i) To makeinformationavailable Governments and to wastes, public on the eff-ects hazardous of to the general wastes, human health and the on including inf'ectious environment.

B) DATA AND /NFORMAT/ON 20.23The fbllowing activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) Governments, and organizainternational regional

201

tions and industry shouldfacilitateand expandthe dissemination technicaland scientificinformationdealof ing with the varioushealthaspects hazardous of wastes, and promoteits application; (b) Governments shouldestablish notificationsystems and registriesof exposedpopulationsand of adverse healtheffectsand databases risk assessments hazon of ardouswastes: (c) Governments shouldendeavour collectinformato tion on thosewho generate dispose/recycle or hazardous wastesand provide suchinformationto the individuals and institutions concerned.

8/ SC/ENilF/C AND TECHNOLOGTCAL TIEANS 20.26The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) Governments,according to their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the cooperationof the United Nations and other relevant organizations and industry as appropriate,should increasesupportforhazardouswasteresearch management developingcounin tries; (b) Governments, collaborationwith international in organizations,should conduct research on the health effects of hazardouswastes in developing countries, includingthe long-termeffectson childrenand women; (c) Governments shouldconductresearch aimedat the needsof small and medium-sized industries; (d) Govemments and intemationalorganizations coin operation with industry should expand technological research on environmentally sound hazardouswaste handling, storage,transport,treatmentand disposaland on hazardous waste assessment, management remediation and ; (e) International organizations shouldidentify relevant and improvedtechnologies handling,storage, for treatment and disposalof hazardous wastes.

c/ /NTERNATTONAL REG/ONAL AND COOPERAIION AND COORDINAI/ON 20.24Governments, according to their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the cooperationof the United Nations and other relevant organizations,as appropriate. should: (a) Promoteand supportthe integration and operation, at the regionaland local levelsas appropriate, instituof tional and interdisciplinary groupsthat collaborate, accordingto theircapabilities, activities in oriented towards strengthening assessment, management risk risk risk and reductionwith respect hazardous to wastes; (b) Support capacity-building technological and developmentand research developingcountriesin connecin tion with human resource development, with particular supportto be given to consolidating networks; (c) Encourage self-sufficiency hazardous in wastedisposal in the country of origin to the extent that is environmentally sound and feasible.The transboundary movements that take place shouldbe on environmental and economicgroundsand basedupon agreements between all States concerned.

c) H U MA NR E S OU R C E V E LOP ME N T DE 20.27Governments, accordingto their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the cooperationof the United Nations and other relevant oreanizations and industryas appropriate, should: (a) Increase public awareness informationon hazand ardouswasteissuesand promote the development and dissemination hazardous of wastesinformationthat the generalpublic can understand; (b) Increase participation hazardous in wastemanagement programmesby the general public, particularly women,includingparticipation grass-roots at levels; (c) Develop training and educationprogrammesfor men and women in industry and Governmentaimed at specific real-lif'eproblems,for example,planning and implementrng hazardous waste minimization programmes,conducting hazardousmaterials audits and establ shing appropri regulatoryprogranilne ; i ate s (d) Promotethe training of labour,industrialmanagement and govemment regulatory staff in developing countrieson technologies minimize andmanagehazto ardouswastesin an environmentally soundmanner. 'Ihe 20,28 following activities shouldalsobeundertaken: (a) Governments,according to their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the cooperationof the UnitedNations, otherorganizations non-governmenand tal organizations, should collaborate developingand in

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F'NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 20.25 The Conference secretariat estimated average has the total annualcost( 1993-2000) implementingttreactivities of of thisprogramme beabout$ 18.5billion on a globalbasis to with about $3.5 billion related to developingcountries, including about $500 million fiom the intemational community on grantorconcessional terms.Theseareindicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and have not been reviewed Governments. by Actualcosts financialterms, and includingany thatarenon-concessional, dependupon, will inter alia, the specificstrategies programmes and Governmentsdecideupon for implementation.

202

disseminatingeducationalmaterialsconcerninghazaroous wastesand their effects on environmentand human by health,for usein schools, women'sgroupsandby the generalpublic; (b) Governments,according to their capacitiesand available resources and with the cooperation of the shouldestablish United Nationsand other organizations, programmes the environmentallysound for or strengthen with, as wastesin accordance management hazardous of appropriate,health and environmental standards,and extend surveillance systems for the purpose of identifying adverseeffects on populationsand the environwastes; tohazardous ment of exposure (c) International organizationsshould provide assistin the anceto memberStates assessing healthand environmental risks resulting from exposure to hazardous wastes,and in identifying their priorities fbr controlling of or the variouscategories classes wastes; (d) Governments,according to their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the cooperationof the should United Nationsand otherrelevantorganizations, promote centresof excellencefor training in hazardous nationalinwastemanagement, building on appropriate stitutions and encouraginginternational cooperation, developed links between inter alia, throughinstitutional countries. and developing

(b) Develop industry-based institutions for dealing forhandling industries wastes service and with hazardous hazardous wastes; (c) Adopt technicalguidelinesfor the environmentally wastesand supportthe of soundmanagement hazardous implementation of regional and international conventions; (d) Develop and expand international networking among professionalsworking in the area of hazardous wastesand maintain an information flow among countries; (e) Assess feasibilityof establishing operating and the national, subregionaland regional hazardouswastes could be usedfor educatreatment centres. Suchcentres tion andtraining,aswell asfor facilitation andpromotion of the transfer of technologiesfor the environmentally wastes; soundmanagement hazardous of (0 Identify and strengthen relevantacademic/research to institutionsor centresfor excellence enablethem to carry out educationand training activitiesin the environwastes; of mentallysoundmanagement hazardous (g) Develop a programme for the establishmentof and train nationalcapacities and capabilitiesto educate wastesmanaqestaff at various levels in hazardous ment; (h) Conductenvironmental auditsof existingindustries of to improve in-plant regimesfor the management hazardouswastes.

D) CAPACTTY-BUTLDING corporations transnational 20.29 Whereverthey operate, should be encouraged and other large-scaleenterprises to introduce policies and make commitments to adopt wasteto standards operationwith reference hazardous of to or no less generationand disposalthat are equivalent in stringentthan standards the country of origin, and Governments are invited to make efforts to establish regulationsrequiring environmentallysound managewastes. ment of hazardous shouldprovide assisorganizations 20.30 International in assessing healthand envithe tanceto memberStates from exposure to hazardous ronmental risks resulting wastesand in identifying their priorities for controlling of or the variouscategories classes wastes. accordingto their capacitiesand 20.31 Governments, available resourcesand with the cooperationof the and United Nations and other relevant organizations should: industries, (a) Supportnational institutionsin dealing with hazardous wastesfrom the regulatory monitoring and enwith such support including forcement perspectives, to enablingof thoseinstitutions implementinternational conventions: AND STRENGTHENING c) PROMOTTNG IN INTER.NATIONAT COOPERATION THE MANAGEMENT OF TRANSBOUNDARY MOVEMENTSOF HAZARDOUSWASTES

BASIS ACTION FOR 20.32 In order to promote and strengtheninternational including control and in cooperation the management, movementsof hazardous monitoring, of transboundary wastes,a precautionaryapproach should be applied. and criteria There is a needto harmonizethe procedures There andlegalinstruments. usedin variousintemational is also a need to developor harmonizeexisting criteria and for identifyingwastes dangerous the environment to to build monitoringcapacities.

OBJECTIVES 20.33The objectives this programne areaare: of (a) To facilitate and strengtheninternational cooperof soundmanagement hazation in the environmentally wastes, includingcontrolandmonitoringof transardous including wastes boundarymovements such wastes, of

203

for recovery,by using internationallyadoptedcriteria to identify and classify hazardous wastesand to harmonize relevantinternationallegal instruments; (b) To adopt a ban on or prohibit, as appropriate,the export of hazardous wastesto countriesthat do not have the capacityto deal with thosewastesin an environmentally soundway or that have bannedthe import of such wastes; (c) To promote the developmentof control procedures for the transboundarymovement of hazardouswastes destinedfor recovery operationsunder the Basel Convention that encourageenvironmentally and economically soundrecyclingoptions.

gionally - agreedcriteria and preparea list of hazard profilesforthe hazardous wastes listedin nationallegislation; (i) Develop and use appropriatemethods for testing, characterizing and classifying hazardous wastes and adopt or adapt safety standards and principles for managing hazardous wastes in an environmentally sound way.

> lmplementing existingogrements 20.35 Governments urgedto ratify the BaselConvenare tion and the Bamako Convention, as applicable,and to pursuethe expeditiouselaborationof relatedprotocols, such as protocols on liability and compensation, and of mechanisms and guidelinesto facilitate the implementation of the Conventions.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R ELATED ACTIVITIES > Strengthening hormonizingcriferio and rqulotions ond 20.34 Governments,according to their capacities and available resourcesand with the cooperationof United Nations and other relevantorganizations, appropriate, as should: (a) Incorporatethe notification procedurecalled for in the BaselConventionand relevantregionalconventions, as well as in their annexes, into nationallegislation; (b) Formulate,whereappropriate, regionalagreements such as the Bamako Convention regulating the transboundarymovementof hazardouswastes; (c) Help promote the compatibility and complementarity of such regional agreementswith international conventions and protocols; (d) Strengthen national and regional capacities and capabilities to monitor and control the transboundary movementof hazardous wastes; (e) Promote the development of clear criteria and guidelines,within the framework of the Basel Convention and regional conventions,as appropriate,for environmentally and economically sound operation in resource recovery, recycling reclamation, direct use or alternativeusesand for determinationof acceptable recovery practices,including recovery levels where feasible and appropriate, with a view to preventingabuses and false presentation the above operations; in (0 Considersettingup, at nationaland regionallevels, as appropriate,systemsfor monitoring and surveillance of the transboundary movementsof hazardous wastes; (g) Developguidelines the assessment environfor of mentally soundtreatmentof hazardous wastes; (h) Develop guidelinesforthe identification of hazardous wastes at the national level, taking into account existing internationally - and, where appropriate,re-

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A' F'NANC'NGAND COSTEVALUATTON 20.36 Becausethis programmearea covers a relatively new field of operationand because the lack so far of of adequatestudieson costing of activities under this programme, no cost estimateis available at present.However,the costsfor someof the activities relatedto capacity-building that are presentedunder this programme could be consideredto have been covered under the costing of programmeareaB above. 20.37 The interim secretariatfor the Basel Convention shouldundertake studiesin orderto arrive at a reasonable costestimatefor activitiesto be undertaken initiallv until the year 2000.

B) CAPACTTY-BUILD|NG 20.38 Governments,according to their capacities and available resourcesand with the cooperationof United Nations and other relevantorganizations, appropriate, as should: (a) Elaborateor adoptpoliciesfor the environmentally sound managementof hazardous wastes, taking into accountexistingintemationalinstruments; (b) Make recommendations the appropriateforums to or establishor adaptnorrns,including the equitableimplementationof the "polluter pays" principle, and regulatory measures comply with obligations and princito ples of the Basel Convention, the Bamako Convention and other relevantexisting or future agreements, including protocols,asappropriate, settingappropriate for rules

204

in andprocedures the field of liability andcompensation movement for damageresultinglrom the transboundary wastes; of and disposal hazardous of ( c ) I m plem en tp o l i c i e sfo r th e i mp l e m e n ta t i on a ban or pr ohib i ti o n , a s a p p ro p ri a te ,o f e x p o rts of was te sto c o u n tri e sth a t d o n o t h ave the haz ar dous i c apac it yt o dea l w i th th o s ew a s te s n a n e n v i ronment ally s ound way o r th a t h a v e b a n n e dth e i mport of s u c hw a s t e s ; (d) Study,in the contextof the BaselConventionand the feasibility of prorelevantregionalconventions, in financialassistance the caseof an viding temporary emergencysituation, in order to minimize damage movements arisingfrom transboundary from accidents wastesor during the disposalof those of hazardous was t es .

ACTIVITIES IV ES ELAT A) MANAGEMENI-R EDACT ITI accordingto their capacitiesand 2A.42Governments, available resourcesand with the cooperationof the United Nations and other relevant organizations,as should: appropriate, (a) Adopt, wherenecessary, implementlegislation and to prevent the illegal irnport and export of hazardous wastes; (b) Develop appropriatenational enforcementprogrammesto monitor compliancewith such legislation, penalties detectand deterviolationsthroughappropriate attention thosewho areknown to have to andgive special wastes and to hazillegal traffic in hazardous conducted to ardouswastesthat are particularlysusceptible illegal traffic.

TRAFFIC lttEGAt INTERNATIONAL D) PREVENTING IN HAZARDOUS WASTES B) DATA AND /NFORMAI/ON FOR BASIS ACTION 20.39The prevention of illegal traffic in hazardous and public healthin will benefrtthe environment wastes all countries,particularlydevelopingcountries.It will also help to make the Basel Conventionand regional such as the BamakoConveninstruments, international more effectiveby tion and the fourth Lomd Convention, in promoting compliancewith the controlsestablished Article IX of the Basel Convention those agreements. the specificallyaddresses issueof illegal shipmentsof wastes may Illegaltraffic of hazardous wastes. hazardous causeseriousthreatsto human health and the environment and imposea specialand abnormalburdenon the suchshipments. thatreceive countries actionthrougheffecrequires Effectiveprevention 20..10 and impositionof tive monitoringand the enforcement penalties. appropriate an should develop as appropriate, 20.43Governments informationnetworkand alert systemto assistin detecting illegal traffic in hazardouswastes.Local combe munitiesand otherscor"rld involved in the orreration of sucha network and system. of in shouldcooperate the exchange 2A.44Governments of movements hazinformationon illegal transboundary ardouswastesand shouldmake suchinformationavailUnited NationsbodiessuchasUNEP ableto appropriate and the regionalcommissions.

AND COOPERATION c/ /NTERNAT|ONAL REGIONAI in 20.45The regional commissions, cooperationwith and relying upon expertsupportand advicefrom UNEP and otherrelevantbodiesof the United Nationssystem, taking full accountof the Basel Convention,shall conthe tinueto monitorandassess illegaltraffic in hazardous and economic health wastes, includingits environmental, implications, a continuingbasis,drawing upon the on gainedin thejoint UNEP/ESCAP resultsandexperience of preliminary/ assessment illegal traffic. as 20.46Countries and international organizations, the to shouldcooperate strengthen instituappropriate, in tional and regulatorycapacities, particularof develin oping countries, orderto preventthe illegalimport and wastes. export of hazardous

OBJECTIVES areaare:of 20.41The objectives this progranlffle to (a) To reinforcenationalcapacities detectand halt wastesinto any illegal attemptto introducehazardous the ten'itory of any State in contraventionof national legis lat ion and re l e v a n t i n te rn a ti c l n alle g a l i nstruments: (b) To assist all countries,particularlydeveloping informationconin countries, obtainingall appropriate wastes; cerningillegal traffic in hazardous (c) To cooperate, within the frarneworkof the Basel the in countriesthat suff'er conseConvention. assisting quences illegal traffic. of

205

21

Environmentolly monogement solid sound of wostes ond sewoge-reloted issues

INTRODUCTION

2l.l This chapter beenincorporated Agenda21 has in in response General to Assembly resolution441228, section I, paragraph in which the Assemblyaffirmedthat 3, the Conference shouldelaborate strategies measures and to halt and reverse effectsof environmental the degradation in the contextof increased nationalandintemational effortsto promotesustainable environmentally and sound dcveloprnent all countries, in and to sectionI, paragraph l2 (g), of the sameresolution, which the Assembly in affirrned that environmentallysound managementof wasteswas among the environmentalissuesof major concernin rnaintaining the quality of the Earth'senvironment and especiallyin achievingenvironmentally soundand sustainable development all countries. in 21.2 Programme areasincludedin the presentchapter of Agenda21 arecloselyrelatedto the following programmeareas otherchapters Agenda2l : of of (a) Rotection of the quality and supply of freshwaterresources: application integrated of approaches thedevelopto ment,management useof waterresources (chapter and l8); (b) Promotingsustainable humansettlement development(chapter 7); (c) Protecting and promotinghumanhealthconditions (chapter 6); (d) Changingconsumption (chapter patterns 4). 21.3 Solid wastes, definedin this chapter, as includeall dorlesticrefuseand non-hazardous wastes suchas comrnercialand institutional wastes,streetsweepings and construction debris.In somecountries, solid wastes the management systern alsohandles humanwastes suchas night-soil, ashes from incinerators, septic tanksludge and sludge fiom sewagetreatmentplants. If these wastes manif-est hazardous characteristics shouldbe treated thev as hazardous wastes.

21.4 Environmentally soundwastemanagement mustgo beyondthe meresafedisposal recoveryof wastes or that are generatedand seek to addressthe root causeof the problemby attempting changeunsustainable to patterns of productionand consumption. This implies the application of the integrated cycle management life concept, which presents uniqueopportunityto reconciledevela opmentwith environmental protection. 21.5 Accordingly,theframeworkfor requisiteactionshould be foundedon a hierarchyofobjectives and focusedon the four major waste-related prograrnme areas, follows: as (a) Minimizing wastes; (b) Maximizing environmentallysound waste reuse and recycling; (c) Promotingenvironmentallysound waste disposal and treatment; (d) Extendingwasteservicecoverage. 21.6 The four programme areas are interrelated and mutually supportive and must thereforebe integrated in order to provide a comprehensive environmentally and responsiveframework for managing municipal solid wastes. The mix and emphasis given to eachof the four programmeareas will vary accordingto the local socioeconomicand physicalconditions, ratesof wastegenerationandwaste composition. sectors society All of should panicipatein all the programmeareas.

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) MtNtMtZtNG WASTES BASIS ACTION FOR 21.7 Unsustainable patterns production of andconsumption areincreasing quantities the and varietyof environ-

/Li0

rates.The wastesat unprecedented mentally persistent the of trendcouldsignificantlyincrease quantities wastes quantities produced theendof thecenturyandincrease by four to fivefold by the year 2025. A preventive waste in focusedon changes lifestyles management approach and in production and consumption pattems offers the best chancefor reversingcurrent trends.

OBJECTIVES in 21.8 The objectives this areaare: (a) To stabilize or reduce the production of wastes destinedfor final disposal,over an agreedtime-frame, on by formulatinggoalsbased wasteweight,volumeand to compositionand to induceseparation facilitatewaste recyclingand reuse; wastequan(b) To strengthen procedures assessing for for changes the purposeof formutity and composition wasteminimizationpoliciesutilizing lating operational modito instruments inducebeneficial economic other or patterns. productionand consumption ficationsof 21.9 Governments,according to their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the cooperationof thc United Nations and other relevant orsanizations.as appropriate, should: (a) By the year 2000, ensure sufficient national. process and to capacity access, regionalandinternational monitor wastetrend information and implement waste minimizationpolicies ; (b) By theyear2000,havein placein all industrialized to countriesprogrammes stabilizeor reduce,if practicproductionof wastesdestinedfor final disposal, able, (wherethis conceptapplies includingper capitawastes ), prevailingat that date;developingcountries at the level as well shouldwork towardsthat goal without jeopardizing their developmentprospects ; (c) Apply by the year 2000.in all countries, pzu'ticular in progralrlmes reducethe proto in industriaJizeA countries. and wastes, containers packaging ductionof agrochemical characteristics. which do not meethazardous materials,

(a) Develop and strengthen in nationalcapacities researchand design of environmentallysound technolto ogies, as well as adopt measures reducewastesto a mi ni mum: (b) Providefbr incentives reduceunsustainable patto ternsclf productionand consumption; (c) l)evelop, where necessary. nationalplans to minimize wastegeneration part of overallnationaldevelas opmentplans; (d) Emphasizewaste minimization considerations in procurement within the United Nationssystem.

AND /NFORMAI/ON B) DATA for 21.t I Monitoring is a key prerequisite keepingtrack in of changes wastequantityand quality and their resuiGovemments, on tantirnpact healthandtheenvironment. should: with the supportof international agencies, (a) Developandapplymethodologies forcountry-level wastemonitoring; (b) Unclertake data gatheringand analysis,establish nationalgoalsand monitor progress; (c) Utilizc clata assess soundness of to environmental nationalwastepoliciesas a basisfbr correctiveaction; (d) Input inf'ormation into global informationsystems.

C] /NIERNAI/ONAI. AND REG/ONAt COOPERAIION AND COORDINAI/ON 21.12The UnitedNations andintergovernmental organshould izations. r,vith collaboration Governments, the of help promotewasterlinimization by facilitatinggreater The know-how of andexperience. exchange inforrnation. fbllowing is a non-exhaustive of specificactivities list that couldbe undertaken: (a) Identifying, methoddeveloping and harmonizing suchmethmonitoringandtransferring ologiesfor rvaste odol ogi u'trl countri es: s (b) Iclentifying and furtherdeveloping activitiesof the networks cleantechnologies and existingint-ormation on w aste ni mi zati on: rni (c) Llndertaking periodic assessment, collating and in analvsingcountrydata and reportingsystematically, an concemed; appropriate itedNationsfomm,to thecountries Un (d) Reviewing effectiveness all waste minimizathe of tion instrunrents and identifyingpotentialnew instruby mcnts that could be usedand techniques which they be at cor.rld rnac'le operational the country level. Guideof shouldbe developed; linesand codes practice (e) Undertakingresearch the social and economic on level. impactsof wasteminimizationat the consumer

ACTIVITIES IT ACTIV IES A) MANAGEMENI-R ELATED t s 2 1 . 1 0G o v e r n m e n t s h o u l d i n i t i a t e p r o g r a m m e s o minimization of waste generation. achieve sustained and consumergroups Non-governmental organizations in to shouldbe encouraged participate suchprogrammes. of which could be drawn up with the cooperation interThese prowhere necessary. national organizations, build upon existing grammes should,whereverpossible, or plannedactivitiesand should:

207

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 21.13The Conferencesecretariat suggests that industrialized countriesshould considerinvesting in waste minimizationthe equivalentof about I per cent of the expenditures solid wastesand sewagedisposal.At on currentlevels,this would amounttcl about $6.5 billion annually, including about to $1.8billionrelated minimizing municipal solid wastes.Actual amountswould be determinedby relevant municipal, provincial and national budgetauthorities basedon local circumstances.

C) HUIAAN RFSOURCE DEVELOPMENT 21.15Human resource development wasteminimifor zationnot only shouldbe targeted professionals the at in wastemanagement sectorbut also shouldseekto obtain the support of citizens and industry.Human resource developmentprogrammesmust thereforeaim to raise consciousness educate and and inform concerned groups and the public in general.Countriesshouldincorporate within schoolcurricula, whereappropriate, principles the and practices preventingand minimizing wastesand of materialon the environmental impactsof waste.

B / S C/ F N IIF IC N D IEC H N O I.OGIC ME A N S A AL 21.14Wasteminimizationtechnologies and procedures will needto be identifiedand widely disseminated. This work shouldbe coordinated nationalGovernments, by with the cooperation and collaborationof non-governmentalorganizations, research institutions and appropriate organizations ol'the United Nations,and could include the folloi,ving: (a) Undertakinga continuous review of the effectivenessof all waste minimizationinstruments and identifying potentialnew instruments that could be usedand techniques which instruments by could be made operational at the country level. Guidelinesand codes of practiceshoLrld developed; be (b) Promotingwastepreventicln and minimization as the principal objective of national waste management programmes; (c) Promotingpublic education and a rangeof regulatory andnon-regulatory incentives encourage to industry to changeproductdesignand reduceindustrialprocess wastes throughcleaner produciion technologies good and housekeeping practices and to encourage industries and consumers use typesof packagingthat can be safely to reused: (d) Executing,in accordance with nationalcapacities, demonstration and pilot programmes optimize waste to minimizationinstruments ; (e) Establishing proceduresfor adequatetransport. storage,conseryation and management agricultural of products,foodstuffs and other perishablegoods in order to reducethe lossof thoseproducts, which results the in production solid waste; of (0 Facilitating transfer waste-reduction the of technologies to industry,particularlyin developingcountries, andestablishing concrete nationalstandards effluents fbr and solid waste, taking into account, inter a.lia, raw materialuseand energyconsumption.

B) i AXrMtZtNc ENVTRONTUENTAIrY SOUND WASTEREUSE AND RECYCTING BASIS ACTION FOR 21.16Theexhaustion traditional of disposal sites, stricter environmentalcontrols governing waste disposaland increasing quantities more persistent of wastes, particularly in industrializecl countries. haveall contributed a to rapidincrease thect-rst waste in of disposal services. Costs could double or triple by the end of the decade.Some currentdisposalpractices pose a threatto the environment. As the econr-rmics waste disposalservices of change, waste recycling and resourcerecovery are becoming increasingly cost-effective.Future waste managernent prograntmes should take maximum advantage resource-efficient of approaches the control to of wastes.These activities should be carried out in conjunctionwith public educationprogrammes. is It important t.hat markets for products from reclaimed materials identifiedin the development reuseand be of recyclingprogrammes.

OBJECTIVES 21.17The ob.jectives this areaare: in (a) To strengthen increase and nationalwastereuse and recycl i ng systems: (b) To create modelinternalwastereuse recycling a and programmefor waste streams, including paper,within the UnitedNationssystem; (c) To make available informaticln,techniquesand appropriate policy instruments encourage to and make operational wastereuseand recyclingschemes. 2l .18 Govemments, accclrding theircapacities availto and ableresources with thecooperation theUnitedNations and of and otherrelevantorganizations, appropriate, as should: (a) By the year 2000,promotesufficientfinancialand technologicalcapacitiesat the regional, national and locallevels, appropriate, implementwastereuse as to and recycling policiesand actions;

208

(b) By theyear2000,in all industrialized countries, and have a by the year 2010, in all developing countries, nationalprogramme,including, to the extent possible, targets efficientwastcreuseand recycling. for

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENI-R ACTIVITIES ELATED 21.19 Governments and institutions and non-governmental organizations,inch.rding consumer.women's and youth groups, in collaboration with appropriate organizations of the United Nations system, should launch programmes to demonstrate and make operational enhanced waste reuse and recycling. These programmes should,whereverpossible,build upon existing orplanned a c t i v i t i e sa n d s h o u l d : (a) Develop and strengthennational capacity to reuse and recycle an increasing proportion of wastes; (b) Review and rclorm national rvastepolicies to provide incentives for waste reuse and recycling; (c) Develop and implement national plans fbr waste management that take advantage of, and give priority to, waste reLrse and recycling; (d) Modify existing standardsor purchase specifications to avoid discrimination against recycled materials, taking into account the saving in energy and raw materials: (e) Develop public education and awarenessprogrammes to promote the use of recycled products.

-waterirri gation; tries; compostproduction treated waste I and energyrecoveryfrom wastes; (d) Producingguidelinesand bcst practices waste for reuse andrecycling; (e) Intensifyingefforts, at.collecting,analysingand disseminating, key targetgroups, to relevantinformation on wasteissues. grantscould be nrade Specialresearch available a competitive on basisfbr innovative research projects recycling on techniques; (0 Identifying products. potential markets rccycled for

c/ /NIERNAI/ONAL AND RFG/ONA/ COOPERAI/ON AND COORD/NAI/ON 21.21 States. through bilateral ntultjlateral and cooperation, includingthroughthe United Nationsand otherrelevant i ntemati onal organzations, asapprclpri shclul : i ate, d (a) Undertake penodicreviewof the extent which a to countries reuse and recycletheir wastes; (b) Review the effectiveness techniques and of for approaches waste reuseand recycling and ways clf to enhancing their application countrie in s: (c) Revierv guidelines the and update international for safereuse wastes: of (d) Establish appropriate prograntrnes support to small communities'wastereLlsc and recy'cling industricsin developing countries.

MEANSOF IMPLEMENTATION A / F I N A N C / N GA N D C O S T E V A L U A T T O N

B) DATAAND /NFORMAIION 21.20 Information and research is required to identify promising socially acceptableand cost-effective forms of u'astereuseand recycling relevantto each country. For example. supporting actii'ities undeftaken by national and local govemments in collaboration with the United Nations and other international organizationscould include. (a) Undertaking an extensive review of options and techniquesfbr reuseand recycling all lbrms of municipal solid u,'astes. Policies fbr leuse and recycling should be madc an integral component of national and local waste millliigenlent programme s: (b ) ,Assessing extent and practice o1'waste the reuseand recvcling operations cllrentlv undertaken and identiff ing \\ avs by which these could be increasedand suppofiecl: (c) Incrcasing funding for researchpilot programmes to test various options tor reuse and recycling. including the use of' small-scale, cottage-basedrccycling indus21.22 The Contercncc sccrctariat has estimated that if the equivalent of I per cent o1'waste-related municipal expenditures was clevotedto sale rvastereuse schemes, worldwide e-xpenditr-rres this purpose would amount lor to $8 billion. The secretariatestintatesthe total annual c o s t ( 1 9 9 3 - 2 0 0 0 )o f i r n p l e r r e n t i n gt h e a c t i v i t i e so 1 ' t h i s programme areain developing countriesto be about $850 million on grant or concessionalterms. These are indicative and order-of-rnagnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Govc-rnmcnts. Actual costs and financial terms. including any that are non-concessional. will depend upon, irttcr olirt. the specific programmes proposed by internationalinstitutions and approved by their g o v e r n i n gb o d i e s .

B / s C / E N I / F / CA N D I F C H N O T O G T C AM E A N S L 21.23 The transfer of t.echncllogy should support waste recycling and rcuse hy the following means:

209

(a) Including the transfer of recycling technologies, suchasmachineryfor reusingplastics, rubberandpaper, within bilateral and multilateral technicalcooperation and aid programmes; (b) Developingand improving existing technologies, especially indigenous technologies, facilitatingtheir and transferunder ongoingregionaland interregional techprogrammes; nical assistance (c) Facilitating transferofwastereuse recycling the and technology. 21.24Incentives for waste reuse and recycling are numerous.Countriescould considerthe following options to encourage industry,institutions, commercialesinstead tablishments individualsto recyclewastes and of disposing them: of (a) Offeringincentives local and municipalauthorities to that recyclethe maximumproportionof their wastes; (b) Providing technical assistance informal waste to reuseand recyclingoperations: (c) Applying economicandregulatory instruments, including tax incentives, supportthe principlethat gento eratorsof wastespay fbr their disposal; (d) Providing legal and economic conditionsconducive to investments wastereuseand recycling; in (e) Implementingspecific mechanisms such as deposit/refund systems incentives reuseand recycling; for as (f) Promoting the separatecollection of recyclable partsof household wastes; (g) Providing incentives improve the marketability to waste; of technically recyclable (h) Encouraging the use of recyclablematerials,particularly in packaging, wherefeasible; (i) Encouragingthe developmentof markets for reprogrammes. cycled goodsby establishing

(d) Encouraging non-governmentalorganizations, community-based ganization andwomen's,youth and or s public interestgroup programmes, collaboration in with local municipalauthorities, mobilizecommunitysupto port for wastereuseandrecyclingthroughfocused community-levelcampaigns.

D) CAPACITY.BUILDING 21.26Capacity-buildingto support increasedwaste reuseand recyclingshouldfocuson the following areas: (a) Making operational policiesandincentives national for wastemanagement; (b) Enablinglocal and municipal authorities mobito lize communitysupportfor wastereuse andrecyclingby involving and assisting informal sectorwastereuseand recyclingoperations undertaking wastemanagernent and planningthat incorporates resource recoverypractices.

c) PROMOTTNG ENVIRONMENTATTY SOUND WASTEDISPOSAI AND TREATMENT BASIS ACTION FOR 21.21Even when wastesare minimized, some wastes will still remain.Even after treatment, discharges all of wastes have someresidualimpacton the receivingenvironment. Consequently, there is scope for improving waste treatment and disposal practices such as, for example,avoiding the dischargeof sludgesat sea. In developing countries, problemis of a morefundamenthe tal nature: lessthan l0 per centof urbanwastes receive some form of treatmentand only a small proportion of treatmentis in compliancewith any acceptable quality standard. Faecalmattertreatmentand disposalshouldbe accordeddue priority given the potentialthreatof faeces to humanhealth.

C) HUM A NR E SOU R C E EL OP M EN I D EV 21.25Training will be required to reorient current waste management practicesto include waste reuse and recycling. Governments,in collaboration with United Nationsinternational regionalorganizations, and shouldundertake following indicativelist of actions: the (a) Including wastereuseand recycling in in-service trainingprogrammes integralcomponents technical as of cooperationprogrammeson urban managementand infrastruc ture devel opment; (b) Expandingtraining programmes water supply on anclsanitation incorporate to techniques policiesfor and wastereuseand recycling; (c) Including the advantages civic obligationsasand sociatedwith wastereuseand recycling in schoolcurricula and relevantgeneraleducational courses;

OBJECTIVES 21.28The objective in this area is to treat and safely disposeof a progressively increasing proportionof the generated wastes. 21.29Governments, accordingto their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the cooperationof the United Nations and other relevant orsanizations.as appropriate, should: (a) By the year 2000, establishwaste treatmentand disposalquality criteria,objectives and standards based on the natureand assimilative capacityof the receiving environment; (b) By the year 2000, establishsufficientcapacityto

210

pollution impact monitoring and waste-related undertake includingepidemiological conductregularsurveillance, : lance.whereappropriate surveil and countries, (c) By the year 1995,in industrialized that at by the year 2005,in developingcountries,ensure wastewatersand solid least50 per cent of all sewage, wastes are treated or disposed of in conformity with national or international environmental and health quality guidelines; (d) By the year 2025, disposeof all sewage,waste watersand solid wastesin conformity with nationalor quality guidelines. international environmental

ACTIVITIES ACT lE ELATED tVlT S A) MANAGEMENT-R and non-govemmental institutions 21.30Governments, in togetherwith industries, collaboration organizations, of with appropriate organizatrons the United Nations to system,shouldlaunchprogrammes improve the conpollution. These of trol and management waste-related possible, wherever build uponexistprogrammes should, ing or plannedactivitiesand should: (a) Develop and strengthen nationalcapacityto treat of and safelydispose wastes; (b) Review and reform national waste management pollution; policiesto gain controlover waste-related (c) Encourage countriesto seek wastedisposalsolutions within their sovereignterritory and as close as with of possible the sources origin thatarecompatible to In soundand efficient management. a environmentally movementstake number of countries,transboundary in placeto ensurethat wastesare managed an environobrnentallysoundand efficient way. Suchmovements includingthosethatapply the conventions, sen/e relevant that are not undernationaljurisdiction; to areas plans,giving (d) Develophumanwastesmanagement due attention to the developmentand application of and technologies theavailabilityof resources appropriate for implementation.

(a) Assemblingand analysingthe scientificevidence and pollution impactsof wastesin the environmentin scienrecommended order to formulate and disseminate for tific criteriaandguidelines theenvironmentallysound of management solid wastes; (b) Recommending local nationaland,whererelevant, quality standards basedon scientificcrienvironmental teria and guidelines; (c) Incl udi ng w i thi n techni cal cooperati on pr ogrammesand agreements provision for monitorinp the equipment and for the requisitetrainingin its use; (d) Establishingan information clearing-house with extensivenetworks at the regional,national and local informationon all aslevels to collect and disseminate pectsof wastemanagement, including safedisposal.

AND REG/ONAT C/ 'NIERNAI/ONAT AND COORDINAI/ON COOPERAIION 21.32States, through bilateraland multilateralcooperation, including through the United Nations and other as relevant internationalorganizations. appropriate, should: (a) Identify,develop harmonize and methodologies and environmentalquality and health guidelines for safe wastedischarge and disposal; (b) Reviewand keepabreast developments disand of of seminateinformation on the effectiveness techniques and ways of supto and approaches safewastedisposal portingtheir application countries. in

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSTEVALUATTON Ai FINANCTNG are relevantto 21.33Safe waste disposalprogrammes In both developed and developingcountries. developed focus is on improving facilities to meet countriesthe quality criteria,while in develophigher environmental is to ing countries considerable investment required build facilities. new treatment the has secretariat estimated aver21.34The Conference (1993-2000)of implementingthe age total annualcost in activitiesof this programrne developingcountriesto be about$15 billion, includingabout$3.4 billion fronr the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional estiterms.Theseareindicativeandorder-of-magnitude by matesonly andhavenotbeenreviewed Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,including any that are will depend upon, inter nlia, the non-concessional, decide Govemments specificstrategies progrartmes and upon for implementation.

AND INFORMAI/ON B) DATA settingand monitoringare two key ele21.31 Standard for gaining control over waste-related ments essential are pollution.The following specificactivities indicative actionsthat could be taken by of the kind of supportive bodies such as the United Nations Centre international (Habitat), the United Nations for Human Settlements Environment Programmeand the World Health Organization:

,)Il
L t I

ME AN 8/ S C/ F N I/F /C D IE C H N OT OGIC AL A N S and research variousason 21.3-5 Scientiticguidelines pollutioncontrol rvill be crucial pectsof waste-related Governof the for achieving obiectives thisprogramme. with approand ments,municipalities local authorities, should: priateinternational cooperation, (a) Prepare reporls subjects guidclines tcchnical on and planningin human of such as the integration land-use quality environmental settlements with wastedisposal, u'astetrcl.ttl-nent saf-e disposal and criteriaanclstandards" options.industrialwaste treatmentand landflll operations; (b) Undertakerescarchon critical subjectssuch as waste-water sYstreatment low-cost,low-maintenarlcc waste treatclisposal options; industrial terns: safesludge di e s m ent ;and l o w -tc c h n o l o g y .c o l o g i c a l l y afew aste sposaloptions; (c) Transl'er as tcchnclkrgies,conlormitywith theterms in of well as the provisions chapter (Transf-er environ34 of mentally sound technology,cooperationand capacityprocesses through wastetreatnreltt building),on indusffial programmes cooperation tcchnical bilateral muitilateral and u'ith bLrsincss industry. and including and in cooperation as largeand transnatiorlal corprlratiotts. irppropriate. (d) Focuson the rehabilitatic-rn. operation and mainteassi stance on nanc eof e x i s ti n gl a c i l i ti e s n d te c h n i c al a practice's and techniques folinrprovedmaintcnance of lowed by the planningand constluction wastetreatmentfacilitics; (e') Irstablish prograrnrxeto traximizethc sollrce s segol'thc hazardous conrponents regation and saf-e disposal l ot 'niunic i p as o l i dw a s te " (f ) Ensure investrnent the and prclvision wastecolof provision water of with ther concomitant lcctionfacilities and sen,ices ancirl'ith an equaland parallclinvestmerlt provision wastetreatme facilities. nt of

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING will 21.37Institutional reformsandcapacity-building be indispensable countriesare to be able to quantify and if pollution. Activities to achieve mitigate waste-related this objectiveshouldinclude: (a) Creatingand strengthening independent environmental control bodies at the national and local levels. Internationalorganizations and donors should support neededupgradingof manpowerskills and provision of equipment; (b) Empoweringof pollutioncontrolagencies with the to requisitelegal mandateand financialcapacities carry out their dutieseffectively.

DI EXTENDING COVERAGE WASTE SERVICE BASIS ACTION FOR 21.38B y theendof thecentury, over2.0bi l lion people w i l l be w i thout accessto basi c sani tation, and an esti mated l ' ol ' the urbanpopul ati on n developing hal i w sol disposal countri es i l l be w i thoutadequate i dw ast e servi ces. s many as 5.2 rni l l i on peopl e,i ncluding4 A mi l l i on chi l drenunderfi ve yearsof age,di e eachyear from waste-related The health impacts are diseases. particularlyseverefor the urbanpoor. The healthand waste lnanageenvironmentalimpacts of inadequate ment, however,go beyond the unservedsettlements themsel ves resul ti n w ater.l and and a ir cont am iand E nati onand pol l uti onover a w i der area. xt ending and ser i mprovi ngw astecol l ecti on and safedi spo sal vices are crucial to gaining control over this form of polluti on.

OBJECTIVES R D EV C) HUM A N ES O U R C E EL OP M EN T 21.36Training would bc requiredto improve curuent practices includesafecollection to wastemanagement list The following is an indicative of and waste disposal. in that shouldbe takenby Governments, collabactions organizations: orationwith international ( a) P r ov i d i n g b o th to rn -ra a n d i n -s e rvi cetrai ni ng. l and disfocusedon pollLrtior.l control,wastetreatment p t - r s r le c h n o l o g i e sa n d o p e r a t i n ga n d n r a i n t a i n i n g t , w aste- re latedi nfiastrLlcture. I ntercountry staffexchange programnles shouldalsobe established; (b) Undertaking reqr-risite the trainingfbr waste-related pollr.rtion monitoring andcontrolen{rlrcement. 21.39The overall objective of this programmeis to provide health-protecting, Iy environmental safewaste col l ecti on anddi sposal servi ces al l people. over nto G ments,accordi ng thei r capaci ti es r to and av ailable esources w i th thecooperati on theU ni tedNat ions and of a n d o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i c l n s ,s a p p r o p r i a t e , a shoul d: (a) By the year 2000, have the necessary technical, flnancial and humanresource capacityto providewaste serviccs with collection commensurate needs: (b) By the year 2025. provide all urban populations with adequiite wasteservices: (c) By the year 2025, ensure that full urban waste servicecoverageis maintainedand sanitation coverage achieved all ruralarcas. in

?12

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENT-RELATED ACTIVITIES 21.4AGovernments. accordingto their capacitiesand available resourcesand with the coopcrationof the United Nations and other relevant organizations. as should: appropriate, (a) Establish financingmechanisms wastemanagelbr ment servicedevelopment deprive-d in areas.including appropriate modesof revenuegeneration: (b) Apply the "polluter pays" principle.where appropriate,by settingwastemanagement charges ratesthat at reflect the costsof providing the serviceand ensurethat pay thosewho generate wastes thefull costof disposal the in an environmentally safeway; (c) Encourage institutionalization ofcomnrunities' parprocedures for ticipationin planningandimplernentation solid wastemanagement.

(a) Launcha settlement infrastructure andenvironment programmefollowing the United NationsConference on EnvironmentandDevelopment coordinate activities to the of all organizations the UnitedNationssysteminvolved of in this areaand include a clearing-house infonnation for dissemination all wastemanagement on issues; (b) Undertake reporlon progress and systematically in providingwasteservices thosewithout suchservices; to (c) Review the effectiveness techniqueslor and of approaches increasingcoverageand identify innovato tive ways of accelerating process. the

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 21.43The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000)of irnplementing the activities of this programmeto be about $7.5 billion, includingabout$2.6 billion from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,includingany that are non-concessional, will depend upon, inter alio, the specifrcstratcgies and progranrmes Govemments decideuponfor implementation.

B) DATA AND /NFORMATION with the United 21.41Governments. collaboration in Nations and international organizations. should undertakethe following: (a) Developingand applyingmethodologies waste for monitoring; (b) Data gatheringand analysisto establish goalsand monitor progress; (c) Inputtinginformationinto a _elobal informationsystem buildinguponexistingsvstems, (d) Strengthening activitiesof existingintbrmation the networksin orderto disseminate focusedinformationon the applicationof innovativeand low-cost alternatives for wastedisposalto targeted audiences.

8/ SC/ENI/FIC AND TECHNOLOGTCAL MEANS 21.44Governments and institutions. togetherwith nongovernmentalorganizations.should, in collaboration with appropriateorganizations the United Nations of system, launch programmesin different parts of the developingworld to extend waste servicesto the unpopulations. served programmes These should. rvherever possible,build upon and reorient existing or planned activities. 21.45Policy changesat the national and local levels could enhance rateof wasteservicecoverage the extension.Thesechanges shouldincludethe following: (a) Giving full recognitionto and using the full range of low-cost options for waste management. including, where appropriate, their institutionalization and incorporationwithin codesof practiceand regulation; (b) Assigninghigh priority to the extensionof waste nanagementservices, necessary as and appropriate, to all settlements irrespective their legal status,giving of due emphasis meetingthe wastedisposal to needs the of unserved, especially unserved the urbanpoor: (c) Integrating provisionandmaintenance waste the of management services with other basic services such as water-supply and storm-water drainage.

ci /NTERNAI/ONA/ AND REG/ONAt ERAI/ON AND COORD/NAI/ON COOP 71.42Many United Nations and bilateral programmes exist that seek to provide water supply and sanitation sen'icesto the unserved. The Waterand Sanitation Collaborative Council, a global forum. currently acts to coordinatedevelopmentand encourage cooperation. Even so, given the ever-increasing numbersof unserved in urbanpoor populations the needto address, addiand tion. the problem of solid waste disposal,additional mechanisms essential ensure are to accelerated coverage of urbanwastedisposalservices. The international community in generaland selectedUnited Nations organizationsin particularshould:

213

Countries. couldbe enhanced. 21.46Research activities in cooperation with appropriateinternational organtal za i zationsandnon-governmen or gani t i ons,shouId, f or instance: u'astes (a) Find solutions equiprnent managing for and islands. populations on sn-rall and in areas concentrated of refusestorage In particular,thereis a needfor appropriate and hygienic and coilectionsystemsand cost-effective humanwastedisposal options; (b) Prepareand disseminate guidclines,case-studies, policy reviews and technical reports on appropriate solutions and modes of service delivery to unserved low-incomeareas; (c) Launchcampaigns encourage to activecommunity participation involving women'sandyouth groupsin the waste; management waste,parlicularlyhouseht-lld of (d) Promoteintercountrytransferof relevanttechnologies, especiallytechnologies high-densitysettlefor ments.

21.48Improvementsin managementtechniquesare returnsin termsof improving likely to yield the greatest rvastemanagementservice efficiency. The United Naand financial institutions, internationalorganizations tions should, in collaborationwith national and local manageGovernments, developand renderoperational for ment informationsystems municipalrecordkeeping and accounting and for efficiency and effectiveness assessment.

D) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 21.49Governments, institutionsand non-governmental organizatrons,with the collaboration of appropriate organizations the United Nations system,should of developcapacities implementprogramrnes provide to to waste collection and disposalservicesto the unserved populations.Some activities under the programmes shouldincludethe following: (a) Establishinga specialunit within current institutional arrangements plan and deliver servicesto the to poor communities, unserved with their involvementand participation; (b) Making revisions existingcodesandregulations to to perrnitthe useof the full rangeof low-costalternative technologies wastedisposal; tor (c) B ui l di ng i nsti tuti onalcapaci tyand d eveloping proceduresfor undertaki ng servi ce pl a nning and delivery.

DEVELOPMENT C) HUMANRESOURCE 21.47Intemationalorganizations and national and locai in Governrnents, collaborationwith non-governnrental providefocused organizations, should trainingon low-cost particularly' wastecollectionand disposalopticlns, techIntercountr-.1 staff niquesfor their planning and deliverry. programmes exchange amongdeveloping countricscould fbrm part of such training. Particuiarattentionshoulci be givento upgrading status skillsof managcmcnt-lcvel the and personnel wastemanagement in agencies.

21A

) ) ^L z-

sound Sofe ond environmentolly monogement wostes of rodiooctive

P R O G R A M MA R E A E

havingonly nuclearapplications, suchsystems still are needed.

PROA'IOTING THE SAFEAND ENVIRONA/IENTALLY WASTES SOUND MANAGEMENT OF RADIOACTIVE BASIS ACTION FOR wastes generated thenuclear in fuel 22.1 Radioactive are cycle as well as in nuclear applications(the use of radionuclides medicine,research in and industry).The risk from radioactive wastes radiological and safety variesfrom very low in short-lived, low-level wastes up very large for high-level wastes.Annually about to waste 200,000m3 of low-level and intermediate-level and 10,000m3 of high-levelwaste (as well as spent nuclear fuel destinedfor final disposal)is generated world wide from nuclearpower production.Thesevolpowerunitsaretaken umesareincreasing morenuclear as into operation, facilitiesaredecommissioned and nuclear the useof radionuclides increases. high-levelwaste The containsabout99 per cent of the radionuclides thus and representsthe largest radiological risk. The waste volumesfrom nuclearapplications generallymuch are smaller.typically sometensof cubic metresor lessper year and country.However,the activity concentration, in mightbehigh,thus especially sealed radiation sources, j u s t i f y i n g v e r y s t r i n g e n tr a d i o l o g i c a lp r o t e c t i o n measures. growthof wastevolumes The should continue to be kept underclosereview. 21. 2 T he s af ean d e n v i ro n m e n ta l sy u n d m a n a gement lo w o f r adioac t iv e a s te s ,i n c l u d i n gth e i r mi n i mi zati on, g an t r ans por t at ion d d i s p o s a l i.s i m p o rta n t, i v en thei r In c har ac t er is t ic s . mo s t c o u n tri e sw i th a s u b stanti al nuclearpower programme,technicaland administrative measures have been taken to irnplementa wa-ste s . m anagem enty s te mIn ma n yo th e rc o u n tri e s ti l l onl y s in preparationfor a national nuclear programmeor

OBJECTIVE 22.3 The objectiveof this programmeareais to ensure that radioactive wastesare safelymanaged, transpofted, storedand disposed with a view to protecting human of, health and the environment,within a wider framework of an interactive and integratedapproachto radioactive wastemanagement and safety.

ACTIVITIES A) MANAGEMENT. RELAT ACT ED IVITI ES 22.4 States, cooperation in with relevantinternational organizations, whereappropriate, should: (a) Promotepolicies and practical measurcs minto imize and limit, where appropriate, the generationof radioactive wastes and providefor their safeprocessing, conditioning,transpofiation disposal; and (b) Supportefforts within IAEA to develop and promulgateradioactive wastesafetystandards guidelines or andcodes practice an internationally of as accepted basis for the safeandenvironmentally soundmanagement and disposal radioactir,e wastes: of (c) Promotesaf'estorage, and disposal transportation of radioactive wastes, well as spentradiationsources as and spentfuel from nuclearreactorsdestinedfor final disposal,in all countries,in particular in developing countries, facilitatingthe transferof relevanttechnoby logiesto thosecountries and/orthe returnto the supplier of radiationsources with after their use, in accordance relevantinternational regulations guidelines; or (d) Promoteproperplanning,includingenvironmental impact assessment whereappropnate, safeand enviof

215

of ronmentally sound management radioactivewaste, procedures, storage. transportation includingemergency and disposal,prior to and after activitiesthat generate suchwaste.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANCTNG AND COSTEVALUATTON 22.6 The costs at the national level of managingand wastes considerable will are and disposing radioactive of vary, depending the technologyusedfor disposal. on 22.1 The Conferencesecretariat estimatedthe averhas organto agetotal annualcost( 1993-2000) international to izationsto implementthe activitiesof this programme be about $8 million. Actual costs and financial terms, will depend including any that are non-concessional, and upon, inter alia, the specificstrategies programmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

AND REGIONAL B/ /NIERN,AI/ONAi. AND COORDINAI/ON COOPERAIION 22.5 States,in cooperationwith relevant intemational where appropriate,should: organizattons, (a) Strc'ngthen their efforts to implementthe Code of 1\{ovements o1'RadittPracticeon the Transboundary o1'IAEA.in cooperactiveWasteand,underthe auspices dealing ation with relevant intemationalorganizations keep the questionof with differentmodesof transport, such movementsunder active review, including the of a desirability concluding legallybindinginstrument; (b) Encouragethe London Dumping C'onventiott to on expeditework to completestudies replacingthe current voluntary moratorium on disposal of low-level radioactivewastesat seaby a ban, taking into account with a view to taking a well approach, the precautionary informedand timely decisionon the issue: (c) Not promote or allow the storageor disposalof and high-level,intermediate-level low-level radioactive wastesnear the marine environmentunlessthey deterwith the applicconsistent mine that scientificevidence, able internationallyagreed principles and guidelines, poses unacceptable no thatsuchstorage disposal or shows or risk to people and the marine environtnent doesnot with otherlegitimateusesof the sea,making,in interf'ere appropriate of the conuse of the process consideration, approach; cept of the precautionary (d) Not export radioactivewastesto countriesthat, proindividually or through internationalagreements, hibit the import of such wastes,suchas the contracting parties to the Bamako Conventionon the Ban of the lmport into Africa and the Control of Transboundary within Africa, thefourth Wastes N{ovement Hazardous of where or conventions. Lom6 Convention otherrelevant for; suchprohibitionis pror,'ided (e) Respect, accordance law. the with international in to decisions, far as applicable them, takenby parties as to other relevant regional environmentalconventions of dealing with other aspects safe and environmentally wastes. of soundmanagement radioactive

MEANS 8/ sC/ENI/F/C AND TECHNOLOGICAL 22.8 States,in cooperationwith internationalorganizations,whereappropriate, should: (a) Promoteresearch and developmentof methodsfor processing thesafeandenvironmentally sound treatment, of anddisposal, includingdeepgeological disposal, highlevel radioactive waste ; (b) Conductresearch assessment programmes conand cerned with evaluating the health and environmental impact of radioactive wastedisposal.

/NCtUD/NG HUMAN c) .APAC\TY-BU|LD\NG, R E S OU R C E V E LOP MFN I DE 22.9 States,in cooperationwith relevant international assistance organizations, shouldprovide,asappropriate, to developingcountriesto establishand/or strengthen radioacti ve wastemanagement infrastructure including s, legislation, organizations,trained manpower and fastorage disposal and cilities for the handling,processing, of wastesgenerated from nuclearapplications.

216

Section3

Strengthening the Roleof Moiot Groups

23

Preomble

23.1 Critical to the effective implementationof the objectives, policies and mechanisms agreedto by Governments in all programmeareasof Agenda 2l will be the commitment and genuine involvement of all social groups. 23.2 One of the fundamental prerequisites for the achievement sustainable of development broadpublic is participation in decision-making. Furthermore,in the more specific context of environmentand development, the need for new forms of participation has emerged. This includesthe needof individuals, groupsand organizations to participate in environmentalimpact assessment proceduresand to know about and participate in decisions,particularly thosewhich potentially affect the communities which they live and work. Individuals, in

groupsand organizations shouldhaveaccess informato tion relevant to environment and developmentheld by national authorities,including information on products and activitiesthat have or are likely to have a significant impact on the environment,and information on environmental protectionmeasures. 23.3 Any policies, definitions or rules affecting access to and participationby non-governmental organizations in the work of United Nations institutions or agencies associated with the implementationof Agenda 21 must apply equally to all major groups. 23.4 The prograrnmeareasset out below addressthe means for moving towards real social partnership in supportof common efforts for sustainable development.

219

24

towords sustoinoble for Globoloction women development ond equitoble

AR PROGRAMME EA

FORACTION BASIS 24.1 The internationalcontmunity has endorsed several plans clf action and ceinventionsfor the full, equal and benr:flcialintcgration of women in alldeveloprnentactivi ti es. in particular the N airobi Forward-looki n g Strategies for the Advancemc-nt clf Wonten,l which emphasize women's participation in national and intemational ecosystenr management and control of environment degradation. Several conl'entions, including the Convention of on the E,lirnination All Forms of Discrimination against Wornen (General Assembiy resolution 34l180. anncx) and conventions of tLO and UNESCO have also been discrimination and ensure adopted to end gender-based wornen accessto land and other resources.eclucationand saf.eand equal employrnent. Also relevant are the 1990 World Dcclaration on the Sun'ival. Protection and Developnrent of Chilclren and the Plan ctfAction f or irnplementing the Declaration (,4/4*5/6?5,annex). Effective implementation of thesc prograrnlnes r,r'illdepend on the active involvernent of rvomen in economic and political decision-making and ivill be critical to the successful i m p l e m e n t a t i o no f A g e n d a 2 1 .

OBJECTIVES ftrr are l;t I i'he following objectives proposed national G ov er nnt e n ts : ( a ) 1 o r r n p l e m e n tt h e N a i r o b i F o r r v a r d - l o o k i n g with panicularly of for Strategics theAdvancement Wotnen, miurpar-ticipationnational in ccosystetn regzud wor-nen's to degradation: and agement controlof environment ( b) T o inc re a s e h c -p ro p o rti o no f w o m en deci si on l and technical advisers, managers exmakers,planners. fields; and tensiol workersin enyironment development

(c) To consider and by developing issuing theyear2000 to a strategyof changesnecessary eliminate constitusocial cultural,behavioural, tional, legal,administrative, in to and economicobstacles women'sfull participation and sustainable development in publiclife; (d) To establish the year 1995 mechanisms the at by the levels to assess national,regionaland international and and implementation irnpactof development environon ment policiesand programlnes women and to ensure their contributions and beneflts: (e) To assess, review, revise and implement, where appropriate,curricula and other educationalmaterial, to with a view to promotingthe dissemination both men knowledgeand appreciand women of gender-relevant ation of women's roles throughformal and non-formal in as education, wcll as throughtraining institutions, with non-governmental organizations; collaboration (0 To formulate and implcrnent clear govetnmental guidelines, and policiesand national strategies plansfor of of the achievement equality in all aspects society, literacy, education, of includingthe promotion \ ,olnen's in training.nutritionand healthand their participation positions in management the of and key decision-making particularlyas it pertains their access to to environnrent" to resources. lacilitatingbetteraccess all lbrms of by takingmeasures in credit.particularly theinforntalsector, wonlen'saccess propertyrights as to towardsensuring well as agriculturai inputsand implements; (gt To irnplemcnt. a matterof urgency, accordance in as measures ensure to that u'ith country-specific conclitions. right to decidefreely and women and men have the sarne of andspacing theirchildrenand responsibly number the have access information.educationand means,as to Ltl appropriate. enablethem to exercisethis right in held dignity andpersonally keepingwith theirfreedom. val ues: (h) To consideradopting.strengthening enforcing and prohibitingviolenceagainstwomen and to legislation

220

take all necessaryadminisbative, social and educational measures eliminate violenceagainst to womenin all its forms.

ACTIVITIES 24.3 Governmentsshould take active stepsto implement the following: (a) Measuresto review policies and establishplans to increasethe proportion of women involved as decision makers,planners,managers, scientistsand technicaladvisersin the design,development and implementationof policies and programmes sustainable for development; (b) Measures to strengthen and empower women's bureaux,women's non-governmentalorganizations and women'sgroupsin enhancing capacity-building susfor tainabledevelopment; (c) Measures eliminateilliteracy amongfemalesand to to expand the enrolment of women aurd girls in educational institutions,to promotethe goal of universalaccess to primary and secondary educationfor girl children and for women, and to increase educational and training opportunitiesfor women and girls in sciences and technology, particularly at the post-secondary level; (d) Programmes to promote the reduction of the heavy workload of women and girl children at home and outside through the establishmentof more and affordable nurseries andkindergartens Governments, by local authorities,employers and other relevant organizations and the sharingof householdtasksby men and women on an equal basis,and to promote the provision of environmentallysoundtechnologies which have been designed,developedand improved in consultationwith women, accessibleand clean water, an efficient fuel supply and adequate sanitationf4cilities; (e) Programmes establishand strengthen to preventive and curative health facilities, which include womencentred,women-managed, safe and effective reproductive health care and affordable,accessible, responsible planning of family size and services,as appropriate,in keeping with freedom, dignity and personally held values. Programmes shouldfocus on providing comprehensivehealth care, including p:e-natalcare, education and information on health and responsibleparenthood, and shouldprovidethe opportunityfor all women to fully breastfeed leastduring the first four monthspost-parat tum. Progriunmes shouldfully supportwomen'sproductive and reproductiveroles and well-being and should pay special attention to the need to provide equal and improved health care for all children and to reducethe risk of maternaland child mortality and sickness; (f) Programmesto support and strengthenequal employment opportunitiesand equitable remunerationfor women in the formal and informal sectors with adequate

economic,political and social support systemsand services,including child care,particularlyday-carefacilities and parentalleave, and equal accessto credit, land and other naturalresources; G) Programmes to establish rural banking systems with a view to facilitating and increasingrural women's accessto credit and to agricultural inputs and implements: (h) Programmesto develop consumerawareness and the active participation of women, emphasizing their crucial role in achievingchangesnecessary reduceor to eliminateunsustainable patterns consumption of andproduction, particularly in industrializedcountries,in order to encourageinvestmentin environmentallysoundproductive activities and induce environmentally and socially friendly industrial development; (i) Prograrnmesto eliminate persistent negative images,stereotypes, attitudes andprejudices againstwomen through changes in socialization patterns, the media, advertising,and formal and non-formal education; 0) Measuresto review progressmade in these areas, including thepreparation a review andappraisal of report which includesrecommendations be submittedto the to 1995 world conferenceon women. 24.4 Governmentsare urged to ratify all relevant conventions pertaining to women if they have not already done so. Those that have ratified conventions should enforce and establishlegal, constitutionaland administrative procedures transformagreedrights into domesto tic legislation and should adopt measures implement to them in order to strengthen legal capacityof women the for full and equalparticipationin issuesand decisionson sustainable development. 24.5 Statespartiesto the Conventionon the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination againstWomen should review and suggestamendments it by the year 2000, to with a view to strengthening thoseelementsof the Convention relatedto environmentand development, giving specialattentionto the issueof accessand entitlements to natural resources,technology, creative banking facilitiesandlow-costhousing, the controlof pollution and and toxicity in the home and workplace. Statesparties should also clarify the extent of the Convention'sscope with respectto the issuesof environmentand development and requestthe Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women to develop guidelines regarding the nature of reporting such issues,required under particulararticlesof the Convention.

A) AREAS REQU/RING URGENT ACTTON 24.6 Countriesshould take urgent measures avert the to ongoing rapid environmentaland economicdegradation

221

in dcveloping countriesthat generally atfects the lives of \'omen and children in rural areas sLrfferingdrouglrt, rtification and delorcstation.arnrcdhostilities. natudese rai disasters. toxic rvasteand the aftermath of the use of products. urisuitablcagrc'-chcnrical 1.1.7In order to reachthesegoals, women should be fully involvcd in decision-making and in the implen-rentation o f s u s t a i n a b l e e v e l o o m e n ta c t i v i t i e s . d

8 l R E S F A R C HD A T AC O L L F C T T OA N D , N D/S.SEMINAI/ON INFORMAI/ON OF ('ountries should develop gender-sensitivedatal-tr.t1 bases, inforn-ration systems and participatory actionorientcd research and policy analyses with the coliaboration of acaclemic institLrtionsand local women rcsearchers the following: on (at Knowledge and experience on the part of women of' thc managenrcnt trndconsen,ationclf natural resources lor incorporation in thc databasesand intbrmation systems for sristainablcdeveloprnent; (b) The' irnpact of structural adjustment prograffunes on worncn. ln rt:su'rrrclt donc c-utstructural adjustment programnres.specialaitention should be given to the difl-erential inipact o1'thoseprograrnmcson women, especially in lr-rnrsot'cut-hacks in sociai scrvices.education and health and in the remrlvai of subsidiescln tbcld and fuel: (c) The impact ()n women of environmental degradation. particularlv dror.rght. deserrification.toxic chemiea l s i l r t da n r e c l h o s t i l i t i e s : (rj ) ,\nalvsis of the structural linkages between gender r - c i i i lo n s . c r r v i n r n r t t c na n d d c v c l o p m e n t ; t ( c . t T ' h ei n t e g r a t i o n f t h e v a l u eo f u n p a i dr v o r k . i n c l u d o rng u'ork that is currently designated "domestic", in resource accounting mechanisms in order better to reprcscnt thi: truc value of the contribution of rvomen to the cconon)v.using reviseciguidelinesf or the United Nations S v s t e r nt r f N a t i o n a l A c c o u n t s .t o b e i s s u e di n 1 9 9 3 : (t) I\{eiisures develop and inclLrde to environmental,social and genclcr irnpact analyses as an essential step in the ancl developrnc-n1 monitoring of prograrnmesand policies; (g) Prograrnrnes 1<.l create rural and urban training, research and rcsource centres in developing and developed countrie\ that wrll serveto disseminateenvironr n e r t t a l l ts o u n d t e c h n o l o g i e s o \ \ ' o m e n . ' t

includingthosewith a special focuson therole of women, in meetingdevelopment environment and objectives, and make recommendations strengthening fbr their capacities.Institutions in thatrequirespecial attention this area include the Division for the Advancement Women of (Centrefor Social f)evelopmentand Humanitarian Affairs, United NationsOffice at Vienna),the United Nations DevelopmentFund for Women (UNIFEM), the International Research TrainingInstitutefor the Adand vancementof Women (INSTRAW) and the women's programmes regionalcommissions. reviewshould The of considerhow the environmentand developmentprogrammesof each body of the United Nations system could be strengthened implernerlt Agenda2l and how to to incorporatethe role of women in programmes and decisions relatedto sustainable developmenf. 74J0 Each body of the United Nations systemshould review the numberof women in seniorpolicy-leveland decision-makingposts and, where appropriate,adopt progranlmes increase to in with that nurnber, accordance Economicand SocialCouncil resolution1991l17on the improvementof the status women in the Secretariat. of 24.11UNIFEM should establish regularconsultations with donorsin collaboration with UNICEF. with a view to promoting operationalprogrammes and projectson sustainable development that will strengthen particithe pationof women,especially wornen, suslow-income in tainabledevelopment and in decision-rnaking. UNDP shouldestablish \,\,'omen's a focal point on development and environmentin each of its residentrepresentative officesto provideinformationand promoteexchange of experience informationin these fields. Bodiesof the and United Nations system,governmentsand non-govemmentalorganizations involvedin the follow-up to the Conference theimplementation Agenda2l should and of ensure that genderconsiderations fully integrated are intcl all the policies, programmcs activities. and

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF F/N A N C /N G N D C OS I E V A I.U A TION A 21.12The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000) intplementing of the activitiesof this chapterto be about$.10 million from the intemational communityon grantor concessional terms. These are indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates onlv and havenot beenreviewed Governments. by Actual costs and financial terms, including any that are non-concessional, depend will upon,inter ulia, the specific strategies and programmesGovernrnents decide upon for implernentation.

I c j / N T F R N A T / O N AA N D R E G / O N A L COOPERAI/ON ND COORD/NAI/ON A l-{.t) I'hc Sccretary-Generalofthe United Nations should rcr icu the adequacy of all United Nations institutions,

222

Reporf of the World Conference to Review ond Approise fhe Achievementsof the United Nofions Decode for Women: Equality, Development ond Peoce, Noirobi, 15-26 July 1985 (United , N o t i o n s p u b l i c o t i o nS o l e sN o . E . 8 5 . l V . . l 0 )c h o p t e r l, s e c t . A . ,

ltJ

INTRODUCTION

25"1 Youth comprise nearly 30 per cent of the world's population.The involvementof today'syouth in environment and developmentdecision-makingand in the implementationof prograrnmes critical to the long-term is success Agenda21. of

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
AND Al ADVANCTNG ROLE YOTTTH TF|E OF IN ACTIVETY INVOTVINGIHE'YT THEPROIECTION AND THEPRO}TONONOF OF THEENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAIDEVETOPfrIENT ECONO}Trc
FOR BASIS ACNON 25.2 lt is imperativethat youth from all partsof the world participate levelsof decision-making activelyin all relevant processes because affectstheir lives today andhasimpliit cations for their futures. In addition to their intellectual contributionandtheir ability to mobilize support,theybring uniqueperspectives needto be takeninto account. that within the 25.3 Numerousactionsand recommendations internationalcommunity have been proposedto ensure that youth are provided a secure and healthy future, including an environmentof quality, improved standards to of living and access educationand employment.These planning. issues needto be addressed development in

communities, establisha processto promote dialogue between the youth community and Government at all levels and to establish mechanismsthat permit youth access information and provide them with the opporto tunity to presenttheir perspectives governmentdecion sions,includingthe implementation Agenda21. of 25.5 Each country,by the year 2000, should ensurethat more than 50 per cent of its youth, genderbalanced,are enrolled in or have access appropriatesecondary to education or equivalenteducational vocationaltraining or programmes increasingparticipationand access by rates on an annualbasis. 25.6 Each country should undertakeinitiatives aimed at particureducingcurrentlevels of youth unemployment, larly where they are disproportionately high in comparison to the overall unemploymentrate. 25.7 Eachcountryandthe United Nationsshouldsupport the promotion and creation of mechanismsto involve youth representation all United Nations processes in in order to influencethoseprocesses. 25.8 Each country shouldcombathuman rights abuses againstyoung people, particulariy young women and girls, and shouldconsiderprovidingall youth with legal protection,skills,opportunities and thesupportnecessary for them to fulfil their personal,economic and social aspirations potentials. and

ACTIVITIES 25.9 Governments,accordingto their strategies, should take measures to: (a) Establish proceduresallowing for consultation and participation youth of both genders, 1993,in possible of by decision-making processes with regardto the environment, involving youth at the local, national and regionallevels; (b) Promotedialoguewith youth organizations regarding the drafting and evaluationof environmentplansand programmesor questionson development;

OBJECTVES 25.4 Each country should,in consultationwith its youth

224

(c) Consider for incorporation into relevant policies the of rccommendations intemational,regional and local youth and conferences otherforumsthat offer youth penpectiveson mirnagement; and socialandeconomicdevelopment resource (d) Ensure for access allyouth to all typesof education, wherever appropriate,providing alternativelearning structures,ensurethat educationreflects the economic the and social needsof youth and incorporates concepts of environmental awarenessand sustainabledevelopment throughout the curricula; and expand vocational innovativemethodsaimedat intraining,implementing scouting; practicalskills,suchasenvironmental creasing (e) In cooperationwith relevant ministries and organof includingrepresentatives youth,developand izations, implement strategiesfor creating alternative employment opportunities and provide required training to young men and women; (0 Establishtask forces that include youth and youth non-goverrlmentalorganizations to develop educational and awarenessprogramlnes specifically targeted to the youth population on critical issuespertainingto youth. Thesetaskforcesshoulduseformal andnon-formaleducaNationaland tional methodsto reacha maximum audience. businesses organizations, local media,non-govemmental in shouldassist thesetaskforces; and otherorganizations (g) Give support to programmes,projects, networks, national organizations and youth non-governmental to organizations examinethe integrationof programmes the encouraging in relationto their projectrequirements, involvementof youth in project identification,design, and follow-up; implementation in (h) Include youth representatives their delegations with therelevant in meetings, accordance to international GeneralAssemblyresolutionsadoptedin 1968, l9ll , a 1985 nd1989. 25.10The United Nations and internationalorganizato: shouldtake measures tions with youth programmes (a) Review their youth programmesand considerhow betweenthem can be enhanced; coordination of (b) Improve the dissemination relevantinformationto govemments,youth organizationsand other non-governand on mentalorganizations ctrrent youthpositions activities, the andmonitorandevaluate applicationof Agenda21; (c) Promote the United Nations Trust Fund for the InternationalYouth Yearand collaboratewith youth repof in resentatives the administration it, focusingparticularly on the needsof youth from developingcountries.

of age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe programme be about$1.5 million on to activitiesof this terms. These are indicative and grant or concessional order-of-magnitudeestimatesonly and have not been reviewedby Governments.Actual costsand financial will terms,includingany that are non-concessional, destrategiesand propend upon, inter alia, the specific decideupon for implementation. grammesGovernments

DEVETOPMENT B) CHIIDRENlN SUSTAINABTE FOR BASIS ACTION of 25.12Childrennot only will inherit the responsibility looking after the Earth,but in many developingcountries they comprisenearly half the population.Furthermore, countries childrenin both developingand industrialized are highly vulnerable to the effects of environmental degradation.They are also highly aware supportersof of thinking.The specificinterests children environmental need to be taken fully into accountin the participatory processon environmentand developmentin order to of the safeguard future sustainability any actionstaken to improvethe environment.

OBJECTIVES to according their policies, 25.13Nationalgovernments, to: shouldtake measures of anddevelopment (a) Ensure survival,protection the by with the goalsendorsed the children,in accordance annex); 1990World Summitfor Children(A1451625, of (b) Ensurethat the interests childrenaretakenfully for process sustainable into accountin the participatory improvement. and environmental development

MEANSOF IMPLEMENTATION F/NANC/NG AND COSI EVALUATION 25.11 The Conference secretariat has estimated the aver-

ACTIVITIES shouldtake activestepsto: 25.14Governments (a) Implement programmesfor children designedto of in goalsof the 1990s the areas reachthe child-related health,nutriespecially environmentand developn-rent, literacyand povertyalleviation; tion, education, (b) Ratify the Conventionon the Rights of the Child (GeneralAssembly resolution 44125of 20 November momentandimplementit by 1989,annex),at the earliest the addressing basicneedsof youth and children; careactivitiesthat (c) Promoteprimaryenvironmental addressthe basic needsof communities,improve the environmentfor children at the householdand comthe participationand emmunity level and encourage powerment of local populations,including wolnen. people,towardsthe obyouth, children and indigenous

225

jective of integrated community management of resources, especiallyin developingcountries; (d) Expand educationalopportunitiesfor children and youth, including educationfor environmentaland developmentalresponsibility,with overriding attentionto the educationof the girl child; (e) Mobilize communitiesthrough schoolsand local u..or* healthcentresso that childrenand their parents of effective focal points for sensitization communitiesto : , lssues; : envlronmenttu (0 Establishprocedures incorporatechildren's conto for cernsinto all relevantpolicies and strategies environment and developmentat the local, regionaland national levels,including thoseconcerningallocationof and entitlement to natural resources, housing and recreation needs,and control of pollution and toxicity in both rural and urbanareas. Z5.lS Internationaland regional orgamzatrons should and coordinatein the proposedareas. UNICEF cooperate andcollaborationwith other shouldmaintaincooperation organizationsof the United Nations, Governmentsand

non-governmental to organizations developprogrammes for children and programmesto mobilize children in the activities outlined above.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F'NANC'NGAND cosT EVALUATI?N 25.16Financingrequirements most of the activities for are included in estimatesfor other programlnes'

B) HUMA,N RESOURCE DEVELaPMENT AND CAPACITY-BUILDING 25.17The activitiesshould facilitate capacity-building andtrainingactivitiesalreadycontainedinotherchapters of Agenda 21'

226

) A Z-V

the nizingond strengthening roleof Recog ond indigenous people theircommunities

P R O G R A M MA R E A E

a of olution 451164 18 December1990,presents timely opportunity to mobilize further international technical and fi nancial cooperation.

BASIS ACTION FOR havean peopleandtheir communities 26.1Indigenous historicalrelationshipwith their landsand are generof ally descendants the original inhabitantsof such lands. In the context of this chapterthe term "lands" of to is understood include the environment the areas traditionallyoccupy.Inwhich the peopleconcerned digenouspeople and their communitiesrepresenta of significantpercentage the global population.They a over many generations holistictradihavedeveloped tional scientificknowledgeof their lands,naturalrepeopleand their Indigenous sources and environment. conrmunitiesshall enjoy the full measureof human without hindrance or freedoms rightsand fundamental discrinrination.Their ability to participate fully in practiceson their lands has development sustainable tendedto be limited as a result of factorsof an economic. social and historical nature. In view of the and between naturalenvironment the interrelationship its sustainable developmentand the cultural, social, economicand physical well-beingof indigenous people. nationaland international efforts to implement development environmentallysound and sustainable promoteandstrengthen accommodate, shouldrecognize, peopleand their communities. thcrole of indigenous 16.l Some of the goals inherentin the objectivesand activitiesof this programmeareaare alreadycontained as in such internationaliegal instruments the ILO InConvention(No. 169) and digenousand Tribal Peoples into the draft universaldeclaration arebeingincorporated by rights,being prepared the United Naon indigenous tions working group on indigenouspopulations.The lntemational Year for the World's IndigenousPeople (1993),proclaimed the General Assemblyin its resby

OBJECTIVES 26.3 ln full partnership with indigenouspeopleand their communities,Governmentsand, where appropriate,intergovernmentalorganizationsshould aim at fulfillins the following objectives: (a) Establishment a process empowerindigenous of to people and their communities through measuresthat include: (i) Adoption or strengtheningof appropriatepolicies at and/orlegal instruments the nationallevel; peopleand (ii) Recognition thatthe landsof indigenous from activitiesthat their communitiesshouldbe protected are environmentally unsound or that the indigenous peopleconcerned considerto be socially and culturally inappropriate; (iii) Recognitionof their values,traditionalknowledge practiceswith a view to proand resourcemanagement developmoting environmentally soundand sustainable menU (iv) Recognition that traditionaland direct dependence including susresources and ecosystems, on renewable to tainableharvesting, continues be essential the culto tural, economicand physical well-beingof indigenous peopleand their communities; (v) Development and strengtheningof national dispute-resolution in of arrangements relation to settlement land and resource-management concerns; (vi) Support for alternative environmentally sound meansof productionto ensurea rangeof choiceson how to improvetheir quality of life so thatthey caneffectively participatein sustainable development; (vii) Enhancement capacity-building indigenous for of of and exchange communities, basedon the adaptation

227

knowledge traditional experience, andresource-management practices, ensure to their sustainable development; (b) Establishment, whereappropriate, arrangements of to strengthenthe active participation of indigenous peopleandtheircommunities thenationalformulation in of policies,laws and prograrrrmes relating to resource management otherdevelopment processes may and that affect them, and their initiation of proposalsfor such policiesand programmes; (c) Involvementof indigenouspeopleand their communities at the national and local levels in resource management conservation and strategies otherrelevand ant prografiunes established supportand review susto development strategies, tainable suchasthosesuggested in otherprogramme areas Agenda21. of

ACTIVITIES 26.4 Some indigenouspeople and their communities may require, in accordance with national legislation, greatercontrol over their lands,self-management their of participation development resources, in decisions affecting them,including,where appropriate, participation in theestablishrnent management protected or of areas. The following are someof the specificmeasures which Governments could take: (a) Consider ratiflcationandapplication existing the of international conventions relevantto indigenous people (wherenot yet done)and provide and their communities supportfor the adoptionby the GeneralAssemblyof a declaration indigenous on rights; (b) Adopt or strengthenappropriatepolicies and/or legalinstruments will protectindigenous that intellectual andculturalpropertyandthe right to preserve customary and administrative systems and practices. 26.-5 United Nations organizations and other international development and financeorganizations Govand ernments should.drawing on the activeparticipationof peopleandtheircommunities, appropriate, indigenous as take the following measures, inter alia, to incorporate views and knowledge,includingthe unique their values, contributionof indigenous women,in resource management and otherpoliciesand programmes that may affect them: (a) Appoint a specialfbcal point within each international organization,and organizeannual interorganizational coordinationmeetingsin consultation with Governments and indigenous organizations, appropriate, as anddevelopa procedure within and between operational agenciesfor assistingGovernmentsin ensuringthe coherentand coordinated incorporation the views of of indigenous peoplein the designand implementation of policies and programmes. Under this procedure, in-

digenouspeople and their communitiesshould be informed and consultedand allowed to participatein national decision-making,in particular regardingregional and internationalcooperativeefforts. In addition, these policies and prograrnmes should take fully into account strategies basedon local indigenous initiatives; ft) Provide technicaland financial assistance cafor pacity-buildingprograrnmes supportthe sustainable to self-developmentof indigenouspeople and their communities; (c) Strengthen research and education programmes aimedat: (i) Achieving a better understandingof indigenous people'sknowledgeand management experience related to the environment,and applying this to contemporary development challenges ; (ii) Increasingthe efficiency of indigenouspeople's resourcemanagement systems, example,by promotfor ing the adaptationand disseminationof suitabletechnological innovations; (d) Contributeto the endeavours indigenouspeople of andtheircommunities resource in management conand (suchasthosethat may be developed servationstrategies under appropriateprojects funded through the Global Environment Facility and the Tropical Forestry Action Plan)andotherprogramme areas Agenda21,including of programmesto collect, analyseand use data and other information in support of sustainable development projects. 26.6 Governments, full partnership in with indigenous peopleand their communitiesshould,whereappropriate: (a) Develop or strengthennational arrangementsto consult with indigenouspeople and their communities with a view to reflecting their needsand incorporating their values and traditional and other knowledge and practicesin nationalpoliciesand programmes thefield in of natural resourcemanagement and conservation and other development progranxne affecting them; s (b) Cooperateat the regionallevel, where appropriate, to addresscomfiton indigenousissueswith a view to recognizing and strengthening their participation susin tainabledevelopment.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 26.7 The Conferencesecretariat estimatedthe averhas age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe of activities of this programmeto be about $3 million on grant or concessional terms. These are indicativeand order-of-magnitudeestimatesonly and have not been reviewedby Governments. Actual costs and financial

228

will terms,including any that are non-concessional, depend upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmesGovernments decideupon for implementation.

C) HUMANRESOURCE DEVELOPMENI 26.9 Internationaldevelopmentagenciesand Governments should commit financial and other resourcesto education and training for indigenouspeople and their communities developtheir capacities achievetheir to to sustainableself-development,and to contribute to and participatein sustainable and equitabledevelopmentat the national level. Particular attention should be given to strengthening role of indigenous the women.

AND ADM/N/srRAr/y TRAMEwoRKs E B) LEGAL 26.g Governmentsshould incorporate,in collaboration with the indigenouspeople affected, the rights and responsibilities of indigenous people and their communities in the legislationof eachcountry,suitableto the country'sspecificsituation. Developingcountriesmay requiretechnical assistance implement to these activities.

229

27

the Strengthening roleof non-governmentol Portners sustoinoble orgonizotions: for development

PROGRAMME EA AR

BASIS FORACTION l - i . I N n n , s o v e r n n r e n i ao r g a n i z a t i o n s l a v a v i t a l r o l e i n l p ! ltr: .,lr;rpi g uriri rrr crricntati ol' participatory democrr rpl on -['hei r:ac r credi bi I i tv I ies i n the responsible and constnlcv Ine rolc lhel pla] in srlcietv. Formal and inlbrmal org:rni;..atrons. well as grass-rootsnlovements, should ils b e r e c o g n i z e d a s p a r t n e r s i n t h e i m p l e r n c n t a t i c l no f Agenda 21. The nature of the independentrole played by non-governmental organizations within a society calls fbr real participation: therelore, independence is a major attribute of non-govenrmental organizations and is the prcconclitionof real participation. 27.2 One of the major challengesfacing the world contntunitv as it seeksto replace unsustainable development patterns with environmentally sound and sustainable developnlent is the need to activate a sense of common pLrrposeon behalf of all sectors of society. The chances ril' lilrging such a sense of prirylosewill clependon the rvillingnessof all sectorsto participatein genuine social partnership and dialogue. while recognizing the independent roles. responsibilitiesand special capacities of each. 17..1Non-goveil)mental organizations. including those rron.prof it organizationsrepresentinggroups addressed i n t h c p r c s e n ts e c t i o no f A g e n d a 2 1 , p o s s e s s e l l - e s t a b w iishe-cl and divcrse experience,expertise and capacity in fielcls u'hich will be of particular importance to the implcinc'ntation and review of environrnentally sound and socially responsiblesustainable development.as ellrisaged throughout Agenda 21. The community of n ( r n - g ( ) \ ' e l ' n n r e n t a l r g a n i z a t i o n s , t h e r e f c l r e ,o f f e r s a o global network that should be tapped, enabled and strengthcncd in support of efforfs to achieve these c ( ) n r m o ng o a l s .

27.4 To ensure that the full potential contribution of non-governmental organizations realized,the fullest is possible communication cooperation and betweeninternationalorganizations, nationaland local governments andnon-governmental organizations shouldbe promoted in institutionsmandated, programmes and designed to carry out Agelrda 21. Non-governmental organizations will also need to foster cooperationand communicationamongthemselves reinforcetheir effecto tiveness actorsin the implementation sustainable as of devel opment.

OBJECTIVES 27.5 Society. Governments and international bodies shoulddevelopmechanisms allow non-governmental to organizations play their partnership to role responsibly and effectivelyin the process environmentally of sound and sustainable development. 27.6 With a view to strengthening the role of nongovernmentalorganizationsas social partners,the United Nationssystemand Govemments shouldinitiate a process, consultation in with non-goverrrmental organizations,to review formal procedures and mechanisms for the involvementof theseorganizations all levels at from policy-makinganddecision-making implemento tati on. 27.7 By 1995,a mutuallyproductivedialogueshouldbe established thenationallevelbetween Governments at all and non-governmental organi zati ons and t heir self organized networks to recognize and strengthentheir respective rolesin implementing environmentally sound and sustainable development. 27.8 Governments international and bodies shouldpromote and allow the participationof non-governmental organizations in the conception, establishment and evaluationof official mechanismsand formal proceduresdesigned to reviewthe implementation Agenda2I atall levels. of

230

ACTIVITIES 21.9 The LlniteclNations systern,including internat i o n a l f i n a n c e a n d d e v e l o p m e n t a g e n c i e s ,a n d a l l i n tergovernnrental r:rganizations and lbrurns should, in consultation with non-sovernmental organizations, take measures to: (a) Review and report on ways of enhancing existing procedures and mechanisms by rvhich non-governmental organizations contribute to policy design. decisionanclevaluation at the individual rnaking, irnplernentatiott and in United agency level" in inter-agency disc:ussions Nations conlerences: (b) On the basis of subparagraph(a) above, enhance existing or, where they do not exist, establish,nrechanisms and procedureswithin each agency to draw on the expertise and views of non-governmental organizations in policy and programme design, irnplernentation and evaluation: (c) Review levels of financial and administrative support fbr non-,gover"nmental organizaticlnsand the extent and efl'ectivenessof their involvement in project and programnre impiementation. with a view to augmenting their role as social partners: (d) Design open and effective means of achier,'ing the participation of non-governnrentalclrganizationsin the processes established to rer,'iew and evaluate the imp l e m e n t a t i o no f A g e n d a 2 1 a t a l l l e v e l s : (e) Promote and allow' non-govemmental organizations and their self-organizednetworks to contribute to the review and evalualion of policies and programtnes d e s i g n e dt o i m p l e m e n t A g e n d a 2 1 , i n c l u d i n g s u p p o r tf o r developin g country non -governntcntalorganizationsand their sell-organizednetworks. (f) Tlrke into account the findings of non-govemmental processes in relevant rel'iew s)'stems and evalr"ration reports of the Secretary-General to the Gencral Assembly'.and of all pertinent United Nations organizationsand othcr intergovernmentalrtrganizationsand forums concerning implenrentation of Agenda 21, in accordance u ' i t h t h e r e v i e w , p r o c e s sb r A g c n d i i 2 l : l ( g ) P r o v i d e a c r c e s so r n o n - g o v e r n m e n t a l o r g a n i z a f tions to accurateand timely data and informaticln to promote the ef1'ectiveness f thcir prograntmes and o l u c t i v i t i e s a n d t h e i r n r l e s i n s r - r p p o no f s u s t a i n a b l e derelopment. l7 l0 Governments shor-rld take measuresto: (a ) Establishor enhancean existing dialogue with nonsovenlmcntal organizationsand their self-organizednetvarious sectors.which could serveto: u orks representing ( i ) considerthe rights and responsibilitiesof'theseorganizations: (ii I efficiently channel integraled non-governnrental inputs to the governmental policy development process:and (iii ) facilititte non-governmentalcoordina-

tion in implernenting national policies at the programnrc level: (b) Encourage and enable partnership and dialogue between local non-governmental clrganizationsand local authorities in activities ainred at sustainable development; ( c ) I n v o l v e n o n - g o v e r n m e n t a l c l r g a n i z u t i o n si r t r t a t i o n a l m e c h a n i s m s o r p r o c e d u r e se s t a b l i s h e dt o c a r r y out Agenda 21, making the best use ol-their particular c a p a c i t i e s .e s p e c i a l l y i n t h e f i e l d s o f e d u c a t i o n . p o v erty alleviation and cnvironnrentalprotection and rehabilitation: (d) Take into accountthe lindings r:f non-govcrnntental monitoring and revieu, mechanisrns in the design and evaltiation of policies concenlll'rgthe irlplementiiticlii of' Agenda 21 at all levels. (e) Review government education systems to identil'r' w a y s t o i n c l u d e a n d e x p a n d t h e i n v o l v e n t e n to 1 ' n o n governmental organizations in the f ielci of lbrrnal and informal education and of public awareness: (f) Make available and accessible non-govrrnrnental to lirr and organizationsthe cLata infbrnration ncccssarr' their' effective contribution tr) rescitrch itntl to lht ilesi;:n. prosr';lrilntes" implementation and eviiluatiortcil-

MEANSOF IMPLEMENTATION A ' F / N A N C / N GA N D C O S T E V A L U A T I O N 27.11 Depending on thc outcome of rcvieu' processes and the evolution of r,'iews as to hclw bcst to builcl partnership iind dialogue hctu'een olllcial organizaticins and groups of non-govcrnmcntal organ i z ati on s. relative: l"v* limited but unprcdictahlc.costs r.r,ill involved;tt thr-bc international and national levels in enhancing con:iultative procedures and mechanisnrs. Non-govgrnrnentiil organizations'uvilI iilso rccluircaclditionall.undingin .;rrppclrt of their establishrnentof. irnprol'enrerlto1'ot corr The'se costs tributions to Age nda 2l rnonitoring sy'stcnrs. w i l l b e s i g n i f i c : a nb u l c a n n o t b e r e l i a l - r l c s t i n r a t c t l o n h c t v t b a s i so f e x i s t i n g i n l o r n r a t i c r n "

B) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 2 1 . 1 2 T h e o r g a n i z a t i o n so l ' t h c l - - i n i t e d a t i o n s s y s t e n l N and other intcrgovcrnnrcntalorganizations and forurrris. bilateral programmes anclthe private sectrlr.as appropriate, will need to provide' increasedfinancial anclatlnrinistrativesLlpport or non-govcrnmcntalorganizltions iind f their sell-organized nctw'orks. in particular thosc l-rased i n d e v e l o p i n gc o u n t r i e s t h a t c i i n t r i b u l et o t h c n r o n i t o r i r t g . and evaluation ol' Agencla 2 | progranrnres.antl pror icle

231

training for non-governmental organizations(and assist them to develop their own training prograrnmes)at the internationalandregionallevelsto enhance their partnership role in programmedesign and implementation. 27.13 Govemments needto promulgate will orsftengthen, subject to country-specific conditions, any legislative measures necessary enable establishment non-govto the by ernmentalorganizations consultativegroups,and to enof surethe right of non-govemmental organizations protect to the public interestthrough legal action.

232

A n

lU

'.ocql initiotives outhorities'

21 l, supportAgendo of

P R O G R A M MA R E A E

ACTIVITIES 28.3 Each local authorityshouldenter into a clialogue and with its citizens, local organizations privateenter-l'hrough prisesand adopt"A local Agenda21"" consullocal authorities would tation and consensus-building, learn from citizensand from lclcal,civic. conrmunity, and acquirethe business and industrialorganizations information neededfor formulatingthe best strategies. The process consultation would increase household of l-ocalauissues. awareness sustainable of development policies.laws anclregulations to thority programmes. wor-rld assessed be and achieveAgenda 2l objectives m o d i f i e d . b a s e d o n l o c a l p r o g r a m m e sa d o p t c d . proposals for Strategies couldalsobe usedin supporting funding. local,national. regional and international 28.4 Partnerships should be fostereclamong relevant such as UNDP, the United organsand organizations (Habitat)and Nations Centre for Human Settlements the UNE,P. World Bank"regionalbanks, Intcrnational the of Unionof l,ocalAuthorities. WorldAssociation the thc MajorMetropolises. Summitof Great Citiesof theWorld, the U ni ted Tow ns Organi zati on and other relevant partners. i th a vi ew to mobi l i zi ngi ncreasednt er naw i An ti onal support for l ocal authori ty progran" l m es. i mportantgoal w oul d be to support. extendan d im proveexi sti ng nsti tuti ons orki ngi n thef i el d of local i w authori ty capaci ty-bui l di ng and l ocal envi ronm ent management. thi s purposc: For (a) Habitat and andotherrelevant organs organizations a o f t h e U n i t e d N a t i o n s s ) ' \ t L ' m r e c a l l e d L l p o nt o s s t r e n g t h e n e r v i c e si n c o l l e c t i n g i n f o r m a t i o no n for strategies localauthorities. prarlicular thosethat of in needinternational support: (b) Periodic involvingbothinternational consultations panners developing and countries couldrcviewstrategies how suchinternational support ccluldbest and consider wclulcl contbe mobilizcd. Sucha sectoral consultation plementconcurrent such country-fircused consultatiotts.

FOR BASIS ACTION so 28.1 Because many of the problemsand solutions try beingaddressed Agenda2l havetheir rootsin local activities,the participationand cooperationof local in authoritieswill be a determiningl"actor fulfilling its and construct, operate mainLocal authorities objectives. infrastructure, tain economic,socialand envirclnmental processes, establish localenvironmenplanning oversee in ancl tal policiesand regulations, assist implementing policies. the As environmental national and subnational theyplay a vital levelof governance closest thepeople. to to mobilizing andresponding thepublic rolein educating, developtnent. to promotesustainable

OBJECTIVES f s 28.2 The followingobjective areproposcdor this programmearea: (a) By 1996,most lclcalauthontiesin each country process with thcir haveundertaken consultative a should o n " a l ocal populat ionsan d a c h i e v e da c o n s e l l s u s A genda2I " f or th e c o mmu n i ty ' ; (b) By 1993, international communityshouldhave the process coaimedat increasing initiateda consultative local authoritiesl operation between (c) By 1994,representatives associattions cities of of levels shouldhaveincreased and otherlocal authorities with thegoalof enhancof cooperation coordination and among ing the cxchange informationand experience of localauthoriticsr (d) All localauthorities each should encourbe in country which aim at agedto implementand monitorprograrnmes in ensuring womenandyoutharerepresented decisionthat processes. making.planning andimplementation

lJ3

as those taking place in consultativegroups and round tables. 28.5 Representatives associations local authorities of of are encouragedto establish processesto increasethe exchangeof information, experienceand mutual technical assistance among local authorities.

strengthening internationalsecretariat services implefor menting the activities in this chapterto be about $1 million on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicative andorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot been reviewed by Governments.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF Al F/NANC'NGAND COSTEVALUATTON 28.6 It is recommended that all partiesreassess funding needsin this area. The Conferencesecretariat has estimated the average total annual cost (1993-2000) for

B) HUMANRFSOURCE DEVELOPMENI AND CAPACITY-BUILDING 28.7 This programme should facilitate the capacitybuilding and training activitiesalreadycontainedin other chapters Agenda21. of

234

29

Strengthening roleof workers the ond theirtrodeunions

P R O G R A M MA R E A E

BASIS ACTION FOR 29.1 Effortsto implementsustainable development will involve adjustments opportunities the nationaland and at enterpriselevels, with workers foremost among those concerned. theirrepresentatives, unionsarevital As trade actorsin facilitatingthe achievement sustainable of development in view of their experiencein addressing industrialchange,the extremelyhigh priority they give to protectionof the working environmentand the related natural environment,and their promotion of socially responsibleand economic development. The existing network of collaboration among trade unions and their extensive membership provide important channels through which the conceptsand practicesof sustainable development can be supported. The established principlesof tripartismprovide a basisfor strengthened collaboration between workersandtheirrepresentatives, Governments and employersin the implementation of sustainable development.

(b) To establishbipartite and tripanite mechanisms on safety, healthand sustainable development; (c) To increase numberof environmental the collective agreements aimedat achieving sustainable development; (d) To reduceoccupational accidents, injuriesand diseases according recognized to statistical reportingprocedures; (e) To increasethe provision of workers' education, training and retraining,particularlyin the areaof occupationalhealthand safetyand environment.

ACTIVITIES A) PROMOIING FREEDOM ASSOCIATION OF 29.4 For workersand their tradeunionsto play a full and informedrole in supportof sustainable development, Govemments and employers shouldpromotetherightsof individual workersto freedomof association the protection and of the right to organizeas laid down in ILO conventions. Governments shouldconsider ratifying and implementing thoseconventions, they havenot alreadvdoneso. if

OBJECTIVES 29.2 The overall objective is poverty alleviationand full and sustainable ernployment, which contributeto safe.clean and healthyenvironments the working environment, communityandthe physicalenvironthe ment. Workersshouldbe full participants the imin plementationand evaluationof activities related to Agenda 1. 2 29.3 To that end the following objectivesare proposed for accomplishment the year 2000: by (a) To promoteratiflcationof relevantconventions of ILO and the enactment legislation supportof those of in conventions:

8/ SIRENGIHEN'NG PARTTCTPAIION AND CONSUIIAI/ON 29.5 Governments, businessand industry should promote the active participationof workers and their trade unions in decisionson the design,implementation and evaluation of national and internationalpolicies and programmes environmentand development. on including employment policies, industrial strategies, labour adjustmentprogramme and technologytranst-ers. s 29.6 Tradeunions,employersand Governments should cooperate ensure to thatthe concept sustainable of developmentis equitablyimplemented.

235

29. 7 I or nt (e mp l o y e r/w o rk e r) o r tri p a rti te (employer/worker/Govemment)collaborative mechanisms at the workplace,coffImunity and national levels should be establishedto deal with safety,health and environment, including specialreferenceto the rights and status of women in the workplace. 29.8 Governments and employers should ensure that are workers and their representatives provided with all relevantinformation to enableeffective participationin processes. thesedecision-making 29.9 Tradeunionsshouldcontinueto define,developand developof promotepolicieson all aspects sustainable ment. the 29.10Tradeunionsand employersshouldestablish framework for a joint environmental policy, and set priorities to improve the working environment and the overall environmentalperformanceof enterprise. 29.11Tradeunionsshould: (a) Seekto ensurethat workers are able to participate auditsat the workplaceand in environin environmental mentalimpact assessments ; activ(b) Participate environment and development in joint action itieswithin thelocal communityandpromote on potentialproblemsof commonconcern; (c) Play an activerole in the sustainable development activities of internationaland regional organizations, particularlywithin the United Nationssystem.

their economicand social welfare. Suchtraining should skills are availableto promote ensurethat the necessary sustainablelivelihoods and improve the working environment. Trade unions, employers, Governments and international agenciesshould cooperatein assessing of spheres activity. within their respective trainingneeds should be involved in Workers and their representatives the design and implementationof worker training andGovernments. by programmes conducted employers

OF MEANS IMPLEMENTATION AND COSTEVALUATION A) F/NANC/NG has the secretariat estimated aver29.13 The Conference (1993-2000) implementingthe of age total annualcost activities of this programme to be about $300 million from the intemational community on grant or concessional terms. These are indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actual costsand financial terms, includwill dupon,inter ing any that arenon-concessional, depen alia, the specific strategiesand programmesGovernments decideupon for implementation.

B ) C A P A C ITY -B U ILD IN G shouldbe given to strengthen29.14Particular attention ing the capacity of each of the tripartite social partners (Governmentsand employers' and workers' organizations) to facilitate greatercollaborationtowardssustainabledevelopment.

IRA/N/NG ADEQUAIE C) PROVIDE shouldhaveac29.12Workersand their representatives cess to adequatetraining to augment environmental ensuretheir safetyand health.and improve awareness,

236

3 0

Shengthening roleof business industry the ond

INTRODUCTION

30.1 Business and industry,includingtransnational corporations, play a crucial role in the socialand economic development a country. stable of A policy regimeenables and encourages business industryto operate and responsibly and efficiently and to implement longer-term policies.Increasing prosperity, major goalof thedevela opmentprocess, contributed primarilyby the activities is of business industry.Business and enterprises, largeand small,formalandinformal,providemajortrading, employment and livelihood opportunities. Business opportunities availableto women are contributingtowardstheir professionaldevelopment, sffengthenrng their economicrole and transforming socialsystems. Business industry, and including transnational corporations, their representative and organizations shouldbe full participants the implementain tion andevaluation activitiesrelatedto Agenda21. of 30.2 Through more efficient production processes, preventive stategies,cleanerproductiontechnologies and procedures throughout productlife cycle, henceminithe mizing or avoiding wastes, policiesand operations the of busine andindustry, ss includingtransnational corporations, can play a major role in reducingimpactson resource use and the environment. Technological innovations, development. applications, ffansferand the more comprehensive aspects partnershipand cooperationare to a very large of extentwithin the provinceof business industry. and 30.3 Buslness and industry,includingtransnational corporations, shouldrecognize environmental management as among the highestcorporateprioritiesand as a key determinant sustainable to development.Someenlightened leadersof enterprises are already implementing "responsible care" and productstewardship policiesand programmes, fosteringopenness dialoguewith emand ployeesand the public and carrying out environmental

auditsand assessments compliance. of Theseleadersin business and industry,including transnational corporations, are increasingly taking voluntaryinitiatives,promoting and implementing self-regulationsand greater responsibilities ensuringtheir activitieshaveminimal in impacts on human health and the environment. The regulatoryregimesintroducedin many countriesand the growing consciousness consumersand the general of public and enlightened leaders business industry, of and including transnational corporations, have all contributed to this. A positive contributionof business and industry, includingtransnational corporations, sustainable to developmentcan increasingly achieved using economic be by instruments suchas free marketmechanisms which the in pricesof goodsrurdsen,ices shouldincreasingly reflectthe environmental costsof their input, production,use,recycling anddisposalsubject country-specific to conditions. 30.4 The improvementof productionsystemsthrough technologies and processes that utilize resources more efficiently and at the sametime producelessyysstss achievingmore with less- is an importantpathwaytowards sustainability business for and industry. Similarly, lacilitating and encouraginginventiveness, competitivenessand voluntaryinitiativesarenecessary stimulating for more varied, efficient and effective options. To address thesemajor requirements and strengthen further the role of business industry, and includingftansnational corporations, the following two programmes proposed. are

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) PROMOTTNG CLEANER PRODUCTTON
BASIS FORACTION 30.5 There is increasing recognition that production,

237

technology and managementthat use resourcesineffiwastes discharge thatarenotreused, ciently form residues that have adverse impacts on human health and the environment and manufactureproductsthat when used have further impacts and are difficult to recycle,needto good engineeringand be replacedwith technologies, practicesand know-how that would mimanagement nimize waste throughout the product life cycle. The production impliesstrivingfor optimal of concept cleaner efficienciesat every stageof the product life cycle. A of resultwould be the improvement the overall competitiveness of the enterprise.The need for a transition towardscleanerproductionpolicies was recognizedat Conferenceon the UNlDO-organizedministerial-level held IndustrialDevelopment, Ecologically Sustainable in at Copenhagen Octoberl99l.l

OBJECTIVES 30.6 Governments,businessand industry, including the shouldaim to increase corporations, transnational utilization,includingincreasing of resource efficiency and to reducethe the reuseand recycling of residues, per quantityof wastedischarge unit of economicoutput .

ACTIVITIES 30.7 Governments.businessand industry, including transnational corporations,should strengthenpartnershipsto implementthe principlesandcriteriafor sustainable development. 30.8 Governmentsshould identify and implement an appropriatemix of economicinstrumentsand normative in measures such as laws, legislationsand standards, includingtransand industry, with business consultation that national corporations, will promotetheuseof cleaner for production, with special consideration smalland meVoluntary private initiatives dium-sized enterprises. shouldalsobe encouraged. 30.9 Governments,businessand industry, including academiaand international corporations, transnational and shouldwork towardsthedevelopment organizations, for of and methodologies the implementation concepts of internalization environmentalcosts into accounting and pricing mechanisms. corincludingtransnational and 30.l0 Business industry, porations, shouldbe encouraged: records, (a) To reportannuallyon their environmental and naturalresources; as well as on their useof energy (b) To adoptandreporton the implementation codes of practice, promoting the best environmental of conduct Developsuch as the BusinessCharteron Sustainable

ment of the InternationalChamberof Commerce(ICC) care initiative. and the chemicalindustry'sresponsible 30.11Governmentsshould promote technologicaland encompassknow-howcooperation between enterprises, researchand developing identification, assessment, of ment,management marketingand application cleaner production. 30.12Industry should incorporatecleaner production policiesin its operations investments, takingalsointo and and consumers. accountits influenceon suppliers shouldcooperassociations 30.l3 Industryand business ate with workers and trade unions to continuously improvetheknowledge sustainandskillsfor implementing operations. abledevelopment shouldencourassociations 30.14 Industryandbusiness age individual companiesto undertakeprogrammesfor improvedenvironmental awareness responsibility and at dedicatedto the task all levels to make theseenterprises basedon interof improving environmentalperformance practices. nationallyaccepted management educashouldincrease 30.15 International organizations tion, trainingand awareness activitiesrelatingto cleaner production, collaboration with industry,academia and in relevantnationaland local authorities. 30.l6 International and non-governmentalorganizati ons, i ncl udi ng trade and sci enti fi c associat ions, should strengthen cleanerproduction information dissuch as seminationby expandingexisting databases, the UNEP InternationalCleaner Production Clearing House(ICPIC),theUNIDO IndustrialandTechnological Information Bank (INTIB) and the ICC International Environment Bureau (IEB), and should forge information networking of nationaland international systems.

RESPONSTBLE ENTR.EPRENEURSHTP Bl PROTVTOnNG

BASIS ACTION FOR is 30.17 Entrepreneurship one of the most important driving forces for innovations, increasing market effiand to ciencies andresponding challenges opportunities. in Small and medium-sizedentrepreneurs, particulaq play a very important role in the social and economic developmentof a country. Often, they are the major means tor rural development,increasingoff-farm employment and providing the transitionalmeansfor imentreproving the livelihoodsof women. Responsible preneurship can play a major role in improving the efficiency of resourceuse, reducingrisks and hazards, environmental minimizing wastes and safeguarding qualities.

238

OBJECTIVES 30.18The followingobjectives proposed: are (a) To encouragethe concept of stewardshipin the management utilizationof naturalresources enand by trepreneurs; (b) To increase numberof entrepreneurs the engaged in enterprises subscribe andintplement that to sustainable policies. development

ACTIVITIES 30.19Governments should encourage establishment the and operations sustainably of managed enterprises. The mix wouldinclude regulatory measures. economic incentives and streamlining administrative of procedures to ensure maximumefficiency dealing in with applications for approvalin order to facilitateinvestrnent decisions. advice and assistance with infbrmation.infiastructural supportand stewardship responsibilities. 30.20Governmentsshould encourage, cooperation in with the private sector,the establishment venture of capitalfunds for sustainable projects development and programmes. 30.21In collaboration r,vith busincss. indr.rstry, academia and internationalorganizations. Governments should supporttrainingin the environmental aspects enterof prise management Attention should also be dilected towardsapprenticeship schernes youth. fbr 30.22Business industry, and including transnational corporations, shouldbe encouraged establish to world-wide corporatepolicieson sustainable development, arrange for environmentally soundtechnologics be available to to affiliatesownedsubstantially their parentcompany by in developing countries without extraexternal charges, encourage overseas afilliates to modify procedures in order to reflect local ecological conditions and share experiences localauthorities, with national Govemments and intemational ganizations. or 30.23Large business and industry,including transnationalcorporati ons,shoul cons d iderestablshing partneri ship schemes with small and medium-sized enterprises to help facilitatethe exchange experience manageof in rial skills.marketdevelopntent technological arrd knowhow, where appropriate, with the assistance internaof tionalorganizations. 30.2.1 Business and industry should establish national councilsfor sustainable development help promote and entrepreneurship the formal and inlitrnralsectors. in The inclusion wornenentrepreneurs of shouldbe facilitated. 30.25Business industry, and including transnational corporations. shouldincrease research development and of environmentally soundtechnologies environmental and management systems, collaboration in with academia

and the scientific/engineering establishments, drawing upon indigenousknowledge,where appropriate. 30.26Business industry, and includingtransnational corporations, shouldensure responsible ethicalmanageand ment of products and processes from the point of view of health,safetyandenvironmental aspects. Towardsthis end, business and industry should increase self-regulation, guidedby appropriate codes,charters and initiatives integratedinto all elementsof businessplanning and decision-making, and fosteringopenness and dialogue with employees and the public. 30.27Multilateraland bilateralfinancialaid institutions should continue to encourage and support small- and medium-scale entrepreneursengaged in sustainable development activities. 30.28 United Nationsorganizations agencies and should improve mechanisms business for and industry inputs, policy and strategyformulation processes, ensurethat to environmental aspects strengthened foreign investare in ment. 30.29Internationalorganizations should increasesupport for researchand development on improving the technologicaland managerialrequirementsfor sustainable development,in particular for small and mediumsizedenterprises developingcountries. in

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF F/NANC/NG AND COSI EVALUATION 30.30The activitiesincludedunderthis programme area aremostlychanges theorientation existingactivities in of and additional costs are not expectedto be significant. The cost of activities by Governmentsand international organizationsare already included in other programme areas.

'

S e eA / C O N F . l 5 1 P C / 1 2 5 . /

239

3t

qnd Scientific technologicol community

INTRODUCTION

focuses horv to enable 3l.l The present chapter on the community,which includes, scientificandtechnological ers, ts, amongothers, enginc architec i ndustrial designers, and policy rnaurban plannersand other professionals kers, to make a more clpenand effectivecontributionto processes concerning the decision-making environment and development.It is importantthat the role of science and technologyin humanaffairsbe more widely known and betterunderstood, both by decisionmakerswho help public policy and by the generalpublic. The determine cooperative relationship existing betweenthe scientific and technologicalcommunity and the general public and deepened into a full partnership. shouldbe extended Improved communication and cooperation betweenthe scientific and technologicalcommunity and decision makerswill facilitategreateruse of scientificand technical information and knowledgein policies and programmeimplementation. Decisionmakersshouldcreate more favourableconditionsfor improving training and independent research sustainable Existin development. ing multidisciplinary will approaches have to be strengthenedand more interdisciplinary studies developed between the scientific and technologicalcommunity and policy makers and with the generalpublic to provide leadershipand practical know-how to the concept of The public shouldbe assisted sustainable development. in communicating their sentiments the scientificand to communityconcerning how science technologicerl and technologymight be bettermanaged affecttheir lives to way. By the sametoken,the independence in a beneficial a of t he s c ie n ti fi c n dte c h n o l o g i c a lo m m u ni ty i nvesc to tigate and publish without restrictionand to exchange their findings freely must be assured. The adoptionand irnplementation ethicalprinciplesand codesof pracof

tice for the scientif and technological ic communitythat professionalareinternationally accepted could enhance ism and may improveandhasten recognition the value of of its contributionsto environmentand development, recognizingthe continuingevolutionand uncertainty of scientific knorvledse.

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) TMPROVTNG COMMUNTCATION AND AMONG THESCIENTIFIC COOPERATION AND TECHNOTOGICAT COMMUNITY, DECISION MAKERSAND THEPUBTIC

BASIS ACTION FOR 31.2 The scientificand technological communityand policy makersshould increase their interactionin order to irnplementstrategies sustainable for development on the basisof the bestavailable knowledge. This implies thatdecision makers shouldprovidethenecessary framework for rigorous researchand for full and open communicationof the tindings of the scientificand technological community, and developwith it ways in which researchresults and the concernsstemmingfrom the fi ndi ngs can be communi cated deci sion- m aking to bodiesso as to betterlink scientificand technical knowledge'with policy andprogramme strategic formulation. At the sametime,this dialoguewould assist scientific the andtechnological prioritiesfor comrnunity developing in research proposing and for actions constructive solutions.

OBJECTIVES 31.3 The following objectives proposed: are

240

(a) To extendandopenup the decision-making process and broadenthe range of developmental and environmentalissues wherecooperation all levelsbetween at the scientificand technological community and decision makerscan take place; (b) To improvetheexchange knowledge of andconcerns between scientific andtechnological the cornm qr andthe uni generalpublic in orderto enablepoliciesandprogrammes to be betterformulated, understood supported. and

ACTIVITIES 31.4 Governments shouldundertake lollowins acthe t iv it ies : (a) Reviewhow nationalscientificand technological activities couldbe moreresponsive sustainable to development needsas part t.l1'an overall eftbrt to strengthen nationalresearch and development systems, including throughstrengthening widening the membership and of nationalscientificand technological advisorycouncils, organizations committees ensure and to that: (i) The full rangeof nationalneedstor scientiflcand technological programmes commllnicated Governare to mentsand the public; (ii) The variousstrandsof public opinion are represented: (b) Promoteregionalcooperative mechanisms adto dress regional needs sustainable fbr development. Such regionalcooperative mechanisms could be facilitated throughpublic/private partnerships providesupport and to Governments. industry, non-governmental educational institutions and other domestic and international organizations, by strengthening and globalprofessional networks: (c) Improveandexpand scientiflc andtechnical inputs throughappropriate mechanisms intergovemmental to c ons ult at iv e, o o p e ra ti v e n d n e g o ti a ti n g rocesses c a p torvards international and regionalagreements; (d) Strengthen scienceand technologyadviceto the highestlevelsof the United Nations, and otherinternational institutions. order to ensurethe inclusionof in science technology and know-howin sustainable developmentpoliciesand strategies; (el Improveand strengthen programmes dissemifor nating research resultsof universities and research institutions. This requires recognition and greater of suppoft to the scientists, technologists teachers and who are en_eaged communicating in and interpreting scientific and technological inforrnation policy makers, to professionals othertieldsand the general in public.Suchsupport shouldfbcuson the transf-er skills and the transfer of andadaptation planning of techniques. This requires full and open sharing dataand information of amongscien-

tists and decision makers.The publication of national scientificresearch reportsand technicalreportsthat are understandable relevantto local sustainable and developmentneeds would alsoimprovethe interface between science and decision-making, well as the implemenas tation of scientificresults; (0 Improvelinks between official andindependent the research sectors and industry so that researchmay becomean importantelementof industrialstrategy; (g) Promoteand strengthen role of women as full the partners the science technology in and disciplines; (h) Developand implenrent information technologies to enhance dissemination infclrmation sustainthe of f-or able development.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 31.5 The Conf'erencre secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000) irnplementing of rhe activitiesof thisprogramme be abor,rt 15million from to $ the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms. Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financialterms,includingany that are non-concessional. depend will upon.inter alio, the specific strategies and programmesGovernnrents decideuponfor implementation.

B ) C A P A C TTY -B U tLD tN G 31.6 Intergovernmental panels development enon and vironmental issues shouldbe organized. with emphasis on their scientificand technical aspects. studies and of responsiveness adaptability and includedin subsequent programmes ' acti on. ol

B) PROMOTTNG CODES PRACTTCE OF AND GUIDEUNES REI.AIED SCIENCE TO AND TECHNOTOGY

BASIS ACTION FOR 31.7 S ci enti sts technol ogi sts and havea speci al of set responsibilities which belongto them both as inheritors of a traditionand asprof'essionals members disciand of plines devotedto the searchfor knowledgeand to the needto protect biosphere thecontext sustainable the in of development. 31.8 Increased ethicalawareness environmental in and developmental decision-making should help to place

241

and enhanceappropriatepriorities for the maintenance life-support systemsfor their own sake,and in ment of so doing ensure that the functioning of viable natural is processes properly valued by presentand future soof cieties. Therefore,a strengthening the codesof pracguidelinesfor the scientificand technological tice and community would increaseenvironmentalawareness It development. would build to andcontribute sustainable regard for the scientific and up the level of esteemand technological community and facilitate the "accountand technology. ability" of science

ethics,in groups on environmental and developmental order to develop a common value framework betrveen community and society the scientificand technological dialogue; as a whole, and promotecontinuous (c) Extending andtrainingin developmental education suchobjecto ethicalissues integrate and environmental priorities; curriculaand research tives into education (d) Reviewingand amending relevantnationaland inlegal instruternationalenvironmentand development codesof practiceandguidementsto ensure appropriate lines are incorporatedinto suchregulatorymachinery.

OBJECTIVES 31.9 The objectiveshouldbe to develop,improve and of promoteinternationalacceptance codesof practiceand guidelinesrelating to scienceand technologyin which is the integrityof life-supportsystems comprehensively for and where the important role of science accounted in and technology reconcilingthe needsof environment and development is accepted.To be effective in the codesof pracprocess, suchprinciples, decision-making guidelines must not only be agreedupon by the tice and scientific and technologicalcommunity, but also be recognized the societyas a whole. by

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AJ FINANC'NG AND COSTEVALUATION the has secretariat estimated aver3l.l I The Conference of age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe activities of this programmeto be about $5 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional esterms. Theseare indicative and order-of-magnitude timates only and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actual costsand financial terms,including any will that are non-concessional, dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmesGovernments decideupon for implementaticln.

ACTIVITIES couldbe undertaken: 31.10The following activities (a) Strengthening national and internationalcooperto sector, develop ation,includingthenon-governmental environmenregarding codesof practiceand guidelines development,taking into tally sound and sustainable and existingcodesof pracaccountthe Rio Declaration tice and guidelines; (b) Strengthening national advisory and establishing B ) C A P A C ITY .B U ILD IN G including on 31.12Codes of practiceand guidelines, for principles,shouldbe developed and by appropriate communityin the pursuit the scientificandtechnological of its researchactivities and implementationof programmesaimedat sustainable development.

242

3 2

Skengtheningrole theformers the of

P R O G R A M MA R E A E

BASIS ACTION FOR 32.1 Agriculture occupiesone third of the land surface of the Earth, and is the centralactivity for much of the world's population.Rural activitiestake place in close contact with nature, adding value to it by producing renewable resources, while at the sametime becoming vulnerableto overexploitation and improper management. 32.2 The rural household, indigenouspeople and their communities, andthefamily farmer, substantialnumber a of whom are women, have beenthe stewards much of of the Earth's resources.Farmers* must conserve their phvsical environmentas they depend on it fbr their sustenance. Over the past 20 years there has been an i mpressiveincreasen aggregate i agricultural production. Yet, in someregions,this increase beenoutstripped has by population growth or internationaldebt or falling commodity prices. Further,the natural resources that sustain farming activity needpropercare,and thereis a growing concernaboutthe sustainability agricultural of productionsystems. 32.3 A farmer-centred approach the key to the attainis mentof sustainability both developed in and developing countriesand many of the programmeareasin Agenda 2l address this objective. A significanrnumber of the rural population developing in countries depend primarily upon small-scale,subsistence-oriented agriculture basedon family labour. However, they have limited accessto resources, technology,alternativelivelihood
* Inthischopter, references oll to "formers" include ollrurolpeople who derive theirlivelihood fromoctivities os forming, such fishing ond forest horvesting. term"forming" The olsoincludes fishing onJ foresi horvesting.

and meansof production. As a result,they are engaged in the overexploitation natural resources, of including marginallands. 32.4 The sustainable development peoplein marginal of and fragile ecosystems also addressed Agenda 21. is in The key to the successful implementationof theseprogrammes in themotivationandattitudes individual lies of farmers and government policies that would provide incentivesto farmers to managetheir natural resources efficiently andin a sustainable way.Farmers, particularly women, face a high degreeof economic,legal and institutionaluncertainties when investingin their land and otherresources. decentralization decision-making The of towardslocal and community organizations the key in is changingpeople'sbehaviourand implementing sustainable farming strategies. This programmeareadealswith activitieswhich can contributeto this end.

OBJECTIVES 32.5 The following objectivesare proposed: (a) To encourage decentralized a decision-making processthroughthe creationand strengthening local and of village organizations that would delegatepower and responsibility primary usersof naturalresources; to (b) To support andenhance legalcapacity women the of and vulnerablegroups with regard to access,use and tenureof lartd; (c) To promote and encouragesustainable farming practices and technologies; (d) To introduceor strengthen policiesthat would encourage self-sufficiencyin low-input and low-energy technologies, udingindigenous incl practices, pricing and mechanisms that internalize environmental costs; (e) To developa policy frameworkthatprovidesincentives and motivation among farmersfor sustainable and efficient farming practices ; (f) To enhancethe participation of farmers, men and

243

of women, in the design and implernentation policies theirrepresentative ends,through towardsthese directed orsanizations.

that (c) Developpilot projectsand extensionservices and knowledgebaseof would seekto build on the needs women farmers.

ACTIVITIES ACT IE ELATED IVIT S A) MANAGEMENI-R 32.6 National(iovernmentsshould: on of (a) Ensurethe implementation the programmes and rural developlivelihoods,agriculture sustainable w fra m ent .m an a g i n g g i l ee c o s y s te m s . a tcr usei n agri culture, and integrated managementof natural res our c es ; fiscal tradepolicies. pricingmechanisms, (b) Promote that positively and other policy instruments incentives aboutanefficientand r's affectindividualt-arme decisions and use sustainable of naturalresources, takefull account of the impact of thesedecisionson householdfbod security.farm incomes,employmentand the environment: organiza(c) Involve farmersand their representative of tionsin the tormulation PolicY; (d) Protect,recognizeand forrnalizewotnen'saccess anduseof Iand,aswell asrightsto land,access to tenure inputsand training: to credit,technology, by organizations (e) Supportthe fcrrmation f-armers' of legaland socialconditions. providingadequate could be ar32.7 Support for farmers' organizations rangedas follows: research centresshould (a) Nationaland international in cooperatewith farmers' organizations developing farming techenvironment-friendly location-specific niques : (b) National Governments, multilateraland bilateral organizaand agencies non-governmental development in with tamrers'organizations tions shouldcollaborate ific opmentprojects to spec fomrulating agricultural devel zones. agro-ecological

T AN C / /N IE R N A TION A L D R E G/ON AC OOPERAI I O N 32.9 FAO. IFAD, WFP, the World Bank, the regionaldeinorganizations velopmentbanksand other intemational should involve fanners and in rural development volved AS in theirrepresentativestheirdeliberations. appropriate. ol' organizations farmers should 32.10Representative and support programmes the development filr establish particularlyin developing of farmers' organizations, countries.

OF MEANS IMPLEMENTATION AND COSTEVALUATION A) FINANCING 32.11The financing neededfor this programmeareais agriculsustainable in estimated chapterl4 (Promoting particularly in the proture and rural development), gramme area entitled "Ensuring people'sparticipation for development sustainandpromotinghumanresource able agriculture".The costs shown under chapters3 fragileecosystems: (Combating poverty),l2 (Managing and drought), and l3 (Mancombatingdesertification mountain developsustainable agingfragileecosystems: area. ment) are alsorelevantto this programme

MEANS B/ sC/FNilFtC AND TECHNOLOGtCAL organinternational and 32.12Governments appropriate research organizations,in collaborationwith national as should, organizations and non-govemmental izations appropriate: (a) Developenvironmentally soundfarming technolyields, maintain land quality, ogies that enhancecrop waterand energyand control conserve recyclenutrients, pests and weeds: (b) Conduct and studies high-resource low-resource of productivity and sltstainagricultureto comparetheir ability. The researchshould preferably be conducted settings; and environmental sociological undervarious that would op(c) Supportresearch mechanization on and timize humanlabourand animalpowerandhand-held easily operatedand equipmentthat can be animal-drawn should technologies of maintained.The developrnent fanr-r and resources the role farmers'available takeinto account and of animalsin fanning households the ecology.

AND /NFORMAT/ON B) DATA should: and 32.8 Governments farmers'organizations and ( a) I nit ia tem e c h a n i s ms d o c u m e n t, ynthesi ze s to proj ect lo dis s er nin a te c a l k n o w l e d g e ,p ra c ti c esand of so experiences that they will makeuseof the lessons policies and irnplementing the past when forrnulating affectingtarming,forestand fishing populations; of (b) Establish networksfor the exchange experiences land, water with regardto farming that help to conserve and of chemicals minimize the use and forestresources, reduceor reutilizefarm wastes;

244

C) HUM A NRE S O U R C E EL OP M EN I D EV 32.13Governments, with the support multilateral of and bilateraldevelopment agencies and scientificorganizations.shoulddevelopcurriculafor agricultural colleges andtraininginstitutions would integrate that ecoiogyinto agricultural science. Interdisciplinaryprogrammesin agricultural ecologyareessential the trainingof a new to generation agriculturalscienti andfield-levelextenof sts sion agents.

D) CAPACITY-BUILDING 32.14Governments should, thelight of eachcountry's in specificsituation:

(a) Create the institutionaland legal mechanisms to ensureeffectiveland tenureto farmers. The absence of legislationindicatingland rightshasbeenan obstacle in taking action againstland degradation many farming in communities developingcountries; in (b) Strengthenrural institutionsthat would enhance sustainabilitythrough locally managedcredit systems and technicalassistance, local productionand distribution facilities for inputs, appropriateequiprnentand small-scale processing units,andmarketing anddistribution systems; (c) Establish mechanisms increase to access farmers. of in particular womenandfarmers from indigenous groups, to agricultural training,credit and useclf improvedtechnology for ensuringfood security.

245

Section4

Meons of Irplementotion

33

Finonciol resources mechonisms ond

INTRODUCTION

33.1 The GeneralAssembly,in resolution 441228 22 of December 1989,inter alia, decided thattheUnitedNations Conference Environment on and Development should: "Identify ways and meansof providing new and additional financial resources,parlicularly to developing countries, environmentally for sounddevelopment programmes projects accordance and in with national developmentobjectives, prioritiesand plans and to consider waysof effectivelymonitoringtheprovisionof suchnew andadditional financialresources, particularly develoto ping countries,so as to enablethe international community to take further appropriateaction on the basisof accurate reliabledata; and "Identify ways and meansof providingadditionalfinancialresources measures for directed towardssolving major environmental problemsof global concernand especiallyof supportingthosecountries, particular in developingcountries,for which the implementation of suchmeasures would entaila special orabnomral burden, owing, in particular, their lack of financialresources, to expertise technical or capacity; "Considervariousfundingmechanisms, includingvoluntary ones,and exanrinethe possibilityof a special intemationalfund and other innovative approaches, with a view to ensuring, a favourable on basis. most the effectiveand expeditious transferof environmentally soundtechnologies developingcountries; to "Quantify thefinancialrequirements the successful for implementation Conference of decisionsand recommendationsand identify possiblesources, including innovativeones,of additionalresources." 33.2 This chapterdeals with the financing of the implementation Agenda21, which reflectsa globalconof sensus integrating environmental considerations an into

accelerated development process.For eachof the other chapters,the secretariat the Conferencehas provided of indicativeestimates the total costsof implementation of for developingcountriesand the requirements grant for or otherconcessional financingneeded from theinternational community. Thesereflectthe needfor a substantially increased effort, both by countries themselves and by the international community.

BASIS ACTION FOR 33.3 Economicgrowth,socialdevelopment poverty and eradicationare the first and overriding priorities in developingcountriesand are themselves essential to meetingnationaland global sustainability objectives. In the light of the global benefits be realizedby rhe ro implementation Agenda21 asa whole,the provision of to developing countries effectivemeans,inter alia, of financial resources technology, and withoutwhichit will be difficult for them to fully implemenrtheir commitments,will servethecommoninterests developed of ancl developingcountriesand of humankindin general,includingfuturegenerations. 33.4 The cost of inaction could outweigh the financial costsof implementing Agenda2l . Inactionwill narrow the choices futuregenerations. of 33.5 For dealing with environmental issues, special efforts will be required. Globalandlocal environmental issues are interrelated. The United Nations FrameworkConvention on Climate Change and the Conventionon Biological Diversityaddress ol the most importantglobal issues. two 33.6 Economic conditions,both domesticand international, that encourage free tradeand access markets to will help make economic growth and environmental protection mutually supportive all countries, for particularly for developingcountries and countries undergoing theprocess transition a marketeconomy(see of to chapter 2 for a fuller discussion theseissr:es of ).

249

developfor cooperation sustainable 33.7 International in ment shouldalso be strengthened order to supportand complementthe efforts of developingcountries,particucountries. larly the leastdeveloped Agenda how assess to translate should Allcountries 33.8 2I into national policies and programmesthrough a process that will integrateenvironmentand development National and local priorities shouldbe considerations. by meansthat include public participation established and community involvement,promoting equal opportunity for men and women. of amongall countries the 33.9 For anevolvingpartnership world, including, in particular,between developedand developmentstrategies developingcountries,sustainable levelsof funding in support and and enhanced predictable are of longer term objectives required. For that purpose, developingcountriesshould arliculatetheir own priority actions and needs for support and developedcounffies In priorities. these to shouldcommit themselves addressing groupsandroundtablesandother respect, consultative this can mechanisms play a facilitativerole. nationallybased develof The implementation thehugesustainable 33.10 of oprnentprogrammes Agenda2l will requirethe pronew and vision to developingcountriesof substantial fiGrant or concessional additionaifinancial resources. nancing should be provided according to sound and equitablecriteria and indicators.The progressiveimplementation Agenda 21 should be matchedby the of The provision of such necessaryfinancial resources. by initial phase will be accelerated substantialearly funding. of commitments concessional

OUECTN/ES are 33.11The objectives as lollows: (a) To establish measures concemingfinancialresources of f and mechanismsor the implementation Agenda21; (b) To provide new and additionalfinancial resources and that are both adequate predictable; (c) To seekfull useandcontinuingqualitative improveto merlt of f.undingmechanisms be utilized for the implementation Agenda21. of

For private sectors. developingcountries,particularlythe least developedcountries,ODA is a main source of external funding, and substantial new and additional and development implementation funding f or sustainable of Agenda 21 will be required. Developed countries United reaffirm their commitmentsto reachthe accepted Nations target of 0.7 per cent of GNP for ODA and, to thattarget,agree theextentthatthey havenot yet achieved to augmenttheir aid prografiImesin order to reach that target as soon as possible and to ensureprompt and of effectiveimplementation Agenda21. Somecountries have agreedto reachthe targetby the year 2000. It was Developdecidedthat the Commissionon Sustainable toment would regularly review and monitor progress shouldsystematiwardsthis target.This review process cally combine the monitoring of the implementationof Agenda 21 with a review of the financial resources available.Thosecountriesthat have alreadyreachedthe to targetare to be commendedand encouraged continue to contributeto the colrlmon effort to make availablethe that have to be mobiladditionalresources substantial in countries, line with their support ized.Otherdeveloped for reform effbrts in developingcountries,agreeto make their level of ODA. In this their besteffortsto increase context, the importance of equitable burden-sharing countriesis recognized.Other counamongdeveloped of the tries,includingthoseundergoing process transition to a market economy,may voluntarily augmentthe concountries. tributionsof the developed of 33.14Fundingfor Agenda2l andotheroutcomes the shouldbe providedin a way that maximizes Conference and the availabilityof new and additionalresources uses These all availablefunding sourcesand mechanisms. include,amongothers:

ACTIVITIES the 33.11 Fundamentally, activitiesof this chapterare of of relatedto the implementation all the otherchapters 2 Agenda l.

OF MEANS IMPLEMENIATION of the 33.13 in general, financingfor the implernentation Agenda 2l will corle from a country'sown public and

BANKS DEVELOPMENT ANDFUNDS: MULTILATERAL A) THE (i) The InternationalDevelopment Association(lDA). and optionsthat IDA deputies Among the variousissues will examine in connectionwith the forthcorning tenth madeby the Presireplenishment IDA, the statement of dent of the World Bank at the United NationsConference shouldbe given speon Environmentand Development in cial consideration order to help the poorestcountries objectivesas condevelopment meet their sustainable in tained Agenda21; banks. The development (ii) Regionaland subregional banksand funds development regionaiand subregional should play an increasedand more effective role in or providingresources concessional otherfavourable on termsneededto implementdgenda 21; (iii) TheGlobalEnt,ironment managedjointly Facililvn, by the World Bank, UNDP andUNEP,whoseadditional

250

grant and concessional funding is designedto achieve global environmentalbenefits,should cover the agreed incremental costsof relevant activitiesunderAgenda2l , in particular for developing countries.Therefore, it shouldbe restructured as to, inter alia: so > Encourageuniversalparticipation; > Have sufficient flexibility to expand its scope and coverageto relevantprogrammeareasof Agenda 21, with global environmentalbenefits,as agreed; > Ensure a governancethat is transparentand democraticin nature, includingin termsof decision-making and operations, guaranteeing balancedand equitby a able representationof the interests of developing countriesand giving due weight to the funding efforts of donor countries; D Ensure new and additional financial resourceson grantandconcessional terms,in particularto developing countries; > Ensurepredictabilityin the flow of fundsby contributions from developedcountries,taking into account the importanceof equitableburden-sharing; > Ensureaccess anddisbursement the fundsunder to of mutually agreed criteria without introducing new forms of conditionality; (b) The rclevant specialized agencies, other United Nations bodies and other international organizations, which have designated roles to play in supportingnational Govemments implementing in Agenda2l: (c) Multilateral institutionsfor capacity-buildingond technical cooperatiorz. Necessaryfinancial resources should be provided to UNDP to use its network of field offices and its broad mandateand experience the field in of technicalcooperation facilitatingcapacity-buildfor ing at the countrylevel, making full useof the expertise of the specialized agenciesand other United Nations bodies within their respectiveareasof competence, in particular UNEP and including the multilateral and regional development banks; (d) Bilateral assistance programmes.These programmeswill needto be strengthened orderto promote in sustainable development; (e) Debt relief. It is important to achievedurable solutionsto the debt problemsof low- and middle-income developingcountriesin order to provide them with the neededmeansfor sustainable development. Measuresto address continuing the debtproblems low- andmiddleof -incomecountries shouldbe keptunderreview.All creditors in the Paris Club should promptly implement the agreement December1991to provide debt relief for of thepoorest heavilyindebted countries pursuingstructural adjustment; debt relief measures should be kept under reviewsoasto address continuing the difficultiesof those countries;

(0 Private funding. Voluntary conrributionsthrough non-governmental channels, which havebeenrunningat about l0 per centof ODA, might be increased. 33.15Investmenr. Mobilization of higher levels of foreign direct investment and technology transfers shouldbe encouraged through nationalpolicies that promote investment and through joint venturesand other modalities. 3-1.16 Innovativefinancing. New ways of generating new public and private financial resourcesshould be explored,in particular: (a) Various forms of debt relief, apart from official or ParisClub debt,includinggreateruseof debt swaps; (b) The use of economic and fiscal incentivesand mechanisms; (c) The feasibilityof tradeable permits; (d) New schemes fund-raisingand voluntaryconfor tributionsthroughprivatechannels, including non-governmentalorganizations; (e) The reallocationof resources presentcommitted at to military purposes. 33.17A supportive intemational domestic and economic climate conducive to sustained economic growth and development is important, particularly for developing countries, orderto achievesustainability. in 33.l8 The secretariat theConference estimated of has the averageannual costs (1993-2000) of implementing in developingcountriesthe activitiesin Agenda 2l to be over $600 billion, includingabour$125 billion on granr or concessional termslrom the internationalcommunity. These are indicative and order-of-magnitude estimates only, and have not been reviewed by Governments. Actual costs will dependupon, inter alia, the specific strategies programmes and Governments decideuponfor implementation. 33.19 Developed countries and othersin a positionto do so should make initial financial commitments to give effect to the decisionsof the Conference. They should report on such plans and commitments to the United NationsGeneralAssemblyat its forty-seventh session, in 1992. 33.20Developingcountries shouldalsobeginto draw up nationalplansfor sustainable development give effect to to the decisionsof the Conference. 33.21 Reviewandmonitoring thefinancingof Agenda of 2l is essential. relatedto the effectivefollowQuestions up of the Conferenceare discussed chapter38 (Interin national institutional arrangements). will be important It to review on a regularbasisthe adequacy funding and of mechanisms, including effortsto reachagreedobjectives of thepresentchapter, including targets whereapplicable.

251

? / \, +

technology, sound of Tronsfer environmentolly ond cooperotion copocity-building

INTRODUCTION

protecttheensoundtechnologies 34.1 Environmentally itr vironment,are lesspolluting,useall resources a more sustainablemanner, recycle more of their wastes and wastes amoreacceptable in products, handleresidual and for mannerthan the technologies which they were substitutes. in 34.2 Envtonmentally soundtechnologies the context that of pollution are "processand producttechnologies" of forthe prevention pollution' low generate orno waste, for They alsocover "end of the pipe" technologies treatment of pollution after it hasbeengenerated. 34.3 Environmentallysound technologiesare not just which include but individual technologies, total systems and equipgoods and services, know-how, procedures, ment as well as organizationaland managerial procedures. This implies that when discussingtransfer of and development local the technologies, humanresource includchoices, of aspects technology capacity-building should also be addressed. aspects, ing gender-relevant Environmentallysound technologiesshould be comculsocio-economic, patiblewith nationallydetermined tural and environmentalpriorities. to 34.4 Thereis a needfor favourableaccess and transfer in soundtechnologies, particularLo of environmentally that through supporlivemeasures developingcountries, and that shouldenable promotetechnologycooperation know-how as well as technological of transfer necessary cabuilding up of economic,technical,and managerial pabilities for the efficient use and further development clf transferredtechnology.Technology cooperation inboth and volvesjoint effortsby enterprises Governments, such Therefore, and of suppliers technology its recipients. entailsan iterativeprocessinvolving govcooperation ernment, the private sector,and researchand develop-

ment facilities to ensurethe best possible results from long-termpartnerships Successful transferof technology. requirecontinuing necessarily in technologycooperation at capacity-building all levels training and systernatic over an extendedperiod of time. 34.5 The activitiesproposedin this chapteraim at imon and processes information,access proving conditions (including the state-of-theto and transferof technology art technologyand relatedknow-how), in particularto and as countries, well ason capacity-building developing in and partnerships the field of cooperativearrangements development. in technology, orderto promotesustainable to will be essential intechnologies New and efficient counin particularof developing the crease capabilities, development,sustainthe tries, to achieve sustainable world's economy,protectthe environment,and alleviate activities povertyandhumansuffering.Inherentin these of technology is the need to addressthe improvement currently used and its replacement,when appropriate, sound and more environmentally with more accessible technology.

FOR BASIS ACTION 34.6 This chapterof Agenda 2l is without prejudiceto specific commitmentsand affangementson transfer of instruin to technology be adopted specificinternational ffrents. in34.7 The availabilityof scientificand technological of to formationand access and transl'er environmentally for requirements sustainare soundtechnology essential information on able development. Providing adequate conof aspects presenttechnologies the environmental sists of two interrelatedcomponents: upgrading inforintechnologies, mation on presentand state-of-the-art access risks,and improving cluding their environmental soundtechnologies. to environmentally to 34.8 The primarygoal of improvedaccess technology

252

informationis to enableinformed choices,leadingto access to and ffansferof suchtechnologies the strengthening and of countries'own technological capabilities. -74.9Alargebody of usefultechnological knowledgelies in the public domain. There is a need for developing countriesto have access suchtechnologies are not to as coveredby patents lie in the public domain.Developor ing countries would also need to have accessto the know-horv and expertiserequired for the effective utilizationof the aforesaidtechnologies. 34.10 Consideration must be given to the role of patent protectionand intellectualpropertyrights along with an examination their impacton the access and transfer of to of environmentallysound technology,in particular to developing cor-lntries, well as to further exploring as efficiently the conceptof assured for access developing countriesto environmentallysound technologvin its relation to proprietary rights with a vierv to developing effectiveresponses the needs developing to of countries in this area. 34.1I Proprietary technologyis availablethroughcommercialchannels, international and business an imporis tant vehicle for technologytransfer. Tappingthis pool of knowledgeand recombiningit with local innovations to generate alternative technologies shouldbe pursued. At the sametime that conceptsand modalitiesfor assured access environmentally tu soundtechnologies, including state-ot--the-art technologies, particular developing in by countries, continuedto be explored" enhanced access to e n v i r o n m e n t a l l y s o u n d t e c h n o i o g i e ss h o u l d b e promoted, farilitated and financedas appropriate, while providing fair incentivesto innovatorsthat promoteresearchand development new environmentally of sound technologies. 3 4 .1 ?Rec ipient c ou n tri e s re q u i re te c h n o l o e y a nd strengthened supportto help furtherdeveloptheir scientific, technological, professional anclrelatedcapacities, taking into account existingtechnologies capacities. and This supportwould enablecountries,in particulardeveloping countries,to make more rational technology choices.Thesecountriescould then better assess environmentally sound technologie prior to their transfcrand s properly apply and managethem, as well as improve uponalready existingtechnologies adaptthernto suit and their specificdevelopment needsand priorities. 34.1-lA critical massof research and development capacitvis crucialto the effectivedissernination useof and envi ronmental soundtechnologies theirgeneration ly and lcrcally. Educationand training programmes should reflect the needsof specificgoal-oriented research activities and should work to producespecialists literate in environmentally soundtechnologyand with an interdisciplinary outlook. Achieving this critical massinvolves

buildingthecapabilities craftspersons, of technicians and middle-levelmanagers, scientists, engineers and educators, as well as developingtheir corespondingsocialor managerialsupport systems. Transferringenvironmentally sound technologies also involves innovatively adapting andincorporating theminto thelocalor national culture.

OBJECTIVES 34.14The following objectives proposed: are (a) To help to ensure the access,in particular of developingcountries. scientificand technological to infbrmation,includinginformationon state-of-the-art technologies; (b) To promote,facilitate. and finance, as appropriate, the access and the transf'er environmentally to of sound technologies corresponding and know-how,in particular to developingcountries, f'avourable on terms,including on concessionaland preferential terms, as mutually agreed, taking into accounttheneedto protectintellectual propertyrightsaswell asthe special needs developing of countriesfor the implementation Agenda2l; of (c) To facilitate the maintenanceand promotion of environmentally sound indigenous technologies may that have been neglecteCor displaced, in particular in developing countries, payingparticularattention their to priority needs takinginto account complementary and tlre roles of men and women; (d) To supportendogenous capacity-building, parin ticularin developing countries, theycanassess, so adopt, manageand apply environmentally soundtechnologies. This could be achieved throughinter alia: (i) Human resource developrnent; (ii) Strengthening institutional of capacities research for and development and programme implementation; (iii) Integrated sectorassessments technologyneeds, of in accordance with countries' plans, objectivesand priorities as foreseenin the implementation Agenda of 2l at thenati onalevel ; l (e) To promote long-term technologicalpartnerships betweenholdersof environmentally soundtechnologies and potentialusers.

ACTIVITIES A) DEVELOqMENT /NTERNAT/ONAI OF TNFORMAITON NEIWORKS WHICHIINK NAT/ON,A[, SUBREG/ONAI., REG/ONAI. AND /NIERNAT/ONAT SYSIEMS 34.15Existing national,subregional, regionaland internationalinformation systemsshouldbe developedand linked throughregionalclearing-houses coveringbroad-

253

indusof basedsectors the economysuchasagriculture, try and energy. Sucha network might, inter alia, include and regionalpatentoffices that are national,subregional technolequippedto producereportson state-of-the-art networks would disseminate ogy. The clearing-house their sources, information on available technologies, their environmental risks, and the broad terms under which they may be acquired.They would operateon an basisand focus on the information information-demand the They would takeinto account of needs the end-users. regional of positiverolesandcontributions international, businessconununities, and subregionalorganizations, naorganizations, non-governmental tradeassociations, or and tional Governments, newly established strengthenednationalnetworks. The internationaland regional clearing-houses 34.16. in would take the initiative, where necessary, helping inforusersto identify their needsand in disseminating mation that meets those needs,including the use of existing news, public infonnation,and communication informationwould highlight The disseminated systems. sound and detail concretecaseswhereenvironmentally technologieswere successfullydeveloped and implemented. order to be effective,the clearing-houses In needto provide not only information,but also referrals of including sources advice,training, to other services, The clearingand technologies technologyassessment. of houseswould thus facilitate the establishment joittt of ventures and partnerships variouskinds. or 34.11An inventory of existing and international resystems gionalclearing-houses informationexchange or should be undertakenby the relel'ant United Nations and be should strengthened bodies. The existingstructure Additional informationsysimprovedwhen necessary. in if tems should be developed. necessary, order to fill network. identifiedgapsin this international

TO OF B) SUPPORT AND PROMOilON ACCESS OF IRANSFER TECHNOLOGY OF should d, and 34.I 8 Governments internation organizations promote, and encouragethe private sector to promote, in and for effectivemodalities the access transfer, particular to developingcountries,of environmentallysound techincludingthe following: nologiesby means activities, of (a) Formulationof policies and programmesfor the tec ly effective transfer of environmental sclund hnologi es that are publicly ownedor in the public domain; (b) Creationof favourable the to conditions encourage private and public sectorsto innovate,market and use soundtechnologies; environmentally (c) Examinationby Governments and,whereappropri-

including organizations existingpolicies, of ate,by relevant subsidiesand tax policies,and rrgulations to determine to, whetherthey encourage impedethe access transferof or and introductionof environmentallysoundtechnologies; (d) Addressing,in a framework which fully integrates barriersto the transferof environmentand development, privately owned environmentallysound technologies to and adoption of appropriategeneralmeasures reduce suchbarrierswhile creatingspecificincentives,fiscal or otherwise,for the transferof such technologies; (e) In the case of privately owned technologies,the adoption of the following measures,in particular for developingcountries: (i) Creationand enhancement developedcountries, by which might be in a positionto aswell asothercountries do so, of appropriateincentives,fiscal or otherwise,to stimulatethe transferof environmentallysoundtechnolcountries, in ogy by companies, particularto developing development; as integralto sustainable (ii) Enhancement the access and transfer patent of to of in protectedenvironmentallysound technologies, particular to developingcountries; (iii) Purchaseof patentsand licenceson commercial terms for their transferto developing countrieson nonfor cooperation commercialtermsaspart of development taking into accountthe needto sustainable developrnent, protect intellectualproperty rights; (iv) In compliancewith and underthe specificcircumrecognizedby the relevantinternationalconvenstances tions adheredto by States,the undertakingof measures to prevent the abuseof intellectual property rights, including rules with respectto their acquisitionthrough and with theprovisionof equitable licensing, compulsory adequate compensation ; (v) Provisionof financialresources acquireenvironto in mentally soundtechnologies order to enablein parto ticular developingcountriesto implementmeasures promote sustainable developmentthat would entail a specialor abnormalburdento them; (0 Developmentof mechanisms the accessto and for transfer of environmentally sound technologies,in parwhile takinginto account countries, ticularto developing developmentin the processof negotiating an international code of conduct on transfer of technology, as decided by UNCTAD at its eighth session,held at Cartagenade Indias,Colombia, in February 1992.

TO OF c) TMPROVEMENT THECAPACTTY DEVELOP SOUND AND MANAGEENV'RONMENTALLY TECHNOLOGIES regionaland interna34.19Frameworksat subregional, tional levels should be establishedand/or strengthened

254

for the development, transt'er applicationof environand mentally soundtechnologies and corresponding technical know-how with a specialfocuson developing countries'needs, addingsuchfunctionsto alreadyexisting by bodies.Suchframeworkswould tacilitateinitiativesfrom both developingand developed countriesto stimulatethe research, development and transfer of environmentally soundtechnologies, often throughpartnerships within and amongcountries between scientificandtechnologiand the cal community,industryandGovernments. 34.20Nationalcapacities assess, to develop, manage and apply new technologies shouldbe developed. This will require strengthening existing institutions,training of personnel all levels,and educationof the end-user at of the technology. D) ESTABLISHMENI A COLLABORATTVE OF NFTWORK RESEARCH OF CENTRES 34.21 A collaborativenetwork of national, subregional, regionaland internationalresearch centreson environmentally sound technology shouldbe established enhance to the access and development, to management and transferof environmentally sound technologies, includingtransfer and cooperation amongdevelopingcountries and betrveen developed developing and countries, primarilybased existon ing subregionalor regional research,developmentand demonsfrationcentreswhich iue linked with the national institutions, closecooperation in wittr the privatesector. E) SUPPORT PROGRAMMES FOR OF COOP ERAI/ON AND ASS/SIANCE 34.22 Support should be provided for programmesof cooperation and assistance, includingthoseprovidedby United Nations agencies,irrternational organizations, and other appropriate public and private organizations, in particular developing to countries, theareas research in of and development, technologicaland human resources capacity-buildingin the fields of training, maintenance, nationaltechnology needs assessments, environmental impactassessments, sustainable and development planning. 34.23Supportshouldalsobe providedfor national,subregional, regional, multilateral andbilateralprogrammes of scientificresearch, dissemination informationand of technologydevelopment among developingcountries, including through the involvementof both public and private enterprises and researchfacilities, as well as funding for technical cooperationamong developing countries'programmes this area.This shouldinclude in developing links amongthese facilitiesto maximizetheir efficiency in understanding. disserninating and implementingtechnologies sustainable for development.

34.24Thc developmentof global, regional and subregional programmesshould include identification and evaluationof regional,subregional and national needbasedpriorities.Plansand studiessupporting theseprogrammesshouldprovide the basisfor potentialfinancing by multilateraldevelopment banks,bilateral organizations, privatesectorinterests and non-governmental organizations. 34.25Visits should be sponsored and, on a voluntary basis, the return of qualified experts from developing countriesin the field of environmentally soundtechnologies who are currentlyworking in developedcountry institutionsshouldbe facilitated. F/ TECHNOLOGY ASSFSSMENT SU??ORT tN OF THEMANAGEA4ENT ENY/RONMENIAI.I.Y OF SOUNDTECHNOLOGY 34.26The international community,in particular United Nationsagencies, international organizations, other and appropriateand private organizations should help exchangeexperiences developcapacityfor technology and needsassessment, particularin developingcountries, in to enable themto makechoices based environmentally on soundtechnologies. They should: (a) Build up technologyassessment capacity for the rnanagement environntentally of sound technology, including environmental impactand risk assessment, with due regard to appropriatesafeguards the transfer of on technologies subjectto prohibitionon environmental or healthgrounds; (b) Strengthen the internationalnetwork of regional, subregional nationalenvironmentally or soundtechnology assessment centres, coupledwith clearing-houses, to tap the technology assessment sources mentioned above for the benefit of all nations. These centrescould. in principle, provide advice and training for specific national situations and promotethe building up of national capacity in environmentallysound technologyassessment. The possibilityof assigning activity to already this existing regional organizations should be fully explored beforecreatingentirelynew institutions, and funding of this activity throughpublic-privare parrnerships should alsobe explored. appropriatc. as G) COLLABORATIV E ARRANGEMENIS AND PARTNERSH/PS 34.27Long-tenn collaborative arangementsshouldbe promotedbetweenenterprises developedand develof oping countries the development environmentally for of sound technologies. Multinational companies,as repositoriesof scarcetechnicalskills neededfor the pro-

255

tection and enhancementof the environment. have a specialrole and interestin promoting cooperationin and related to technology transfer, as they are important channels for such transfer, and for building a trained human resourcepool and infrastructure. 34.28Joint venturesshould be promotedbetweensuppliers and recipients of technologies,taking into account developing countries' policy priorities and objectives.Togetherwith direct foreign investment, these venturescould constituteimportant channelsof transThrough ferring environmentally sound technologies. suchjoint venturesand direct investment,soundenvipracticescould be transferred ronmental management and maintained.

MEANS IMPLEMENTANON OF F'NANC'NGAND COSI EVALUATION 34.29 The Conference has secretariat estimated averthe age total annual cost (1993-2000)of implementing the activities of this chapterto be between$450 million and $600 million from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms. These are indicative and orderof-magnitude estimates only andhavenotbeenreviewed by Governments. Actual costs and financial terms, includingany that arenon-concessional, depend will upon, inter alia, the specific strategies and programmesGovernmentsdecideupon for implementation.

256

3 5

Science sustoinoble for development

INTRODUCTION

35.1 This chapterfocuses the role and the useof the on sciencesin supporting the prudent managementof the environmentand developmentfor the daily survival and future developmentof humanity. The prograrnmeareas proposedhereinare intendedto be over-arching, order in to supportthe specific scientific requirements identified in the otherAgenda21 chapters.One role of the sciences shouldbe to provide information to betterenableformulation and selection of environment and development policiesin thedecision-making process. orderto fulfil In this requirement, will be essential enhance it to scientific understanding,improve long-term scientific assessments, strengthen scientific capacities all countries in and ensure thesciences responsive emerging that are to needs. 35.2 Scientistsare improving their understandingin areas suchasclimaticchange, growth in rates resource of consumption,demographictrends, and environmental degradation. Changes thoseand other areasneedto be in taken into account in working out long-term strategies for development. A first step towards improving the scientific basis for these strategiesis a better understandingof land, oceans, atmosphere their interlockand ing water,nutrientandbiogeochemical cyclesandenergy flows which all form part of the Earth system. This is essentialif a more accurateestimateis to be provided of the carrying capacity of the planet Earth and of its resilience under the many stresses placed upon it by human activities.The sciences can provide this understandingthrough increasedresearchinto the underlying ecologicalprocesses throughthe applicationof modand em, effective and efficient tools that are now available, such as remote-sensing devices,robotic monitoring instrumentsand computing and modelling capabilities. The sciences playing an important role in linking the are

fundamental significance of the Earth system as life supportto appropriatestrategies developmentwhich for build on its continuedfunctioning. The sciencesshould continue to play an increasingrole in providing for an improvementin the efficiency of resource utilization and in finding new developmentpractices,resources,and alternatives. There is a need for the sciences constantly to reassess promote lessintensivetrendsin resource and utilization, including lessintensiveutilization of energy in industry, agriculture, and transportation.Thus, the sciences increasinglybeingunderstood anessential are as componentin the searchfor feasiblepathwaystowards sustainable development. 35.3 Scientificknowledgeshouldbe appliedto articulate and support the goals of sustainabledevelopment, through scientific assessments currentconditionsand of future prospects the Earth system.Such assessments, for basedon existing and emerging innovationswithin the sciences, shouldbe usedin the decision-making process and in the interactiveprocesses betweenthe sciences and policy-making. There needs to be an increasedoutput from the sciences order to enhanceunderstanding in and facilitate interaction between science and society. An increase in the scientific capacity and capability to achievethesegoals will also be required,particularly in developingcountries.Of crucial importanceis the need for scientists developingcountriesto participatefully in in internationalscientific researchprogrammesdealing with the global problems of environmentand development so as to allow all countriesto participateon equal footing in negotiations on global environmental and developmental issues. thefaceof threats irreversible In of environmental damage, lack of full scientific understanding should not be an excusefor postponingactions which are justified in their own right. The precautionary approach could provide a basis for policies relating to complexsystems arenotyet fully understood whose that and consequences disnrrbances of cannotyet be predicted.

257

35. 4T he pro g ra m m ea re a s ,w h i c h a re i n harmony of wit h t he c o n c l u s i o n sa n d re c o m m e n d a ti ons the InternationalConference an Agcnda of Sciencefor on Environmentand Developrnentinto the ZIst Century (ASCEND/21) are (a) Strengthening scientific basis for sustainable the management; (b) Enhancing scientiflcunderstanding; (c) Improvinglong-termscientificassessment; (d) Building up scientificcapacityand capability.

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
BASIS A) STRENGTHENTNG SCTENTTF|C THE FOR SUSTAINABTE MANAGEMENT

tion, building upon the best scientitic knowledge and assessments, taking into accountthe needto enhance and international cooperationand the relative uncertainties of the variousprocesses optionsinvolved; and (c) The interaction betweenthe sciences decisionand making, using the precautionary whereapproapproach, priate, to changethe existing patternsof production and consumptionand to gain time for reducing uncertainty with respect the selection policy options; of to (d) The generationand application of knowledge,especially indigenous and local knowledge,to the capacities of different environmentsand cultures,to achieve sustainedlevels of development, taking into account interrelationsat the national, regional and international levels; (e) Improving cooperation betweenscientists proby programmes moting interdisciplinaryresearch and activities; (f) Participation of people in setting priorities and in decision-making relatingto sustainable development.

BASIS ACTION FOR requirestaking longerdeveloprnent 35.5 Sustainable perspectives, integratinglocal and regionaleffects term process, using into thedeveloprnent and of globalchange and traditionalknowledgeavailable. the best scientific process The development shouldbe constantly re-evaluto ated, in light of the findings of scientific research, utilizationhas reducedimpactson ensurethat resource the Earth system.Even so, the future is uncertain,and Good environmental and develtherervill be surprises. policiesmust therefore scienmanagement be opmental robust,seekingto keep open a rangeof options tifically The precautionary apto ensureflexibility of response. gap is a communication proachis important. Often,there policy makers,and the public at large, amongscientists, whoseinterests articulated both governmental by and are governmen organization Bettercommunication s. nontal is requiredamong scientists, decisionmakers,and the general public. ACTIVITIES 35.7 Countries,with the assistance international of organizations, whererequired,should: (a) Prepare an inventory of their natural and social sciencedata holdingsrelevantto the promotionof sustainabledevelopment; (b) Identify their researchneeds and priorities in the context of internationalresearch efforts; (c) Strengthenand design appropriate institutional mechanisms the highest appropriatelocal, national, at subregional and regional levels and within the United Nationssystem developing stronger for a scientificbasis for the improvementof environmentaland developmental policy formulationconsistent with long-termgoalsof sustainable development.Currentresearch this area in shouldbe broadened includemore involvementof the to publicin establishing goalsforformulong-termsocietal lating the sustainable development scenarios; (d) Develop,apply and institutethe necessary toolsfor sustainable development, with regardto: (i) Quality-of-life indicators covering, for example, health, education,social welfare, state of the environment, and the economy; (ii) Economic approaches environmentallysound to development new andimprovedincentivestructures and for better resourcemanagement; (iii) Long-termenvironmental policy formulation,risk management environmentally and soundtechnology assessment; (e) Collect,analyse and integratedataon the linkages betweenthe stateof ecosystems the healthof hurnan and

OBJECTIVES 3.5.6 The primaryobjectiveis for eachcountrywith the supportof intemationalorganizations, requested, as to identify the state of its scientificknowledgeand its research needs and prioritiesin orderto achieve, soon as in: substantial improvements as possible, (a) Large-scale widening of the scientific base and of and strengthening scientific and research capacities capabilities in particular,thoseof developingcountries - in areasrelevantto environmentand developnlent: (b) Environmental developmental policy formulaand

258

communities order to improve knowledgeof the cost in and benefit of different development policies and strategiesin relation to health and the environment, particularlyin developingcountries; (0 Conductscientificstudiesof nationaland regional pathways sustainable to development, usingcomparable and complementary methodologies. Such studies, coordinated by an internationalscienceeffort. should to a largeextentinvolve local expertise and be conducted by multidisciplinaryteamsfrom regionalnetworksand/or research centres, appropriate according national as and to capacities and the availableresources; (g) Improve capabilities determiningscientificrefor prioritiesat thenational, search regionalandgloballevels to meetthe needsof sustainable development.This is a processthat involves scientific judgementsregarding short-term long-ternt and benefits possible and long-term costsand risks. It shouldbe adaptiveand responsive to perceived "userneeds be carriedout via transparent, and friendly", risk-evaluation methodologies : (h) Developmethodsto link the findings of the establishedsciences with the indigenous knowledge differof ent cultures.The methodsshould be testedusing pilot studies. They shouldbe developed the local level and at shouidconcentrate the links betweenthe traditional on knowledgeof indigenoLls groupsandcorresponding, current "advancedscience",with particularfocus on disserninatingand applying the results to environmental protectionand sustainable development.

levels,to complement andencourage synergies between traditional and conventionalscientific knowledge and practicesand strengthening interdisciplinaryresearch relatedto environmentaldegradation and rehabilitation: (b) Settingup demonstration modelsof differenr types (e.9., socio-economic, environmentalconditions) to studymethodologies formulateguidelines; and (c) Supporting researchby developing relative-risk evaluationmethodsto assistpolicy makersin ranking scientifi research c priorities.

B) ENHANCTNG SC|ENTIFIC UNDERSTANDTNG

BASIS ACTION FOR 35.10In ordertopromotesustainable development, more extensiveknowledge is required of the Earth's carrying capacity, includingthe processes could eitherimpair that or enhance ability to supportlife. The globalenvironits ment is changingmorerapidly thanat any time in recent centuries; a result,surprises as may be expected, the and next century coul d see si gni fi cant envi ronment al changes.At the sametime, the humanconsumption of energy,waterand non-renewable resources increasis ing, on both a total anda per capitabasis,andshortages may ensuein many partsof the world even if environmental conditionswere to remain unchanged. Social processes subjectto multiple variationsacrosstime are and space,regions and culture. They both affect and are influencedby changingenvironmental conditions. Human factors are key driving forcesin theseintricate setsof relationships and exert their influencedirectly on global change. Therefore, study of the human dimensionsof the causesand consequences enviof ronmental changeand of more sustainable development pathsi s essenti al .

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF Ai F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 35.8 The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000) implementingthe of activitiesof this programme be about$150 million, to including about$30 million from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative andorder-of'-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsand financiai terms,includingany thatarenon-concessional, will dependupon, inter ulia, the specificstrategies proand grammes Governments decideuponfor implementation.

B / S C/ F NI I F I C N D T E C H N OL OGICME AN S A AL 35.9 The scientific and technoloeical means includethe follorving: (a) Supportingnew scientific researchprogrammes, includingtheir socio-ecclnomic humanaspects, the and at community,national, subregional, regional and global

OBJEC'IIVES 35.11One key objective to improveand increase is the fundamental understandingof the linkages between human and naturalenvironmental systems and improve the analytical and predictive tools required to better understand environmentalimpactsof development the optionsby: (a) Carrying out research programmesin order better to understand carryingcapacityof the Eafih asconditioned the by its naturalsystems, suchas the biogeochemical cycles, the atmosphereftrydro sphere/lthosphere/cryo ere sysi sph tem,thebiosphere biodiversity, agro-ecosystem and the and otherterrestrial and aquaticecosystems: (b) Developingand applying new analyticaland pre-

259

dictive tools in orderto assess more accurately ways the in which the Earth'snaturalsystems being increasare ingly influencedby human actions,both deliberate and inadvertent, and demographic trends,and the impact and consequences thoseactionsand trends; of (c) Integrating physical,economicand socialsciences in orderbetter understand impacts economic to the of and socialbehaviour theenvironment of environmenon and tal degradation local and global economies. on

ACTIVITIES 35.12The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: (a) Supportdevelopment an expandedmonitoring of networkto describe cycles(for example. global,biogeochemical and hydrologicalcycles) and test hypotheses regarding their behaviour, and improveresearch into the interactions among the various global cycles and their consequences national, subregional, at regional and global levelsas guidesto tolerance and vulnerability; (b) Supportnational,subregional, regionaland international observationand researchprogrammesin global atmosphericchemistryand the sources and sinks of greenhousegases, and ensurethat the resultsare presented a in publicly accessible understandable and form; (c) Support national, subregional, regionalandinternational researchprograrnmeson marine and terrestrial systems, strengthen global terrestrial databases their of components, expand correspondi systern for monitoring ng s their changingstates and enhance predictivemodellingof the Earth systemand its subsystems, including modelling of the f'unctioningof these systemsassumingdifferent intensities of human impact. The researchprogrammes shouldincludethe programmes mentioned otherAgenda in 2l chapters which suppoft mechanisms cooperation for and coherence research of programmes global change; on (d) Encouragecoordinationof satellitemissions,the networks, systemsand procedures for processing and disseminating their data;and developthe intertacewith the research usersof Earth observationdata and with the United NarionsEARTHWATCH sysrem; (e) Developthe capacityfor predictingthe responses of terrestrial, freshwater, coastaland marineecosystems and biodiversityto short- and long-term pernrrbations the of environment, developfurtherrestoration and ecology; (0 Studythe role of biodiversityandthe lossof species in the functioningof ecosystems the global life-supand port system: (g) Initiate a global observing system of parameters needed therationalmanagement coastal mountain for of and zones and significantly expand freshwaterquantity/ quality monitoring systems, particularlyin developing countries;

(h) In order to undentandthe Earth as a system,develop Eatth observationsystemsfrom spacewhich will provide integrated, continuousand long-termmeasurements the of interactions theatmosphere, of hydrosphere lithosphere, and anddevelopa distribution system datawhich will facilitate for the utilizationof dataobtained throughobservation; (i) Develop and apply sysremsand technologythat automaticallycollect,recordand transmitdataand information to data and analysiscentres, order to monitor in marine,terrestrialandatmospheric processes provide and advance warningof naturaldisasters; the 0) Enhance contributionof the engineering sciences to multidisciplinary researchprogrammes on the Earth system, in particular with regard to increasing emergencypreparedness and reducing the negativeef_ fectsof major naturaldisasters; (k) Intensify researchto integratethe physical,economic and social sciences better understand imto the pactsof economicand socialbehaviouron the environment and of environmentaldegradationon local and global economies and, in particular: (i) Developresearch humanattitudes behaviouras on and driving forcescentralto an understanding the causes of and consequences environmental of changeand resource use; (ii) Promoteresearch human,economicand social on responses global change; to (l) Supportdevelopment new user-friendlytechnolof ogiesand systems facilitatetheintegration multidisthat of ciplinary,physical,chemical,biologicalanclsocialhuman processes which, in tum, provide informationand know_ ledgefor decisionmakersand the generalpublic.

MEANS IMPTEMENTATION OF Ai F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALTJATTON 35.13 The Conference secretariat estimated aver_ has the age totai annualcosr (1993-2000) implemenringthe of activitiesof this programmeto be about $2 billion, including about $ 1.5 billion from the international community on grantor concessional terms.Theseareindicative andorder-of-magnitude estimates only andhavenot beenreviewedby Governments. Actual costsandfinancial terms,includinganythatarenon-concessional, depend will upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

Bi sc/ENI/FtCAND TECHNOLOGTCAL MEANS 35.14The scientificandtechnological means includethe following: (a) Supporting and usingtherelevantnational research

260

activities of academia, researchinstitutesand governmental and non-governmental organizations, und pro_ moting their active participationin regionalano gtobat programmes, particularlyin developingcountries; (b) Increasing useof appropriate the enablingsystems and technologies, such as supercomputers, space_based observational technology, Earth-andocean-based observational technologies, data management and database technologies and, in particular, developingand expand_ ing the Global Climate ObservingSystem. c) |frrpRovtNc t oNG-TERlr SCtENTtFtc ASSESSMENT

ing indigenous approaches, the differentscales time for of and spacerequiredfor long-termpolicy formulation. ACTIVITIES 35'17 The following activitiesshourdbe under-taken: (a) Coordinateexisting data- and statistics-gathering systemsrelevantto developmental and environ .ntur issues asto support so preparation rong-term of scientific assessments for example,dataon resource depletion, import/export flows, energy use, health impacts and demographic trends;apply the dataobtained throughthe activities identified in programmearea B to environment/development assessments the global, regional at and local levels;andpromotethe wide distribution of the assessments a form that is responsive public in to needs and can be widely understood; (b) Develop a methodorogy carryout to nationaland regionalauditsand a five-yeargtobaraudit on an integrated basis. The standardized auditsshould helpto refine the patternand character development, of examiningin particularthe capacities globarand regionar of life-s"upporting systemsto meet the needsof human and non_ human life forms and identifying areasand resources vulnerableto further degradation. This task would involve the integrationof arl rerevantsciences at the national, regional, and global levels, and would be or_ ganized by governmentalagencies,non_governmental or ganization universities and researchinititutions, s, assisted by internationalgovernmentaland non_govern_ mentalorganizations and united Nations bodiei when necessary and as appropriate. Theseaudits shouldthen be madeavailableto the generalpublic.

BASIS ACTION FOR 35.15 Meeting scientificresearch needsin the environment/development field is only the first stepin the sup_ port that the sciences can provide for the sustainabre development process. knowledge The acquired may then be usedto provide scientificassessments (audits)of the currentstatusand for a rangeof possiblefuture conditions.This impliesthatthe biosphere mustbe maintained in a healthystateand that losses biodiversity in must be sloweddown. Althoughmany of the long_term environ_ mental changes that are likely to affect peopleand the biosphere globarin scare, are key chang", .un often be madeat the nationarand local revels.At the same time, human activitiesat the locar and regionarlevels often contributeto global threats- .g., stratospheric ozone depletion. Thus scientificassessments projections and arerequired theglobal,regionalandlocallevers. at Many countries and organizationsalready preparereports on the environment and deveropment which review current conditionsand indicate future trends.Regional and global assessments courd make full use of such reports but shouldbe broaderin scopeand include the results of detailedstudiesof future conditionsfor a rangeof assumptions about possiblefuture human ,.rpoi..r, using the best avairablemoders. Such assersments should be designedto map out manageable develop_ ment pathwayswithin the environmentaland socioeconomiccarrying capacityof each region. Full use shouldbe made of traditionalknowredgeof the rocal e n v ir onm ent .

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF F/NANC/NG AND COSI EVALI,JATION 35'18 The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993_2000) implementing of the activities of this progranrme be about to $35 million, i ncl udi ng about $18 mi l l i on from the i nternati on al community on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude estimates only and have not beenreviewedby Governments. Actuarcosts and financial terms,including any that are non_ concessi onal , i l l depend w upon,i nteral i a,thespeci fic strategies and programmes Governments decid. upon for implementation. 35.19 With regard to the existing data requirements underprogrammeareaA, supporishould provided be for nationaldatacollectionand warningsystems. This would involve setting up database, information and

OBJECNVES 35.16The primaryobjective to provideassessments is of the currentstafusand trendsin major developmental and environmental issues the national,subregional, at regionar andgloballevelson thebasisof the bestavailable scientific knowledge orderto deverop in artemative strategies, includ-

261

and r epor t ing s y s te ms ,i n c l u d i n g d a ta a s sessment i inf or m at i o nd i s s e mi n a ti o nn e a c h re g ion.

AD.ID C/N4BUTY CAPACITY D) BUlLDll.lGUP SCIE].InFrc

(e) Involvementof scientists national,regionaland in proresearch global environmental and developmental grammes, includingmultidisciplinaryresearch; (f) P eri odi c academi c update o1' sci en t ist sf r om fields o1'knowdevelopingcountriesin their respective ledse.

FOR BASIS ACTION haveto role the sciences 35.20In view of the increasing and of play in dealingwith the issues environment develto opment,it is necessary build up scientificcapacityand suchcapacityin all countries- particularly strengthen in developingcountries to enablethem to participate and applicationof the resultsof fully in the generation sustainconcerning and scientificresearch development There are many ways to build up able development. capacity.Someof the most scientificand technological and importantof themarethe following: education training to assistance developingcounand technology; in science tries to improve infrastructuresfor researchand developto ment which could enablescientists work more producresearch and to of tively; development incentives encourage and greaterutilizationof their resultsin the development; productivesectors theeconomy.Suchcapacity-building of would alsoform the basisfor improving public awareness must Specialemphasis of and understanding ttresciences. be put on the need to assist developingcountriesto bases to theircapacities studytheirown resource strengthen them betterin orderto and andecologicalsystems manage Furthermore, meetnational, regional globalchallenges. and in view of the sizeandcomplexityof globalenvironmental disciplines in problems, needfor more specialists several a hasbecomeevidentworld wide.

ACTIVITIES 35.22The following activitiesshouldbe undertaken: not (a) Promote education trainingof scientists, and the but only in theirdisciplines alsoin theirability to identili, manageand incorporateenvironmentalconsiderations into researchand developmentprojects:ensurethat a ecology and resource sound base in natural systetns, capable management provided:anddevelopspecialists is relatedto of working in interdisciplinaryprogrammes environmentand development,including the field of appliedsocialsciences; in (b) Strengthen scientificinfrastructure schools, the universities and researchinstitutions -- particularly those in developingcountries- by the provision of adequatescientific equipment and accessto current scientific literature,for the purposeof achieving and in of a sustaining criticalmass highly qualifiedscientists thesecountries; (c) Developandexpandnationalscientificandtechnoprocessing datain unifiedformatsand logical databases, to systems, allowing full andopenaccess thedeposiand tory libraries of regional scientific and technological of submission scientific informationnetworks. Prornote to informationanddatabases globalor andtechnological and network systems; regionaldatacentres (d) Developand expandregionaland global scientific informationnetworkswhich arebased and technological on and linked to national scientific and technological infonnation databases; collect, processand disseminate expand from regional and global scientificprogrammes; activitiesto reduceinformationbarriersdue to language differences. Increasettre applications particularly in - of cornputer-based retrievalsysdevelopingcountries temsin ordertocopewith thegrowthof scientiflcliterature; (e) Develop, strengthenand forge new partnerships tcl among national,regional and global capacities proof mote the full and open exchange scientificand technologicaldataandinformationand to facilitatetechnical soundand sustainrelatedto environmentally assistance This shouldbe done throughthe deable development. for velopmentof mechanisms the sharingof basic redata and inforrnation,and the improvementand search, of development intemationalnetworksand centres,including regional linking vr'ithnational scientiflc datafor bases, research, trainingand monitoring.Suchmech-

OBJECTIVES 35.21The primary objectiveis to improve the scientific of capacities all countries- in particular,thoseof developingcountries with specificregardto: (a) Education, trainingand facilitiesfor local research and developmentand human resourcedevelopmentin basic scientific disciplinesand in environment-related andlocal traditional utilizing whereappropriate sciences, knowledgeof sustainability: (b) A substantialincreaseby the year 2000 in the womenscientists numberof scientists particularly in thosedevelopingcountrieswhere their number is at present insufficient; (c) Reducing from of the significantly exodus scientists those who have developingcountriesand encouraging left to return; (d) Improvingaccess relevant informationfor sciento tists and decision makers,with the aim of improving in public awareness participation decision-making; and

262

professional anismsshouldbe designed asto enhance so cooperationamong scientistsin all countriesand to establish strong national and regional alliancesbetween industryand research institutions; (0 Improve and develop new links betweenexisting networksof naturaland socialscientists universities and at the internationallevel in order to strengthen national capacities the formulation of policy optionsin thefield in of environment and development; (g) Compile, analyseand pubiish information on indigenous environmental developmental and knowledge, and assist communities the that possess suchknowledge to benefit from them.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ F'NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON 35.23 The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annual cost ( 1993-2000)of implementing the activitiesof this programmeto be about $750 million, including about $470 million from the intemationalcommunityon grantor concessional terms.These indicative are and order-of-magnitude estimates only and have not been reviewed by Govemments. Actual costs and financial terms,includinganyttratarenon-concessional, depend will upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmes Governments decideupon for implementation.

cilitiesandassociated sustainable development techand nology supportsystems developing in regions.Promote and use the potentialof independent initiativesand indigenousinnovationsand entrepreneurship. The function of such networks and centrescould include. for example: (a) Supportand coordination scientificcooperation of amongall nationsin the region; (b) Linking with monitoringcentresand carryingout assessment environmental of and developmental conditions; (c) Support and coordinationof national studies of pathways towardssustainable development; (d) Organizationof scienceeducationand training; (e) Establishmentand maintenanceof information, monitoringand assessment systems and databases.

c) CAPACTTY-BUtLDtNG 35.25Capacity-building includesthe fbllowing: (a) Creatingconditions(e.g., salaries, equipment,libraries) ensure to that the scientists work effectively will in their home countries; (b) Enhancingnational,regionaland global capacities forcarrying out scientificresearch applyingscientific and and technologicalinformation to environmentallysound and sustainable development. This includesa need to increase financial resourcefor globalandregionalsciens tific and technological informationnetworks,as may be appropriate,so that they will be able to function effectively and efflcientlyin satisfying scientificneeds the of developingcountries. Ensurethe capacity-building of women by recruitingmore women in research and research trainins.

8/ SC/FNilF'C AND TECHNOLOG\CAL MEANS 35.24Suchmeansincludeincreasing and strengthening regional multidisciplinary researchand training networks and centresmaking optimal use of existing fa-

263

ond public oworeness troining educotion, Promoting 3 6

INTRODUCTION

raising publicawareness training of and 36.1 Education. virtuallyall areas Agenda21, and even in are linked to capacmore closelyto the oneson meetingbasicneeds, science, the role and and information, data ity-building. of major groups.This chaptersetsout broadproposals, relatedto sectoralissuesare while specificsuggestions The and in otherchapters. Deciaration Recomcontained Conference mendations the Tbilisi Intergovernmental of by EnvironmentalEducation,lorganizecl UNESCO on and UNEP and held in l9ll, have provided the funprinciplesfor the proposals this document. in damental in areasdescribed the presentchapter 36,2 Programme are: (a) Reorienting develeducation towardssustainable opment: (b) Increasing publicawareness: (c) Prornotingtraining.

for providesthe underpinning any While basiceducation environmentaland developmenteducation,the latter part of leaming. needsto be incorporated an essential as Both fonnal educationand non-formal educationare so to indispensable changingpeople'sattitudes that they their sustainable havethe capacityto assess address and It development concerns" is also critical for achieving values and attienvironmentaland ethical awareness, with sustainable tudes,skills and behaviourconsistent developmentand for effective public participationin To environmentand dedecision-making. be eff'ective, velopmenteducationshould deal with the dynamicsof enviand socio-economic both the physical/biological ronmentandhuman(which may includespiritual)develand shouldbeintegrated all disciplines, should in opment, employ formal and non-formal rnethodsand effective means communication. of

OBJECTIVES 36..1Recognizing that countries and,regionaland interwill developtheir own priorities nationalorganizations with in fbr irnplementation accordance and schedules policiesand programmes. following obthe their needs, jectivesareproposed: (a) To endorsethe recommendations arisingfrom the World Conf'erence Educationfor All: Meeting Basic on (Jomtien.Thailand,5-9 March 1990) Learning Needs2 to andto striveto ensure universal access basiceducation, primary education at least80 per cent and to achieve for of girls and 80 per cent of boys of prirnary schoolage through formal schoolingor non-fornraleducationand to reduce adultilliteracyrateto at leasthalf of its I 990 the level. Effortsshor-rld focuson reducingthehigh illiteracy levelsand redressing lack of basiceducation among the women and shouldbring their literacylevelsinto line with thoseof men:

AR PROGRAMME EAS
TOWARDS EDUCATTON A) REORTENTTNG DEVETOPMENT SUSTAINABLE

FOR BASIS ACTION 36.3 Education,including formal education,public as should recognized a process be awareness training, and can reachtheir b1' which human beingsand societies Education criticalfor promotingsusis fullestpotential. and improvingthe capacityof the tainabledevelopment issues. peopleto address environment development and

264

(b) To achieve environmental development and awarenessin all sectorsof societyon a world-wide scaleas soonas possible; (c) To striveto achieve accessibility environmenthe of tal and development education, linked to social education, from primary school age through adulthood to all groups of people; (d) To promote integrationof environmentand development concepts,including dernography, all educain tionalprogrammes, particular analysis thecauses in the of of major environment and development issues a local in context, drawingon thebestavailable scientificevidence and other appropriate sources knowledge,and giving of special emphasisto the further training of decision makers at all levels.

ACTIVITIES 36.5 Recognizing thatcountries andregionalandinternational organizationswill develop their own priorities and schedules implementationin accordance for with policiesand prografitmes, following actheir needs, the tivities are proposed: (a) All countries encouraged endorse recomare to the mendationsof the Jomtien Conferenceand strive to ensure Frameworkfor Action. This would encompass its the preparation of national strategiesand actions for meetingbasiclearningneeds, universalizing access and promoting equity, broadening the means and scope of education, developing supporting a policy context, mobilizing resources and strengthening internationalcooperation to redressexisting economic, social and gender disparities which interferewith theseaims.Non-governmentalorganizations make an importantcontribution can in designing andimplementing educational programmes and shouldbe recognized; (b) Governments should strive to update or prepare strategies aimedat integratingenvironmentand development as a cross-cutting issueinto education all levels at within the next three years. This should be done in cooperation with all sectorsof society. The strategies shouldsetout policiesand activities, and identify needs, cost, means and schedulesfor their implementation, evaluationand review. A thoroughreview of curricula should be undertaken ensurea multidisciplinaryapto proach,with environmentand development issuesand their socioculturaland demographicaspectsand linkages. Due respect shouldbe givento community-defined needs diverse and knowledgesystems, includingscience, culturaland socialsensitivities; (c) Countriesare encouraged set up nationaladvito sory environmentaleducationcoordinating bodies or round tables representativeof various environmental,

developmental, educational, genderand other interests. includingnon-governmental organizations, encourage to partnerships, help mobilize resources, and provide a source of information and focal point for international ties. These bodies would help mobilize and facilitate different populationgroupsand communitiesto assess their own needsand to develop the necessary skills to createand implemeuttheir own environment and developmentinitiatives: (d) Educational authorities. with theappropriate assistance from community groups or non-governmental organizations, are recommendedto assist or set up pre-serviceand in-servicetraining programmes all fbr teachers,administrators, and educationalplanners,as well as non-formaleducators all sectors. in addressing the nature and methodsof environmentaland development educationand making use of reler,'ant experience of non-governmentalor ganizati ; ons (e) Relevant authorities shouldensure everyschool that is assistedin designing environmentalactivity work plans, with the participation of studentsand staff. Schoolsshould involve schoolchildren local and rein gional studieson environmental health.including safe drinking-water, sanitation and food and ecosystems, and in relevantactivities,linking thesestudies with services andresearch nationalparks,wildlife reserves, in ecological heritagesitesetc.; (0 Educational authorities shouldpromoteproveneducational methods and the developmentof innovative teachingmethodsfor educational settings.They should alsorecognize appropriate traditionaleducation systems in local communities; (g) Within two yearstheUnited Narionssystem should undertakea comprehensive review of its educational programmes, encompassing training and public awareness,to reassess priorities and reallocateresources. The UNESCO/LTNEP Internati onal EnvironmentalEducation Programme should,in cooperation with the appropriate bodiesof the UnitedNationssystem, Governments, nongovernmental organizations and others,establish proa gramniewithin two yearsto integrate decisions the the of Conference into the existingUnited Nationsframework adapted the needsof eclucators differentlevelsand to at circumstances. Regional organizations national and authoritiesshouldbe encouraged elaborate to similarparallel programmes opportunities conducting analysis and biu an of how to mobilize differentsectors the populationin of order to assessand addresstheir environmentaland development education needs ; (h) There is a need to strengthen, within five years. information exchangeby enhancingtechnologies and capacities necessarv promoteenvironment to and development education and public atvareness. Countries

265

should cooperatc rvith cach other and with the various social sectors and population grclups to prepare educaticlnaltools that include regional environment and development issues and initiativcs, using learning materials and resourcessuited to their owtt requirentcnts: (i) Countriescould supportuniversity and othertertiary activities and networks for environmental and development education. Crclss-disciplinary courses could be Existing regionalnetworks made availableto ailstr"rdents. and national university actions which proand ac:tivities on mote researchand cotntnon teaching apprclaches sustainable develclpntent should be built upon. and ncw partnershipsand bridges created with the businessand other independent sectors,as well as with all countries, for technology. know-how, aud knowledge exchange; nonby 0) Countries,assistcd internationalorganizations, governmental organizations and other sectors, could or strengthen cstablishnatiotlalor rcgional centresof exceland educalionin environresearch lence in irrterdisciplinary rnental and developtttetttalsciences,law and the managernent of specific environntental problems. Such centres or could be urtiversitir's cristing networks in each country or region. prornotitig coopel'ativcresearchand infonnation At sharing and disscrnirtatiott. the giobal level these functions should Lrcperlirnred by appropriateinstitutions: (k) Countrics :hoLtlcl l'acilitateand promote non-formal e d u c a t i o n a c t i r i t i c - su t t l t c l o c a l . r e g i o n a l a n c l n a t i o n a l levcls bl, cooperatitt-ruith ancl supporting the efforts of ators alid ot hcr cotnntunity -basedorg annon- fbnn al cch.rc izations. l'hc applopriatc bodies of the tJnited Nations non-govemrnentalorganizasystern irt cooperittiort',r'ith of tht: tions should c-rtcountsc dr-r'cloptnent an intemational educationalaims. At network fbr the achiei entcrtttr1-global forums the nationaland ltrcal lcrcls. public and scholastic and should discussertviront.t.tcntal development issues,and altctratil'cs to policy makers; suggestsustaitrable (l) Educational authoritics.u'ith appropriateassistance of non-governmental orgattizations.including women's and indigenous pr-oplcs'orgartizations.should promote all kinds of adult educatron progralnmes for continuing education in environntent and delelclpment, basing acschools and local tivities around eletuentarv/secondauy problerns.These authoritics and industry should encourage business,industlial and agricultrrral schocllsto in'Ihe corporate sector clude such topics in their curricula. developrttcntin their education could include sustainable and training programtncs. Prograrnntcs at a postgraduatc includc specitic courscsainting at the f'urther ler el shoLrld t r a i n i n g o f d e c i s i o nm a k e r s ; (nr ) Gor ernments and educational authoritics should opportunitics for wollten itl non-traditional fields l'ostc-r' T g i a n dc l i n r i r t a t c en d er s t e r e o t y p i n gn c u r r i c u l a . h i s c o u l d b e d o r r eh r i r n p r o v t n ge n r o l m e n to p p o r t u n i t i e si.n c l u d i n g

and programmes students instrucas in females advanced tors,reforming entranceanclteacherstaffingpoliciesand facilities. shingchild-care ves providing incenti for establi Priority shouldbe given to educationof as appropriate. promoting literacy young femalesand to programmes amongwomen; (n) Governments shouldaffirrnthc rightsof indigenous to peoples, legislationif necessary, use their experiby to development of ence and understanding sustainable and training: play a part in education (o) The United Nationscould maintaina monitoring and evaluativerole regardingdecisionsof the United on NationsConference }invironmentand Developlnent throughthe relevantUnited andawareness, on education and non-governWith Governrnents Nations agencies. it as mental organizations, appropriate, shouldpresent decisionsin a variety of fonns, and and disseminate and implementation review the shouldensure continuous decisions, of implications Conference of the educational in particularthroughrelevanteventsand conferences.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSI EVALUATION F/NANC/NG the has secretariat estimated aver36.6 The Conference (1993-2000) implementing the of age total annualcost programmeto be about $8 billion to activitiesof this $9 billion, includingabout $3.5 billion to $4.5 billion from the intemationalcommunity on grant or concesand order-ot--magnisional terms.Theseare indicatir.'c not treen reviewed by tude estimatesonly and have including terms, and Actualcosts financial Governments. upon. inter will any that are non-concessional, depend and programmesGovernalia, the specific strategies mentsdecideupon for irnplementation. more situations, 36.7 In the light of country-specific public itwareness support for education,training and could and related environment development to activities such throughmeasures cases, be provided,in appropriate as the following: in (a) Giving higher priority to thosesectors budget cutting reprotecting them from structural allocations, quirernents; (b) S hi fti ng al l ocati onsw i thi n exi sti ng educat ion with focus on budgetsin favour of primarv education, environment development; and (c) Promotingconditiclns where a larger shareof the with rich comcost is borne by local communities, poorerones: munities assisting (d) Obtaining additional funds fiom private donors on concentrating the poorestcountries,and thosewith ratesof literacybelow 40 per cent;

266

(e) Encouraging debt for educationswaps; (0 Lifting restrictions privateschooling increasand on ing the flow of funds from and to non-govemmental grass-roots including small-scale organiorganizations, zations; (g) Promotingthe effective use of existing facilities, for example,multiple schoolshifts,fuller development and other long-distance teaching; of open universities (h) Facilitatinglow-costor no-costuseof massmedia for the purposes education; of (i) Encouraging twinning of universities developed in and developingcountries.

Bl TNGREASTNG PUBUCAWARENESS

BASIS AC-TON FOR lack of 36.8 Thereis still a considerable of awareness the natureof all human activitiesand the enviinterrelated or ronment,due to inaccurate insufficientinformation. Developingcountriesin particularlack relevanttechnologies and expertise.There is a need to increase public sensitivity to environment and development problemsand involvementin their solutions and foster responsibilityand a senseof personalenvironmental greatermotivation and commitmenttowards sustainable development.

OBJECTIVE 36.9 The objectiveis to promotebroadpublic awareness as an essential part of a global education effort to valuesand actionswhich are comstrengthen attitudes. patible with sustainable It development. is inrportantto stress principleof devolvingauthority', the accountability and resources the most appropriatelevel with prefto erence given to local responsibilityand control over activities. awareness-buildins

ACTMTIES that countries and regionalandinter36.10 Recognizing will developtheir own priorities nationalorganizations with for and schedules implementationin accordance policiesand programmes, following acthe their needs, tivities are proposed: (a) Countries should strengthenexisting advisory bodies or establishnew ones for public environment and development information,and should coordinate wit nonac t iv it ies h , a m o n go th e rs th eU n i te dN a ti ons, , gov er nm enta lo rg a n i z a ti o n sa n d i mp o rta nt medi a. public participationin discusThey shouldencourage s ions of env i ro n me n ta lp o l i c i e s a n d a s s essments.

Governments should national alsofacilitate andsupport to localnetworkinsof information throushexistinsnetworks; (b) The United Nationssystem shouldimproveits outreachin the course a review of its education public of and awareness involvement activitiesto promotegreater and coordinationof all parts of the system,especiallyits informationbodiesand regionaland countryoperations. proSystematicsun/eys of the impact of awareness grammes shouldbeconducted, recognizing needs the and contributions specificcommunitygroups; of (c) Countries and regionalorganizations shouldbe encouraged, appropriate, providepublic environmenas to tal and development informationservices raisingthe for awareness all groups,the private sectorand particuof larly decisionmakers; (d) Countries should stimulate educationalestablishmentsin all sectors, especially tertiary sector, the to contributemoreto awareness mabuilding. Educational terialsof all kinds arrdfor all audiences shouldbe based on thebestavailable includingthe scientificinformation, natural,behavioural and socialsciences, taking into and accountaesthetic and ethicaldimensions; (e) Countriesand the United Nations system should promotea cooperative relationship with the media,popular theatre groups. and entertainment and advertising industries initiatingdiscussions mobilizetheirexby to periencein shapingpublic behaviourand consumption patternsand making wide use of their methods. Such cooperation wouldalsoincrease activepublicparticithe pationin thedebate theenvironment. on UNICEF should make child-orientedmaterial availableto rnediaas an educational tool,ensuring closecooperation between the out-of-schoolpublic information sectorand the school cuniculum,f or the primarylevel.UNESCO,UNEP and universities shouldenrichpre-service curriculafor journalists environment development on and topics; (f) Countries,in cooperation with the scientificcommunity, should establishways of employing rnodern communicationtechnologiesfor effective public outreach. National and local educationalauthoritiesand relevantLlnitedNationsagencies shouldexpand,as appropriate, useof audio-visual the methods, especially in rural areasin mobile units,by producingtelevisionand radio prograrnmes developingcountries,involving for local participation, employing interactivemultimedia methods and integratingadvancedmethodswith fblk media; (g) Countries shouldpromote,asappropriate. environmentallysoundleisureand tourisrnactivities, building on The Hague Declarationof Tourism (1989) and the current prograrnmes the World Tourism Organization of and UNEP, making suitableuse of museums, heritage

267

nationalparks,and other sites,zoos.botanicalgardens, protectedtreas; (h) Countriesshouldencourage non-governmental orin ganizations increase theirinvolvement environntento problems,throughjoint awareness tal and development with otherconstitinitiativesand improvedinterchange in uencies society; (i) Countriesand the United Nations system shouid increase their interactionwith and include,as appropriplanningand peoplein the management, ate,indigenous and development their local environment, shouldproof of mote dissemination traditionaland socially leamed espebased local customs, on knowledgethroughmeans cially in rural areas,integrating these efforts with the electronicmedia,wheneverappropriate; UNDPand non-governmental 0) UNICEF,LTNESCO, organizatronsshould develop support programmes to irrvolveyoung peopleand childrenin environmentand issues, suchas children'sand youth heardevelopment ings and building on decisionsof the World Summit for annex); Children(A/451625, (k) Countries, UnitedNationsandnon-governmenthe mobilizationof both shouldencourage tal organizations stressing the campaigns, men and women in awareness activities,women's role of the family in environmental of contribution to transmission knowledge and social valuesand the development humanresources; of (l) Public awareness regarding should be heightened the impactsof violencein society.

focus,aimed at filling gapsin knowledgeand skill that would helpindividualsfind employment be involved and in environmentaland developmentwork. At the same time, training programmes should promote a greater issues a as awareness environmentand development of two-way learningprocess.

OBJECTIVES are 36.13The following obiectives proposed: (a) To establish strengthen vocationaltrainingproor grammes and develthat meetthe needsof environment opment with ensuredacc:ess training opportunities, to raceor religion; regardless socialstatus, of age,gender, (b) To promote a flexible and adaptableworkforce of and variousagesequipped meetgrowing environment to developmentproblems and changeserising from the society; transitionto a sustainable (c) To strengthen particularly in national capacities, Govemments, scientificeducation training,to enable and employersand workers to meet their environmentaland development objectives and to facilitatethe transferand assimilation new environmentally of sound,sociallyacand appropriate ceptable technology and know-how; (d) To ensure and thatenvironmental humanecological levelsand considerations integrated all managerial are at in all functionalmanagement areas,suchas rnarketing, productionand finance.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSI EVALUATION F/NANC/NG has secretariat estimated averthe 36.1 The Conference I the age total annualcost (1993-2000)of implernenting to activitiesof this programme be about $1.2 billion, comincluding about$110million from theinternational terms.Theseareindicamunity on grantor concessional estimates only andhavenot tive andorder-of-magnitude Actual costsandfinanbeenreviewedby Governments. will cial terms,includingany that arenon-concessional, and dependupon, inter alia, the specificstrategies programmes decideuponfor implementation. Governments

ACTIVITIES 36.14Countrieswith the supportof the United Nations system should identify workforce training needs and Areview assess measures betakento meetthoseneeds. to of progress thisareacouldbe undertaken theUnited in by Nationssystem 1995. in 36.15Nationalprofessional associations encouraged are to developand review their codesof ethicsand conduct to strengthen environmentalconnections and commitment. The training and personaldevelopment componentsof programmes sponsored prof'essional by bodies shouldensureincorporation skills and informationon of the implementationof sustainable developmentat all pointsof policy- and decision-making. institutions 36.16Countries andeducational shouldintegrateenvironmental developmental issues into existand ing trainingcurriculaand promotethe exchange their of methodologies evaluations. and 36.17Countriesshouldencourage sectors society, all of government such as industry,universities, ofticials and non-governrnental employees, organizations and commanmunity organizations, includean envirclnmental to agementcornponentin all relevant training activities,

cl PRoMoTTNGTRATNTNG

FOR BASIS ACTION 36.12Training is one of the most important tools to and facilitatethe transitionto develophumanresources world. It shouldhave a job-specific a more sustainable

268

with emphasison meetingimmediateskill requirements through short-term formal and in-plant vocational and management training.Environmentalmanagement training capacitiesshould be strengthened, specialized and "training of trainers" programmesshouldbe established to supporttraining at the national and enterpriselevels. New training approaches existing environmentally fbr soundpractices shouldbe developed that create employment opportunitiesand make maximum use of local resource-based methods. 36.18Countriesshouldstrengthen establish practical or training programmes for graduatesfrom vocational schools, high schools anduniversities, all countries, in to enablethem to meet labour market requirementsand to achievesustainable livelihoods.Training and retraining programmesshould be established meet structural to which have an impact on employmentand adjustments skill qualifications. 36.19Governmentsare encouragedto consult with people in isolated situations,whether geographicaily, culturallyor socially,to ascertain their needs training for to enablethem to contributemore fully to developing sustainable work practices and lifestyles. 36.20Governments, industry, tradeunions, andconsumers shouldpromotean understanding the interrelationof goodenvironment goodbusiness shipbetween pracand tices. 36.21Countries should develop a service of locally trained and recruited environmentaltechniciansable to provide local people and communities,particularly in deprived urban and rural areas,with the servicesthey require,startingfrom primary environmentalcare. 36.22Countries shouldenhance ability to gainaccess the to, analyseand effectively use information and knowledgeavailable environment on and development. Existing or established special trainingprogrammes shouldbe strengthened support information needs of special to groups.The impact of theseprogrammes producon tivity, health,safetyand employmentshouldbe evaluated. National and regional environmentallabourmarketinformationsystems shouldbe developed that would supply,on a continuingbasis,dataon environmental job and training opportunities. Environment and development training resource-guides should be prepared and updated, with information on training programmes, curricula,methodologies evaluation and resultsat the local, national, regionaland international lev els . 36.23Aid agencies shouldstrengthen trainingcomthe ponentin all development projects, emphasizing multia promotingawareness providdisciplinaryapproach, and ing the necessary skills for transitionto a sustainable society.The environmental guidelinesof management

UNDP for operationalactivities of the United Nations systemmay contributeto this end. 36.24Existingnetworksof employers' and workers'organizati ons,industryassociations non-governmental and organizationsshould facilitate the exchangeof experiprograffrmes. ence concerningtraining and awareness 36.25Governments, cooperation in with relevantinternational organizations, should develop and implement strategies deal with national,regionaland local envito ronmentalthreatsand emergencies, emphasizingurgent practicaltraining andawareness programmes forincreasing public preparedness. 36.26The UnitedNationssystem, appropriate, as should particularly its environextend its training programmes, mental training and supportactivitiesfor employers'and workers'organization s.

MEANS IMPLEMENIATION OF F/NANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATION 36.27 The Conference secretariat estimated averhas the age total annualcost (1993-2000)of implementingthe activities of this programme to be about $5 billion, including about $2 billion frorn the intemationalcommunity on grantorconcessional terms.Theseareindicative and order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Govemments. Actual costs and financial terms,includinganythatarenon-concessional, depend will upon, inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmes Govemments decideuponfor implementation.

lnlergovernmentol Conference on Environmentol Educotion : F i n o l R e p o r t( P o r i s ,U N E S C O , 1 9 7 8 } , c h o p . l l l .

'

Finol Reportof the Wortd Conference Educotionfor All: on Meeting BasicLeorningNeeds, Jomtien, Thoilond,5-9 Morch 1990 (New York,Inter-Agency (UNDP, Commission UNESCO, UNICEF, World Bonklfor theWorld Conference Educotion on for All, 1990).

269

a7 \', f

mechonisms internotionol ond cooperotion Notionol in countries for copocity-buildingdeveloping

P R O G R A M MA R E A E

BASIS ACTION FOR devel37"l The abilityof a countryto lollow sustainable opment paths is detenninedto a large extent by the as capacityof its peopleand its institutions well asby its ecological and geographicalconditions. Specifically, the encompasses country's human, capacity-building zati onaland ogical,organi onal,i n stituti scientific,technol resourcecapabilities.A fundamentalgoal of capacityand address the building is to enhance ability to evaluate and modes relatedto policy choices the crucialquestions options, based of implementationamong development of on an understanding environmentalpotentialsand limits and of needsas perceivedb1' the people of the As country concerned. a result, the need to strengthen is by nationalcapacities shared all countries. c 3 7 . 2B u i l d i n g e n d o g e n o u s a p a c i t y t o i m p l e m e n t themAgenda21 will requirethe effortsof the countries with relevant UnitedNationsorganselves partnership in The intercountries. izations.as well as with developed national community at the national, subregionaland , regional levels, municipalitiesnon-governmental centres, busiand and organizations, universities research ness and other private institutions and organizations It for could also assistin theseet-forts. is essential indithe vidual countriesto identify prioritiesand determine meansfor building the capacityand capabilityto impletheirenvironmental mentAgenda2l , takinginto account and economicneeds.Skills, knowledgeand technical knou,-howat the individual and institutionallevels are policy analysisand fbr necessary institution-building, of management, including the assessment development courses action with a view to enhancing of alternative of access and transfer technologyand promotingecoto Technicalcooperation.including nomic development.

and krrow-how,enthat relatedto technologytransf-er compasses whole range of activitiesto develop or the strengthenindividual and group capacitiesand capabilities. It shouldservethe purposeof long-temrcapacity-building and needsto be managedand coordinated inTechnicalcooperation, by the countriesthemselves. cluding that relatedto technologytransler and ktrowhow, is effectiveonly when it is derivedfrom andrelated to a country'sown strategies and prioritieson environagencies ment and development and when development and Governmentsdefi ne i mproved and co nsist ent policiesand procedures suppor-t process. to this

OBJECTIVES capacity37.3 The overall objectivesof endogenous building in this programme area are to develop and anclregional improve national and relatedsubregional development, capacities and capabilities sustainable for with the involvementof the non-governmental sectors. The programmeshouldassist by: (a) Promoting an ongoing participatoryprocessto definecountryneeds andprioritiesin promotingAgenda 2l andto give importance technicaland professional to human resourcedeveloprnent of and developrnent inof stitutionalcapacities and capabilitieson the agencla wittr due recognitionof tire potentialfor opticountries, mum useof existinghumanresources well asenhanceas ment of the efficiencyof existinginstitutions and nongovernmentalorganizations, including scientific and i nsti technol ogi cal tuti orrs: (b) Reorienting technicalcooperation and.in that process,settingnew priorities in the field, including that related to transfer of technologyand know-how processes, while giving due attentionto the specificcondiand intproving tions and individual needsof recipients, for of coordinationamong prclviders assistance support to countri es'ow n programmesof acti on. This co-

270

organordinationshouldalsoincludenon-governmental as institutions, izationsand scientificand technological and well as business industrywheneverappropriate; planningand (c) Shiftingtime horizonsin programme and strengthening for implementation the development of to of institutionalstructures permit an enhancement challenges their ability to respondto new longer-terrn only on immediateproblems; ratherthan concentrating (d) Improving and reorientingexisting international I multi lateralinstitutions with responsibiitiesfor environmattersto ensurethat those ment and/or development institutions havethe capabilityand capacityto integrate and development; environment (e) Improving institutional capacity and capability, the both public and private,in orderto evaluate environprojects. mentalimpact of all development includethe following: 37.4 Specificobjectives (a) Each country should aim to complete,as soon as and practicable, possible I 994,areviewof capacityif by for capability-buildingrequirements devising national including thosefor strategies, development sustainable generating and implementingits own Agenda21 action programme; (b) By 1997,the Secretary-General should submit to of the GeneralAssembly a report on the achievement and systems procedures improvedpolicies,coordination of the for strengthening implementation technicalcoas fbr development, operationprogrammes sustainable requiredto strengthen weil as on additional measures on That reportshouldbe prepared the suchcooperation. international basisof informationprovidedby countries, instituenvironmentand development organizations, partners. and non-govemmental tions,donor agencies

of in of uponrequest Governments, the identification the including those for requirements technicalcooperation, transferandknow-how and develrelatedto technology of for opmentassistance the implementation Agenda21. whereappropritogether, The nationalplanningprocess actionplans development ate. with nationalsustainable or strategiesshould provide the framework for such UNDP shoulduseandfurther and cooperation assistance. improve its networkof field offices andits broadmandate in usingits experience the field of to provideassistance, for technicalcooperation facilitating capacity-building at the countryand regionallevelsand making full useof the expertiseof other bodies,in particularUNEP, the and World Bank andregionalcommissions development intergovernmenbanks,as well as relevantinternational organizations. tal and non-governmental

AND OF 8/ /DENI/F/CATION NAilONAt SOURCES TECHNICAL FOR OF PRESENIAI/ON REAUESIS TO THAT RELATED /NCTUD/NG COOPERATION, IRANSFER AND KNOW-HOW TECHNOLOGY SIRAIFG/ES IN THEFRAMEWORK SECIOR OF for 37.6 Countriesdesiringarrangements technicalcoof to includingthatrelated transfer technology operation, and know-how. with international organizationsand in requests theframeshouldformulate donorinstitutions capacity-building work of long-termsectoror subsector poladdress should,asappropriate, strategies. Strategies to be implemented,budgetaryissues, icy adjustments human amonginstitutions, cooperation coordination and resourcerequirements, and technology and scientific They shouldcover public and equipmentrequirements. scientific privatesector needs consider strengthening and programmes, inand research training and educational in the developed countriesand the cluding suchtraining of strengthening centresof excellencein developing a countries.Countriescould designateand strengthen technicalcooperato organrze coordinate and centralunit and the resource tion, linking it with the priority-setting allocationprocess.

ACTIVITIES AND A A) BU|LD|NG NAilONAt CONSENSUS ITYNG C APAC BUILDING 5 IRAIEG/ES FOR ULATI M AG 2 F O RI M P LE M E N IIN G E N D A I 37.5 As an important aspectof overall planning,each at country should seek internal consensus all levels of society on policies and programmesneededfor shortits to capacity-building implement Agenda andlong-term should result from a This consensus 21 programme" interestgroups and participatorydialogue of r:elevant lead to an identificationof skill gaps,institutionalcapaand scientificretechnological cities and capabilities, environmental needs enhance to quirerlcntsandresource environment to knowledgeand administration integrate UNDP in partnershipwith relevant and development. intergovernagencies otherinternational and specialized couldassist, organizations mentalandnon-governmental

ME OF A c) E S TA B L/S H MFN T R E V IE W C H A N IS M /N OF IECHNICAL COOPERAIION AND RELATED IR R IO IE C H N OLOGY A N S FEA N D K N OW -H OW and the 37.7 Donorsandrecipients, organizations institutions of the United Nations system,and international should review the public and private organizations processas it relatesto of development the cooperation includingthat relatedto activities technicalcooperation,

271

for the transfer of technology and know-how linked to sustainable development. facilitate this processthe To Secretary-General could undertake, taking into account work carried out by UNDP and other organizationsin preparation the United NationsConference for on Environment and Development, consultations with developingcountries,regional organizations, organizationsand institutionsof the United Nationssystem, including regionalcommissions, and multilateraland bilateralaid and environment agencies, with a view to further strengtheningthe endogenouscapacities of countries andimprovingtechnical cooperation, including that related to the technology transfer and knowhow process.The following aspectsshould be rev iewed: (a) Evaluationof existing capacityand capabilityfor the integrated management environment developof and ment,includingtechnical, technological institutional and capacities and capabilities,and facilities to assess the environmental impact of development projects; and evaluation abilitiesto respond andlink up with needs of to for technicalcooperation, including that relatedto technology transferand know-how, of Agenda 21 and the global conventionson climate change and biological diversity; (b) Assessment thecontribution existingactivities of of in technical cooperation, includingthatrelated transfer to of technology andknow-how,towardsstrengthening and building nationalcapacityand capabilityfor integrated environmentand development management and an assessment the meansof improving the quality of interof nationaltechnicalcooperation, including that relatedto transferof technolgyand know-how; (c) A strategy shiftingto a capacityfor andcapabilitybuilding thrust that recognizesthe need for the operationalintegrationof environmentanddevelopment with longer-termcommitments,having as a basisthe set of national programmesestablishedby each country, through a participatoryprocess; (d) Consideration greateruseof long-termcooperaof tive arrangements betweenmunicipalities, non-governmentalorganizations, universities, trainingand research centres and business, public andprivateinstitutions with counterparts other countriesor within countriesor in regions. Programmes suchas the Sustainable Development Networks of UNDP should be assessed this in regard; (e) Strengthening the sustainability projectsby of of including in the original projectdesignconsideration of environmental impacts, costsof institution-building, the human resource development and technologyneeds,as well as flnancial and organizationalrequirements for operationand maintenance;

(0 Improvement of technical cooperation,including that relatedto transferof technologyand know-how and managementprocesses, giving greater attention to by capacity-and capability-building an integralpart of as sustainable developmentstrategies environmentand for developmentprogrammesboth in country-relatedcoordinationprocesses, asconsultative such groups andround tables, in sectoral and coordination mechanisms enable to developingcountries participate to activelyin obtaining assistance from differentsources.

D/ ENHANCEMFNI THE AF EXPERIISE AND COLLECTIVE CONTR/BUIION THEUNITED OF NAI/ONS SYSTEM CAPACITYFOR AND CAPABILITY-BUII.DING IN ITIA TIV E S 37.8 Organizations, organs, bodiesandinstitutions the of United Nations system,togetherwith other international and regional organizationsand the public and private sectors, could, as appropriate. strengthen their joint activities in technical cooperation, includingthat relatedto transfer of'technology know-how,in orderto address and linked environment and development issuesand to promotecoherence consistency action.Organizations and of could assistand reinforce countries,particularly least developed countries, uponrequest, matters on relatingto national environmentaland developmental policies, human resourcedevelopmentand fielding of experts, legislation. naturalresources environmental and data. 37.9 UNDP, the World Bank and regional multilateral development banks,as part of their participationin national and regional coordinationmechanisms,should assistin facilitatingcapacity-and capability-building at the countrylevel,drawinguponthe special expertise and operational capacityof UNEP in the environmental field as well as of the specialized agencies, organizations of the United Nationssystemand regionaland subregional organizations their respectiveareasof competence. in For this purposeUNDP should mobilize funding for capacity-and capability-building, utilizing its network of field offices and its broad mandateand experiencein the field of technicalcooperation, includingthat related to transfer technology know-how.UNDP,together of and with these international organizations, shouldat the same time continueto developconsultativeprocesses ento hancethe mobilization and coordinationof funds from the international communityfor capacity- capability-buildand ing, includingtheestablishment an appropriate of database. These responsibilities may need to be accompanied by sffengthening the capacitiesof LINDP. of 37.10The nationalentity in chargeof technicalcooperation, with the assistance the UNDP residentrepreof

272

shouldestaband the UNEP representatives, sentatives giving the to lish a smallgroupof key actors steer process, and priorities. priority to the countrl"s own strategies gainedthroughexisting planningexerThe experience cisessuchas the nationalreportsfor the United Nations national and Development, on Conference Environtnent conservationstrategiesand environment action plans into a countryshould be fully used and incorporated stratdevelopment and sustainable driven, participatory egy. This should be cornplernentedr,vith information in with donor organizations networksand consultations to as order to improve coordination. well as access the and existingbody of scientificand technicalknowleclge elsewhere. informationavailablein institutions

review mechanism should be establishedamong the of countriesof the region with the assistance the appropriate relevant regional organizations and the participation of development banks, bilateral aid agenciesand are Other possibilities non-governmental organizations. to develop national and regional researchand training facilities building on existing regionaland subregional institutions.

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF AND COSI EVALUATION F/NANC/NG to 37.12The cost of bilateralexpenditures developing includingthatrelated for cooperation, countries technical andknow-how,is about$15bilto transfer technology of lion or about 25 per cent of total official development The of assistance. implementation Agenda2 I will require a moreeffectiveuseof thesefundsandadditionalfundins in key areas. the has secretariat estimated aver3l .13 The Conference age total annual cost ( 1993-20f,0)of implementing the activitiesof this chapterto be between$300million and $ I billion from the internationalcommunity on grant or concessional terms.These are indicative and order-ofmagnitude only andhavenot beenreviewedby estimates Actual costsandfinancialtertns,including Governments. will any that are non-concessional, dependvpon, inter and programmesGovernalia, the specific strategies mentsdecideupon for implementation.

OF E) HARMON/ZATION TtlE DELMRYOF TEVEI. AT ASS/SIANCE THEREGIONAT should 37.11At theregionallevel,existingorganizations considerthe desirabilityof irnprovedregionaland submeetings ptocesses round-table and regionalconsultative of to facilitatethee'xchange data,informationandexperi21. o1'Agenda UND| buildencein theimplementation ing on the resultsof the regional surveyson capacitycarriedout on building that thoseregionalorganizations the United Nations Conferenceon Environment and with existinitiative,anclin collaboration Development with or ing regional,subregional nationalorganizations potential for regional coordination,should provide a The relevantnationai significantinput for this purpose. A unit shouldestablisha steeringmechanisnt. periodic

273

Internotionol institutionol orrongements 3 B

BASIS ACTION FOR 38.1 The mandate the United NationsConference of on Environmentand Development emanates from General Assembly resolution 4/'1228, which the Assembly, in irfter alia, affirmed that the Conferenceshouldelaborate strategies measures halt and reverse effectsof and to the environmental in degradation the context of increased nationaland international effortsto promotesustainable and environmentally sounddevelopment all countries in growthin developing andthatthepromotionof economic problems environmencountries essential address is to of tal degradation. The intergovernmental follow-up to the processshall be within the framework of the Conference UnitedNationssystem, with theGeneral Assemblybeing the supremepolicy-makingforum that would provide overall guidanceto Governments, the United Nations system and relevant treaty bodies. At the same time, Governments, well asregionaleconomic as andtechnical cooperation organizations, have a responsibility play to an important role in the follow-up to the Conference. Their commitmentsand actions should be adequately supported the UnitedNationssystem by and multilateral financial institutions.Thus, national and international effortswould mutually benefitfrom one another. 38.2 In fulfilling the mandate the Conference, of thereis a need for institutionalarrangements within the United Nationssystemin c:onformity with, and providing input into, the restructuringand revitalizationof the United Nations in the economic,social and relatedflelds, and the overall reform of the United Nations,including ongoing changes the Secretariat. the spirit of reform in In and revitalizationof the United Nations system. implementation Agenda2l and otherconclusions the of of Conferenceshall be based on an action- and resultorientedapproach with the principlesof and consistent universality, democracy,transparency, cost-effectivenessand accountability. 38.3 The tinited Nationssvstem. with its multisectoral

capacity and the extensiveexperience a number of of specializedagenciesin various spheresof international cooperation thefield of environmentanddevelopment, in is uniquelypositioned assist to Governments establish to more effective patternsof economicand socialdevelopment with a view to achievingthe objectives Agenda of 2l and sustainable development. 38.4 All agencies the United Nations systemhave a of key role to play in the implementation Agenda 2l of within their respectivecompetence.To ensure proper coordinationandavoid duplicationin theimplementation of Agenda 21, there should be an effective division of labour betweenvariousparts of the United Nations system basedon their terms of referenceand comparative advantages. Member States, throughrelevantgoverning bodies,arein a positionto ensure that thesetasksarecanied out properly. In order to facilitate evaluationof agencies' performanceand promoteknowledgeof their activities,all bodiesof the United Nations systemshouldbe requiredto elaborateand publish reportsof their activitiesconcerning theimplementati of Agenda2 1on a regular on basi Serious s. andcontinuous programmes, reviewsof theirpolicies, budgetsand activitieswill alsobe required. 38.5 The continuedactiveand eft'ective participation of non-governmentalorganizations,the scientific community and the private sector,aswell aslocal groupsand communities,is important in the implementation of Agenda 1. 2 38.6 The institutionalstructure envisaged below will be basedon agreement financial resources on and mechanisms, technology transfer, the Rio Declaration and Agenda21. ln addition,therehasto be an effectivelink between substantive actionandfinancialsupport, this and requires closeandeffectivecooperation exchange and of informationbetweenthe United Nationssystemand the multilateral financial institutionsfor the follow-up of Agenda2l within the institutional arrangement.

274

OBJECTIVES of 38.7 The overall objectiveis the integration environissuesat national,subregional, ment and development in including the United levels. regional andinternational arrangements. Nationssysteminstituticlnal shallbe: 38.8 Specificobiectives of (a) To ensure reviewtheimplementation Agenda and in development all counsustainable achieve 2l so asto tries: (b) To enhance role and functioningof the United the and developin system the field of environment Nations and proAll relevant agencies.organizations ment. granunesof the linited Nations system should adopt of fbr programmes the implementation Agenda concrete for 21 and alsoprovidepolicy guidance UnitedNations within uponrequest, or activities adviccto Governments, of areas competence, their on and coordination encooperation (c) To strengthen in and development the United Nations sysvironment tem; between interactionandcooperation (d) To encourage Nationssystemand other intergovernmental the United regionaland global subregional, and non-governmental in orgamzatrons the institutionsand non-governmental field of envitonmentand clevelopment; and capabilities arrange(e) To strengthen institutional followirnplementation, for mentsrequired the eff-ective 2 up andr ev iewof A g e n d a l : and coordinationof (fl To assistin the strengthening and and national.subregional regionalcapacities actions and development; of areas environment in the of and (g) To establish effectivecooperation exchange betweenUnited Nations organs.organizainformation and tions,programmes the multilateralfinancialbodies, for institutionalarrangements the ftlllow-up within the Agenda21; of re(h) To respon6l sontinuingand emergingissues 1tl and latingto environmettt development; (i) To ensnrethat any new institutionalanangements cleardivisionof responsirevitalization, wor,rld support bilities and the avoidanceof duplicationin the United Nat ions s y s t ema n d d e p e n dto th e m a x i m u m extent re pos s ible uponex i s ti n g s o u rc e s .

of reviewof the inrplementation Agenda2l " In fulf illing the this task,the Assemblycouldconsider timing, format a t,rl'such review.In particular, aspects organizational ancl holdinga specialsession the Assemblycould consider not later than 1997 for the overall revicw and appraisal at preparations a high level. of Agenda2l , with adequate

COUNCIL AND B) ECONOMIC SOCIAL and SocialCouncil,in the context 38.10The Economic the of its role undertheChartert'i,i-d-vis GeneralAssemand revitalizationof bly and the ongoing restructuring the United Nations in the econontic,social and related by the fields,would assist GeneralAssernbly overseeing of system-widecoordinationin the intplementation ln Agenda2l andrnakingrecolnmetrdations this regard. In addition. the Councii would undefiakethe task of directing system-widecoordinationand integrationof of aspects UnitedNaand environmental developmental and would make approtions policiesand programmes to priate recommendations the GeneralAssembly.speApproand concerned MemberStates. agencies cialized trom reports priatesteps shouldbetakento obtainrr:gular on agencies thcir plans and programmes specialized to 2l of relatedto the implementation A-senda , pursuant Article 64 of the Charterof the lJniteclNations' The a organize periodic andSocialCouncilshould Economic on review of the work of the Commission Sustainable as 38.11, w e ll as in envi saged paragraph D evel opment and environment activitiesto integrate of system-wide makingfull useof its high-leveland coordevelopment, dinationsegments.

STRUCTURE INSTITUTIONAL

ASSEMBLY A) GENERAL 'fhe General Assembly. as the highest intergovern3ti.9 mental rnechanism. is the principal policy-making and appraisal organ on matters relating to the follow-up of the Conf'erence.The Assembly would organize a regular

DEVETOPMENT ON C) COMMISSIONSUSTAINABLE follow-up of the 38,l1 In order to ensurethe eff'ective cooperinternational as Conference, well as to enhance decisionation and rationalizethe intergovernmental and of making capacityfor the integration environment issuesanclto exatninethe progressin the development '21 regional o1' implementation Agenda at the national, on levels.a high-levelClomniission and international in be shotrl tl establ i shed acS ustai nablD evcl opment e cordancewith Article 6tJ o1'the Clhalterol the l-lnited to wouldrepttrt theBconomic ThisComtnission Nations. and SocialCouncil in the colttcxtof the Council'srole the under the Charter t'i.r-r)-t,is General Assembly.It of would consistoi representatives Stateselectedas geographical disto with due rcgarcl equitabie members of States the s of tribution. Representative non-member 'l'he CornCommission w'ould havc obseruerstatus. involvementof mission should provrdelirr the actir,'e of and organizations the United organs,pro-qrammes

275

Nations system.international financial institutionsand other relevantintergovernmental organizations, enand courage participation non-govemmental the of organizations, including industryand the business and scientific communities.The first meeting of the Commission 'fhe shouldbe convened laterthan 1993. no Commission shouldbe supported the secretariat by envisaged parain graph 38.19. Meanwhile the Secretary-General the of United Nations is requested ensureadequate to interim administrative secretariat arrangements. 38.12TheGeneral Assembly, atitsfbrty-seventh session, shoulddeterminespecificorganizational modalitiesfor the work of this Commission, suchasits membership, its relationshipwith other intergovernmental United Nations bodiesdealingwith matters relatedtclenvironment and development. the frequency, and durationandvenue These of its meetings. modalities shouldtakeinto account the ongoingprocess revitalization of andrestructuring of the work of the United Nationsin the economic.social and relatedfields. in particular measures recommended by the General Assembly in resolutions 451264of 13 May l99l and 461235 13 April 1992 and other of relevantAssemblyresolutions. this respect. SecreIn the tary-General the United Nations,with the assistance of of the Secretary-General the United Nations Conof ferenceon Environmentand Development, requested is to prepare for the Assembly a report with appropriate recommendations proposals. and 38.13The Cornmissionon Sustainable Development shouldhave the following functions: (a) To monitorprogress the implementation Agenin of da 2I and activitiesrelatedto the integration environof mental and developmental goals throughoutthe United Nations systemthrough analysisand evaluationof reports from all reJevantorgans, organizations,programmesand institutionsof the United Nations system dealingwith variousissues environment of anddevelopment, includingthoserelatedto finance; (b) To consider informationprovidedby Governments, including.for example,informationin the form of periodic comrnunications national reportsregardingthe clr activitiesthey undertaketo implementAgenda 21, the problemstheyface,suchasproblemsrelatedto financial resources technology and transfer, otherenvironment and and development issues they find relevant; (c) To reviewthe progress the implementation the in of commitmentscontainedin Agenda 21, including those relatedto provision of financial resources and transferof technology; (d) To receiveand analyse relevantinput from cornpetent non-governmental organizations, including the scientificandprivatesectors, the contextof theoverall in implementation Agenda2l; of

(e) To enhancethe dialogue,within the framework of the United Nations, with non-governmentalorganizations and the independent as sector, well as other entities outsidethe United Nationssystem; (0 To consider, whereappropriate, information regarding the progressmadein the implementationof environmentalconventions, which could be made availableby the relevantConferences Parties; of (g) To provide appropriate recommendationsto the GeneralAssemblythroughthe EconomicandSocialCouncil on the basisof an integratedconsideration the reports of andissues relatedto the implernentation Agenda2l; of (h) To consider,at an appropriatetime, the results of the review to be conductedexpeditiouslyby the Secretary-Generalof all recommendations the Conference of for capacity-building programmes,information networks, task forces and other mechanisms supportthe to integrationof environmentand developmentat regional and subregional levels. 38;14 Within the intergoverrunentalframework, considerationshouldbe given to allowing non-governmental organizations,including those related to major groups, particularly women's groups, committed to the implementationof Agenda 2l to have relevantinformation available to them, including information, reports and other data producedwithin the United Nations systern.

D) THE SECRETARY-GENERAL 38.15 Strong and effective leadershipon the part of the Secretary-General crucial, since he/shewould be the is focal point of the institutional arrangements within the United Nations systemfor the successful follow-up to the Conferenceand for the implementationof Agenda 21.

E)HIGH-LEVEL TNTER-AGENCY COORDTNATTON MECHANTSM 38.16 Agenda 21, as the basisfor actionby the international community to integrateenvironmentand development, should provide the principal framework for coordination of relevantactivities within the United Nations system. ensure To effectivemonitoring,coordinationand supervisionof the involvementof the United Nations systemin the follow-up to the Conference, thereis a need for a coordinationmechanism underthe direct leadership of the Secretary-General. 38.17This task should be given to the Administrative Committeeon Coordination(ACC), headed the Secby retary-General.ACC would thus provide a vital link and interface between the multilateral financial institutions and other United Nations bodiesat the highestadministrative level. The Secretary-General should continue to revitalizethe functionine of the Committee.All headsof

276

and institutionsof the United Nations system agencies with theSecretary-General to shallbe expected cooperate fully in order to make ACC work effectively in fulfilling of implementation its crucial role and ensuresuccesstul establishing special a Agenda21. ACC shouldconsider development or task force, subcommittee sustainable of board,taking into accountthe experience the DesigMatters(DOEM) and natedOfficials for Environtnental Institutions Development of theCommittee International roles on Environment(CIDIE), as well as the respective of UNEP and UNDP. Its report should be submittedto bodies. the relevantintergovernmental

complementarityof their efforts to promote integration by can be enhanced of environmentand development positions in countries maintainconsistent to encouraging the variousgoverningbodies.

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME I ) UNITED NATIONS therewill be a 38.21 In the follow-up to the Conference, role for UNEP need for an enhancedand strengthened and its Governing Council. The Governing Council continueto play its role with should,within its mandate, regard to policy guidanceand coordination in the field the takinginto account development of the environment, perspective. 38.22 Priority areason which UNEP shouldconcentrate includethe following: (a) Strengthening catalyticrole in stimulatingand its promoting environmentalactivitiesand considerations the throughout United Nationssystem; (b) Promoting internationalcooperationin the field of policies as and environment recommending, appropriate, to this end: (c) Developingand promotingthe use of such technaccounting and environmental iquesas naturalresource economics: ( d ) E n v i r o n m e n t a lm o n i t o r i n g a n d a s s e s s m e n t , through both improved participationby the United Nain tions systemagencies the Earthwatchprogrammeand relationswith privatescientificand non-govexpanded ernmental researchinstitutes; and strengtheningand its making operational early-wamingfunction; (e) Coordinationand promotionof relevantscientific basis with a view to prclvidinga consolidated research for decision-making; (0 Disseminationof environmentalinformation and data to Governmentsand to organs, programmesand organizations the United Nationssystem; of (g) Raisinggeneralawareness actionin the areaof and with the protection throughcollaboration environmental generalpublic, non-governmental entitiesand intergovernmentalinstitutions; (h) Furtherdevelopment international environmenof promoand tal law, in particularconventions guidelines, and coordinatingfunctions tion of its implementation, legal numberof international arisingfrom an increasing inter ctlia,thefunctioningof the secretariats agreements, taking into accountthe needfor the of the conventions, including possible most efflcient use of resources, in established the future; co-locationof secretariats (i) Furtherdevelopment and promotiotrof the widest inimpact assessments, possibleuse of environmental of cluding activitiescarriedout underthe auspices specialized asenciesof the United Nationssvstem.and in

BODY ADVTSORY F) H|GH-LEVEL bodies,the Secretary-General 38.18 Intergovernmental and the United Nations system as a whole may also of from the expertise a high-leveladvisoryboard benet-it knowledgeable aboutenof consisting erninentpersons includingrelevant sciences, vironmentanddevelopment, in appointedby the Secretary-General their personal should capacity. In this regard.the Secretary-Gcneral to recommendations the GeneralAsmake appropriate session. semblyat its forty-seventh

SUPPORT G)SECREIARIAT STRUCTURE secretariat sup38.19 A highly qualifiedand cotnpetent port structure rvithin the tlnited Nations Secretariat, gainedin the Condrawing,inter alia, on the expertise for process,is essential the followferencepreparatory of and up to the Conference the implementation Agenda support structureshould provide 21. This secretariat and supportto the work of both intergovernmental interConcreteorganizaagency coordinationmechanisms. of fall tional decisions within the competence the Secretary-Generalas the chief administrativeofficer of the who is requested reporton theprovisions to Organization, to be made, covering staffing implications,as soon as practicable,taking into account gender balance as in defined Article8 of the Charterof the United Nations in and the needfor the best use of existing resources of the contextof the currentand ongoingrestructuring the United Nations Secretariat.

AND PROGRANMES H) ORGANS, NATIONS SYSTEM OFTHE ORGANIZATIONS UNITED in In the follow-up to the Cont'erence, particular 38.20 implementation Agenda 21, all relevantorgans, of the of programmesand organizations the tlnited Nations will haveanimportantrolewithin theirrespective system in areasof expertiseand mandates supportingand supplementing national efforts. Coordinationand mutual

277

connectionwith every significant economic development project or activity; 0) Facilitation of information exchangeon environmentallysoundtechnologies, includinglegalaspects, and provisionof training; (k) Promotionof subregional and regionalcooperation and support to relevant initiatives and programmesfor environmentalprotection,including playing a major contributing and coordinating role in the regional in mechanisms the field of environment identifiedforthe follow-up to the Conference; (l) Provisionof technical,legal institutional and advice to Governments,upon request,in establishingand enhancing their national legal and institutionalframewor k s , in p a rti c u l a r, i n c o o p e ra ti o n wi th U N D P ity capac -building efforts; (m) Supportto Govemments, uponrequest, develand opment agenciesand organsin the integration of environmentalaspects policies and into their development programmes, particularthrough provision of environin mental, technical and policy advice during programme formulation and i mplementation ; (n) Further developingassessment in and assistance cases environmental of emergencies. 38.23In order to perfonn all of thesefunctions,while retaining its role as the principal body within the United Nations system in the field of environment and taking into accountthe development aspects environmental of questions, UNEP would requireaccess greater to expertise and provisionof adequate financialresources it and would requireclosercooperation collaboration with and developmentorgans and other relevant organs of the Furthermore, regionaloffices United Nationssystem. the of UNEP shouldbe strengthened without weakeningits headquarters Nairobi, and UNEP shouldtake stepsto in reinforce and intensify its liaison and interactionwith UNDP and the World Bank.

38.25 Its role shouldincludethe following: (a) Acting as the lead agency in organizing United Nations systemeffbrts towards capacity-buildingat the local, nationaland regionallevels; (b) Mobilizing donor resources behalf of Governon ments for capacity-building in recipient countries and, where appropriate,through the use of the UNDP donor round-tablemechanisms ; (c) Strengtheningits own programmesin support of follow-up to theConference without prejudiceto the fifth programmingcycle; (d) Assistingrecipientcountries,upon request, the in establishment strengthening nationalcoordination and of mechanismsand networks related to activities for the follow-up to the Conference; (e) Assistingrecipientcountries, in upon request, coordinating the mobiliz,atronof domestic financial resources; (0 Promoting and strengthening role and involvethe ment of women,youth andothermajor groupsin recipient countries the implementation Agenda21. in of

3) UNTTED NATTONS CONFERENCETRADE DEVELOPMENT AND ON 38.26 UNCTAD should play an important role in the implementation Agenda 2l as extendedat its eighth of session, taking into accountthe importanceof the interrelationshipsbetween development,intemational trade and the environmentand in accordance with its mandate in the areaof sustainable developrnent.

4) UNITED NATIONS SUDANO-SAFIELIAN OFFICE 38.21 The role of the United Nations Sudano-Sahelian Office (UNSO), with addedresources that may become available, operating under the umbrella of UNDP and with the supportof UNEP,shouldbe strengthened that so it can assumean appropriatemajor advisory role and participateeffectively in the implementationof Agenda 21 provisionsrelatedto combatingdroughtand desertification andto landresource rnanagement. this context, In theexperience gained couldbe usedby all othercountries affected by drought and desertification, in particular those in Africa, with specialattentionto countriesmost affectedor classifiedas leastdeveloped countries.

2) UNITED NATIONS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME 38.24UNDP, like UNEP, also has a crucial role in the follow-up to the United Nations Conferenceon Environment and Development. Through its network of field officesit would fosterthe United Nationssystem's collective thrust in supportof the implementation of Agenda2I, at the country.regional,interregional and global levels, drawing on the expertiseof the specialized agenciesand other United Nations organrzationsandbodiesinvolvedin operational activities. The role of the residentrepresentative/resident coordinator of UNDP needsto be strengthened order to coordiin nate the field-level activities of the United Nations operational activities.

5) SPECIALIZED AGENCIES THE UNITED NATIONS OF SYSTEM ANDRELATED ORGANIZATIONSOTHER AND RELEVANT INTE RGOVE NTAL RNME ORGAN IZATIONS 38.28 All specializedagenciesof the United Nations system, relatedorganizations otherrelevantintergovand ernmentalorganizations within their respectivefields of competencehave an important role to play in the im-

278

plementationof relevant parts of Agenda 2l and other Their governingbodiesmay of decisions the Conference. and adjusting activities considerways of strengthening and programmesin line with Agenda 21, in particular, regarding projects for promoting sustainabledevelopspement. Furthermore,they may considerestablishing with donorsand financial institutions cial arrangements for project implementationthat may require additional resources.

38.34 Regional and subregional organizations should play a major role in the implementationof the provisions of Agenda 21 relatedto combatingdrought and desertification. UNEP. UNDP and UNSO should assist and cooperatewith thoserelevantorganizations. or38.35 Cooperationbetweenregionaland subregional ganizations and relevant organizations of the United where appropriNations systemshould be encouraged, ate. in other sectoralareas.

AND COOPERATION r) REGTONAL SUBREGTONAT ANDIMPLEMENTATION 38.29 Regional and subregionalcooperationwill be an important part of the outcome of the Conference. The regional commissions,regional developmentbanks and regional economic and technical cooperationorganizacan tions, within their respectiveagreedmandates, contribute to this processby: (a) Promoting regional and subregional capacitybuilding; (b) Promoting the integration of environmentalcondevelopmentpolicies; cernsin regional and subregional (c) Promoting regional and subregionalcooperation, where appropriate,regarding transboundaryissuesrelated to sustainable development. should as 38.30The regionalcommissions, appropriate, play a leading role in coordinating regional and subregional activities by sectoraland other United Nations in bodiesand shallassist countries achievingsustainable development. The commissionsand regional programmeswithin the United Nations system,as well as shouldreview the needfor other regional organizations, in modification of ongoing activities,as appropriate, the light of Agenda21. t 38.3 There must be active cooperationand collaboration amongthe regionalcommissionsand other relevant regionaldevelopment non-governorganizations, banks, mentalorganizations otherinstitutionsat theregional and level. UNEPand UNDP, togetherwith the regionalcomin would havea crucialrole to play,especially missions, providing the necessary assistance, with particularemphasison building and strengthening nationalcapacthe ity of Member States. 38.32 There is a need fnr closer cooperation between UNEP and UNDP, together with other relevant institutions, in the implementationof projectsto halt environmental degradation its impact and to suppoft training or planningandmanagement programmes environmental in developmentat the regional level. for sustainable 38.33 Regional intergovernmentaltechnical and economic organizationshave an important role to play in helping Governments take coordinatedaction in solvto issues regionalsignificance. of ing environment

TMPLEMENTATTON J) NATTONAL 38.36 States have an importantrole to play in the followup of the Conferenceand the implementationof Agenby da2l. National-levelefforts shouldbe undertaken all countriesin an integratedmanner so that both environment and developmentconcernscan be dealt with in a coherentmanner. level, and at 38.37Policy decisions activities thenational tailoredto supportand implementAgenda21, shouldbe supportedby the United Nations systemupon request. 38.38 Furthermore, States could considerthepreparation of national reports. In this context, the organs of the assist counUnitedNationssystem should, uponrequest, could tries,in particulardeveloping countries. Countries also considerthe preparationof nationalaction plansfor the implementation Agenda21. of groups 38.39 Existingassistance consortia, consultative greaterefforts to integrate and round tablesshouldmake environmentalconsiderations and related development strategies objectivesinto their developmentassistance and shouldconsiderreorientingandappropriatelyadjusting their memberships and operations facilitate this to processand better support national efforts to integrate and development. environment 38.40 Statesmay wish to considersettingup a national coordination structureresponsiblefor the follow-up of Agenda 2 | . Within this structure,which would benefit from the expertiseof non-govemmental organizations, submissionsand other relevant information could be made to the United Nations.

K) C@PERATTON BODTES BETWEEN UNTTED NATTONS ANDIMERNATIONAL IZATIONS FI NANCIAL ORGAN 38.41The success the follow-up to the Conference is of dependentupon an effective link betweensubstantive action and financial support,and this requirescloseand effectivecooperation betweenUnited Nationsbodiesand The Secretarythe multilateral financial organizations. General and headsof United Nations prograrnmes and or ganization and the multi I ateralfinanci al organizations s havea special responsibility forgingsuchcooperation, in not only throughthe United NationshighJevel coordi-

279

nation mechanism(AdministrativeCommitteeon Coordination) but also at regional and national levels. In particular, representatives multilateral financial inof stitutions and mechanisms, well as IFAD, should as with deliberations the intergovactivelybe associated of ernmental structure responsible for the follow-up to A genda 21.

L) NON-C;OVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS 38. 42Non -g o v e rn m e n ta lo rg a n i z a ti o n sand maj or groups are important partnersin the implementationof Agenda 21. Relevantnon-governmental organizations, including the scientific community,the private sector and women'sgroups,shouldbe given opportunities to make their contributionsand establishappropriaterelationshipswith the United Nations system.Support s hould be p ro v i d e d fo r d e v e l o p i n gc o u n tri es'nongovernmentalorganizations and their self-organized networks. 38.43The United Nations system, including international financeand development agencies, and all intergovernmental organizations forums should,in conand sultation with non-governmentalorganizations,take measures to: (a) Design open and effective meansto achievethe participation non-govern of mentalorganizations, includ-

ing thoserelatedto major groups,in the process established to review and evaluatethe implementation of Agenda2l at all levelsand promotetheir contribution to it; (b) Take into accountthe flndings of review systems processes non-governmental andevaluation of organizations in relevantreportsof the Secretary-General the to Assemblyandall pertinent General UnitedNationsagencies and intergovernmental organizations and forums implementation Agenda2l in accordance concerning of with the review process. 38.44Procedures shouldbe established an expanded for role for non-governmental organizations, ludingthose i nc relatedto major groups,with accreditation basedon the procedures usedin the Conf-erence. Suchorganizations should have accessto reports and other information producedby the United Nations system. The General Assembly,at an early stage,should examine ways of enhancing involvementof non-governmental the organizationswithin the United Nationssystemin relationto the follow-up process the Conference. of 38.45The Conference takes note of other institutional initiativesfor the implementation Agenda21, suchas of theproposal establish to anon-governmental EarthCouncil and the proposal to appoint a guardian for future generations, well as other initiatives taken by local as governments business and sectors.

280

? O
\ / /

Internotionol instruments mechqnisms legol ond

FOR BASIS ACTION multi39.1 The followingvital aspects the universal, of lateral and bilateral treaty-makingprocessshould be takeninto account: (a) The further developmentof internationallaw on giving specialattentionto the sustainable development. delicatebalancebetweenenvironmentaland developmentalconcerns; (b) The needto clarify and strengthen relationship the instruments agreements between existinginternational or in the field of environment and relevantsocialand economic agreements instruments, or takinginto account the specialneeds developingcountries; of (c) At the global level, the essential irnportance the of participationin and the contribution of all countries, including the developingcountries, treaty rnakingin to thefield of international on sustainable law development. Many of the existinginternational legalinstruments and in agreements the field of environmenthave been developedwithout adequate participation and contribution and thus may requirereview in of developing countries, o1'developing order to reflectthe concerns and interests countriesand to ensurea balancedgovernance such of instruments and agreements: (d) Developing with countries shouldalsobe provided technical assistance their attemptsto enhancetheir in national legislativecapabilitiesin the field of environmentallaw: (et Future prcrjects theprogressive for development and codificationof international on sustainable law development shouldtake into accountthe ongoingwork of the Law Commission; International (0 Any negotiations the progressive for development andcodificationof international concerning law sustainable development should,in general, conducted a be on universal basis"taking into account special circun"rin stances the variousresions.

OBJECTIVES 'I'he 3L).2 overall ob.jective the review and developof ment of international environmental law shouldbe to evaluateand to promotethe efficacy of that law and to promotethe integration environment development of and policies through eff'ectiveinternationalagreements or instruments principles takinginto account both universal and the particularand differentiated needsand concerns of all countries. 39.3 Specificobjectives are: (a) To identify and address difficulties which prevent some States,in particular developingcountries,from participating in or duly implementing international agreements instruments or and, where appropriate. to review and revisethem with the purposes integrating of environmentaland developmental concernsand laying down a sound basis for the implementationof these agreements instruments; or (b) To setprioritiesfor future law-makingon sustainable development the global,regionalor subregional at level, u'ith a view to enhancing efficacy of internathe tional law in this field through,in particular, integrathe tion of environmental and developmental concerns; (c) To promoteand supportthe effectiveparticipation of all countries concerned. particulardeveloping in countries, in the negotiation,implernentation. review and governance international of agreements instruments. or includingappropriate provisionof technical financial and assistance other availablemechanisms this purand for pose,as well as the useof differentialobligationswhere appropriatel (d) To promote,through the gradual development of universallyand multilaterallynegotiated agreements or instruments, international standards the protection for of the environment that takeinto accountthe differentsituationsandcapabilities countries.States of recognize that policiesshoulddeal with the root causes environmental of environmental degradation. thus preventingenviron-

281

restricfrom resultingin unnecessary mental measures for tions to trade.Tradepolicy measures environmental pllrposcsshould not constitutea meansof arbitrary or restriction on or discrimination a disguised unjustifiable international trade.Unilateralactionsto deal with envioutsidethe jurisdictionof the imronmentalchallenges por t ing c oun try s h o u l d b e a v o i d e d . E n v i ronmental prclbenvironmental international addressing measures be on lems should,as far as possible, based an internato measures targeted achieve Domestic tionalconsensus. e n v i r o n m e n t a lo b j e c t i v e sm a y n e e d t r a d e cc:rtain measures renderthem effective.Should tradepolicy to be nleasures found necessaryfbr the enforcementof env ir onm en ta p o l i c i e s ,c e rta i n p ri n c i p l e sand rul es l shouldapply.Thesecould include,inter alia. the printhe ciple of non-discrimination; principlethat the trade chosen should be the least trade-restrictive measure ; nec es s ar t o a c h i e v eth e o b j e c ti v e s a n o b l i gati onto y rein the use of trade measures ensuretransparency noand to provide adequate lated to the envirclnment regulations; and the needto give tification of natiorral c o n d i ti o n sa n d devel opto c ons ider at i o n th e s p e c i a l o m ent r equire m e n ts f d e v e l o p i n gc o u n triesas they move towards internationallyagreed environmental objectives: (e) To ensure etfective. andpromptimplemenfull the legally binding instrumentsand to facilitate tation of or of timely review and adjustment agreements instrupartiesconcerned, taking into accountthe ntentsby the in of specialneedsand concerns all countries, particular c dev c loping o u n tri e s : (l) To improvethe effectiveness institutions. mechof procedures the administration agreeof for anismsand mentsand instruments: (g) To identifyandprevent or conflicts, actual potential particularly and between environmental sociaVeconomic with a view to ensuring that or agreements instruments, are or suchagreements instruments consistent.Where resolved, conflictsarisethey shouldbe appropriately (h) To studyand consider broadening and strengththe inter alia. in the ening of the capacityof mechanisms, where appropriate United Nations systemto facilitate, concerned, identification, the to andagreed by the parties in disputes the of and settlement international avoidance duly taking into acdevelopment, l-ieldof sustainable for agreements count existingbilateraland multilateral of the settlement suchdisputes. ACTIVITIES be should of 39.;l Activitiesandmeans implementation in considered the light of the abovebasisfor actionand to without prejudice the right of every State objectives, in to put lorward suggestions this regardin the General

in Assembly.Thesesuggestions could be reproduced a development. separate compilationon sustainable

AND OF A) REVIEW, ASSESSMENTFIELDS AOIONIN NT DEVELOPME LAW SUSTAI NABLE INTE RNATIONAL FOR 39.5 While ensuring the elfective participationof all partiesshouldat periodicintervals countriesconcerned, and effecreview and assess both the past perforrnance or agreements instrutivenessof existing international prioritiesfor future law-makingon mentsas well as the This may includean examinasustainable development. tion of the t'easibilityof elaboratinggeneralrights and obligationsof States,as appropriate,in the field of development, providedby GeneralAsas sustainable In sembly resolution 441228. certain cases,attention shouldbe givento the possibilityof takinginto account v arying circumstance through di fferential oblig ations s or gradualapplication.As an option f<rrcarrying out this task, earlier UNEP practice may be followed whereby legal experts designatedby Governments could meet at suitableintervals,to be decidedlater, perwith a broaderenvironmental and developmental spective. 39.6 Measures in accordancewith international law in to shouldbe considered address. times of armedconthatcanof flict, large-scale destruction the environment not be justified under internationallaw. The General Assembly and its Sixth Committeeare the appropriate The specificcompetence forumsto dealwith this subject. and role of theInternational Committeeof the Red Cross shouldbe takeninto account. of 39.7 In view of the vital necessity ensuringsafeand environmentallysound nuclear power, and in order to in strengthen international cooperation this field, efforts for shouldbe madeto concludetheongoingnegotiations a nuclear safety convention in the framework of the International Atomic EnergyAgency.

MECHANISMS B) IMPLEMENTATION shouldconto agreements 39.8 The parties intemational to siderprocedures mechanisms promoteandreview and their effective,full and prompt implementation.To that effect,States could, inter alio: (a) Establishefficient and practicalreportingsystems of on the effective,full and prompt implementation inlegal instruments; ternational (b) Considerappropriate ways in which relevantintertowards nationalbodies,suchasUNEP,might contribute of the furtherdevelopment suchmechanisms.

16 I

IAW-MAKING lN IMERNATIONAL PARTICIPATION cl EFFECTTVE 39.9 In all theseactivitiesandothersthat may be pursued in the future, based on the above basis for action and objectives,the effective participationof all countries,in particular developing countries, should be ensured through appropriate provision of technical assistance Developingcountriesshould and/orfinancial assistance. be given "headstart" support not only in their national or efforts to implement internationalagreements instruments,but also to participateeffectively in the negotiaor tion of new or revisedagreements instrumentsand in or the actual internationaloperationof such agreements in Supportshouldincludeassistance buildinstruments. law particularlyin relain ing up expertise international access and in assuring development, tion to sustainable to the necessaryreference information and scientifi c/technicalexpertise.

DEVELOPMENT OF IN THE D) DISPUTES FIELD SUSTAINABLE ofdisputes, and of 39.10 In the area avoidance settlement Statesshould further study and consider methods to andmakemoreeffectivetherangeof techniques broaden availableat present,taking into account,among other under existinginternational things,relevantexperience instruments institutionsand, where apor agreements, such as mopropriate,their implementingmechanisms This may and settlement. dalitiesfor disputeavoidance of for and includemechanisms procedures the exchange redata and inlbrmation. notificationand consultation with other gardingsituations that might lead to disputes developmentand for Statesin the field of sustainable in of effectivepeacefulmeans disputesettlement accorclance with the Charterof the United Nations,including, Court of recourse the International to whereappropnate, relatingto sustainJustice, and their inclusionin treaties able development.

283

40

for Informqtion decision-mcking

INTRODUCTION

40.1 In sustainable development, everyoneis a userand provider of information consideredin the broad sense. That includesdata,information, appropriatelypackaged experienceand knowledge. The need for information arises all levels,from thatof seniordecisionmakersat at levelsto thegrass-roots and thenationalandintemational individual levels. The following two programme areas thatdecisions based are needto be implernented ensure to increasingly soundintormation: on (a) Bridging the datagap; (b) Improving information availability.

their transfbrmationinto useftrlinformation and for therr There is also needfor improvedcoordidissemination. social and nation among environmental, demographic, developmental dataand informationactivities. 40.4 Commonly used indicatorssuch as the gross naof tional product (GNP) and measurements individual resource or pollution flows do not provide adequate indications sustainability. Methodsfor assessing interof demoactionsbetween diff'erent sectoral environmental, graphic, social and developmentalparametersare not sufficientlydeveloped applied. Indicators sustainor of needto be developed provide solid able development to for bases decision-making all levelsand to contribute at to a self-regulating sustainability integrated of environment and development systems. OBJECTIVES

P R O G R A M MA R E A S E
A) BRIDGINGTHE DATA GAP BASIS ACTION FOR 40.2 While considerable already data exist,asthevarious sectoralchapters Agenda21 indicate,more anddifferof ent types of data need to be collected, at the local, provincial, nationaland intemationallevels,indicating the statusand trendsof the planet'secosystem, natural pollution and socio-economic variables.The resource, gapin theavailability. quality,coherence, standardization of and the and accessibility databetweenthe developed impairworld hasbeenincreasing, seriously developing ing thecapacities countries makeinformeddecisions of to concerning environment and development. 40.3 There is a generallack of capacity.particularlyin developingcountries,and in many areasat the international level,tbr thecollectionand assessment data,for of

40.5 The following objectives important: are (a) To achieve more cost-effectiveand relevant data collection and assessment better identification of by users, both the public and privatesectors, in and of their informationneedsat the local, provincial, nationaland international levels: (b) To strengthen local, provincial,nationaland internationalcapacityto collect and use multisectoral information in decision-making processes and to enhance capacities collectand analyse to dataandinformationfor particularlyin developingcountries; decision-making, (c) To developor strengthen local,provincial,national and internationalnreansof ensuringthat planning for sustainable in is development all sectors based timely, on reliableand usableinfbrmation; (d) To makerelevant in information accessible theform and at the time requiredto facilitateits use.

284

AC"IIVITIES A) DEVELOPMENT TNDTCAIORS OF OF B ELOP MENT SUSIA'NALEDEV 40.6 Countries at the national level and international governmental non-governmental and organizations the at internationallevel shoulddevelopthe conceptof indicadevelopmentin order to identify such tors of sustainable indicators.In orderto promotethe increasinguseof some of those indicators in satellite accounts,and eventually needs in nationalaccounts, developmentof the indicators to be pursued by the Statistical Office of the United NationsSecretariat, it drawsuponevolving experience as in this regard.

use of new techniques datacollection,including satof ellite-basedremote sensing.In addition to the strengthening of existing development-related data collection, specialattentionneedsto be paid to such areasasdemographic factors, urbanization,poverty, health and rights groups, inciuding of access resources, well asspecial to as women, indigenouspeoples,youth, children and the issues. with environment disabled, theirrelationships and

D) IMPROVEMENI METHODS DATA OF OF ASSESSMENI AND ANAI.YS/S 40.9 Relevant international organizationsshould develop practical recommendations coordinated,harfor monizedcollectionandassessment dataat the national of and intemational levels. National and internationaldata and information centres should set up continuous and accuratedata-collectionsystemsand make use of geographicinformation systems, modelsand expertsystems, a variety of other techniquesfor the assessment and analysisof data.Thesestepswill be particularlyrelevant, will need aslargequantities datafrom satellite of sources to be processedin the future. Developedcountriesand internationalorganizations, well as the private sector, as shoul d cooperate, i n parti cul ar w i th developing countries, uponrequest, facilitatetheir acquiringthese to technologiesand this know-how.

B) pROMOilONOF GLOBAI. UsE OF IND|CATORS DEVELOPMENT OF SUSTA|NABI.E 40.7 Relevant organs and organizationsof the United Nations system,in cooperationwith other intemational governmental, intergove rnmentalandnon-governmental should use a suitableset of sustainable organizations, developmentindicators and indicators related to areas jurisdiction,suchasthe high seas, the outsideof national upper atmosphereand outer space.The organs and organizations theUnitedNationssystem, coordination in of with other relevant international organizations,could provide recommendations harmonizeddevelopment for of indicatorsat the national, regional and global levels, and for incorporationof a suitablesetof theseindicators in common, regularly updated, and widely accessible for reports and databases, use at the internationallevel, subjectto nationalsovereignty considerations.

E) ESTABL/SHMENI A COMPREHENSIVE OF INFORMAT'ON FRAMEWORK 40.10 Governments should consider undertaking the necessary institutionalchangesat the national level to achievethe integrationof environmentaland developmentalinformation.At the international level. environmentalassessment activitiesneedto be strengthened and coordinated with effortsto assess development trends.

AND USE c) TMPROVEMENT DATACOLLECTION OF 40.8 Countries and, upon request,international organizations should carry out inventoriesof environmental, data,basedon nationallgloresourceand developmental develbal priorities for the managementof sustainable opment. They should determine the gaps and organize activitiesto fill thosegaps. Within the organsand organizationsof the United Nations systemand relevantinternationalorganizations, data-collectionactivities,including thoseof Earthwatchand World WeatherWatch,need especially in the areasof urban air, to be strengthened, (including forestsand rangefreshwater,land resources lands), desertification,other habitats, soil degradation, biodiversity, the high seasand the upper atmosphere. Countries and internationalorganizationsshould make

F/ SIRENGTHEN/NG THE FOR OF CA,PAC\TY IRADIIIONA I.'NFORMAI'ON 40.11 Countries,with the cooperationof international organizations, shouldestablishsupportingmechanisms to provide local communitiesand resource userswith the information and know-how they need to managetheir environmentand resources sustainably, applying tradiwhen tional and indigenousknowledge and approaches appropriate.This is particularly relevant for rural and urban populationsand indigenous, women's and youth groups.

285

OF MEANS IMPLEMENTATION AND COSTEVALUATTON A/ F/NANCING the has of 40.12The secretariat the Conference estimated (.1993-2000) implementing of averagetotal annual cost the activitiesof this programmeto be about$1.9 billion from the international community on grant or concessional terms. These are indicative and order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Governments.Actual costsand financialterms,includwill ing anythatarenon-concessional, dependupon,inter alia, the specific strategiesand programmesGovernmentsdecide upon for implementation.

ing countries.That training will haveto includetechnical trainingof thoseinvolved in datacollection,assessment to as and transformation, well as assistance decision makersconcerninghow to use such information.

E) CAPACITY-BUILDING 40.16 All countries,particularly developingcountries, with the support of international cooperation, should a their capacityto collect, store,or ganrze, ssess strengthen and use data in decision-makingmore effectively. AVAltABltlrY oF INFOR.'YIATION B) I'VIPROVING

MEANS 8/ /N5I/IUIIONAI. and environment to capacity integrate 40.l3 Institutional lacking is indicators relevant and development to develop at both the national and internationallevels. Existing and programrnessuch as the Global Environinstin-rtions mental Monitoring System(GEMS) and the Global Resource Information Database(GRID) within UNEP and different entities within the system-wideEarthwatchwill Earthwatchhasbeen needto be considerablystrengthened. data. While elementfor environment-related an essential dataexistin a number relatedto development programmes them. between therei s insufficientcclordination of agencies, and dataof agencies The activitiesrelatedto development more institutionsof the United Nationssystemshouldbe perhaps throughan equivalentand effectively coordinated, complementary"Development Watch", which with the existing Earthwatchshould be coordinatedthrough an appropriateoffice wittrin the United Nationsto ensurethe full integrationof environmentand developmentconcerns.

FOR BASIS ACTION 40.17There alreadyexistsa wealth of dataand informaof tion that could be usedfor the management sustainable information at the development.Finding the appropriate required time and at the relevantscaleof aggregationis a difficult task. 40.18 Information within many countries is not adequately managed,becauseof shortagesof financial reof sourcesand trained manpower,lack of awareness the value and availability of such information and other immediateor pressingproblems,especiallyin developing countries. Even where information is available, it of eitherbecause the lack may not be easily accessible, of or of technologyfor effectiveaccess because associated costs,especiallytor information held outside the country and availablecommercially.

OBJECTIVES of mechanisms 40.19 Existingnationaland international information processingand exchange,and of related to should be strengthened ensure technical assistance, effective and equitableavailability of information generated at the local, provincial, national and international and levels,subjectto nationalsovereignty relevantintellectual property rights. as 40.20National capacitiesshould be strengthened, non-govemmenwithin Governments, shouldcapacities tal organizationsand the private sector,in information handl i ng and communi cati on, parti cul a r ly wit hin developingcountries. 40.21Full participation of, in particular, developing countriesshouldbe ensuredin any internationalscheme of underthe organsand organizations the United Nations systemfor the collection,analysisand use of data and information.

MEANS AND IECHNOTOGICAL C/ SCIENI/F'C 40.14Regarding transfer of technology,with the rapid and information technolevolution of data-collection to ogies it is necessary developguidelinesand mechanisms for the rapid and continuoustransfer of those technologies,particularly to developing countries,in conformity with chapter34 (Transferof environmentally sound technology,cooperationand capacity-building)' in and for the trainingof personnel their utilization.

D EV R D) HUM A N ES O U R C E EL OP M EN T for cooperation training in all uu'eas 40.15 International particularlyin developand at all levelswill be required,

286

ACTIVITIES USABLE OF A) PRODUCilON /NFORMATTON FORDEClSION.A4AKING 40.22Countries and international organizationsshould and services information systems review and strengthen at development, the local, relatedto sustainable in sectors levels.Specialemprovincial,nationaland international of phasis shouldbe placedon thetransformation existing information into forms more useful for decision-making and on targeting information at different user groups. or Mechanismsshould be strengthened establishedfor sments transforming scientific and socio-economicasses into information suitable for both planning and public information. Electronic and non-electronic formats shouldbe used.

D) ESTABLISHMENI SIRENGIHEN/NG AND LITIES NEIWORKING CAPABI OF ELECTRON'C including 40.25Countries,internationalorganizations, organsand organizationsof the United Nations system, shouldexploitvariorganizations andnon-governmental ous initiatives for electroniclinks to supportinformation and other inforsharing,to provide accessto databases mation sources, facilitate communicationfor meeting to broaderobjectives,suchasthe implementationof Agenda 21, to facilitate intergovernmentalnegotiations,to developmonitor conventionsand efforts for sustainable ment to transmit environmental alerts, and to transfer shouldalsofacilitate technicaldata. Theseorganizations the linkage of different electronicnetworks and the use and communicationprotocols of appropriatestandards for the transparentinterchangeof electronic communinew technology should be cations. Where necessary, developed and its useencouraged permit participation to of those not servedat presentby existing infrastructure to shouldalsobe established and methods.Mechanisms carry out the necessarytransfer of information to and from non-electronic systems ensurethe involvement to of thosenot able to participatein this way.

AND OF STANDARDS B) ESTABLISHA4ENT INFORMATION FORHANDT/NG METHODS 40.23Governments should considersupportingthe eforforts of governmentalas well as non-governmental ganizationsto develop mechanismsfor efficient and harmonized exchangeof information at the local, national, provincial and international levels, including and of revisionandestablishment data,access dissemination formats,and communicationinterfaces.

E) MAKTNG USEOF COMMERCTAL /NFORMAIION SOURCES should 40.26Countriesand international organizations in surveys informationavailable of consider undertaking developmentand of the private sector on sustainable presentdissemination arrangements determinegaps to and how those gaps could be filled by commercialor quasi-commercialactivity, particularly activities in and/or involving developingcountrieswhere feasible. Whenevereconomicor other constraints supplying on informationarise,particularlyin developand accessing for ing countries,innovativeschemes subsidizingsuch information-related accessor removing the non-economic constraints shouldbe considered.

OF c) DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENTATION ABOUTINFORMAI/ON of 40,24The organsand organizations the United Naand as tionssystern, well asothergovernmental non-govshould document and share emmental organizations, information about the sourcesof available information Existing prografiImes, in their respective organizations. suchas thoseof the Advisory Committeefor the Coordi(ACCIS) andthe Internanationof InformationSystems tional Environmental Information System (INFOTERas RA), shouldbe reviewedand strengthened required. shouldbe Networking and coordinatingmechanisms encouraged betweenthe wide variety of other actors, orwith non-governmental including arrangements ganizationsfor information sharing and donor activities for sharinginformationon sustainable developThe privatesectorshouldbe encouraged mentprojects. of the to strengthen mechanisms sharingits experience development. and informationon sustainable

MEANS IMPLEMENTATION OF A/ FTNANC/NG AND COSTEVALUATTON the 40.27The secretariat the Conference estimated of has average total annualcost (1993-2000) implementing of the activitiesof this programme be about$ 165million to from the international community on grant or concessional terms.Theseare indicativeand order-of-magnitude estimatesonly and have not been reviewed by Governments.Actual costsand financialterms,includ-

287

d s ing any that arenon-conce sional,wil I depen upon,inter alia, the specific strategiesand prograrnmesGovernmentsdecideupon for implementation.

MEANS B/ 'NSilTUilONAL 40.28The institutional implications of this progralnme concern mostly the strengtheningof already existing of institutions,as well as the strengthening cooperation with non-governmentalorganizations,and need to be made on with the overalldecisions institutions consistent by the United Nations Conferenceon Environment and Development.

ing countries,to expand their capacity to receive, store and retrieve, contribute, disseminate,use and provide to appropriatepublic access relevantenvironmentaland information,by providing technologyand developmental training to establishlocal information servicesand by bearrangements and supportingpartnership cooperative level. tween countriesand on the regionalor subregional

MEANS AND TECHNOLOG\CAL D' SCTENilF'C 40.30 Developedcountriesandrelevantinternationalorand developmentin ganizationsshould supportresearch hardware, software and other aspects of information technology,in particularin developingcountries,appropriateto their operations, nationalneedsandenvironmental contexts.

C) CAPACITY-BUILDING 40.29Developedcountriesand relevantinternationalorin shouldcooperate, particularwith developganizations

288

FOREST PRINCIPLES
N o n J e g o l lb i n d i n g y outhoritotive stotement principles of for o globolconsensus the on monogement, conservotion sustoinoble ond development oll typesof forests of

o A e N o n - l e g o l l B i n d i n g u t h o r i t o t i vS t o t e m e n tf P r i n c i p l e s y I on F o ro G l o b o C o n s e n s u s t h e M o n o g e m e n t , o e C o n s e r v o t i oo n d S u s t o i n o b lD e v e l o p m e n tf A l l T y p e s n of Forests

PREAMBLE

(a) The subjectof forestsis relatedto the entirerange of environmentaland developmentissuesand oppordeveloptunities,including the right to socio-economic basis. ment on a sustainable (b) The guiding objectiveof theseprinciplesis to conconservation sustainable and tributeto the management, development forestsand to providefor their multiple of functionsand uses. and complementary (c) Forestryissues shouldbe examand opportunities mannerwithin the overall ined in a holisticand balanced taking into context of environrnentand development, consideration multiple functionsand usesof forests, the including traditionaluses,and the likely economicand or whenthese uses constrained restricted. are socialstress that sustainable as well as the potentialfor development forest management can offer. (d) Theseprinciplesreflect a first globalconsensus on forests. In committing themselves the prompt imto principles, plementation these countries alsodecideto of for keep them under assessment their adequacywith on cooperation forest isregardto further international
SUCS.

(g) Forests essential economicdevelopment and to are of the maintenance all forms of life. (h) Recognizing fbr that the responsibility f orestrlanis and sustainable developrnent in agement, conservation state/ many States allocated among tederal/national, in provincialandlocallevelsof government, eachState, legislawith its constitutionand/ornaticlnal accordance tion, should pursuetheseprinciples at the appropriate level of government.

PRINCIPLES/ELEMENTS
1. (a) States with the Charterof have,in accordance law. theUnitedNations theprinciples intemational and of purthe sovereign right to exploit their own resources policiesand havethe suantto their own environmental within theirjurisresponsibility ensure to that activities dictionor controldo notcause damage theenvironment to of other States clf areasbeyondthe limits ol' national or j unsdi cti on. (b) The agreed incremental of achieving full benecost flts associated with forest conservation and sustainable developmentrequires increasedintemational coopershared the international by ationandshould equitably be community. right havethe sovereign 2. (a) States and inalienable in to utilize,manage develop and theirf orests accordance with their development needsand level of socio-ecopolicies nomic development on the basisof national and with sustainable consistent development legislation, and including the conversion such areasfor other uses of plan within theoverallsocio-economic development and policies. basedon rationalland-use (b) Forest resources forestlandsshould sustainbe and ably managed meetthe social,econclnric, ecolclgical, to

(e) Theseprinciples shouldapplyto all typesof forests, regionsand both naturaland planted,in all geographical climatic zones,including austral,boreal,subtemperate, subtropical and tropical. temperate, (fl All types of forestsembody complex and uniqure processes which arethebasisfor their present ecological to and potential capacity to provide resources satisfy values, assuch atrd humanneeds well asenvironmental as and are their soundmanagement conseryation of concem to of to theGovernments the countries which theybelong and andareof valueto localcommunities to theenvironmentas a whole.

291

and future genercultural and spiritualneedsof present and services. needszuefor forestproducts ations. These wood products,water, food, fodder, such as wood and habitats recreation, employment, medicine,fuel, shelter, diversity, carbonsinks and reserlandscape for wildli-fe, voirs, and for other forest products. Appropriate harmagainst shouldbe takento protectforests measures pollution, including airborne pollution, ful effects of in fires, pestsand diseases, order to maintain their full multiple value. inforaccurate (c) The provisionof timely,reliableancl lbr is ecosystems essential mation on forestsand forest and informeddecision-rnaking and public understanding shouldbe ensured. (d) Governments shouldpromoteand provide opporparties, includparticipation interested of tunitiesfor the people, industries, andindigenous ing local communities and organizations individuals, labour,non-governmental women, in the development,imforest dwellers and and planningof nationalforestpolicies' plementation shouldprovide 3. (a) National policiesand strategies effofts, including the devela framework for increased o opm ent an d s tre n g th e n i n g f i n s ti tu ti o nsatrd proand conservation sustaingrammes the management, fbr of ftlrestsanclforestlands. able deve-lopment truilding (b) lnterttationalinstitutionalarrangements. alreadyirl cristandmechanisms on thoseorganizations coshould facilitate international ence, as appropriate, in the field of forests. operation protectionand social (c) All aspects environmental of as they relateto forestsand and economicdevelopment and comprehensive. forestlandsshouldbe integrated typesof fbrestsin maintaining 4. The vital role of all and balanceat the local' nathe ecologicalprocesses global levelsthrough,inter alia,theit tional,regionaland and watersheds role in protecting fragile ecosystems, of rich storehouses biodiverand freshwaterresources as sity and biological resourcesand sourcesof genetic products, well asphotosynas materialforbiotechnology recognized. thesis,shouldbe and 5. (a) Nationalforestpoliciesshouldrecognize duly and the rights of indigenous support the identity, cuhure people,theircommunitiesandothercommunitiesandforest dwellers. Appropriateconditionsshouldbe promotedfor thesegroupsto enablethem to have an economic stakein and forest use,perfoffn economicactivities,and achier"e as socialorganization, well maintaincultural identity and levels of livelihood and well-being,through, as adequate which serveas inter alia, thoseland tenureiurangements of management forests. for incentives the sustainable of (b) The full participation womenin all aspects the of development and sustainable conservation management, of forestsshouldbe activelypromoted.

6. (a) All types of forestsplay an important role in throughthe provisionof a meetingenergyrequirements particularlyin developsource bio-energy, of renewable ing countries,and the demandsfor fuelwood for household and industrialneedsshouldbe met throughsustainafforestationand reforestation. able forest management, of To this end, the potentialcontributionof plantations for species the provision andintroduced both indigenous of both fuel and industrialwood shouldbe recognized. shouldtakeinto (b) Nationaipoliciesandprogralnmes account the relationship,where it exists. betweenthe development management sustainable and conservation, of forests and all aspectsrelated to the production, recyclingand/orfinal disposalof forest consumption, products. conservation (c) Decisionstakenon the management, should of development forestresources and sustainable frotn a comprehensive benefit,to the extentpracticable, assessment economic and non-economicvalues of of costs andof the environmental forestgoodsand services and benefits. The developmentand improvementof shouldbe promoted. for methodologies suchevaluations agricul(d) The role of plantedforestsand permanent and environmentallysound tural crops as sustainable energyand industrialraw material sources renewable of and prornoted. Their enhanced should be recognized, processes, of contributionto the maintenance ecological and forests on to offsettingpressure primary/old-growth with and to providingregionalemployment development shouldbe involvementof local inhabitants the adequate and recognized enhanced. (e) Naturalforests of a alsoconstitute source goodsand management sustainable servi s,andtheirconsen'ation, ce and useshouldbe promoted. 1. (a) Efforts should be madeto promote a supportive intemationaleconomicclimate conduciveto sustained in of sounddevelopment forests all and environmentally countries,which include, inter alia, the promotion of the patterns productionand consumption, of sustainable of eradication povertyandthe promotionof food security. (b) Specificfinancialresources shouldbe providedto which with significantforestareas countries developing includon prograrnmes theconservati of forests for establish should naturalforestareas.Theseresources ing protected whichwouldstimusectors notablyto economic bedirected activities. lateeconomicand socialsubstitution towardsthe green8. (a) Efforts shouldbe undertaken counnotablydeveloped ing of the world. All countries, actiontowards tries,shouldtakepositiveandtransparent reforestation.afforestationand forest conservation,as appropriate. ft) Efforts to maintain and increaseforest cover and in forestproductivityshouldbe undertaken ecologically,

292

economicallyand socially soundways throughthe rehabilitation, refbrestation and re-establishment treesand of forestson unproductive,degradedand deforested lands, as well as through the managementof existing forest resources. (c) The implementation nationalpolicies and proof grarnmes aimed at forest management, conservation and sustainabledevelopment,particularly in developing countries, shouldbe supported international by financial and technicalcooperation,including throughthe private sector, whereappropriate. (d) Sustainable forestmanagement and use shouldbe carried out in accordance with national development policiesandprioritiesandon thebasis environmentally of sound national guidelines. In the formulation of such guidelines, accountshouldbe taken,as appropriate and if applicable,of relevant internationallyagreedmethodologiesand criteria. (e) Forestmanagement shouldbe integrated with managementof adjacentareasso as to maintainecological balance and sustainable productivity. (0 National policiesand/orlegislationaimed at management, conservation and sustainable development of forestsshould include the protectionof ecologically viable representative uniqueexamplesof forests,inor cludingprimary/old-growth fbrests andotheruniqueand valued forestsof national,cultural, spiritual,historical and religiousimportance. (g) Accessto biological resources, including genetic material,shallbe rvith due regardto the sovereign rights of the countrieswherethe forestsare locatedand to the sharing on mutually agreedterms of technologyand profits from biotechnology productsthat arederivedfrom theseresources. (h) Nationalpoliciesshouldensure thatenvironmental impact assessments shouldbe carriedout whereactions are likely to have significantadverse impactson important fbrestresources, wheresuchactionsare subject and to a decisionof a competent nationalauthority. 9. (a) The effbrtsof developing countries strengthen to the management, conservation sustainable and developmentof their forestresources shouldbe supported the by international community,taking into account irnporthe tance of redressing external indebtedness, particularly where aggravatedby the net transfer of resourcesto developed countries, well asthe problemof achieving as at least the replacement value of forests through improvedmarketaccess forestproducts, for especially proproducts.In this respect, cessed specialattention should alsobe given to the countriesundergoing process the of transitionto marketeconomies. (b) The problemsthat hinder efforts to attain the conservation and sustainable of forestresources that use and

stemfrom thelack of alternative options available local to communities,in particularthe urbanpoor and poor rural populations who are economicallyand sociallydependent on forestsand forestresources, shouldbe addressed by Governmentsand the internationalcommunity. (c) Nationalpolicy formulationwith respectto all types of forests should take accountof the pressures and demandsimposedon forestecosystems resources and from influencingfactorsoutsidethe forestsector, and intersectoral meansof dealingwith thesepressures clemands and shouldbe sought. 10. New and additionalfinancial resources should be provided to developingcountriesto enablethem to sustainably manage,conserveand developtheir forestresources,including through afforestation,reforestation andcombatingdeforestation forestandlanddegradaand tion. I 1. In orderto enable, perticular, in developing countries to enhance their endogenous capacityand to bettermanage, conserveand develop their forest resources, the accessto and transferof environmentallysound technologies and corresponding know-how on favourable terms,includingon concessional preferential and terms, as mutually agreed,in accordancewith the relevant provisions Agenda21, shouldbe promoted, of facilitated and financed,as appropriate. 12. (a) Scientificresearch, forest inventoriesand assessments carriedout by nationalinstitutions which take into account, whererelevant, biological,phvsical,social and economic variables, well as technological as development and its applicationin the field of sustainable forest management, conservationand development, shouldbe strengthened througheff'ective modalities, including international cooperation. rhiscontext,attenIn tion shouldalsobe given to research development and of sustainably harvested non-woodproducts. (b) National and, where appropriate, regionaland internationalinstitutionalcapabilitiesin education, training. science, technology, economics, anthropology and socialaspects forestsand forestmanagement esof are sentialto the conservation sustainable and developrnent of forestsand shouldbe strengthened. (c) International exchange informationon theresults of of forest and forestlnanagement research and development shouldbe enhanced broadened, appropriate, and as making full use of educationand training institutions, includingthosein the privatesector. (d) Appropriate indigenous capacity localknowledge and regarding conservation sustainable the and development of forests should, throughinstitutional financialsupport and and in collaborationwith the peoplein the local communitiesconcerned, recognized, be respected, recorded, developedand, as appropriate, introducedin the im-

293

plementationof programmes. Benefits arising from the utilization of indigenousknowledgeshouldthereforebe equitably sharedwith such people. 13. (a) Trade in forest products should be based on non-discriminatoryand multilaterally agreedrules and proceduresconsistentwith international trade law and practices. In this context, open and free international tradein forest productsshould be facilitated. (b) Reductionor removal of tariff barriersand impediand better mentsto the provision of bettermarket access forest productsand their prices for higher-value-added producer to be should encouraged enable localprocessing their renewable and manage to countries betterconserve forestresources. (c) Incorporationof environmentalcosts and benefits in into market forces and mechanisms, order to achieve should developrnent, and conservation sustainable forest and internationally. domestically both be encouraged

(d) Forest conservationand sustainabledevelopment policies should be integratedwith economic,trade and other relevantpolicies. (e) Fiscal, trade, industrial, transportationand other policiesand practicesthat may leadto forestdegradation shouldbe avoided. Adequatepolicies,aimedat management, conservation and sustainabledevelopment of incentives,should forests,including, where appropriate, be encouraged. 14. Unilateral measures,incompatible with internato tional obligations or agreements, restrict and/or ban intemational trade in timber or other forest products should be removed or avoided, in order to attain longforest management. term sustainable 15. Pollutarts,particularly airbornepollutants,includthat areharmfor ing thoseresponsible acidic deposition, at ful to thehealthof forestecosystems thelocal, national, regional and global levels should be controlled.

?94

Freedom Advocates | Agenda 21 Research Center

Friday, 11 May 2012

Search

search...

Reset

Formerly Freedom 21 Santa Cruz

Home

Articles

Audio/Video

Visuals

Research Ctr

Get Involved

About Us

Store

FAQs

Login

Main Menu Home Articles Audio/Video Visuals Research Ctr Get Involved About Us Store FAQs

Research Center
Agenda 21 - The United Nations Programme of Action from Rio (pdf)
The final text of agreements negotiated by Governments at the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), 3-14 June 1992, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Agenda 21: Programme of Action for Sustainable Development, Rio Declaration On Environment and Development, Statement of Forest Principles, United Nations, 1993 Full Booklet (294 pages)

The Local Agenda 21 Planning Guide: An Introduction to Sustainable Development Planning by the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI), 1996 (pdf)
From the 180-page Local Agenda 21 Planning Guide: "In June 1992, the United Nations Conference of Environment and Development adopted Agenda 21, the global action plan for sustainable development... The task of mobilizing and technically supporting Local Agenda 21 planning in these communities has been led by the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) and national associations of local government. Now, with further support of the International Development Research Centre and the United Nations Environment Programme, ICLEI is able to present the first worldwide documentation of Local Agenda 21 planning approaches, methods, and tools in this Local Agenda 21 Planning Guide."

U.N. Agenda 21 "Sustainable Development" Introduced in the U.S. Congress (pdf)

How many bills have been introduced in the U.S. Congress to promote United Nations' Agenda 21 objectives and then turned into policy? This 254-page document contains Debra Niwa's three months of research that begins to answer the question.

Ratifying Kyoto at the Local Level: Sovereigntism, Federalism, and Translocal Organizations of Government Actors (TOGAs) (pdf)
The U.S. Conference of Mayors is a globalist front group. A must read is the chapter in this Yale Law & Economics Research Paper on the U.S. Conference of Mayors as being a translocal transnational organization. (see Section 740)

The World Organisation - copy of pamphlet given at UWF Inc. Annual Assembly, June 1959 (pdf)
Copy of pamphlet given at UWF Inc. Annual Assembly - Miramar Hotel, June 6-7, 1959. Ronald Reagan was one of the sponsors as was Mr. and Mrs. Alan Cranston.

International Baccalaureate (IB) Unraveled (pdf)

Information herein addresses the question: "What is International Baccalaureate?" Commonly called "IB," the acronym refers to the three programs currently authorized by the Geneva-based International Baccalaureate Organization (IBO).

http://www.freedomadvocates.org/research_center/[5/10/2012 10:59:09 PM]

Freedom Advocates | Agenda 21 Research Center

The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America by Charlotte Thomson Iserbyt (pdf)

Free E-book on Education: "...extremely important documentation regarding the DELIBERATE dumbing down of our country in order to implement the socialist order." - Charlotte Thomson Iserbyt, Former Senior Policy Advisor, U.S. Department of Education (File is 6.75 MB)

Local Agenda 21 for Santa Cruz, California (in original format) (pdf)
Even if you dont live in Santa Cruz or have a United Nations Association, your town is likely being coerced by state, federal, and nongovernmental organizations to implement this blueprint for the development of sustainable communities. It reads like gobbly-goop and has loads of warm and fuzzies but the devil is in the details. Santa Cruz formally began implementing aspects of Agenda 21 through a voter initiative called Measure C and now uses many other names to implement this broad agenda.

United Nations Green Economy (pdf)

This document was prepared by the Governing Council of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) to provide a background briefing for ministers on the topic of theme II of the ministerial consultations taking place at the eleventh special session of the Governing Council/Global Ministerial Environment Forum "Environment in the multilateral system: the green economy," Bali, Indonesia, February 24-26, 2010.

Pacific Coast Collaborative (pdf)

The Pacific Coast Collaborative is one small part of the worldwide Vision 2030. It is a collaborative effort between the Governors of the West Coast states, California, Oregon, and Washington and the Premier of British Columbia. If you read it you will quickly realize it is another grab at our lands, this time using the beauty of the western coast of North America. Along with the Buffalo Commons, Transition Towns, and the Y to Y (Yukon to Yucatan) - Vision 2030 attempts to do away with private property rights, thus our freedom. Vision 2030 will be used to restrict land use, energy, jobs and all the other areas of our lives that the global elite want to control. Just another dangerous program with pretty pictures.

The Takedown of Australia! (pdf)

Australia's implementation of Agenda 21 exceeds that of all other common law countries. The citizens of Queensland, Australia have had their property rights stripped so to advance the globalist political agenda. Read how the State of Queensland is now removed from the protections of the Australian Constitution. A privately owned state corporation now owns and controls all land-use activity in Queensland. This horrific experience is destroying the life and culture of those living there and provides a prototype example of what public/private partnership really means. This powerful document was produced by Sue and Lindsay Maynes and the EnviroWild Team of Australia.

How to Handle Predetermined Consensus Meetings (pdf) Conservation Easements (pdf)

Four valuable documents combined into one on Conservation Easements from Montanans for Multiple Use.

IUCN - Conservation Easements (pdf)

Conservation easements are promoted by the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) to aid in the fulfillment of the "Wildlands" objective. The "Wildlands Network" (formerly known as the "Wildlands Project") helps the IUCN create and implement policies and legislation that promote massive land grabs. Stay away from conservation easements.

http://www.freedomadvocates.org/research_center/[5/10/2012 10:59:09 PM]

Freedom Advocates | Agenda 21 Research Center

2002 USA State Department Report to the United Nations - Johannesburg Summit Agenda 21 Country Profiles (pdf)
2002 USA State Department Report to the United Nations on USA Federal Agency's progress toward implementation of Agenda 21 policies. "The 2002 Country Profiles Series provides information on the implementation of Agenda 21 on a country-by

country and chapter-by-chapter basis."

World Bank Water Policy "Water Resources Management Document 12335" (pdf)
Published in 1993 in Washington, D.C. Most federal, state and local agencies are conforming water policy to match the World Bank's policies for Water Resource Management.

Report on U.S. Contributions to the United Nations (pdf)

U.S. Office of Management and Budget (OMB) report on contributions ($5.3 billion in 2005) by U.S. agencies to the United Nations. Before this report, no one in the federal government had ever developed a public compilation of the total U.S. contributions, including non-monetary, to the entire U.N. system.

Senate Minority Dissent Report on Global Warming (pdf)

Scientific Dissent is growing regarding Global Warming.

UN Sustainable Development Agenda 21

"Agenda 21 is a comprehensive plan of action to be taken globally, nationally and locally by organizations of the United Nations System, Governments, and Major Groups in every area in which human impacts on the environment."

Sam Farr supports, then denies Agenda 21

Sam Farr's letter supporting, endorsing, and admitting that he's personally implementing UN Sustainable Development Agenda 21 throughout Monterey Bay. Also a video of Sam Farr saying he doesn't know what Agenda 21 is. If there's nothing to hide, why is Sam Farr hiding it?

Midnight Rider Live (pdf)

William Robert's information on Pluralism, university extension change agents and Vocal Local!

Origins of the Visioning Process (pdf)

This paper discusses the origins of the "Visioning Process." This is a common land-use planning tool that has become institutionalized by many local governments and non-governmental organization (NGO) activists across the United States, as well as around the world. It is specifically designed to portray "consensus" of a predetermined outcome.

Core Resources (pdf)

Core UN Sustainable Development Agenda 21 documents and web sites from the United Nations and affiliated NGOs.

Did you like this article? Be sure to share it with your friends, follow us on Facebook or Twitter, and subscribe to our RSS feed to stay up to date on problems with Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development.

http://www.freedomadvocates.org/research_center/[5/10/2012 10:59:09 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

THEBLAZE
HOT TOPICS:
GOVERNMENT

THE STORIES BUSINESS FAITH TECH REAL NEWS THE BLOG

Gay Marriage Campaign 2012 Rush Limbaugh
Like 107k

Search TheBlaze

AS HEARD ON BECK RADIO: SEE THE LATEST GHOST CITYIN THE MIDDLE OF NEW MEXICO

IS THE SOROS-SPONSORED AGENDA 21 A HIDDEN PLAN FOR WORLD GOVERNMENT? (YES, ONLY IT IS NOT HIDDEN)
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 5:44am by
Like 10k Send

Mike Opelka

Email

Print

Comments (433)

What is Agenda 21? If you do not know about it, you should. Agenda 21 is a two-decade old, grand plan for global Sustainable Development, brought to you from the United Nations. George H.W. Bush (and 177 other world leaders) agreed to it back in 1992, and in 1995, Bill Clinton signed Executive Order #12858, creating a Presidential Council on Sustainable Development. This effectively pushed the UN plan into Americas large, churning government machine without the need for any review or discussion by Congress or the American people. Sustainable Development sounds like a nice idea, right? It sounds nice, until you scratch the surface and find that Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development are really cloaked plans to impose the tenets of Social Justice/Socialism on the world. At risk from Agenda 21;
Private Property ownership Single-Family homes Private car ownership and individual travel choices Privately owned farms
Doomsday Delayed? New Maya Cale

SIGN UP FOR OUR NEWSLETTER!

enter email address
Sign Up SignUp

The Agenda 21 plan openly targets private property. For over thirty-five years the UN has made their stance very clear on the issue of individuals owning land; Land cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and inefficiencies of the market. Private land ownership is also a principal instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth and therefore contributes to social injustice; if unchecked, it may become a major obstacle in the planning and implementation of development schemes. The provision of decent dwellings and healthy conditions for the people can only be achieved if land is used in the interest of society as a whole.

POPULAR STORIES
OBAMA: SAME-SEX

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

MARRIAGE SHOULD BE 971 Comments LEGAL HAVE YOU SEEN THE ATTENTION-GRABBING 732 NEW TIME COVER? Comments SMASHING HIS FACE TO HELL: HORRIFIC NEW VIDEO EMERGES OF THE POLICE BEATING THAT LED TO A 422 HOMELESS MANS DEATH Comments THIS IS WHERE THE AMERICAN PEOPLE STAND ON LEGALIZING GAY 396 Comments MARRIAGE

Source: United Nations Conference on Human Settlements (Habitat I),Vancouver, BC, May 31 June 11, 1976. Preamble to Agenda Item 10 of the Conference Report.

There are two more, very good reasons to be wary of Agenda 21 and the International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) that supports it: George Soros and the United Nations. Soros money has been tracked to funding parts of ICLEI ; In 1997, George Soross Open Society gave ICLEI a $2,147,415 grant to support its Local Agenda 21 Project

NANCY PELOSI: MY CATHOLIC FAITH COMPELS ME TO SUPPORT SAME-SEX MARRIAGE Comments

391

FAITH
THE RIGHT CHOICE: MOTHERS VIDEO SHOW THE TRIALS AND BLESSING OF HAVING SON WITH DEFORMED FACE Read More

As regards the UN, that organizations problems with Americas appreciation of freedom and selfdetermination is one that needs no explanation. Currently in California, Agenda 21 is working to implement plans to create plans for sustainable management of open spaces. The definition of what is to be considered an open space has sparked some heated exchanges between those directing the planning meetings and citizens who want private property rights to be respected and protected. (The East Bay Tea Party video featuring a Liberal Democrat arguing against ICLEI can be seen at the end of this article.) This type of global plan could not be implemented without a large and well-funded group pushing through its priorities. For that, Agenda 21 has the International Council of Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI). And ICLEI is deeply entrenched in America; ICLEI USA was launched in 1995 and has grown from a handful of local governments participating in a pilot project to a solid network of more than 600 cities, towns and counties actively striving to achieve tangible reductions in greenhouse gas emissions and create more sustainable communities. ICLEI USA is the domestic leader on climate protection and adaptation, and sustainable development at the local government level.

380 Comments

Read More CLEARLY NOT THE POORS FAULT IF THEY ARE POOR: GEORGETOWN PRIESTS AND PROTESTERS ATTACK 144 Comments RYAN AND BUDGET ALABAMA TOWN DEFIES ATHEIST DEMANDS BY REINSTATING BIBLE VERSES ON WELCOME SIGNS 247 Comments

Over six hundred cities,towns and counties in America are members of ICLEI? Do you support your local government agreeing to rules and regulations set up by a UN-based organization that wants private property transferred to government control? If you would like to see if your community is a member of ICLEI, you can visit their website. Austin, Texas is one city that seems to have fallen for the ICLEI/Agenda 21 and was heavily consuming the Communitariasm Kool-aid. A local group called Texans For Accountable Government saw what was happening and attempted to stop the Austin City Council from adopting

BUSINESS
INVESTIGATOR CLAIMS GOVT-SUBSIDIZED

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

some Agenda 21-friendly initiatives. One of TAGs members, John Bush, delivered a succinct presentation on ICLEI and Agenda 21 that was virtually ignored. Watch his short argument against the proposed local law immediately followed by the lopsided vote adopting the plan.

ELECTRIC CAR CAUSED GARAGE FIRE, AUTOMAKER RESPONDS WITH SWAT TEAM OF ENGINEERS & INSPECTORS Read More REAL NEWS FROM THE BLAZE: IS A CHINESE BANK INVASION UNDERWAY? Read More REPORT FINDS 49 PERCENT OF AMERICANS DONT SAVE FOR RETIREMENT Read More VIKING RAID: MINN. SENATE APPROVES PLAN TO SUBSIDIZE NEW FOOTBALL STADIUM WITH NEARLY HALF A BILLION DOLLARS Read More THINK YOU KNOW GLENN BECK? CHECK OUT THIS BRIEF HISTORY OF HOW HE GOT INTO THE RADIO BUSINESS Read More

In the world of business Agenda 21 is not a free market friend, preferring PPPs or Private Public Partnerships where the government decides which companies will receive tax breaks and are allowed to stay in business. In light of this realization, the cozy relationship between the current administration and GE (a company that paid no tax in 2010) should raise eyebrows. And the WH efforts to tell Boeing in which state they can operate seems to further bolster the belief that Agenda 21 ideals are already making headway in America. The seeds for Agenda 21 were planted back in 1987 when the writings of Gro Harlem Brundtland (a woman who was first Vice-President of the Socialist International) caught the eye of the UN. Dr. Brundtland wrote a report for the UN called, Our Common Future eventually got into the business of environmentalism as a tool to control all the people of the world and establish a global government. The growth of ICLEI and the framework being put in place by supporters of Agenda 21 appear to be bringing Dr. Brundtlands ideas closer to reality In recent months, citizen groups across the country have organized and become involved in the removal of towns and cities from membership in ICLEI. The Roanoke, VA Tea Party is holding a rally this week in an effort to have ICLEI removed from their local government. For a better understanding of Agenda 21 and ICLEI we suggest: The American Policy Center offers a one-page primer on Agenda 21. From the Bay Area Tea Party we offer a long-form video covering Agenda 21;

TECHNOLOGY
ALMOST PERFECTLY PRESERVED WWII FIGHTER DISCOVERED IN SAHARA DESERT 70 YEARS AFTER DISAPPEARING Read More HERES HOW A MATHEMATICIAN USED PHYSICS TO BETTER HIS ODDS AT ROULETTE AND HOW YOU COULD TOO Read More SPOOKY? LONDON RIGGED TRAFFIC LIGHTS TO TURN GREEN FOR SELECTION COMMITTEE TO LURE 2012 OLYMPICS Read More WHY IS A GHOST TOWN BEING BUILT IN THE MIDDLE OF NEW MEXICO? 240 Comments YOUR EYES ARENT FOOLING YOU THIS BALL IS LEVITATING Read More

THE BLOG
http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

BECAUSE OF HIM I HAVE A JOB: MEET BRIAN, OBAMAS MALE JULIA SEVERUS SNAPE TO PORTRAY RONALD REAGAN CHOOSE YOUR OWN ADVENTURE: CONVICTED SEX OFFENDER EDITION OBAMA CAMPAIGNS ON AUTO BAILOUTS IN TWO OF THE FOUR CAMPAIGN ADS RELEASED THURSDAY QUOTE OF THE DAY: CHARLES KRAUTHAMMER

The featured speaker at the Tea Party meeting, Rosa Koire, is a liberal Democrat who understands that Agenda 21 will destroy America as we know it. Rosas website, DemocratsAgainstAgenda21.com is also worth a visit. H/T to the tireless members of the SFBAY 9-12 organization for all of their information sharing on the topics of ICLEI and Agenda 21.

Back to The Blaze

COMMENTS (433)
Order By:
Newest to Oldest Newest to Oldest
Submit

GLENN BECK RADIO

Listen to Glenn Beck 24/7 Listen Now

...

12

Next

ALVIN691
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:44am

Finally, TheBlaze is talking about this. I have know for 5 years, and have seen our local municipalities begin to implement it in dribs and drabs through zoning ordinances and through liberal green committees.
Log in to Reply

THE WIRE
Loretta Lynn wants Zooey Deschanel in musical Celtics beat Hawks 83-80 to advance in East Indians tee off on Beckett in 8-3 win over Red Sox 76ers beat Bulls 79-78 and advance to 2nd round China's inflation rate slows slightly to 3.4 pct Sabathia finally outpitches Price, Yanks beat Rays Strasburg fans 13 as Nationals top Pirates 4-2 Raiders' receiver Heyward-Bey charged with DUI

JOHN LAW
Posted on February 13, 2012 at 7:32pm

Hey Alvin691, What have you done to encourage fighting this agenda? Have you spoke up at local town meetings. Voted certain measures down? Will you join us now that were in the twilight of our Freeddom?

BERMUDA ONION
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:44am

So is that why they pushed for home ownership for those that cannot afford the homes thereby having the banks take them over and why all of these foreclosures? Hmmmmm

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

sounds strange but not unbelievable.

Log in to Reply

OLFART
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:15am

How about the reverse mortgage program that buys homes from the elderly so their kids dont inherit the property? That didnt make sense to me at all until I learned about Agenda 21.

UPSTATE SC
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:44am

Spot onWhat better way to confiscate land, Legally. Foreclosures and Reverse Mortgages. This Banking crisis was a planned attack on the U.S. economy. IMO.

CYBERNETIC59
Posted on June 15, 2011 at 3:04pm

Just had the same thought about the mortgages. I was outside working and listening to Rush and he was talking to a caller about the mortgages when it hit me. I tell you what, I just found out about Agenda 21 late last week via an ad on Facebook and cant believe I had heard about it before! It freaked me out!

GINGER100
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:42am

Sounds like a John Lennin song, geez why dont these people just kill themselves
Log in to Reply

GRUMPYT
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:39am

Can you say Cass Sunstein? We have lost our country and now WE must figure out how to stop all of this. They are trying to REGULATE US TO DEATH!

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

Log in to Reply

JULIE2010
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:18am

Looks like they are doing it.

57STATES
Posted on June 15, 2011 at 10:51am

cas sunstein vetter watch his back!

FREEDOMWEINER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:32am

10 Most influential people in alternative media. Please check out what they have to say on Agenda 21 and other topics, http://www.activistpost.com/2011/06/10-most-influential-people-in.html#more
Log in to Reply

TRAVLMAN77
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:30am

So could the reason the US government has been buying up so much of the land full of our natural resourses?
Log in to Reply

OLFART
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:01am

Absolutely! Check out the mitigation required when a new reservoir is built. It requires that an equal or greater amount of land be taken out of private hands to be used ONLY for wildlife habitat. No timber production, no cattle raising, no individual rights to access. Its all part of the plan to take land from the control of individuals and force people off of farms and into 20 minute communities where cars will be outlawed, and bicycles will be the primary transportation. Thats also why Obummer is pushing high speed rail. It will connect these 20 minute communities so people will not have access to the wildlands in between.

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

DIPLOMATICAMERICAN
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:34pm

Olfart Sustainable Development fits with what you are saying. This term is VERY important to the Agenda 21 scheme http://greenagenda.com/sustainabledevelopment.html

JOHN 3:16
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:25am

I would like to personally shove every bit of paper work for agenda 21 up our skinny, big earred, loud mouth communist, little manchikd, presidents A**.Sorros needs a 36 cell with only bread and water until he meets the GOD he denies.
Log in to Reply

FLAGMAKER
Posted on June 15, 2011 at 1:27am

AMEN John 3:16, Ill help you

JERRYBALL
Posted on January 4, 2012 at 5:22pm

and your epitaph for George HW Bush for first instigating it? And Clinton for signing the seond installment? This is purely a nonpartisan achievement, so why blame Obama for it? Oh wait, youre one of those Obama at all instances folks who brainlessly follow Fox Snooze and all other lying media as the gospel of Murdoch? nuff said sez the hillbilly party

GINGER100
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:20am

Must have been Soros who had the Georgia Guide Stones built
Log in to Reply

VENNOYE
http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:12pm

If not him, someone with this agenda..its message: LET THESE BE GUIDESTONES TO AN AGE OF REASON 1. MAINTAIN HUMANITY UNDER 500,000,000 IN PERPETUAL BALANCE WITH NATURE 2. GUIDE REPRODUCTION WISELY IMPROVING FITNESS AND DIVERSITY 3. UNITE HUMANITY WITH A LIVING NEW LANGUAGE 4. RULE PASSION FAITH TRADITION AND ALL THINGS WITH TEMPERED REASON 5. PROTECT PEOPLE AND NATIONS WITH FAIR LAWS AND JUST COURTS 6. LET ALL NATIONS RULE INTERNALLY RESOLVING EXTERNAL DISPUTES IN A WORLD COURT 7. AVOID PETTY LAWS AND USELESS OFFICIALS 8. BALANCE PERSONAL RIGHTS WITH SOCIAL DUTIES 9. PRIZE TRUTH BEAUTY LOVE- SEEKING HARMONY WITH THE INFINITE 10. BE NOT A CANCER ON THE EARTH LEAVE ROOM FOR NATURE LEAVE ROOM FOR NATURE Isnt that precious?????????? And they are the ones who will decide who the 500,000,000 allowed to live are, to be sure!! No wonder the Bible says GOD laughs at man!!

DIPLOMATICAMERICAN
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 1:21pm

@Vennoye Ga Guidestones=Ted Turner , who has a farm right near there. Ted is also a member of the Club of Rome (.http://green-agenda.com/globalrevolution.html) As the stones say, the population limit is something shared by the Weather Undergound( as GB reported) and in some form (Obamacare aka medical rationing?? ) a large part of this Agenda. What they call The Turning point is also very relevent to this whole agenda (http://green-agenda.com/turningpoint.html) Common motivan for implemeting Sustainable Development (http://greenagenda.com/globalconsciousness.html ) was something most could get a hold of, Global warming or could imagine it was a problem . It was a tool , or as Al Gore would call it .

MEMPHISVIKING
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 1:35pm

If we could just follow number 7.

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

CLOUDSOFWAR
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:16am

marxism never rests. call your local reps, tell them to look into UN Agenda 21. if your county is already involved tell them you want your county out. Carroll county maryland droped out yours can too. stand up for our America get the supporters out of government. call your US reps as well. there has been other counties droping out as well so yours can do it. find out who supports this Agenda in your gov. we must act.
Log in to Reply

50BMG
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:06am

Unless theyve also figured out a way to eviscerate the Second Amendment AND take away everyones firearms, the abolition of private property, etc. will be a very difficult proposition. We fought one violent revolution to establish our individual rights, and well fight another one, if necessary, to re-establish them
Log in to Reply

SICKANTIRED
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:24am

Yes we will !!!

UPSTATE SC
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:48am

Dang Skippy we will fight another one.. And it may be sooner than you think. Small arms Treaty?

THEVANS2000
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 3:59pm

I have thought that it just may come to another big fight for our rights , but is there really enough people who would stand and fight ? How about our military where would they stand on this , and if they did stand with their people to fight , how could they when most are deployed ? Things I have wondered about for some time . Anyone have any answers ?

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

POLITICALLY INCORRECT
Posted on June 16, 2011 at 4:42pm

im there with ya,,this is why it is absolutely imperative we keep our guns and god.although i think we could find a black market somewhere for them..keep praying

LONG LIVE DIXIE

Posted on December 22, 2011 at 12:54pm

Damn near time!!!

BEVISFIREWORKS
Posted on December 26, 2011 at 2:54pm

What are we gonna do about Article 1 Section 9 2nd sentence when the Writ of Habeas Corpus is suspended in case of Rebellion?

OFFFDUTY55
Posted on May 6, 2012 at 1:17pm

I have several Family members in the military, the scuttlebutt is that half of the troops will fire on US citizens,half will not! the half that won.t will be either executed or sent to prison camps to be reeducated,the void will be filled with UN troops, mainly from Russia,and Eastern Europe,COME ON OVER TO MY HOUSE IVAN, I have and old relative of yours who is just DYING to meet ya! his name is Moisen Negant. God bless the USA.

STREETRODDER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:01am

Time to place another order with Cheeper than Dirt.

Log in to Reply

DESIGNBYINSPIRATION
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:17am

Amen buddy, lock and load!

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

BEACHMOM
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:59am

This is one of the reasons they try so hard to take away our firearms. Just look at what is happening in countries where the people are unarmed.
Log in to Reply

CLOUDSOFWAR
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:28am

if our senate passes the UN small arms treaty buying arms will be a thing of the pass. they may not take our guns but you wont be able to buy ammo. call your Senator find out how he stands on the UN SMALL ARMS TREATY. coming in 2012. if BO gets reelected i hope the repubs control the house and senate. IF BO also has the house and senate we are done. AT lease we need the Senate.

LOADINGMYCLIPS
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:38am

exactly, I feared this when clinton pressed SO HARD for gun control parading the idiot brady and his wife around for all to see.

FREDD THE WILSON

Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:39am

@50BMG Unless theyve also figured out a way to eviscerate the Second Amendment AND take away everyones firearms.. The government is working on that

COUNTRYGIRL1362
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:58am

The more I hear, the more I wish I was about 15 years older. Things that are happening are not at all good. How I long for nicer times of the years gone by.
Log in to Reply

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

JULIE2010
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:03am

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jIVJqhnnmr8&feature=related Uploaded by pressurechanges on Aug 22, 2009 Derry Brownfield at Restore America conference a bit about the depression.

JULIE2010
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:04am

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pktiaznYd7w Happy Trails: Remember Derry Brownfield

STEVENL1955
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:46am

I bet Soros doesnt give up his land or cars huh? Who cares? Coming soon, well have our Mansions in the sky anyway. Its sad they way all of us over the past couple of Decades just sit back and allowed this to happen. All we had to do was say no. But then again, until Glenn, we never knew all this was happining behind the scenes.
Log in to Reply

CHRIS1000
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:42am

That is certainly a big part of the problem we now face. The mainstream media is in bed with this ideology and only tells the public what it wants them to know. Thank God for Glenn!!!

VENNOYE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:41am

You are sooooooooooo right! On Glenns show yesterday, he was talking about the Hedge Funds buying up land in Africa. Ya think they are buying up all this land to turn it over to Agenda 21? Nooooo, it is only OUR property they want. Money and Power!!! Good news, I do believe my Bible and it says: Proverbs 5:21 For the ways of man are before the eyes of the LORD, and he pondereth all his goings. Proverbs 5:22 His own iniquities shall take the wicked

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

himself, and he shall be holden with the cords of his sins.

RALPHIE
Posted on June 15, 2011 at 10:16am

It is sad that we trusted our elected officials to make decisions for us! We got lazy and didnt care, we knew they were making the right choices for us! Well boy did we find out that was so far from the truth!! Never again will I sit back and be uninformed!!!

OUTLAW_JOSEY_WALES
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:44am

Its time for we the people to adopt a Decaration of Indenpence from the united nations.
Log in to Reply

SEABEE79
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:38am

Live Free Or Die!

Log in to Reply

LINOLEUMKNIFE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:36am

Sorry about the double post. Im new here and didnt realize that the comments system was so slow. Youd think they could catch up to the 21st century. Oh well
Log in to Reply

OUTLAW_JOSEY_WALES
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:55am

The FBIs carnivore e-mail monitoring systems slow things down around here.

AWIZARD
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:20am

@linoleum; Welcome to The Blaze They sort of monitor the New Guys for awhile(as most responsible sites do) after awhile your posts will come up

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

almost immediately. Look around a little I think youll find this is a clean site, we try to pass information around and be civil, of course there are the trolls that insult and demean but most here try to converse and learn You can have a conversation here, just click on the reply to the original comment and your response will come up under it Have fun, enjoy Oh, then there is the learn part.

TROOPER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:34am

No wonder they have stock piled millions of plasic family sized coffins outside of Atlanta and near the several FEMA camps. I believe thay plan to fill them this us disidents.
Log in to Reply

REPUBLICORP
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:21am

You cannot invade the mainland United States. There would be a rifle behind every blade of grass. is a quote by Isoroku Yamamoto, Commander-in-Chief of the Imperial Japanese Navy during World War II They are going to come for the gunsjust watch.

USAMEDIC3008
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:46pm

REP They can have mine When Im done with it !!!

LINOLEUMKNIFE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:27am

Austin: Berkley on the Colorado. Such a shame that a beautiful city like that has to be infested with liberal swine.
Log in to Reply

IMPEACHBHO
http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:35am

Agree!!

DIPLOMATICAMERICAN
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:30pm

It is not just there . They are working into small towns all over, in every state . Like I said before , it is presented well, and everyone is so indoctrinated as to the Global warming scheme, it is hard to disagree with it for the locals. It is there, in our own communities, one by one, it must be stopped . again, but it deserves repeating, take a look at a site we found and provided to GB that gives a detailed look at the big picture to Agenda 21. It is in astounishing detail, and is taken from the very sources that created it. greenagenda.com..http://green-agenda.com/agenda21.html As GB reported before, this is also getting into your churches ( Agenda21/Green Agenda is closley tied into spiritual beliefs and organized religion ) This must get out

LINOLEUMKNIFE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:25am

Austin is Berkley on the Colorado. I love my State to the bitter end, but we should wall that cancer off and keep the losers in.
Log in to Reply

DELTA D-5-3
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 1:53pm

Hmmmm.this information has been out there for about 4-5 years now. Why is it headlining the Blaze??? Unless Glenn is just trying to get the sheeples attention to the fact that our world is about to REALLY change, BUT NOT THE CHANGE PEOPLE VOTED FOR IN 08!! Civil unrest will be caused by food shortages and people NOT being able to afford the food that will be available. Its going to get REAL BAD and I hope most people on this site have prepared for the coming unrest. If you havent, DO IT NOW!!!!!!!!!!

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

WHOSYOURMAHDI
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:25am

If BHO doesnt go, agenda 21 will become agenda 2013. Everyone says were nuts when we say the govt has designs on taking our most effective means of defense away, they wont stop there. They want our land, our cars, our children. We have a constitution specifically to prevent this type of scenario. If we have a President that continues to stack the courts with anti-constitutionalists, there will ultimately be little choice other that an American Spring.
Log in to Reply

IMPEACHBHO
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:32am

We currently have a dictator, NOT a president.

DIPLOMATICAMERICAN
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:42am

In many ways, it has already taken hold in the Children. Global warming rings the bell . Back when Beck did the show on Maurice Strong (Asst Sec General of the UN back then, along with Dr Robert Muller ) there was a TON of research done. The Global warming was a contrived crisis to implement Agenda 21. We have been screaming about this for 2 years. This article is long overdue ( I am sure it took some time to vet, as it is almost unbelievable . Yet, as the article points out, it is growing . They are everywhere in this country . My very small hometown invited them into give a presentation, and the swallowed it whole. But this is far bigger . An excellent source we came across that nails it in astonishing detail is http://green-agenda.com/agenda21.html.. sorry if links are not allowed, but this is too important. Excellent article Blaze ! This is serious to our Countrys existance as we know it.

NEW DAWN COMIN

Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:21am

Austin is the Seattle of Texas. Real Texans will go to war befor we give up our land. Hows it go? Over my cold dead body.
Log in to Reply

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

MIKE Z4000
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:59am

What you seem to be missing is that these schemes are being implemented by local useful idiots on your local city counsels. They have no idea of the ramifications of the policies that they are implementing under the guise of Saving the Planet. We had a Convention on this subject in Lakeland, Florida this past saturday. Many speakers who gave brought very enlightening fact to the convention.

DIPLOMATICAMERICAN
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:45am

Mike-Exactly. Local councils are jumping on this as on the surface, it sounds like a goods thing. It is presented well to them . We all know better

MANNAX
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:18am

This crap ****** me off. Who do these people think that they are? They are going to find out that their being the elite of the world will not work out so well. Perhaps they should look at history and see that this kind of thinking has NEVER EVER worked before. The sad thing that they never see that they are the problem.
Log in to Reply

FOXBO
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:24am

Whats that saying, stupidy is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting a different result.

BSDETECTOR
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:33am

Insanity, not stupidity. Then again we know these idiots are also insane so I guess you were close enough :p

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

TEXAS GRASSHOPPER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:38am

they are people that fancy themselves kings , masters , conquorers , rulers they view us as slaves , subhuman , and the vanquished this is so damm simple .grrrrrrrrrrr

CESSNA152
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:14am

History will now show that confiscation of firearms and ammunition that is returned really, really fast and one at a time is dangerous to their agenda!

SNIDLEY-WHIPLASH
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 1:28pm

Better being p###d off than pi%%%d on. Now go and inform your city council, congressman/woman or whatever peson will listen and tell them to do the same. Thanks

NICKDERINGER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:17am

Adventures of Spooky Dude: Your land is my land. The problem for Becks critics is that Beck is usually right. Kudos to the 9-12 group on this. The dirty little secret is we have the power to stop Agenda 21 if we just use it.
Log in to Reply

KTSAYZ
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:23am

Lets not forget to thank Henry Lamb and Tom DeWeese who have been working tirelessly for nearly 20 years to get the word out about this. I believe it is their effort that has really helped the TEA Party and 912ers understand the evil behind the UNs Agenda.

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

LANA40
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:35pm

Could this be why they were handing out home/property loans out like penny candy and then let it go bust? Thats an easy way for them to gather the goods. Ya think? Maybe?

BLUEBONNET
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 1:06pm

And Obama is carrying water for George Soros, so! We know whats coming if we let that man get reelected in 2012. Well be working for the State and that doesnt mean the state were living in.

GRANDMA7
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 4:42pm

ImPoRtAnT Check out the ICLEI website and see if your city is a member. If so, watch what your councils are doing!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! iclei.org/

A GILBERT
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:16am

Spooky dude is coming for our land, cars and farmsYikes!

Log in to Reply

IRONMAAN
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:33am

This is an evil that is targeting our children for slavery under socialism / collectivism. Something must be done about Mr. Soros http://guerillatics.com

DUKIELOUIE
http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:36am

Thank you to the Blaze!!! We finally have this into the light. Our group has vetting questions about this issue for all our candidates. Also go to http://www.platformyes.com our local Republican party will have a platform which says we reject Un Agenda 21 policies. Look at the new Iowa republican platform where it says the same.The first Florida conference was sold out this past weekend on UN Agenda 21 The Grinding Down of America. 50 leaders around the state came and are working hard to take our towns and state back Thank you Glenn and The Blaze staff.

SPANKDAMONKEY
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 6:45am

. Spooky Dude can have my car as long as he takes my Mother-in-law too.

FREEDOMWEINER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:17am

Its a race to throw someone under the bus. Reminds me of a Homer Simpson quote: Please dont eat me! I have a wife and kids. Eat them!

LOADINGMYCLIPS
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:21am

there is more of us than there is of him!!

FAITHWALKER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:22am

What is Agenda 21? If you do not know about it, you should. Its not only Soros but the leaders in our own towns and cities. Again Glenn is right, we are the key. We need to stand against these socialists who whant more power and control of our very lives. Notice it was started in the early 1990s, how well they have hidden these things boggles my mind. I hope everyone will use the sites mentioned in the story to learn about the agenda 21 program and take a stand against this scheme to distroy our way of life. We are the only ones who can wake up the rest of the country because no one else will report it. Get it out there and speak up or lay down and be run over by the machine. By the way, hows your relationship with God, seeing the things going on around us, its hard to not see whats ahead. This is the day of

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

salvation, if you dont know Jesus, today could be your day. The Bible shows us how we can have an everlasting life with God. Take a look and see what there is in there for you, a good place to start would be John 3:16.

SINISTA MACE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:29am

My guns and my ability to spontaneously combust yells HELL NO!!! DIE to the UN and Agenda 21.

CEMERIUS
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:37am

Keeping my weapons oiled and my powder dry.come for a visit georgey!!!

MIKEM1969
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:50am

With all of the evidence of the liberals and progressives working to destroy AMERICA with obama and the democratic party at the head of the snake do we not have a congressional investigation and people in jail awaiting trial for treason?

TYSON
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:11am

There are alot of things to solve the spooky dude threat to America..45, .308, .50, 7.62mm, 9mm, 5.56mm, ending witht he word caliber. Just saying, if an enemy abroad was destroying America would Seal Team Six not be used? Something in my oath says to protect from enemies, foreign and domestic!

IMPEACHBHO
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:31am

It is time to take back our country.

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

IMPEACHBHO
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:39am

BAD News: Austin has gone the way of the libs. It is full of California twits that moved there. GOOD New: Austin is surrounded by Texas.

PSST
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:42am

@Mike. No. Congress is part of the problem. Not the solution. US in deep sheet man. If Congress cared about the country, not one of them would serve more than 2 terms then go back home to make an honest living. Many pay lip service to this. Then depends on the SCOTUS to rule it illegal. Like they cant on their own volition, leave after 2 terms. Its all about power (over US)and the perks.. This is why its called the Imperial Congress. Power corrupts. Absolute power corrupts absolutely. These people in Congress knows there is a NWO/OWG under way. most of them wants IN. Power baby. Aint nuttn like power and perks.

SPIRIT OF FREEDOM
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:52am

i have known about this agenda for thirty years, my late mother was trying to tell me about it way back then. i used to think she was nuts but kept my eyes open, i have been watching this be implemented in the midwest where i live but have just now heard it called agenda 21. people lets get organized localy and fast or i am afraid that with the covert head start that they have it may be a little late. awareness is 90% of the battle. rally the the troops and lets get going! freedom loving americans will not lay down for this! wow thank you mister thousand points of light pres bush the 1st. NOT!!!! this my friends is why it is so very important that we investigate every thread of info on these people we think we want to vote for! lets get to work! we can do this!

DTOM_JERICHO (ESCAPED PA)

Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:53am

Its about freakin time. Ive been emailing Beck about this for well over a year, maybe longer.

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

TEXASCOMMONSENSE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 9:00am

Confiscation of private farms under Communism has already been tried in the 1930s in the Ukraine. It led to mass starvation. The US provides and unimaginable amount of food to the rest of the world. Imaging the scale of mass starvation if this continues to be implemented in the United States. Those who cannot learn from history are doomed to repeat it.

JB.KIBS
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 9:24am

F them. Theyll never beat freedom.

JOHNGALT
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 9:52am

Well that convinced me, we really need to get out of the UN!

TECHENGINEER11
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:06am

Hitler tried to stop it back in the 30s.. See what happened to him.. Best of luck in stopping them but its going to be rather difficult if you are not allowed to say who them are lol

JOHN 3:16
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:20am

The first property to be seized is the UN building.The occupants should be expelled from America immediately.The building should be turned into a museum that displays the failures of communism, Islamism, Obamaism, liberalism,socialism and facism. They should use the remaining space to exibit all the successes of our Constitution, our founding fathers, America and our free maket system and our military.

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

CEREALFACE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:22am

Put your money where your mouth is.

KTSAYZ
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:26am

DTom, Ive also sent tips about it. Maybe The Blaze has been investigating the Soros angle and found it and thats why theyre writing about it now.

TEXAS GRASSHOPPER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:28am

this is a understatement ..check out this information on A21 , This is an unholy alliance scary stuff .Lots of Info http://api.ning.com/files/pc*jOzalXgOQTs9617hxF4IbUpNJGT2m6OTpp3BQxk75VsymO*0ZSC4XssdRyFkU 9d0*yPJdHhkIS*1XFc5PM/SustainableDevelopment1.pdf

TEXAS GRASSHOPPER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:31am

@ mace and Common did you check out this link ..spread the word ..I thought i was the only one who saw this stuff . http://api.ning.com/files/pc*jOzalXgOQTs9617hxF4IbUpNJGT2m6OTpp3BQxk75VsymO*0ZSC4XssdRyFkU 9d0*yPJdHhkIS*1XFc5PM/SustainableDevelopment1.pdf

JULIE2010
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:42am

Stroll thru Derry Brownfields archive. It starts in 2002. http://www.newswithviews.com/brownfield/brownfielda.htm SMART GROWTH PEOPLE PER ACRE Derry Brownfield April 5, 2002

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

NewsWithViews.com

TEXASCOMMONSENSE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:43am

Texas Grasshopper, thats a pretty amazing .pdf file. I will share. I watched the entire 1:34:01 video above. Its worth the time. Its nice to see a liberal Democrat actually getting this and understanding the danger. I just hope its not too late.

JULIE2010
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 10:58am

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jIVJqhnnmr8&feature=related 2009 Derry Brownfield at Restore America conference a bit about the depression.

VENNOYE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:47am

@Texas Grasshopper I did check out the link, Thank you, got more needed information than I expected. SO SAD that this information has been around so long and we have been so ignorant!! Watched the videos by Joan Veon..really explained why our elected officials really DO NOT work for us anymore. They work for the publicprivate partnerships..we only are taxed to pay them!! The beast lives by our feeding it!!

VANGRUNGY
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:51am

http://www.ibiblio.org/Bahai/Texts/English/Turning-Point-For-All-Nations.html Soros is a Bahai

DIPLOMATICAMERICAN
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:52am http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

it goes even further. Look into Club of Rome(Founded by David Rockerfeller in 1998) ,Club of Budapest and Club of Madrid , Maurice Strong ( who co-wrote Agenda 21) is a member, as is Bill Clinton, Jimmy Carter, Al Gore Ted Turner .. Complete list http://greenagenda.com/globalrevolution.html

CATB
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 11:57am

Sounds like treason to me. No more Washington insiders .. we must elect Patroits TEA!

FATJACK
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:13pm

Genesis 2:15 And the LORD God took the man, and put him into the garden of Eden to dress it and to keep it. Presto, civilization! Once man started cultivating crops ownership was the next logical step. The people who didnt adhere to this ownership concept continued on in their trade as hunters and gatherers. As one can see ownership was a law of God as stated in the above verse, dress and keep it. The Globalist are convinced it easier to shatter the sheep while picking off the most choice. Deleting ownership would revert back to the old proven concept of hunters and gatherers while encouraging migration around the globe. Conclusion: control

NO1YAKNOW
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:14pm

This is no surprise at all. Now if the rest of America would WAKE UP.

STOPSPENDINGOURMONEY
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:22pm

It is time to take back our country vote Ron Paul so we can get the hell out of the UN and stop funding it with our tax dollars.

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

DUKIELOUIE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:33pm

Thank you Glenn and the Blaze. We have been trying for years to wake the folks up. Florida had there first UN agenda 21 conference where 250 leaders attended .Google the candidates and see if they supported Sustainable development policy, Go to http://www.platformyes.com where you can read the republican platforms that reject these poilicies, Vet all candidates from the local up, and educate. google and read Tom Deweese,Henry Lamb,and http://www.freedomadvocates.org We can take our Country back. Thank You Glenn!!!

GRANDMA7
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:42pm

Thanks to the Blaze and to the wonderful group in CA who helped put the Blaze put this article together. So much work to still be done. Blessings to you all!!

SNIDLEY-WHIPLASH
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 12:48pm

YeaYikes is correct and it should scare the sh*t out of all of you reading this. This cannot be overlooked as a yikesCONTACT IMMEDIATLY your city council members forward this information to them either through print or email and demand a response. Find out if they are aware of this and bring it to a stop NOW. Demand they or you send this to your congressmen or congresswoman, this is no yikes or laughing matter. God Bless America and Long Live the Constitution Semper Fi Now go and spread the word.soros sucks.

SILENTWATCHER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 1:12pm

Will they take the land and mansions from the Bilderbergers first? the mansion of Al Gore? other hypocritical leaders and their wealth??? will they be consumed first?? Guess Ill die on the land I sacrificed for, paid for with money I could have

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

done other things with.

EBLAZE44
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 1:21pm

Aint Socialism and the Socialist Democrat party just grand?

UPSETVET
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 1:43pm

Why hasnt the world learned by now that socialism and communism are not sustainable political systems that favor an elite class and grinds the masses into the ground ? A utopia or place of ideal perfection on earth is a fantasy or ilusion that eludes all who seek it. The taking away of property ownership rights is the first step of totalitarian tyranny. Its a form of idenity theft that leads to the subordination of the individual to the state and strict control of all aspects of life.

GUS MCCRAY
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 2:14pm

Its not Soros hes just the hitman for the NWO. He is the only vampire that can come out in the daylight. And wow we finally get around to agenda 21. Not bashing Beck but mabye when he gets his own thing up he will start telling the whole story

OLD WHITE GUY

Posted on June 14, 2011 at 2:46pm

question. when did any treaty supercede the u.s. constitution. correct answer, never.

JBLAZE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 2:58pm

Rosa Koire, is a liberal Democrat who understands that Agenda 21 will destroy America as we know it. Wow, she is awesome (and I am a devote Christrian) Oh My God! And I say

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

that with the deepest respect! I am from Canada and I just bet the same thing is happening right here under our very noses! What great information to spead to everyone your know!

TEXAS GRASSHOPPER
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 2:59pm

Panetta: Obama Can Unilaterally Use Military to Protect National Interests Monday, June 13, 2011 By Matt Cover Defense Secretary nominee, CIA Director Leon Panetta, testifies on Capitol Hill in Washington, Thursday, June 9, 2011, before the Senate Armed Service Committee hearing on his nomination. (AP Photo/Manuel Balce Ceneta)) (CNSNews.com) CIA Director Leon Panetta, who President Barack Obama has nominated to be secretary of Defense, told the Senate Armed Services Committee on Thursday that he believes the president can unilaterally use military force, without congressional authorization to protect our national interests.

CHIRODOC007
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 3:20pm

Bush 41 (Mr. New World Order) and Clinton. These are also the guys that really accelerated the housing bubbling by adding teeth to the Neighborhood Reinvestment Act and launching sub-prime loan programs with Fannie and Freddie. On one hand Against home ownership and private property, on the other hand For more people owning homes. This seems to be evidence that most Presidents have no idea what the legislation that theyre signing really means. Im starting to think that Herman Cains No Bills longer than 3 pages rule might make more sense than he even knew.

GAS137
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 3:41pm

Seems to me there is a real problem taking land from a population of citizens who are armed, not just with rocks as we see in the middle east.

LADYLIBERTY
http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com Posted on June 14, 2011 at 4:25pm

If you do not own a fire arm for your home, now is the time to get one.

BANJARMON
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 4:25pm

Has the UN seen WE the PEOPLE get angry about something09/11/2001 there will be more than flags flying!!!

DISILLUSIONEDDAILY
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 4:59pm

The proponents of Agenda 21 are under the utopian idea that is pushed by education professionals that the resources of the world should be shared equally by all. Due to the prevalence of human greed, this idea will not work and has failed everywhere it has been tried. Of course, the progressive elites know that they will become the masters of this great new society. Why else would they pour the money and effort into it that they have. Does anyone think Soros would be satisfied with an equal share? Of course not! Seventy-five percent of the people they have working to gain this utopian world would be relegated to the worker class. Another fifteen percent will be the government or public sector workers who will administer the distribution of goods. Six percent will be the administrative managers. The remainder will be the ruling class. Their share of the resources would be at least fifty percent. The rest would be left to everyone else. Will they cull the human race to eliminate those considered unworthy? You betcha! Socialism did not work in certain countries so they will impose it upon the whole world and erase the past so no one can remember when we were free. It will be their utopia and our hell! Where is John Galt?

MILL
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 5:09pm

I feel so defeatedits as if the spooky minority has taken over the majority of us

JSL55
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 5:10pm

Sorry George, you cant have my cars or my house. But if you come to try to take them anyway, Ill give you some copper and lead.

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

VIGILANTE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 5:18pm

It is Executive order 12852 and not 12858 http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/executive-orders/pdf/12852.pdf

TEXAN.380
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 7:55pm

Soros. Someone with some guts ( preferably the American People) needs to get rid of the bastard. ANDlets kick the UN off our land in the process.

SINISTA MACE
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 8:38pm

Soros shames the Bahai faith, but Marko Rodins vortex mathematics confirms the name of Yahweh and the golden ratio spiral as his signature on nature.

TOMFERRARI
Posted on June 14, 2011 at 9:46pm

We still put up with the U.N., WHY????????????????? Time to regain our sovereignty and give the U.N. the boot! Might have wanted to rethink NATO, SALT and some other treaties as well.

KOMPONIST-ZAH
Posted on June 15, 2011 at 2:10am

Globalistic Fascism, plain and simple.

OKIE FROM MUSKOGEE

Posted on June 15, 2011 at 3:12am

Look up Club of Rome and you will see where all this came from..

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

TEXAS GRASSHOPPER
Posted on June 15, 2011 at 3:28pm

one world religion http://www.uri.org/ Preamble We, people of diverse religions, spiritual expressions and indigenous traditions throughout the world, hereby establish the United Religions Initiative to promote enduring, daily interfaith cooperation, to end religiously motivated violence and to create cultures of peace, justice and healing for the Earth and all living beings. We respect the uniqueness of each tradition, and differences of practice or belief. We value voices that respect others, and believe that sharing our values and wisdom can lead us to act for the good of all. We believe that our religious, spiritual lives, rather than dividing us, guide us to build community and respect for one another. Therefore, as interdependent people rooted in our traditions, we now unite for the benefit of our Earth community. We unite to build cultures of peace and justice. We unite to heal and protect the Earth. We unite to build safe places for conflict resolution, healing and reconciliation. We unite to support freedom of religion and spiritual expression, and the rights of all individuals and peoples as set forth in international law. We unite in responsible cooperative action to bring the wisdom and values of our religions, spiritual expressions and indigenous traditions to bear on the economic, environmental, political and social challenges facing our Earth community.

TEXAS GRASSHOPPER
Posted on June 15, 2011 at 3:34pm

Folks .search the connections between the Federal Goverment and VMAT2. It is basically using science to control poualtion using vaccines . FunVax is an example of that type of manipulation. check this out: http://www.uri.org/action_areas/united_nations URI was registered as a non-governmental organization (NGO) with the United Nations Department of Public Information in 2003, and received special consultative status with the UN Economic and Social Council in 2007. URI is represented at the UN headquarters in New York by Monica Willard with

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

assistance from a dedicated team of URI members and staff. As a UN NGO, URI disseminates UN information to its members and helps catalyze grassroots action around UN issues and initiatives, such as the International Day of Peace, the Millennium Development Goals, the environment, women, children and youth. The work of URI Cooperation Circles around the world is shared with the international community through interaction with UN agencies, member states and the UN NGO community. URI participates actively in the work of the Committee of Religious NGOs at the UN; the Committee on Spirituality, Values and Global Concerns; The Values Caucus; and The Earth Values Caucus

TEXAS GRASSHOPPER
Posted on June 15, 2011 at 3:46pm

this crap goes on and on and on http://www.un.org/millenniumgoals/ MILLENNIUM DEVELOPMENT GOALSEnd Poverty and Hunger Universal Education Gender Equality Child Health Maternal Health Combat HIV/AIDS Environmental Sustainability Global Partnership

VEGASGUY
Posted on June 16, 2011 at 2:26pm

I was up until 2:00 am watching YouTube videos and reading websites. I was shocked and that is from a guy that is rarely shocked anymore. This morning I put an email together telling everyone about Agenda 21 including several links to videos, websites and where to download the Agenda 21 PDF. WE NEED TO TELL EVERYONE WE CAN!

@ COYOTE2
Posted on June 22, 2011 at 9:29pm

@CEMETRIUS The bad thing is that the bastard has more bodyguards then you have bullets.

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]

Is the Soros-Sponsored Agenda 21 a Hidden Plan for World Government? (Yes, Only it Is Not Hidden) | Video | TheBlaze.com

Order By:

Newest to Oldest Newest to Oldest

Submit

...

12

Next

SIGN IN TO POST COMMENTS!

SIGN IN

Back to The Blaze

THEBLAZE
All information 2012 TheBlaze LLC

About TheBlaze Jobs Legal

The Stories

The Blog

Site Support

Blaze Store

HAVE A TIP?
Give us a Scoop!
Submit

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/is-the-soros-sponsored-agenda-21-a-hidden-plan-for-world-government-yes-only-it-is-not-hidden/[5/10/2012 11:30:20 PM]